TW202142939A - Tandem vision window and media display - Google Patents

Tandem vision window and media display Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202142939A
TW202142939A TW109144085A TW109144085A TW202142939A TW 202142939 A TW202142939 A TW 202142939A TW 109144085 A TW109144085 A TW 109144085A TW 109144085 A TW109144085 A TW 109144085A TW 202142939 A TW202142939 A TW 202142939A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
display
display structure
controller
window
touch screen
Prior art date
Application number
TW109144085A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
安東尼 楊
文 努元
羅伯特 馬丁森
馬修 謝菲爾
志勇 陳
尼泰許 特雷哈
塔德 安茲
希瑞哈爾 凱雷森
Original Assignee
美商視野公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from PCT/US2020/053641 external-priority patent/WO2021067505A1/en
Priority claimed from US16/950,774 external-priority patent/US20210132458A1/en
Application filed by 美商視野公司 filed Critical 美商視野公司
Publication of TW202142939A publication Critical patent/TW202142939A/en

Links

Images

Abstract

Disclosed herein are systems, apparatuses, methods, and non-transitory computer readable media related to a display construct coupled to a structure (e.g., a vision window). The structure can be a supportive structure such as a fixture. The display construct is configured to facilitate media display and is at least partially transparent. The vision window may be a tintable window, e.g., a window in which its tint is electrically controllable (e.g., an electrochromic window). Various interactive capabilities with the display construct are disclosed (e.g., via a touch screen).

Description

串聯視覺窗和媒體顯示器Tandem visual window and media display

本發明係關於串聯視覺窗和媒體顯示器。 優先申請案 本申請案主張由2019年12月20日提交的標題為「串聯視覺窗及透明顯示器」之美國臨時專利申請案序列第62/952,207號至2020年2月12日提交的標題為「串聯視覺窗及媒體顯示器」之美國臨時專利申請案序列第62/975,706號,由2020年9月30日提交的標題為「串聯視覺窗及媒體顯示器」之美國臨時專利申請案序列第63/085,254號的優先權,且係2020年11月17日提交之標題為「用於可著色窗的顯示器」之美國專利申請案序列第16/950,774號的部分延續,其係2019年10月23日提交之標題為「用於可著色窗的顯示器」之美國專利申請案序列第16/608,157號的延續,其係2018年4月25日提交之標題為「用於可著色窗的顯示器」之國際專利申請案序列第PCT/US18/29476號,其主張對(i)2017年12月19日提交的標題為「具有透明顯示技術領域之電致變色窗」的美國臨時專利申請案序列第62/607,618號,(ii)2017年6月22日提交之標題為「具有透明顯示技術的電致變色窗」之美國臨時專利申請案序列第62/523,606號,(iii)2017年5月17日提交的標題為「具有透明顯示技術之電致變色窗」的美國臨時專利申請案序列第62/507,704號,(iv)2017年5月15日提交的標題為「具有透明顯示技術之電致變色窗」的美國臨時專利申請案序列第62/506,514號,及(v)2017年4月26日提交之標題為「具有透明顯示技術的電致變色窗」之美國臨時專利申請案序列第62/490,457號的優先權,其每一者均係全部以引用之方式併入本文中。The present invention relates to a series connection of a visual window and a media display. Priority application This application claims that the U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/952,207 filed on December 20, 2019, titled ``Tandem Vision Window and Transparent Display'', to the title filed on February 12, 2020, titled ``Tandem Vision Window U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/975,706 of "and Media Display", the priority of the U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 63/085,254 filed on September 30, 2020 titled "Tandem Visual Window and Media Display" It is a partial continuation of the U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/950,774 filed on November 17, 2020 and titled "Displays for tinting windows", which was filed on October 23, 2019 under the title The continuation of the U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/608,157 of "Displays for tintable windows", which is a series of international patent applications filed on April 25, 2018 and titled "Displays for tintable windows" No. PCT/US18/29476, which argues for (i) United States Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/607,618 filed on December 19, 2017, titled "Electrochromic Window with Transparent Display Technology", ( ii) U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/523,606 filed on June 22, 2017 entitled "Electrochromic Window with Transparent Display Technology", (iii) filed on May 17, 2017 with the title " US Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/507,704 "Electrochromic Window with Transparent Display Technology", (iv) The US provisional patent application titled "Electrochromic Window with Transparent Display Technology" filed on May 15, 2017 Patent Application Serial No. 62/506,514, and (v) Priority of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/490,457 filed on April 26, 2017, entitled "Electrochromic Window with Transparent Display Technology" , Each of them is fully incorporated into this article by reference.

諸多設施(例如建築物)都例如在其立面安裝窗戶。窗戶提供觀看設施外部環境的方式。於某些設施中,窗戶可佔據設施立面之大部分。使用者可請求利用窗戶表面積來觀看諸多媒體(例如,出於娛樂目的、處理資料、及/或進行視頻會議)。有時候,使用者可想要最佳化內部空間之使用,以使媒體可視化(例如,藉由使用窗戶表面)。媒體可為電子媒體及/或光學媒體。使用者可請求觀看媒體,而對經過窗戶的可見性之影響最小。可經由至少部分透明的顯示器來顯示媒體。有時候,觀看媒體可需要著色(例如,較暗)之背景幕。有時候,使用者可想要遮掩其內部環境。有時候,媒體顯示器(例如OLED顯示器)的使用壽命可隨著時間之推移而受損,例如,藉由紫外線(UV)照射、熱、及大氣成分。此損害可減少媒體顯示器的長時間使用。有時候,使用者可想要用覆蓋物、強化實境、及/或照明來增強外部視野。本發明提供針對此問題及其他問題之解決方案。Many facilities (such as buildings) have windows installed on their facades, for example. The windows provide a way to view the outside environment of the facility. In some facilities, windows can occupy most of the facade of the facility. The user may request to use the surface area of the window to watch a variety of media (for example, for entertainment purposes, processing data, and/or conducting video conferences). Sometimes, users may want to optimize the use of internal space to visualize the media (for example, by using window surfaces). The media can be electronic media and/or optical media. The user can request to view the media with minimal impact on visibility through the window. The media can be displayed via an at least partially transparent display. Sometimes, viewing the media may require a colored (for example, darker) backdrop. Sometimes, users may want to hide their internal environment. Sometimes, the service life of media displays (such as OLED displays) can be impaired over time, for example, by ultraviolet (UV) radiation, heat, and atmospheric components. This damage can reduce the long-term use of the media display. Sometimes, the user may want to use coverings, augmented reality, and/or lighting to enhance the outside view. The present invention provides solutions to this and other problems.

於一態樣中,本文所揭示者係與窗戶(例如,可著色窗之類的觀看窗)耦接之顯示器構造。觀看窗可包括整合的玻璃單元。顯示器構造可包括一個以上之玻璃片。顯示器可包含顯示矩陣。顯示矩陣可包含例如至少部分透明的發光二極體(LED)。顯示器可包含液晶顯示器(LCD)。In one aspect, what is disclosed herein is a display structure coupled with a window (for example, a viewing window such as a tinting window). The viewing window may include an integrated glass unit. The display structure can include more than one glass sheet. The display may include a display matrix. The display matrix may include, for example, at least partially transparent light emitting diodes (LEDs). The display may include a liquid crystal display (LCD).

在另一態樣中,使用玻璃顯示器構造,以利用設施中之窗戶表面的至少一部分來顯示諸多媒體。顯示器可利用於(例如,至少部分地)觀看窗戶外部之環境(例如,室外環境),例如,當顯示器未操作時。顯示器可使用於通過(例如,光學)覆蓋物、強化實境、及/或照明來增強外部視野(例如,顯示器可用作光源)。窗戶表面部分的此使用可最佳化設施內部(例如其中之房間)的有效空間使用,例如,當媒體螢幕將佔用安裝了一個以上之窗戶的空間之至少一部分時。In another aspect, a glass display structure is used to use at least a part of the window surface in the facility to display various media. The display can be used (e.g., at least partially) to view the environment outside the window (e.g., outdoor environment), for example, when the display is not operating. The display can be used to enhance the external field of view through (e.g., optical) coverings, augmented reality, and/or lighting (e.g., the display can be used as a light source). This use of the window surface portion can optimize the effective space usage inside the facility (such as the room therein), for example, when the media screen will occupy at least a part of the space where more than one window is installed.

在另一態樣中,觀看(例如,可著色)窗係使用(例如,作為背景幕)來輔助顯示器構造的遮光及/或對比度。遮光可為於顯示器構造之外側(例如,在遠離觀看者的方向中)。顯示器構造後面之支撐結構部分可被遮光或能遮光的(例如,使用可著色或著色窗)。觀看窗可為主動式(例如,可著色)或被動式。例如,觀看窗可包含不能(例如,可控制地及/或電子地)變更之著色。觀看窗可包含著色(例如,遮光),其(i)不能被電子地變更,及/或(ii)可被光學地變更(例如,由於藉由例如日光及/或路燈的外部照明來照射觀看窗)。遮光可包含磷光體塗層、黑色顏料之施用、及/或玻璃染色。著色(例如,遮光)可為靜態或動態的(例如,使用可著色玻璃)。遮光可或不可為電子控制的。遮光可為被動式。著色(例如遮光)可為透明或不透明的。著色能包含可見之顏色(例如,彩虹的任何顏色,例如藍色、或黃色。例如,此顏色可為棕色、灰色、或黑色)。著色可為至少部分透明的。透明之著色可促進平均人眼所感覺的強度及/或波長之相當大部分(例如,大於約30%、40%、50%、60%、80%、90%或95%)的轉變,或著色可為完全透明的(例如,相對平均人眼感覺)。遮光可為設置於顯示器構造之背面上(例如,作為附加及/或層疊層)。顯示器構造的背面係與觀看者側相反之側面(例如,顯示器構造101的面向窗戶102之表面(顯示局部視圖))。遮光可為設置在耦接至顯示器構造的結構上並設置於顯示器構造後方(例如,在耦接並設置於顯示器構造後方之牆壁、板材或窗戶上,例如圖1中之遮光,102)。In another aspect, the viewing (e.g., tintable) window is used (e.g., as a backdrop) to assist the shading and/or contrast of the display structure. The light shielding may be on the outside of the display structure (e.g., in a direction away from the viewer). The part of the support structure behind the display structure can be shaded or can be shaded (for example, using tinted or tinted windows). The viewing window can be active (e.g., tintable) or passive. For example, the viewing window may include coloration that cannot be changed (e.g., controllably and/or electronically). The viewing window may include tinting (for example, shading), which (i) cannot be changed electronically, and/or (ii) can be changed optically (for example, due to illumination by external lighting such as daylight and/or street lamps) window). Shading may include phosphor coating, application of black pigment, and/or glass dyeing. Coloring (e.g., shading) can be static or dynamic (e.g., using tintable glass). Shading may or may not be electronically controlled. Shading can be passive. Coloring (e.g. shading) can be transparent or opaque. The coloring can include visible colors (for example, any color of the rainbow, such as blue, or yellow. For example, the color may be brown, gray, or black). The coloration may be at least partially transparent. Transparent coloration can promote the transformation of a substantial part of the intensity and/or wavelength perceived by the average human eye (for example, greater than about 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 80%, 90%, or 95%), or The coloration can be completely transparent (e.g., relatively average human eye perception). The shading can be provided on the back of the display structure (for example, as an additional and/or laminated layer). The back of the display structure is the side opposite to the viewer's side (for example, the surface of the display structure 101 facing the window 102 (a partial view is shown)). The shading can be provided on a structure coupled to the display structure and behind the display structure (for example, on a wall, plate, or window coupled and provided behind the display structure, such as shading 102 in FIG. 1 ).

在另一態樣中,顯示器構造可包含材料(例如,作為背景幕),以輔助顯示作為顯示器構造的一部分之媒體之遮光及/或對比度。遮光可為在透明顯示器的外側。材料可併入作為顯示器構造之一部分的聚合物、樹脂、及/或玻璃中。In another aspect, the display structure may include materials (for example, as a backdrop) to assist in displaying the shading and/or contrast of the media that is part of the display structure. The shading can be on the outside of the transparent display. The materials can be incorporated into polymers, resins, and/or glass that are part of the display construction.

於另一態樣中,材料(例如,在觀看窗中及/或於媒體構造中)延長透明顯示器之壽命。In another aspect, the material (e.g., in the viewing window and/or in the media construction) extends the life of the transparent display.

在另一態樣中,可分開地或與可著色窗的控制一起(例如,藉由分開之控制器或藉由相同的控制器)來控制顯示器。In another aspect, the display can be controlled separately or together with the control of the tintable window (for example, by a separate controller or by the same controller).

於另一態樣中,用於觀看之系統包含:觀看(例如可著色)窗,具有至少一褪色狀態及著色狀態;及顯示器構造,建構成顯示及/或操縱電子媒體,此顯示器構造係設置鄰接觀看(例如可著色)窗並與此觀看(例如可著色)窗對齊,使得使用者能夠經過(i)顯示器構造及(ii)觀看(例如可著色)窗(例如,至少當可著色窗處於褪色狀態中時)觀看,此顯示器構造係至少部分透明的。In another aspect, the system for viewing includes: a viewing (for example, colorable) window having at least one faded state and a colored state; and a display structure, which is configured to display and/or manipulate electronic media, and the display structure is provided Adjacent to and aligned with the viewing (e.g., colorable) window so that the user can pass through (i) the display configuration and (ii) the view (e.g., colorable) window (e.g., at least when the colorable window is in When viewed in the faded state, the display structure is at least partially transparent.

在一些實施例中,觀看係於觀看(例如,可著色)窗外部之外側環境。在一些實施例中,觀看係藉由顯示器構造所投射的媒體。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係交流地耦接至傳輸電子媒體之網路。在一些實施例中,網路係交流地耦接至建築物管理系統。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係交流地耦接至一個以上的藉由顯示器構造控制電子媒體的顯示之控制器。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造交流地耦接至第一控制器,且其中觀看(例如,可著色)窗係交流地耦接至第二控制器。在一些實施例中,第一控制器及第二控制器係相同的控制器。於一些實施例中,第一控制器及第二控制器係交流地耦接之不同控制器。在一些實施例中,第一控制器及第二控制器係交流地耦接至第三控制器。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係交流地耦接至設置在容納觀看(例如可著色)窗的窗框中之第一控制器(例如時序控制器)。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係電耦接至與觀看(例如,可著色)窗相鄰設置在建築物固定裝置中的電源。於一些實施例中,建築物固定裝置係容納觀看(例如,可著色)窗之牆壁、天花板、地板或窗框。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係電耦接至設置於離此顯示器構造的最短距離處之電源,此最短距離係至少約十五(15)英尺。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係交流地耦接至控制此顯示器構造之控制器(例如,時序控制器),此控制器係設置於離顯示器構造之最短距離處,此最短距離係至少約五(5)英尺。在一些實施例中,可著色窗包含電致變色玻璃構造。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造包含第一玻璃片、第二玻璃片、及設置在第一玻璃片與第二玻璃片之間的顯示矩陣(例如,燈陣列)。於一些實施例中,顯示矩陣包含發光二極體(LED)陣列。在一些實施例中,顯示矩陣包含透明之有機發光二極體(TOLED)陣列。於一些實施例中,顯示矩陣在其基本長度標尺上具有至少約2000像素。於一些實施例中,顯示矩陣的基本長度標尺係顯示矩陣之高度或寬度。在一些實施例中,顯示矩陣係高解析度或超高解析度顯示矩陣。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係藉由緊固件耦接至觀看(例如,可著色)窗。在一些實施例中,緊固件包含鉸鏈、托架、或蓋件。於一些實施例中,鉸鏈係(i)連接至托架,此托架連接至顯示器構造,及(ii)連接至蓋件,此蓋件連接至固定裝置,鉸鏈便於此顯示器構造相對於固定裝置繞著鉸鏈接頭的迴轉。在一些實施例中,鉸鏈係(i)可逆地連接至托架,此托架係不可逆地連接至顯示器構造,及(ii)可逆地連接至蓋件,此蓋件係可逆地連接至固定裝置,此鉸鏈便於顯示器構造相對於固定裝置繞著鉸鏈接頭的迴轉。於一些實施例中,蓋件包含能可逆地打開及關閉之迴轉部分。在一些實施例中,電路系統及/或佈線被蓋件所覆蓋,以致於觀看者看不到,此電路系統及/或佈線可藉由打開此迴轉部分而至少部分地暴露。於一些實施例中,當可著色窗處於其最暗的著色狀態中且顯示器構造投射媒體時,使用者未能看穿(i)顯示器構造及(ii)可著色窗。在一些實施例中,可著色窗之著色位準考慮到太陽的位置、天氣條件、光經過可著色窗之透射率、及/或一個以上的感測器之讀數。於一些實施例中,一個以上的感測器之至少一者設置在可著色窗所設置的建築物之外部。於一些實施例中,天氣條件包含任何雲層覆蓋率。在一些實施例中,光透過可著色窗的透射率係相對於照射在觀看(例如,可著色)窗上之外部光線。於一些實施例中,光透過觀看(例如,可著色)窗的透射率取決於觀看(例如,可著色)窗之材料性質。In some embodiments, viewing is tied to viewing the environment outside the (eg, tintable) window. In some embodiments, viewing is the media projected by the display construction. In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to a network that transmits electronic media. In some embodiments, the network is AC coupled to the building management system. In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to more than one controller that controls the display of the electronic media through the display structure. In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to the first controller, and the viewing (eg, tintable) window is AC coupled to the second controller. In some embodiments, the first controller and the second controller are the same controller. In some embodiments, the first controller and the second controller are different controllers that are AC coupled. In some embodiments, the first controller and the second controller are AC coupled to the third controller. In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to a first controller (such as a timing controller) disposed in a window frame that houses a viewing (such as tintable) window. In some embodiments, the display structure is electrically coupled to a power source disposed in a building fixture adjacent to the viewing (eg, tintable) window. In some embodiments, the building fixture is a wall, ceiling, floor, or window frame that accommodates viewing (for example, tinting) windows. In some embodiments, the display structure is electrically coupled to a power source disposed at the shortest distance from the display structure, the shortest distance being at least about fifteen (15) feet. In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to a controller (for example, a timing controller) that controls the display structure. The controller is located at the shortest distance from the display structure, and the shortest distance is at least about five. (5) Feet. In some embodiments, the tintable window comprises an electrochromic glass construction. In some embodiments, the display structure includes a first glass sheet, a second glass sheet, and a display matrix (for example, a lamp array) disposed between the first glass sheet and the second glass sheet. In some embodiments, the display matrix includes a light emitting diode (LED) array. In some embodiments, the display matrix includes a transparent organic light emitting diode (TOLED) array. In some embodiments, the display matrix has at least about 2000 pixels on its basic length scale. In some embodiments, the basic length scale of the display matrix is the height or width of the display matrix. In some embodiments, the display matrix is a high-resolution or ultra-high-resolution display matrix. In some embodiments, the display structure is coupled to the viewing (eg, tintable) window by fasteners. In some embodiments, the fastener includes a hinge, bracket, or cover. In some embodiments, the hinge is (i) connected to the bracket, which is connected to the display structure, and (ii) is connected to the cover, which is connected to the fixing device, and the hinge facilitates the display structure relative to the fixing device Rotation around the hinge joint. In some embodiments, the hinge is (i) reversibly connected to the bracket, which is irreversibly connected to the display structure, and (ii) reversibly connected to the cover, which is reversibly connected to the fixing device , This hinge facilitates the rotation of the display structure relative to the fixing device around the hinge joint. In some embodiments, the cover includes a reversible part that can be reversibly opened and closed. In some embodiments, the circuit system and/or the wiring are covered by the cover so that the viewer cannot see, the circuit system and/or the wiring can be at least partially exposed by opening the turning part. In some embodiments, when the tintable window is in its darkest tinted state and the display is configured as a projection medium, the user cannot see through (i) the display structure and (ii) the tintable window. In some embodiments, the color level of the tintable window takes into account the position of the sun, weather conditions, the transmittance of light through the tintable window, and/or the readings of more than one sensor. In some embodiments, at least one of the more than one sensor is disposed outside the building where the tintable window is disposed. In some embodiments, weather conditions include any cloud cover. In some embodiments, the transmittance of light through the tintable window is relative to the external light shining on the viewing (e.g., tintable) window. In some embodiments, the transmittance of light through the viewing (e.g., colorable) window depends on the material properties of the viewing (e.g., colorable) window.

在另一態樣中,用於媒體觀看的系統包含:觀看(例如,可著色)窗;顯示器構造,設置鄰接觀看(例如,可著色)窗及/或與觀看(例如,可著色)窗對齊,使得觀看者能夠經過顯示器構造及觀看(例如,可著色)窗觀看外部環境,顯示器構造包含:(i)一對基板,及(ii)顯示矩陣,層疊在此對基板之間,顯示矩陣於其基本長度標尺上具有至少約2000像素;及緊固件,建構成支撐此顯示器構造,此緊固件係固定至所述觀看(例如,可著色)窗的框架元件。In another aspect, the system for media viewing includes: viewing (e.g., colorable) window; display configuration, setting adjacent viewing (e.g., colorable) window and/or aligned with viewing (e.g., colorable) window , Enabling viewers to view the external environment through the display structure and viewing (for example, colorable) windows. The display structure includes: (i) a pair of substrates, and (ii) a display matrix, stacked between the pair of substrates, and the display matrix is The basic length scale has at least about 2000 pixels; and a fastener configured to support the display structure, and the fastener is fixed to the frame element of the viewing (for example, tinting) window.

在一些實施例中,觀看係此觀看(例如,可著色)窗外部之外側環境。於一些實施例中,觀看係藉由顯示器構造所投射的媒體。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係至少百分之三十(30%)透明的。於一些實施例中,觀看(例如,可著色)窗係電致變色窗。在一些實施例中,緊固件包含至少一鉸鏈,且其中顯示器構造係藉由至少一鉸鏈固定至觀看(例如,可著色)窗。於一些實施例中,鉸鏈建構成便於維護顯示器構造。在一些實施例中,交流地耦接至顯示器構造的驅動器板被至少一鉸鏈葉片所隱藏,以致於觀看者看不到。在一些實施例中,系統包括控制板及電源。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造與電源之間的最短距離係至少十五英尺(15')。在一些實施例中,控制板與電源之間的最短距離係至少五英尺(5')。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係藉由同軸電纜耦接至一個以上的控制器及/或網路。在一些實施例中,同軸電纜包含微型同軸電纜。於一些實施例中,顯示矩陣之基本長度標尺係顯示矩陣的高度或寬度。在一些實施例中,顯示矩陣係高解析度或超高解析度顯示矩陣。In some embodiments, the viewing is based on viewing (e.g., tinting) the environment outside the window. In some embodiments, viewing is the media projected by the display structure. In some embodiments, the display construction is at least thirty percent (30%) transparent. In some embodiments, the viewing (eg, tintable) window is an electrochromic window. In some embodiments, the fastener includes at least one hinge, and the display structure is fixed to the viewing (eg, tintable) window by the at least one hinge. In some embodiments, the hinge structure facilitates maintenance of the display structure. In some embodiments, the driver board AC coupled to the display structure is hidden by at least one hinge blade so that the viewer cannot see it. In some embodiments, the system includes a control board and a power supply. In some embodiments, the shortest distance between the display structure and the power source is at least fifteen feet (15'). In some embodiments, the shortest distance between the control board and the power supply is at least five feet (5'). In some embodiments, the display structure is coupled to more than one controller and/or network via a coaxial cable. In some embodiments, the coaxial cable includes a miniature coaxial cable. In some embodiments, the basic length scale of the display matrix is the height or width of the display matrix. In some embodiments, the display matrix is a high-resolution or ultra-high-resolution display matrix.

於另一態樣中,用於媒體觀看之系統包含:可著色窗,具有至少一褪色狀態及著色狀態;顯示器構造,建構成顯示及/或操縱電子媒體,此顯示器構造係設置鄰接可著色窗並與此可著色窗對齊,使得至少當可著色窗處於褪色狀態中時,使用者能夠經過(i)顯示器構造及(ii)可著色窗觀看,此顯示器構造係至少部分透明的;及可選地,顯示器電路系統,直接佈線至顯示器構造。In another aspect, the system for media viewing includes: a tintable window having at least one faded state and a tinted state; a display structure, which is configured to display and/or manipulate electronic media, and the display structure is arranged adjacent to the tintable window And aligned with the tintable window, so that at least when the tintable window is in a faded state, the user can see through (i) the display structure and (ii) the tintable window, the display structure is at least partially transparent; and optionally Ground, the display circuit system is directly wired to the display structure.

在一些實施例中,顯示器構造交流地耦接至傳輸電子媒體之網路。於一些實施例中,網路交流地耦接至建築物管理系統。在一些實施例中,顯示器電路系統建構成於其操作期間及/或在其安裝之後可至少部分地進出,例如,無需由其支撐結構拆卸(I)緊固件,(II)由緊固件拆卸顯示器構造,及/或(III)電氣箱及/或電源。電氣箱(例如,E-Box)可包含顯示器構造的時序控制器。於一些實施例中,系統更包含鉸鏈,其建構成便於對顯示器電路系統操作及/或在安裝顯示器構造之後進行可逆的進出或限制。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造交流地耦接至一個以上之控制器,此控制器藉由顯示器構造來控制電子媒體的顯示。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造交流地耦接至第一控制器,且其中可著色窗交流地耦接至第二控制器。於一些實施例中,第一控制器及第二控制器係相同之控制器。在一些實施例中,第一控制器及第二控制器係交流地耦接的不同控制器。於一些實施例中,第一控制器及第二控制器交流地耦接至第三控制器。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係交流地耦接至設置於容納可著色窗之窗框中的第一控制器。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係電耦接至設置在與可著色窗相鄰之建築物固定裝置中的電源。於一些實施例中,建築物固定裝置係容納可著色窗之牆壁、天花板、地板或窗框。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係電耦接至設置於離顯示器構造的最短距離處之電源,此最短距離係至少約十五(15)英尺。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造交流地耦接至控制此顯示器構造的控制器,此控制器係設置成離顯示器構造之最短距離處,此最短距離係至少約五(5)英尺。於一些實施例中,可著色窗包含電致變色玻璃機構。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造包含第一玻璃片、第二玻璃片、及設置於第一玻璃片與第二玻璃片之間的顯示矩陣(例如,燈陣列)。在一些實施例中,顯示矩陣包含發光二極體(LED)陣列。於一些實施例中,顯示矩陣包含透明有機發光二極體(TOLED)陣列。在一些實施例中,顯示矩陣於其基本長度標尺上具有至少約2000像素。在一些實施例中,顯示矩陣之基本長度標尺係顯示矩陣的高度或寬度。於一些實施例中,顯示矩陣係高解析度或超高解析度顯示矩陣。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係藉由(例如,至多一個)緊固件耦接至可著色窗。於一些實施例中,緊固件包含鉸鏈、托架、或板條,在一些實施例中,鉸鏈(i)連接至托架,此托架連接至顯示器構造,及(ii)連接至板條,此板條連接至固定裝置,此鉸鏈便於顯示器構造相對於固定裝置繞著鉸鏈接頭之迴轉。在一些實施例中,鉸鏈(i)可逆地連接至托架,此托架不可逆地連接至顯示器構造,及(ii)可逆地連接至板條,此板條可逆地連接至固定裝置,鉸鏈便於顯示器構造相對於固定裝置繞著鉸鏈接頭的迴轉。在一些實施例中,板條包含能可逆地打開及關閉之迴轉部分。於一些實施例中,電路系統(例如,顯示器電路系統及/或觸控螢幕電路系統)及/或佈線被板條所覆蓋,以致於觀看者看不到,此電路系統及/或佈線可藉由打開迴轉部分而至少部分地暴露。在一些實施例中,當可著色窗處於其最暗的著色狀態中且顯示器構造投射媒體時,使用者未能看穿(i)顯示器構造及(ii)可著色窗。於一些實施例中,可著色窗建構成用於對齊藉由顯示器構造所顯示的媒體來進行著色調整。在一些實施例中,可著色窗建構成用於手動及/或自動著色調整。在一些實施例中,可著色窗建構成用於在顯示器構造投射媒體時進行著色調整。於一些實施例中,媒體具有至少於著色調整期間為靜態的被動內容。在一些實施例中,媒體具有至少於著色調整期間改變之主動內容。在一些實施例中,其中可著色窗建構成用於藉由考慮太陽的位置、一天中之時間、日期、設置顯示器構造的外殼之地理位置、天氣條件、光透過可著色窗的透射率、及/或一個以上之感測器的讀數來進行著色調整。在一些實施例中,一個以上之感測器的至少一者設置於可著色窗所設置之建築物的外部。在一些實施例中,天氣條件包含任何雲層覆蓋率。於一些實施例中,光透過可著色窗之透射率係相對於照射在可著色窗上的外部光線。於一些實施例中,光透過可著色窗之透射率取決於可著色窗的材料性質。在一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕係設置為鄰近至少一顯示器構造,此至少一觸控螢幕設置為使得至少一觸控螢幕與至少一顯示器構造之觀看表面的至少一部分重疊。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成操作地耦接到至少一觸控螢幕,且其中至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於使用者與至少一觸控螢幕之觸覺互動來調整此至少一顯示器構造上所顯示的媒體。在一些實施例中,至少一顯示器構造係建構成顯示螢幕影像之一部分的複數顯示器構造,且其中至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於使用者與至少一觸控螢幕之觸覺互動來調整複數構造上所顯示的媒體。在一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕係複數觸控螢幕,並建構成使得使用者可使用此複數觸控螢幕,就好像其係跨越此複數觸控螢幕之單一觸控螢幕一樣。於一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕係包括第一觸控螢幕的複數觸控螢幕,第一觸控螢幕之第一側面緊鄰第二觸控螢幕的第二側面。在一些實施例中,緊鄰係指沒有另一個中間觸控螢幕。於一些實施例中,第一側面經過黏合劑接觸第二側面。在一些實施例中,第一側面沒有第一面板,且其中第二側面沒有第二面板。於一些實施例中,第一側面係藉由第一面板所接界,且其中第二側面係藉由第二面板所接界。在一些實施例中,第一面板包含感測器及發射器,且其中第二面板包含感測器及發射器。於一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕建構成操作地嚙合至少二感測器及發射器面板,此至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成(a)彼此平行或實質上彼此平行,且(b)彼此隔開一定距離,至少一觸控螢幕之至少一部分係在此距離中設置。於一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕建構成操作地嚙合至少二感測器及發射器面板,此至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成(a)彼此平行或實質上彼此平行,且(b)彼此隔開一定距離,至少一觸控螢幕的一觸控螢幕係超過此距離設置。In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to a network that transmits electronic media. In some embodiments, the network is AC coupled to the building management system. In some embodiments, the display circuit system is constructed to be at least partially accessible during its operation and/or after its installation, for example, without the need to remove (I) fasteners from its supporting structure, (II) remove the display by fasteners Construction, and/or (III) electrical box and/or power supply. The electrical box (e.g., E-Box) may contain a timing controller constructed with a display. In some embodiments, the system further includes a hinge, which is constructed to facilitate the operation of the display circuit system and/or reversible access or restriction after the display structure is installed. In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to more than one controller, and the controller controls the display of the electronic media through the display structure. In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to the first controller, and the tintable window is AC coupled to the second controller. In some embodiments, the first controller and the second controller are the same controller. In some embodiments, the first controller and the second controller are different controllers that are AC coupled. In some embodiments, the first controller and the second controller are AC coupled to the third controller. In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to a first controller provided in a window frame containing the tintable window. In some embodiments, the display structure is electrically coupled to a power source disposed in a building fixture adjacent to the tintable window. In some embodiments, the building fixture is a wall, ceiling, floor, or window frame that houses tinted windows. In some embodiments, the display structure is electrically coupled to a power source disposed at the shortest distance from the display structure, the shortest distance being at least about fifteen (15) feet. In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to a controller that controls the display structure, and the controller is disposed at the shortest distance from the display structure, the shortest distance being at least about five (5) feet. In some embodiments, the tintable window includes an electrochromic glass mechanism. In some embodiments, the display structure includes a first glass sheet, a second glass sheet, and a display matrix (for example, a lamp array) disposed between the first glass sheet and the second glass sheet. In some embodiments, the display matrix includes a light emitting diode (LED) array. In some embodiments, the display matrix includes a transparent organic light emitting diode (TOLED) array. In some embodiments, the display matrix has at least about 2000 pixels on its basic length scale. In some embodiments, the basic length scale of the display matrix is the height or width of the display matrix. In some embodiments, the display matrix is a high-resolution or ultra-high-resolution display matrix. In some embodiments, the display structure is coupled to the tintable window by (eg, at most one) fastener. In some embodiments, the fastener includes a hinge, bracket, or slat. In some embodiments, the hinge (i) is connected to the bracket, the bracket is connected to the display structure, and (ii) is connected to the slat, The slat is connected to the fixing device, and the hinge facilitates the rotation of the display structure relative to the fixing device around the hinge joint. In some embodiments, the hinge (i) is reversibly connected to the bracket, which is irreversibly connected to the display structure, and (ii) is reversibly connected to the slat, which is reversibly connected to the fixing device, the hinge facilitates The display structure rotates around the hinge joint relative to the fixing device. In some embodiments, the slats include reversible parts that can be reversibly opened and closed. In some embodiments, the circuit system (for example, the display circuit system and/or the touch screen circuit system) and/or the wiring is covered by the slats so that the viewer can not see the circuit system and/or the wiring At least partly exposed by opening the revolving part. In some embodiments, when the tintable window is in its darkest tinted state and the display is configured to project media, the user cannot see through (i) the display configuration and (ii) the tintable window. In some embodiments, the colorable window structure is used to align the media displayed by the display structure for color adjustment. In some embodiments, the tintable window structure is used for manual and/or automatic tinting adjustment. In some embodiments, the tintable window structure is used for tinting adjustments when the display constructs the projection media. In some embodiments, the media has passive content that is static at least during the rendering adjustment period. In some embodiments, the media has active content that changes at least during the color adjustment period. In some embodiments, the colorable window structure is used to consider the position of the sun, the time of day, the date, the geographic location of the housing where the display structure is installed, weather conditions, the transmittance of light through the colorable window, and / Or more than one sensor reading for color adjustment. In some embodiments, at least one of the more than one sensor is disposed outside the building where the tintable window is disposed. In some embodiments, weather conditions include any cloud cover. In some embodiments, the transmittance of light through the colorable window is relative to the external light irradiated on the colorable window. In some embodiments, the transmittance of light through the colorable window depends on the material properties of the colorable window. In some embodiments, the at least one touch screen is arranged adjacent to the at least one display structure, and the at least one touch screen is arranged such that the at least one touch screen overlaps at least a part of the viewing surface of the at least one display structure. In some embodiments, the at least one controller structure is operatively coupled to the at least one touch screen, and the at least one controller structure adjusts the at least one structure based at least in part on the tactile interaction between the user and the at least one touch screen. The media displayed on a display structure. In some embodiments, at least one display structure is configured to form a plurality of display structures that display a part of the screen image, and at least one of the controller structures is configured to adjust the plurality of structures based at least in part on the tactile interaction between the user and the at least one touch screen The media shown on the. In some embodiments, the at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens, and is constructed so that the user can use the plurality of touch screens as if it were a single touch screen spanning the plurality of touch screens. In some embodiments, the at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens including the first touch screen, and the first side of the first touch screen is adjacent to the second side of the second touch screen. In some embodiments, the immediate proximity refers to the absence of another intermediate touch screen. In some embodiments, the first side surface contacts the second side surface through an adhesive. In some embodiments, the first side does not have a first panel, and the second side does not have a second panel. In some embodiments, the first side surface is bounded by the first panel, and the second side surface is bounded by the second panel. In some embodiments, the first panel includes a sensor and a transmitter, and the second panel includes a sensor and a transmitter. In some embodiments, at least one touch screen is configured to operatively engage at least two sensors and transmitter panels, the at least two sensors and transmitter panels are arranged (a) parallel to each other or substantially parallel to each other, and (b) A certain distance apart from each other, at least a part of at least one touch screen is set within this distance. In some embodiments, at least one touch screen is configured to operatively engage at least two sensors and transmitter panels, the at least two sensors and transmitter panels are arranged (a) parallel to each other or substantially parallel to each other, and (b) Be separated from each other by a certain distance, and at least one touch screen of one touch screen is set beyond this distance.

在另一態樣中,用於媒體觀看之系統包含:可著色窗,具有至少一褪色狀態及著色狀態;顯示器構造,建構成顯示及/或操縱電子媒體,此顯示器構造係設置鄰接可著色窗並與此可著色窗對齊,使得至少當可著色窗處於褪色狀態中時,使用者能夠經過(i)顯示器構造及(ii)可著色窗觀看,顯示器構造係至少部分透明的;及可選地(例如,至多一個)緊固件,建構成耦接至此顯示器構造。In another aspect, the system for media viewing includes: a tintable window having at least one faded state and a tinted state; a display structure, which is configured to display and/or manipulate electronic media, and the display structure is arranged adjacent to the tintable window And aligned with this tintable window, so that at least when the tintable window is in a faded state, the user can see through (i) the display structure and (ii) the tintable window, the display structure is at least partially transparent; and optionally A fastener (for example, at most one) is constructed to be coupled to this display structure.

在一些實施例中,緊固件(I)建構成便於進出顯示器電路系統的至少一部分,(II)建構成跨越顯示器構造之側面長度的至少百分之三十(30%),(III)建構成便於熱交換,及/或(IV)包含複數鉸鏈。在一些實施例中,緊固件包含鉸鏈,此鉸鏈建構成便於對顯示器電路系統進行可逆的進出及限制。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造包含:(i)一對基板,及(ii)顯示矩陣,層疊於此對基板之間。在一些實施例中,顯示矩陣於其基本長度標尺上具有至少約2000像素。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係至少百分之三十(30%)透明的。於一些實施例中,可著色窗係電致變色窗。在一些實施例中,緊固件包含至少一鉸鏈,且其中顯示器構造係藉由至少一鉸鏈固定至可著色窗。於一些實施例中,鉸鏈建構成便於維護顯示器構造。在一些實施例中,交流地耦接至顯示器構造的驅動器板被至少一鉸鏈葉片所隱藏,以致於觀看者看不到。在一些實施例中,系統包括控制板及電源。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造與電源之間的最短距離係至少十五英尺(15')。在一些實施例中,控制板與電源之間的最短距離係至少五英尺(5')。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係藉由同軸電纜耦接至一個以上的控制器及/或網路。在一些實施例中,同軸電纜包含微型同軸電纜。於一些實施例中,顯示矩陣之基本長度標尺係顯示矩陣的高度或寬度。在一些實施例中,顯示矩陣係高解析度或超高解析度顯示矩陣。於一些實施例中,可著色窗建構成用於對齊藉由顯示器構造所顯示的媒體來進行著色調整。在一些實施例中,可著色窗建構成用於手動及/或自動著色調整。在一些實施例中,可著色窗建構成用於在顯示器構造投射媒體時進行著色調整。於一些實施例中,媒體具有至少在著色調整期間為靜態的被動內容。於一些實施例中,媒體具有至少在著色調整期間改變的主動內容。於一些實施例中,可著色窗建構成用於藉由考慮太陽的位置、一天中之時間、日期、設置顯示器構造的外殼之地理位置、天氣條件、光透過可著色窗的透射率、及/或一個以上之感測器的讀數來進行著色調整。在一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕係設置為鄰近至少一顯示器構造,此至少一觸控螢幕設置為使得至少一觸控螢幕與至少一顯示器構造的觀看表面之至少一部分重疊。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成操作地耦接至至少一觸控螢幕,且其中至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於使用者與至少一觸控螢幕的觸覺互動來調整至少一顯示器構造上所顯示之媒體。在一些實施例中,至少一顯示器構造係複數顯示器構造,其中此複數顯示器構造的每一者建構成顯示螢幕影像之一部分,且其中至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於使用者與至少一觸控螢幕的觸覺互動來調整此複數構造上所顯示之媒體。在一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕係複數觸控螢幕,並建構成使得使用者可使用此複數觸控螢幕,就好像其係跨越此複數觸控螢幕的單一觸控螢幕一樣。於一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕係包括第一觸控螢幕的複數觸控螢幕,此第一觸控螢幕之第一側面緊鄰第二觸控螢幕的第二側面。在一些實施例中,緊鄰係指沒有另一個中間觸控螢幕。於一些實施例中,第一側面經過黏合劑接觸第二側面。在一些實施例中,第一側面沒有第一面板,及/或其中第二側面沒有第二面板。於一些實施例中,第一側面係藉由第一面板所接界,及/或其中第二側面係藉由第二面板所接界。在一些實施例中,第一面板包含感測器及發射器,及/或其中第二面板包含感測器及發射器。於一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕建構成操作地嚙合至少二感測器及發射器面板,此至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成(a)彼此平行或實質上彼此平行,及/或(b)彼此隔開一定距離,至少一觸控螢幕的至少一部分係在此距離中設置。在一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕建構成操作地嚙合至少二感測器及發射器面板,此至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成(a)彼此平行或實質上彼此平行,及/或(b)彼此隔開一定距離,至少一觸控螢幕的一觸控螢幕係超過此距離設置。於一些實施例中,至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成使得第一面板中的發射器所發射之輻射可藉由第二面板的感測器所感測,此第二面板平行於或實質上平行於第一面板設置,其中第一面板及第二面板包括在至少二感測器及發射器面板中。In some embodiments, the fastener (I) is configured to facilitate access to at least a portion of the display circuit system, (II) is configured to span at least thirty percent (30%) of the side length of the display structure, and (III) is configured to Facilitate heat exchange, and/or (IV) includes a plurality of hinges. In some embodiments, the fastener includes a hinge, which is constructed to facilitate reversible access and restriction of the display circuit system. In some embodiments, the display structure includes: (i) a pair of substrates, and (ii) a display matrix laminated between the pair of substrates. In some embodiments, the display matrix has at least about 2000 pixels on its basic length scale. In some embodiments, the display construction is at least thirty percent (30%) transparent. In some embodiments, the tintable window is an electrochromic window. In some embodiments, the fastener includes at least one hinge, and the display structure is fixed to the tintable window by the at least one hinge. In some embodiments, the hinge structure facilitates maintenance of the display structure. In some embodiments, the driver board AC coupled to the display structure is hidden by at least one hinge blade so that the viewer cannot see it. In some embodiments, the system includes a control board and a power supply. In some embodiments, the shortest distance between the display structure and the power source is at least fifteen feet (15'). In some embodiments, the shortest distance between the control board and the power supply is at least five feet (5'). In some embodiments, the display structure is coupled to more than one controller and/or network via a coaxial cable. In some embodiments, the coaxial cable includes a miniature coaxial cable. In some embodiments, the basic length scale of the display matrix is the height or width of the display matrix. In some embodiments, the display matrix is a high-resolution or ultra-high-resolution display matrix. In some embodiments, the colorable window structure is used to align the media displayed by the display structure for color adjustment. In some embodiments, the tintable window structure is used for manual and/or automatic tinting adjustment. In some embodiments, the tintable window structure is used for tinting adjustments when the display constructs the projection media. In some embodiments, the media has passive content that is static at least during the rendering adjustment period. In some embodiments, the media has active content that changes at least during color adjustments. In some embodiments, the colorable window structure is used to consider the position of the sun, the time of day, the date, the geographic location of the housing where the display structure is installed, weather conditions, the transmittance of light through the colorable window, and/ Or the readings of more than one sensor can be used for color adjustment. In some embodiments, the at least one touch screen is arranged adjacent to the at least one display structure, and the at least one touch screen is arranged such that the at least one touch screen overlaps at least a part of the viewing surface of the at least one display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller structure is operatively coupled to at least one touch screen, and at least one of the controller structures adjusts at least one touch screen based at least in part on the tactile interaction between the user and the at least one touch screen. The media displayed on the display structure. In some embodiments, the at least one display structure is a plurality of display structures, wherein each of the plurality of display structures constitutes a part of the display screen image, and wherein the at least one controller structure is based at least in part on the user and at least one touch The tactile interaction of the control screen is used to adjust the media displayed on this complex structure. In some embodiments, the at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens, and is constructed so that the user can use the plurality of touch screens as if it were a single touch screen spanning the plurality of touch screens. In some embodiments, the at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens including a first touch screen, and the first side of the first touch screen is adjacent to the second side of the second touch screen. In some embodiments, the immediate proximity refers to the absence of another intermediate touch screen. In some embodiments, the first side surface contacts the second side surface through an adhesive. In some embodiments, there is no first panel on the first side, and/or no second panel on the second side. In some embodiments, the first side surface is bounded by the first panel, and/or the second side surface is bounded by the second panel. In some embodiments, the first panel includes a sensor and a transmitter, and/or where the second panel includes a sensor and a transmitter. In some embodiments, at least one touch screen is configured to operatively engage at least two sensors and transmitter panels, the at least two sensors and transmitter panels are arranged (a) parallel to each other or substantially parallel to each other, and /Or (b) are separated from each other by a certain distance, and at least a part of at least one touch screen is set within this distance. In some embodiments, at least one touch screen is configured to operatively engage at least two sensors and transmitter panels, and the at least two sensors and transmitter panels are arranged (a) parallel to each other or substantially parallel to each other, and /Or (b) are separated from each other by a certain distance, and at least one touch screen of one touch screen is set beyond this distance. In some embodiments, at least two sensors and the emitter panel are arranged so that the radiation emitted by the emitter in the first panel can be sensed by the sensor of the second panel, which is parallel to or substantially The upper side is arranged parallel to the first panel, wherein the first panel and the second panel are included in at least two sensor and transmitter panels.

在另一態樣中,用於控制媒體觀看之設備,此設備包含至少一控制器,此至少一控制器包含控制電路系統,其中至少一控制器建構成:(a)操作地耦接至建構成顯示及/或操縱電子媒體的顯示器構造,此顯示器構造設置成鄰接可著色窗並與可著色窗對齊,使得至少當可著色窗處於褪色狀態中時,使用者可經過(i)顯示器構造及(ii)可著色窗觀看,此顯示器構造係至少部分透明的,可著色窗具有至少一褪色狀態及一著色狀態,顯示器構造係可選地(A)耦接至顯示器電路系統,此顯示器電路系統佈線至顯示器構造,及/或(B)耦接至(例如,至多一個)緊固件,此緊固件建構成耦接至顯示器構造;及(b)控制、或直接控制顯示器構造。In another aspect, a device for controlling media viewing, the device includes at least one controller, and the at least one controller includes a control circuit system, wherein at least one controller is configured to: (a) be operatively coupled to the building Constructing a display structure for displaying and/or manipulating electronic media, the display structure is arranged adjacent to and aligned with the tintable window, so that at least when the tintable window is in a faded state, the user can pass through (i) the display structure and (ii) A tinted window for viewing. The display structure is at least partially transparent. The tintable window has at least one faded state and one colored state. The display structure is optionally (A) coupled to the display circuit system, the display circuit system Wiring to the display structure, and/or (B) coupling to (e.g., at most one) fastener, the fastener structure being coupled to the display structure; and (b) controlling, or directly controlling, the display structure.

在一些實施例中,顯示器電路系統建構成用於在其操作期間及/或於其安裝之後可至少部分地進出,例如,無需由其支撐結構拆卸(A)緊固件,(B)由緊固件拆卸顯示器構造,及/或(C)電氣箱及/或電源。電氣箱(例如,E-Box)可包含顯示器構造的時序控制器。在一些實施例中,緊固件建構成(I)便於進出顯示器電路系統之至少一部分,(II)跨越顯示器構造的側面長度之至少百分之三十(30%),(III)便於熱交換,及/或(IV)包含複數鉸鏈。在一些實施例中,顯示器電路系統包含控制電路系統的至少一部分,顯示器構造耦接至鉸鏈,此鉸鏈建構成便於對顯示器電路系統進行可逆之進出及限制。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器係階層式控制系統的一部分。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成診斷或直接診斷顯示器構造。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成補償或直接補償顯示器構造之操作。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成為(i)診斷、或直接診斷顯示器構造以產生診斷,及(ii)藉由使用診斷來補償或直接補償顯示器構造的操作。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成調整、或直接調整顯示器構造,以補償與顯示器構造之預期操作的偏差。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成監控、或直接監控過濾器之條件,此過濾器建構成過濾大氣。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成為監控、或直接監控此過濾器的壽命。於一些實施例中,此條件包含過濾器之有效性。在一些實施例中,條件包含過濾器的擁塞狀態、經過此過濾器之大氣的流速、累積之操作時間、及/或耐久性。於一些實施例中,過濾器包含高效微粒空氣(HEPA)過濾器。在一些實施例中,過濾器建構成過濾至多毫米、微米、或奈米級的粒子。於一些實施例中,過濾器建構成過濾病原體及/或微粒物質。在一些實施例中,過濾器建構成過濾有生命及/或無生命物質。於一些實施例中,過濾器包括在通風系統中。於一些實施例中,過濾器係設置於通向外殼的通風口中、或在該外殼中之通風口中,顯示器構造係設置於外殼中。在一些實施例中,過濾器係設置在外殼的外部,顯示器構造係設置於外殼中。在一些實施例中,過濾器設置於固定裝置中。在一些實施例中,固定裝置係牆壁或窗框。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成監控、或直接監控顯示器構造的溫度。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成至少部分地藉由監控、或直接監控顯示器構造之溫度來診斷、或直接診斷顯示器構造。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成使用顯示器構造的溫度來補償或直接補償顯示器構造之操作。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成監控或直接監控顯示器構造的一個以上之像素的狀態。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成至少部分地藉由監控、或直接監控顯示器構造的一個以上之像素的狀態來診斷、或直接診斷顯示器構造。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於顯示器構造的一個以上之像素的狀態來調整或直接調整顯示器構造之操作。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成監控、或直接監控至少一風扇的操作,此至少一風扇建構成對齊顯示器構造一起操作。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成至少部分地藉由監控、或直接監控至少一風扇的操作來診斷、或直接診斷顯示器構造,此至少一風扇建構成對齊顯示器構造一起操作。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於至少一風扇的操作來調整、或直接調整顯示器構造之操作。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於顯示器構造的至少一像素之使用來調整、或直接調整顯示器構造。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於顯示器構造的溫度來調整、或直接調整顯示器構造。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成操作地耦接至包含壓力感測器、氣體流量感測器、溫度感測器、或電磁感測器的至少一感測器,且其中至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於至少一感測器之操作來調整、或直接調整顯示器構造的操作。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於供給至顯示器構造的電流、電壓、及/或電力來調整、或直接調整顯示器構造之操作,以達成意欲之目的。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於供給至顯示器構造的至少一像素之電流、電壓、及/或電力來調整、或直接調整顯示器構造的操作,以達成意欲之目的。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成於預定時間間隔之後循環、或直接循環顯示器構造,其中此顯示器構造的循環包含隨著時間之推移來修改所顯示的媒體,以便減少此顯示器構造之一個以上的像素之退化。在一些實施例中,一個以上的像素包含發光二極體。於一些實施例中,發光二極體係有機發光二極體。在一些實施例中,發光二極體係至少部分透明的。於一些實施例中,預定時間間隔至少部分地基於在先前的預定時間間隔期間之顯示器構造的觀看類型來調整。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成操作地耦接至鄰近顯示器構造所設置的至少一觸控螢幕,且其中至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於使用者與至少一觸控螢幕之觸覺互動來調整顯示器構造上所顯示的媒體。在一些實施例中,至少一顯示器構造係建構成顯示螢幕影像的一部分之複數顯示器構造,且其中至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於使用者與至少一觸控螢幕的觸覺互動來調整複數構造上所顯示之媒體。在一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕係複數觸控螢幕,且至少一控制器建構成使得使用者可使用複數觸控螢幕,就好像其係跨越複數觸控螢幕的單一觸控螢幕一樣。於一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕係包括第一觸控螢幕的複數觸控螢幕,此第一觸控螢幕之第一側面緊鄰第二觸控螢幕的第二側面。在一些實施例中,緊鄰係指沒有另一個中間觸控螢幕。於一些實施例中,第一側面經過黏合劑接觸第二側面。在一些實施例中,第一側面沒有第一面板,及/或其中第二側面沒有第二面板。於一些實施例中,第一側面係藉由第一面板所接界,及/或其中第二側面係藉由第二面板所接界。在一些實施例中,第一面板包含感測器及發射器,及/或其中第二面板包含感測器及發射器。於一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕建構成操作地嚙合至少二感測器及發射器面板,此至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成(a)彼此平行或實質上彼此平行,且(b)彼此隔開一定距離,至少一觸控螢幕的至少一部分係在此距離中設置。於一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕建構成操作地嚙合至少二感測器及發射器面板,此至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成(a)彼此平行或實質上彼此平行,且(b)彼此隔開一定距離,至少一觸控螢幕的一觸控螢幕係超過此距離設置。在一些實施例中,至少二感測器面板及發射器面板設置成使得第一面板中的發射器所發射之輻射可藉由第二面板的感測器所感測,此第二面板平行於或實質上平行於第一面板設置,其中第一面板及第二面板包括在至少二感測器及發射器面板中。In some embodiments, the display circuit system is configured to be at least partially accessible during its operation and/or after its installation, for example, without having to remove (A) fasteners from its supporting structure, (B) by fasteners Disassemble the display structure, and/or (C) the electrical box and/or power supply. The electrical box (e.g., E-Box) may contain a timing controller constructed with a display. In some embodiments, the fastener structure (I) facilitates access to at least a part of the display circuit system, (II) spans at least thirty percent (30%) of the side length of the display structure, and (III) facilitates heat exchange, And/or (IV) includes plural hinges. In some embodiments, the display circuit system includes at least a part of the control circuit system, the display structure is coupled to a hinge, and the hinge structure facilitates the reversible access and restriction of the display circuit system. In some embodiments, at least one controller is part of a hierarchical control system. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to diagnose or directly diagnose the display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to compensate or directly compensate for the operation of the display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to (i) diagnose or directly diagnose the display structure to generate a diagnosis, and (ii) use the diagnosis to compensate or directly compensate for the operation of the display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to adjust or directly adjust the display structure to compensate for deviations from the expected operation of the display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to monitor or directly monitor the condition of the filter, and the filter is configured to filter the atmosphere. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to monitor or directly monitor the life of the filter. In some embodiments, this condition includes the validity of the filter. In some embodiments, the conditions include the congestion state of the filter, the flow rate of the atmosphere through the filter, the accumulated operating time, and/or durability. In some embodiments, the filter includes a high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter. In some embodiments, the filter is configured to filter particles up to millimeters, micrometers, or nanometers. In some embodiments, the filter is configured to filter pathogens and/or particulate matter. In some embodiments, the filter is configured to filter animate and/or inanimate substances. In some embodiments, the filter is included in the ventilation system. In some embodiments, the filter is provided in the vent opening to the housing, or in the vent in the housing, and the display structure is provided in the housing. In some embodiments, the filter is disposed on the outside of the housing, and the display structure is disposed in the housing. In some embodiments, the filter is provided in the fixing device. In some embodiments, the fixing device is a wall or window frame. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to monitor or directly monitor the temperature of the display structure. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to diagnose, or directly diagnose, the display structure at least in part by monitoring or directly monitoring the temperature of the display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to use the temperature of the display structure to compensate or directly compensate for the operation of the display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to monitor or directly monitor the state of more than one pixel of the display structure. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to diagnose or directly diagnose the display structure at least in part by monitoring or directly monitoring the state of more than one pixel of the display structure. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to adjust or directly adjust the operation of the display structure based at least in part on the state of more than one pixel of the display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to monitor or directly monitor the operation of at least one fan, and the at least one fan is configured to operate in alignment with the display structure. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to at least partially diagnose or directly diagnose the display structure by monitoring or directly monitoring the operation of at least one fan, and the at least one fan structure is configured to align the display structure to operate together. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to adjust or directly adjust the operation of the display structure based at least in part on the operation of the at least one fan. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to adjust or directly adjust the display structure based at least in part on the use of at least one pixel of the display structure. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to adjust or directly adjust the display configuration based at least in part on the temperature of the display configuration. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to be operatively coupled to at least one sensor including a pressure sensor, a gas flow sensor, a temperature sensor, or an electromagnetic sensor, and at least one of them The controller is configured to adjust or directly adjust the operation of the display structure based at least in part on the operation of at least one sensor. In some embodiments, the at least one controller structure adjusts or directly adjusts the operation of the display structure based at least in part on the current, voltage, and/or power supplied to the display structure to achieve the intended purpose. In some embodiments, the at least one controller structure adjusts or directly adjusts the operation of the display structure based at least in part on the current, voltage, and/or power supplied to at least one pixel of the display structure to achieve the intended purpose. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to cycle or directly cycle the display structure after a predetermined time interval, wherein the cycle of the display structure includes modifying the displayed media over time in order to reduce the display structure. Degradation of more than one pixel. In some embodiments, more than one pixel includes light emitting diodes. In some embodiments, the light-emitting diode system is an organic light-emitting diode. In some embodiments, the light emitting diode system is at least partially transparent. In some embodiments, the predetermined time interval is adjusted based at least in part on the viewing type of the display configuration during the previous predetermined time interval. In some embodiments, at least one controller structure is operatively coupled to at least one touch screen disposed adjacent to the display structure, and the at least one controller structure is based at least in part on the relationship between the user and the at least one touch screen Tactile interaction adjusts the media displayed on the display structure. In some embodiments, the at least one display structure is configured to form a plurality of display structures that display a part of the screen image, and at least one of the controller structures is configured to adjust the plurality of structures based at least in part on the tactile interaction between the user and the at least one touch screen The media shown above. In some embodiments, the at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens, and the at least one controller is constructed so that the user can use the plurality of touch screens as if it were a single touch screen spanning the plurality of touch screens. In some embodiments, the at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens including a first touch screen, and the first side of the first touch screen is adjacent to the second side of the second touch screen. In some embodiments, the immediate proximity refers to the absence of another intermediate touch screen. In some embodiments, the first side surface contacts the second side surface through an adhesive. In some embodiments, there is no first panel on the first side, and/or no second panel on the second side. In some embodiments, the first side surface is bounded by the first panel, and/or the second side surface is bounded by the second panel. In some embodiments, the first panel includes a sensor and a transmitter, and/or where the second panel includes a sensor and a transmitter. In some embodiments, at least one touch screen is configured to operatively engage at least two sensors and transmitter panels, the at least two sensors and transmitter panels are arranged (a) parallel to each other or substantially parallel to each other, and (b) A certain distance apart from each other, at least a part of at least one touch screen is set in this distance. In some embodiments, at least one touch screen is configured to operatively engage at least two sensors and transmitter panels, the at least two sensors and transmitter panels are arranged (a) parallel to each other or substantially parallel to each other, and (b) A certain distance apart from each other, at least one touch screen of one touch screen is set beyond this distance. In some embodiments, at least two sensor panels and emitter panels are arranged such that the radiation emitted by the emitter in the first panel can be sensed by the sensor of the second panel, which is parallel to or It is arranged substantially parallel to the first panel, wherein the first panel and the second panel are included in at least two sensor and emitter panels.

於另一態樣中,用於控制媒體觀看之非暫態電腦程式產品,此非暫態電腦程式產品含有寫在其上的指令,當藉由一個以上之處理器執行此指令時,此指令造成一個以上的處理器執行操作,此等操作包含上述設備之任何操作。In another aspect, a non-transitory computer program product used to control media viewing. This non-transitory computer program product contains instructions written on it. When the instruction is executed by more than one processor, the instruction Cause more than one processor to perform operations, and these operations include any operations of the above-mentioned devices.

於另一態樣中,用於控制媒體觀看的方法,包含:在顯示器構造上顯示及/或操縱電子媒體,此顯示器構造設置鄰接可著色窗並與此可著色窗對齊,使得至少當此可著色窗處於褪色狀態中時,使用者可經過(i)顯示器構造及(ii)可著色窗觀看,此顯示器構造係至少部分透明的,此著色窗具有至少一褪色狀態和一著色狀態;及可選地使用(A)建構成與顯示器構造交流之顯示器電路系統,及/或(B)建構成耦接至顯示器構造的(例如,最多一個)緊固件。In another aspect, a method for controlling media viewing includes: displaying and/or manipulating electronic media on a display structure, the display structure is arranged adjacent to and aligned with the colorable window, so that at least when this is possible When the tinted window is in a faded state, the user can view through (i) the display structure and (ii) the tinted window. The display structure is at least partially transparent, and the tinted window has at least one faded state and a colored state; and Optionally, use (A) to construct a display circuit system that communicates with the display structure, and/or (B) to construct a (for example, at most one) fastener that is coupled to the display structure.

在一些實施例中,顯示器電路系統建構成於其操作期間及/或在其安裝之後可至少部分地進出,例如,無需由其支撐結構拆卸(A)緊固件,(B)由緊固件拆卸顯示器構造,及/或(C)電氣箱及/或電源。電氣箱(例如,E-Box)可包含顯示器構造的時序控制器。在一些實施例中,緊固件建構成(I)便於進出顯示器電路系統之至少一部分,(II)跨越顯示器構造的側面長度之至少百分之三十(30%),(III)熱交換,及/或(IV)包含複數鉸鏈。在一些實施例中,顯示器電路系統係例如藉由使用緊固件的至少一鉸鏈可逆地進出或限制,而無需由其支撐結構拆卸(A)緊固件,(B)由緊固件拆卸顯示器構造,及/或(C)電氣箱及/或電源。電氣箱(例如,E-Box)可包含顯示器構造的時序控制器。於一些實施例中,此方法更包含診斷顯示器構造以形成診斷結果。在一些實施例中,診斷顯示器構造係藉由階層式控制系統的至少一控制器所施行。於一些實施例中,此方法更包含使用診斷結果來補償顯示器構造的一個以上之操作。在一些實施例中,此方法更包含至少部分地基於使用者與鄰近顯示器構造設置的至少一觸控螢幕之觸覺互動來調整顯示器構造上所顯示的媒體。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係顯示一部分螢幕影像的複數顯示器構造於一些實施例中,此方法更包含至少部分地基於使用者與至少一觸控螢幕之觸覺互動來調整複數顯示器構造上所顯示的媒體。在一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕係複數觸控螢幕。於一些實施例中,此方法更包含使用者使用複數觸控螢幕,就好像複數觸控螢幕係跨越複數觸控螢幕的單一觸控螢幕一樣。In some embodiments, the display circuit system is constructed to be at least partially accessible during its operation and/or after its installation, for example, without having to remove (A) fasteners from its supporting structure, (B) remove the display by fasteners Construction, and/or (C) Electrical box and/or power supply. The electrical box (e.g., E-Box) may contain a timing controller constructed with a display. In some embodiments, the fastener structure (I) facilitates access to at least a portion of the display circuitry, (II) spans at least thirty percent (30%) of the side length of the display structure, (III) heat exchange, and / Or (IV) contains plural hinges. In some embodiments, the display circuit system is reversibly accessible or restricted, for example, by using at least one hinge of a fastener, without removing the fastener from its supporting structure (A) the fastener, (B) removing the display structure by the fastener, and /Or (C) Electrical box and/or power supply. The electrical box (e.g., E-Box) may contain a timing controller constructed with a display. In some embodiments, the method further includes a diagnosis display structure to form a diagnosis result. In some embodiments, the diagnostic display configuration is implemented by at least one controller of the hierarchical control system. In some embodiments, the method further includes using the diagnosis result to compensate for more than one operation of the display structure. In some embodiments, the method further includes adjusting the media displayed on the display structure based at least in part on the tactile interaction between the user and the at least one touch screen disposed adjacent to the display structure. In some embodiments, the display structure is a plurality of display structures that display a portion of the screen image. In some embodiments, the method further includes adjusting the display on the plurality of display structures based at least in part on the tactile interaction between the user and the at least one touch screen Media. In some embodiments, the at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens. In some embodiments, this method further includes the user using multiple touch screens as if the multiple touch screens are a single touch screen spanning the multiple touch screens.

在另一態樣中,用於控制媒體觀看之非暫態電腦程式產品,此非暫態電腦程式產品含有寫在其上的指令,當藉由一個以上之處理器執行此指令時,此指令造成一個以上的處理器執行操作,此等操作包含上述方法之任何操作。In another aspect, a non-transitory computer program product used to control media viewing. This non-transitory computer program product contains instructions written on it. When the instruction is executed by more than one processor, the instruction Cause more than one processor to perform operations, and these operations include any of the above-mentioned methods.

於另一態樣中,維護媒體顯示器的方法包含:(a)在包含光照射部件的顯示器構造上顯示電子媒體;(b)使用至少一感測器來感測藉由顯示器構造之光投射部件所顯示的媒體,以生成感測器資料;(c)使用感測器資料以藉由比較所顯示之媒體與請求顯示的媒體來評估光照射部件之至少一者的狀態;及(d)使用控制系統來(i)調整光照射部件之至少一者的照射,以照射待顯示之媒體的所需照射準位,及/或(ii)當光照射部件之至少一者的狀態係低於閾值時,預測此顯示器構造之維護,其中控制系統係操作地耦接至顯示器構造及至少一感測器。In another aspect, the method of maintaining a media display includes: (a) displaying electronic media on a display structure including a light irradiating component; (b) using at least one sensor to sense the light projection component of the display structure The displayed media to generate sensor data; (c) use the sensor data to evaluate the state of at least one of the light irradiating components by comparing the displayed media with the media requested to be displayed; and (d) use The control system (i) adjusts the irradiation of at least one of the light irradiation components to illuminate the required irradiation level of the medium to be displayed, and/or (ii) when the state of at least one of the light irradiation components is lower than the threshold When predicting the maintenance of the display structure, the control system is operatively coupled to the display structure and at least one sensor.

在一些實施例中,維護顯示器構造包含替換顯示器構造。於一些實施例中,控制機構包含控制器的階層結構。在一些實施例中,此方法更包含使用控制系統來控制其中設置顯示器構造之外殼。於一些實施例中,此方法更包含使用控制系統來控制其中設置顯示器構造的外殼之大氣。在一些實施例中,此方法更包含使用建築物管理系統來控制其中設置顯示器構造的建築物,此控制系統耦接至及/或控制建築物管理系統。於一些實施例中,此方法更包含使用控制系統來控制光照射部件的至少一者之循環照射。在一些實施例中,此方法更包含使用控制系統來使用、或直接使用學習模組,以預測光照射部件的至少一者之維護。於一些實施例中,控制系統交流地耦接至網路,此網路建構成將資料及/或電力提供至顯示器構造。In some embodiments, maintaining the display configuration includes replacing the display configuration. In some embodiments, the control mechanism includes a hierarchical structure of controllers. In some embodiments, the method further includes using a control system to control the housing in which the display structure is arranged. In some embodiments, the method further includes using a control system to control the atmosphere of the housing in which the display structure is set. In some embodiments, the method further includes using a building management system to control the building in which the display structure is provided, and the control system is coupled to and/or controls the building management system. In some embodiments, the method further includes using a control system to control the cyclic irradiation of at least one of the light irradiation components. In some embodiments, the method further includes using the control system or directly using the learning module to predict the maintenance of at least one of the light-irradiated components. In some embodiments, the control system is AC coupled to the network, which is configured to provide data and/or power to the display structure.

在另一態樣中,用於維護媒體顯示器的非暫態電腦程式產品,此非暫態電腦程式產品含有寫在其上之指令,當藉由一個以上的處理器執行此等指令時,此等指令造成一個以上之處理器執行操作,此等操作包含上述方法的任何操作。In another aspect, a non-transitory computer program product used to maintain media displays. This non-transitory computer program product contains instructions written on it. When these instructions are executed by more than one processor, this Such instructions cause more than one processor to perform operations, and these operations include any operation of the above-mentioned methods.

於另一態樣中,用於維護媒體顯示器之設備,此設備包含至少一控制器,此至少一控制器包含電路系統,此至少一控制器建構成:(a)操作地耦接至顯示器構造及至少一感測器;(b)引導顯示器構造以顯示電子媒體,此顯示器構造包含光照射部件;(c)引導至少一感測器來感測藉由顯示器構造的光投射部件所顯示之媒體,以產生感測器資料;(d)藉由比較所顯示的媒體與待顯示所要求之媒體,使用、或直接使用感測器資料以評估光照射部件的至少一者之狀態;及(e)引導光照射部件的至少一者以調整照射,使得光照射部件之至少一者將照射待顯示的媒體之所要求照射準位,及/或(f)當光照射部件的至少一者之狀態低於閾值時,預測、或直接預測顯示器構造的維護。In another aspect, a device for maintaining a media display, the device includes at least one controller, the at least one controller includes a circuit system, and the at least one controller is constructed: (a) operatively coupled to the display structure And at least one sensor; (b) guiding a display structure to display electronic media, the display structure including a light irradiating part; (c) guiding at least one sensor to sense the medium displayed by the light projection part of the display structure , To generate sensor data; (d) use or directly use sensor data to evaluate the state of at least one of the light-irradiated components by comparing the displayed medium with the required medium to be displayed; and (e) ) Guide at least one of the light irradiating parts to adjust the irradiation so that at least one of the light irradiating parts will irradiate the required irradiation level of the medium to be displayed, and/or (f) when the state of at least one of the light irradiating parts When the value is lower than the threshold, the maintenance of the display structure is predicted or directly predicted.

在一些實施例中,顯示器構造之維護包含替換顯示器構造。於一些實施例中,控制機構包含控制器的階層結構。在一些實施例中,控制系統建構成控制其中設置顯示器構造之外殼。於一些實施例中,控制系統建構成控制其中設置顯示器構造的外殼之大氣。在一些實施例中,控制系統建構成控制其中設置顯示器構造的建築物之建築物管理系統。於一些實施例中,控制系統建構成控制光照射部件的至少一者之循環照射。在一些實施例中,控制系統建構成使用、或直接利用學習模組來預測光照射部件的至少一者之維護。於一些實施例中,學習模組包含神經網路。在一些實施例中,學習模組包含一個以上的深度學習演算法。於一些實施例中,控制系統交流地耦接至網路,此網路建構成將資料及/或電力提供至顯示器構造。In some embodiments, maintenance of the display structure includes replacing the display structure. In some embodiments, the control mechanism includes a hierarchical structure of controllers. In some embodiments, the control system is configured to control the housing in which the display structure is disposed. In some embodiments, the control system is configured to control the atmosphere of the housing in which the display structure is disposed. In some embodiments, the control system constitutes a building management system that controls the building in which the display structure is installed. In some embodiments, the control system is configured to control the cyclic irradiation of at least one of the light irradiation components. In some embodiments, the control system is configured to use or directly use the learning module to predict the maintenance of at least one of the light irradiating components. In some embodiments, the learning module includes a neural network. In some embodiments, the learning module includes more than one deep learning algorithm. In some embodiments, the control system is AC coupled to the network, which is configured to provide data and/or power to the display structure.

在另一態樣中,用於維護媒體顯示器之非暫態電腦程式產品,此非暫態電腦程式產品含有寫在其上的指令,當藉由一個以上之處理器執行此等指令時,此等指令造成一個以上的處理器執行操作,此等操作包含上述至少一控制器之任何操作。In another aspect, a non-transitory computer program product used to maintain media displays. This non-transitory computer program product contains instructions written on it. When these instructions are executed by more than one processor, this Such instructions cause more than one processor to perform operations, and these operations include any operations of the at least one controller described above.

於一些實施例中,用於觀看媒體的方法揭示使用本文所揭示之任何系統及/或設備,以觀看操作地耦接至觀看(例如,可著色)窗的顯示器構造上之媒體。In some embodiments, the method for viewing media discloses the use of any of the systems and/or devices disclosed herein to view media on a display structure operatively coupled to a viewing (eg, colorable) window.

在一些實施例中,用於觀看觀看窗的外側環境之方法揭示使用本文所揭示的任何系統及/或設備,以觀看此觀看(例如,可著色)窗之外側環境,而顯示器構造係例如操作地耦接至觀看(例如,可著色)窗,且處於使用者與外側環境的視線中。In some embodiments, the method for viewing the environment outside the viewing window reveals the use of any of the systems and/or devices disclosed herein to view the environment outside the viewing (eg, tintable) window, and the display configuration is for example operating The ground is coupled to the viewing (for example, tintable) window, and is in the line of sight of the user and the outside environment.

在另一態樣中,本揭示內容提供例如出於其預期目的而使用本文所揭示之任何系統及/或設備的方法。In another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods for using any of the systems and/or devices disclosed herein, for example, for its intended purpose.

在另一態樣中,本揭示內容提供實施本文所揭示之任何方法的系統、設備(例如,控制器)、及/或非暫態電腦可讀媒體(例如,軟體)。In another aspect, the present disclosure provides systems, devices (e.g., controllers), and/or non-transitory computer-readable media (e.g., software) that implement any of the methods disclosed herein.

於另一態樣中,設備包含至少一控制器,此至少一控制器程式化為引導使用於實施(例如,實行)本文所揭示之任何方法的機構,其中至少一控制器係操作地耦接至此機構。In another aspect, the device includes at least one controller, the at least one controller is programmed to guide a mechanism for implementing (eg, implementing) any of the methods disclosed herein, wherein at least one controller is operatively coupled So far the agency.

在另一態樣中,設備包含至少一控制器,此至少一控制器建構成(例如,程式化)來實施(例如,實行)本文所揭示的方法。至少一控制器可實施本文所揭示之任何方法。In another aspect, the device includes at least one controller, and the at least one controller is configured (eg, programmed) to implement (eg, implement) the method disclosed herein. At least one controller can implement any method disclosed herein.

於另一態樣中,系統包含至少一控制器,此至少一控制器程式化為引導至少另一設備(或其部件)、及設備(或其部件)的操作,其中至少一控制器可操作地耦接至設備(或其部件)。設備(或其部件)可包括本文所揭示之任何設備(或其部件)。至少一控制器可引導本文所揭示的任何設備(或其部件)。In another aspect, the system includes at least one controller, and the at least one controller is programmed to guide the operation of at least another device (or its component) and the device (or its component), wherein at least one of the controllers is operable Ground is coupled to the device (or a component thereof). The device (or part thereof) may include any device (or part thereof) disclosed herein. At least one controller can guide any device (or component thereof) disclosed herein.

在另一態樣中,電腦軟體產品,包含儲存程式指令之非暫態電腦可讀媒體,此等指令當被電腦所讀取時造成電腦引導本文所揭示的機構(例如,設備及/或其任何部件),以實施(例如,實行)本文中所揭示之任何方法,其中非暫態電腦可讀媒體操作地耦接至此機構。此機構可包含本文所揭示的任何設備(或其任何部件)。In another aspect, computer software products include non-transitory computer-readable media storing program instructions that, when read by a computer, cause the computer to guide the mechanism disclosed in this article (for example, equipment and/or its Any component) to implement (for example, implement) any of the methods disclosed herein, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable medium is operatively coupled to this mechanism. This mechanism can include any device (or any component thereof) disclosed herein.

於另一態樣中,本揭示內容提供包含機器可執行碼之非暫態電腦可讀媒體,此機器可執行碼在藉由一個以上的電腦處理器執行時實施本文所揭示之任何方法。In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a non-transitory computer-readable medium containing machine executable code that, when executed by more than one computer processor, implements any of the methods disclosed herein.

在另一態樣中,本揭示內容提供包含機器可執行碼的非暫態電腦可讀媒體,此機器可執行碼在藉由一個以上之電腦處理器執行時實行(例如,如本文所揭示的)控制器之方向。In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a non-transitory computer-readable medium containing machine executable code that is executed when executed by more than one computer processor (for example, as disclosed herein ) The direction of the controller.

於另一態樣中,本揭示內容提供包含一個以上的電腦處理器及其耦接之非暫態電腦可讀媒體的電腦系統。非暫態電腦可讀媒體包含機器可執行碼,此機器可執行碼在藉由一個以上之電腦處理器執行時實施本文所揭示的任何方法及/或實行本文所揭示之控制者的方向。In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a computer system including more than one computer processor and a non-transitory computer-readable medium coupled to it. The non-transitory computer-readable medium includes machine executable code that, when executed by more than one computer processor, implements any method disclosed herein and/or executes the direction of the controller disclosed herein.

由下面之詳細敘述,本揭示內容的另外態樣及優點對於熟諳本領域技術者將變得顯而易見,其中僅顯示及敘述本揭示內容之說明性實施例。如將理解,本揭示內容能夠具有其他及不同的實施例,且其若干細節能夠在諸多明顯方面中進行修改,而所有這些都未脫離本揭示內容。因此,附圖及敘述本質上被認為是說明性,且不是限制性。From the following detailed description, other aspects and advantages of the present disclosure will become apparent to those skilled in the art, in which only illustrative embodiments of the present disclosure are shown and described. As will be understood, this disclosure is capable of other and different embodiments, and several details thereof can be modified in many obvious aspects, all of which do not depart from this disclosure. Therefore, the drawings and descriptions are regarded as illustrative in nature and not restrictive.

將參考附圖更詳細地敘述這些及其他特徵與實施例。 通過引用併入These and other features and embodiments will be described in more detail with reference to the drawings. Incorporated by reference

本說明書中所提到之所有公告、專利、及專利申請案都以相同程度通過全部以引用的方式併入本文中,就好像每一個別的公告、專利、或專利申請案都明確地及個別地指出通過引用併入一樣。All announcements, patents, and patent applications mentioned in this specification are incorporated into this article by reference to the same degree, as if each individual announcement, patent, or patent application is clearly and individually It is pointed out that the same is incorporated by reference.

儘管已顯示並在本文敘述本發明之諸多實施例,但是對於熟諳本領域技術者而言顯而易見的是,此等實施例僅以範例之方式提供。在未脫離本發明的情況下,熟諳本領域技術者可想到許多變動、改變、及替換。應當理解,可採用本文所述之發明的實施例之諸多替代方案。Although many embodiments of the present invention have been shown and described herein, it is obvious to those skilled in the art that these embodiments are only provided by way of examples. Without departing from the present invention, those skilled in the art can think of many changes, changes, and substitutions. It should be understood that many alternatives to the embodiments of the invention described herein may be employed.

例如「一(a)」、「一(an)」、及「該(the)」等詞並非意欲僅意指單一實體,而是包括可使用特定範例來說明的一般類別。本文中之術語使用於敘述本發明的特定實施例,但是它們之使用並不限定本發明。For example, words such as "一(a)", "一(an)", and "the (the)" are not intended to mean only a single entity, but include general categories that can be illustrated using specific examples. The terms herein are used to describe specific embodiments of the present invention, but their use does not limit the present invention.

當提到範圍時,除非另有指定,否則範圍應包括所有範圍。例如,介於值1與值2之間的範圍意指包括在內的,且包括值1及值2。包括在內之值將橫跨由約值1至約值2的任何值。如本文所使用,「鄰接」或「鄰接於」一詞包括「緊鄰著」、「與...相鄰」、「與...接觸」及「在...附近」。When referring to ranges, unless otherwise specified, the range shall include all ranges. For example, a range between value 1 and value 2 means inclusive, and includes value 1 and value 2. The inclusive value will span any value from about 1 to about 2. As used herein, the term "adjacent" or "adjacent to" includes "next to", "adjacent to", "in contact with" and "near to".

「操作地耦接」或「操作地連接」一詞意指耦接(例如,連接)至第二元件之第一元件(例如,機構),以允許第二及/或第二元件的預期操作。耦接可包含物理或非物理耦接。非物理耦接可包含訊號誘導之耦接(例如,無線耦接)。耦接可包括物理耦接(例如,物理連接)、或非物理耦接(例如,經由無線交流)。The term "operably coupled" or "operably connected" means a first element (e.g., mechanism) that is coupled (e.g., connected) to a second element to allow the intended operation of the second and/or second element . Coupling may include physical or non-physical coupling. Non-physical coupling may include signal-induced coupling (for example, wireless coupling). Coupling may include physical coupling (e.g., physical connection) or non-physical coupling (e.g., via wireless communication).

「建構成」施行一功能的元件(例如,機構)包括造成此元件施行此功能之結構特徵。結構特徵可包括電氣特徵、例如電路系統或電路元件。結構特徵可包括電路系統(例如,包含電氣或光學電路系統)。電路系統可包含一條以上的導線。光學電路系統可包含至少一光學元件(例如,分束器、反射鏡、透鏡及/或光纖)。結構特徵可包括機械特徵。機械特徵可包含閂鎖、彈簧、封閉件、鉸鏈、底盤、支撐件、緊固件、或懸臂等。施行此功能可包含利用邏輯特徵。邏輯特徵可包括程式化指令。程式化指令可藉由至少一處理器所執行。可藉由一個以上的處理器進出(例如,非暫態)媒體上所儲存或編碼之程式化指令。"Building components" that perform a function (for example, a mechanism) include structural features that cause the component to perform the function. Structural features may include electrical features, such as circuit systems or circuit elements. Structural features may include circuitry (for example, including electrical or optical circuitry). The circuit system may contain more than one wire. The optical circuit system may include at least one optical element (for example, a beam splitter, a mirror, a lens, and/or an optical fiber). Structural features may include mechanical features. Mechanical features can include latches, springs, closures, hinges, chassis, supports, fasteners, or cantilevers, etc. Performing this function may include the use of logical features. Logical features can include programmed instructions. The programmed instructions can be executed by at least one processor. Programmable instructions stored or encoded on the media can be accessed by more than one processor (for example, non-transitory).

於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係與觀看(例如,可著色的觀看)窗耦接。觀看窗可包括整合之玻璃單元。此顯示器構造可包括一個以上的玻璃片。顯示器(例如,顯示矩陣)可包含發光二極體(LED)。LED可包含有機材料(例如,有機發光二極體在本文中縮寫為「OLED」)。OLED可包含透明之有機發光二極體顯示器(於本文中縮寫為「TOLED」),此TOLED係至少部分透明的。顯示器可在其基本長度標尺上具有2000、3000、4000、5000、6000、7000或8000像素。顯示器可於其基本長度標尺上具有前述數目的像素之間的任何數目之像素(例如,由約2000像素至約4000像素、由約4000像素至約8000像素、或由約2000像素至約8000像素)。基本長度標尺可包含邊界圓的直徑、長度、寬度、或高度。基本長度標尺在本文中可縮寫為「FLS」。顯示器構造可包含高解析度顯示器。例如,顯示器構造可具有至少約550、576、680、720、768、1024、1080、1920、1280、2160、3840、4096、4320或7680像素乘以至少約550、576、680、720、768、1024、1080、1280、1920、2160、3840、4096,4320或7680像素的解析度(於30Hz或60Hz)。像素之第一數目可指定顯示器的高度,像素之第二數目可指定顯示器的長度。例如,顯示器可為具有1920x1080、3840x2160、4096x2160或7680x4320之解析度的高解析度顯示器。顯示器可為標準清晰度顯示器、增強清晰度顯示器、高清晰度顯示器、或超高清晰度顯示器。顯示器可為矩形的。藉由顯示矩陣所投射之影像可在至少約20Hz、30Hz、60Hz、70Hz、75Hz、80Hz、100Hz、或120赫茲(Hz)的頻率(例如,以再新率)再新。顯示器構造之FLS可為至少20''、25''、30''、35''、40''、45''、50''、55''、60''、65''、80''、或90英寸('')。顯示器構造的FLS可為上述值之間的任何值(例如,由約20''至約55''、由約55''至約100''、或由約20''至約100'')。In some embodiments, the display structure is coupled to a viewing (e.g., colorable viewing) window. The viewing window may include an integrated glass unit. This display construction can include more than one glass sheet. The display (e.g., display matrix) may include light emitting diodes (LEDs). The LED may include organic materials (for example, organic light-emitting diodes are abbreviated as "OLED" herein). The OLED may include a transparent organic light emitting diode display (abbreviated as "TOLED" herein), and the TOLED is at least partially transparent. The display may have 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, or 8000 pixels on its basic length scale. The display can have any number of pixels between the aforementioned number of pixels on its basic length scale (for example, from about 2000 pixels to about 4000 pixels, from about 4000 pixels to about 8000 pixels, or from about 2000 pixels to about 8000 pixels. ). The basic length scale may include the diameter, length, width, or height of the boundary circle. The basic length scale can be abbreviated as "FLS" in this article. The display structure may include a high-resolution display. For example, the display configuration may have at least about 550, 576, 680, 720, 768, 1024, 1080, 1920, 1280, 2160, 3840, 4096, 4320, or 7680 pixels times at least about 550, 576, 680, 720, 768, 1024, 1080, 1280, 1920, 2160, 3840, 4096, 4320 or 7680 pixel resolution (at 30Hz or 60Hz). The first number of pixels can specify the height of the display, and the second number of pixels can specify the length of the display. For example, the display may be a high-resolution display with a resolution of 1920x1080, 3840x2160, 4096x2160, or 7680x4320. The display can be a standard-definition display, an enhanced-definition display, a high-definition display, or an ultra-high-definition display. The display can be rectangular. The image projected by the display matrix can be refreshed at a frequency of at least about 20 Hz, 30 Hz, 60 Hz, 70 Hz, 75 Hz, 80 Hz, 100 Hz, or 120 Hz (for example, at a refresh rate). The FLS of the display structure can be at least 20'', 25'', 30'', 35'', 40'', 45'', 50'', 55'', 60'', 65'', 80'' , Or 90 inches (''). The FLS of the display structure can be any value between the above-mentioned values (for example, from about 20" to about 55", from about 55" to about 100", or from about 20" to about 100") .

於一些實施例中,設施中之窗戶表面的至少一部分係利用來使用玻璃顯示器構造顯示諸多媒體。此顯示器可利用於(例如,至少部分地)觀看窗戶外部之環境(例如室外環境),例如當顯示器未操作時。顯示器可使用於顯示媒體(例如,如本文所揭示),以利用(例如,光學)覆蓋物、強化實境、及/或照明來增強外部視野(例如,顯示器可用作光源)。媒體可使用於娛樂及非娛樂目的。此媒體可使用於工作(例如,資料分析、製圖、及/或視頻會議)。可操縱此媒體(例如,藉由利用顯示器構造)。利用此顯示器構造可為直接或間接的。媒體之間接利用可為使用例如電子滑鼠或鍵盤之類的輸入裝置。輸入裝置可為交流地(例如,有線及/或無線地)耦接至媒體。直接利用可為藉由使用顯示器構造作為使用一使用者(例如,手指)或引導裝置(例如,電子筆或手寫筆)之觸控螢幕。引導裝置可為由低研磨性材料(例如,聚合物)所製成、及/或塗覆。低研磨性材料可建構成便於(例如,重複地)接觸此顯示器構造,而對此顯示器構造具有最小損壞(例如,刮傷)。低研磨性材料可包含聚合物或樹脂(例如,塑膠)。引導裝置可為被動式或主動式。主動式引導裝置可操作地耦接至顯示器構造及/或網路。主動式引導裝置可包含電路系統。主動式引導裝置可包含遙控器。引導裝置可促進與藉由顯示器構造所呈現的媒體有關之操作的方向。引導裝置可促進(例如,亦即時及/或就地)與藉由顯示器構造所呈現之媒體的交互作用。In some embodiments, at least a portion of the window surface in the facility is utilized to display a variety of media using a glass display structure. This display can be used (e.g., at least partially) to view the environment outside the window (e.g. outdoor environment), for example when the display is not operating. The display can be used for display media (e.g., as disclosed herein) to utilize (e.g., optical) coverings, augmented reality, and/or lighting to enhance the external field of view (e.g., the display can be used as a light source). The media can be used for entertainment and non-entertainment purposes. This media can be used for work (for example, data analysis, graphics, and/or video conferencing). This medium can be manipulated (for example, by using a display configuration). The use of this display configuration can be direct or indirect. The indirect use of media can be the use of an input device such as an electronic mouse or a keyboard. The input device can be AC (for example, wired and/or wireless) coupled to the medium. Direct use may be by using a display structure as a touch screen using a user (for example, fingers) or a guiding device (for example, an electronic pen or a stylus). The guiding device may be made of low abrasive material (for example, polymer) and/or coated. Low abrasive materials can be constructed to facilitate (e.g., repetitively) contact the display structure with minimal damage (e.g., scratches) to the display structure. The low abrasive material may include polymers or resins (e.g., plastics). The guiding device can be passive or active. The active guidance device is operatively coupled to the display structure and/or the network. The active guidance device may include a circuit system. The active guidance device may include a remote control. The guiding device can facilitate the direction of operations related to the media presented by the display structure. The guiding device can facilitate (for example, also real-time and/or in-situ) interaction with the media presented by the display structure.

本文所敘述之實施例有關具有串聯(例如,透明)顯示器構造的視覺窗。在某些實施例中,視覺窗係電致變色窗。電致變色窗可包含固態及/或無機電致變色(EC)裝置。視覺窗可為呈整合玻璃單元(IGU)之形式。當IGU包括電致變色(本文縮寫為「EC」)裝置時,其可稱為「EC IGU」。EC IGU可著色(例如,變暗)一房間,其中與未著色的IGU相比,其設置及/或提供著色(例如,較暗)之背景幕。著色的IGU可提供用於(例如透明)顯示器構造上之可接受(例如,良好)對比度的較佳(例如,需要)之背景幕。在另一範例中,具有(例如透明)顯示器構造的窗戶可代替商業及住宅應用中之電視(本文縮寫為「TVs」)。合起來,例如因為顯示器可增加單獨藉由EC玻璃所提供的私密性,(例如透明)顯示器構造及EC IGU可提供視覺私密性玻璃功能。本文所揭示之實施例亦敘述用於將顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器)安裝至視覺窗的定框系統之特別方法、設備及系統。The embodiments described herein are related to visual windows with tandem (e.g., transparent) display configurations. In some embodiments, the visual window is an electrochromic window. The electrochromic window may include solid-state and/or inorganic electrochromic (EC) devices. The visual window may be in the form of an integrated glass unit (IGU). When the IGU includes an electrochromic (abbreviated as "EC" herein) device, it may be referred to as an "EC IGU". The EC IGU can color (eg, darken) a room, where it is set and/or provides a colored (eg, darker) backdrop compared to an uncolored IGU. The colored IGU can provide a better (e.g., required) background screen with acceptable (e.g., good) contrast for (e.g., transparent) display construction. In another example, windows with (for example, transparent) display structures can replace televisions (abbreviated as "TVs" herein) in commercial and residential applications. Taken together, for example, because the display can increase the privacy provided by EC glass alone, the (for example, transparent) display structure and EC IGU can provide visual privacy glass function. The embodiments disclosed herein also describe a special method, equipment, and system for mounting a display structure (for example, a transparent display) to a framing system of a visual window.

圖1A顯示定框在窗框103中的窗戶102之範例(顯示局部視圖),及包含第一鉸鏈105a和第二鉸鏈105b的緊固件結構104,此等鉸鏈便於使顯示器構造101繞著鉸鏈軸線旋轉、例如在箭頭111之方向中。窗戶可為電致變色窗。此窗戶可為EC IGU的形式。於一實施例中,至少部分透明之一個以上的顯示器構造(例如透明顯示器)(例如101)安裝至窗框(例如103)。在一實施例中,一個以上之顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器)包含TOLED技術,但是應當理解,本發明不應受此技術所限制或局限於此技術。在一實施例中,一個以上的顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器)係經由緊固件結構(例如,104)安裝至框架(例如,103)。於一實施例中,緊固件結構(在本文中亦稱為「緊固件」)包含托架。在一實施例中,緊固件結構包含L形托架。於一實施例中,L形托架之長度包含近似或等於窗的一側面之長度(例如,且在圖1A中所示範例中,亦為緊固件104的長度)。於實施例中,窗戶之基本長度標尺(例如,長度)係高達60英尺(')、50'、40'、30'、25'、20'、15'、10'、5'或1'。窗戶的FLS可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,由1'至60'、由1'至30'、由30'至60'、或由10'至40')。在實施例中,窗戶之基本長度標尺(例如,長度)係至少約50'、60'、80'、或100'。於一實施例中,顯示器結構(例如,透明顯示器)涵括(例如,實質上)匹配薄板(例如,玻璃片)的表面積之區域。緊固件結構可經由鎖定機構(例如,彈簧鎖)及/或經由螺釘安裝至結構(例如,框架部分、例如豎框),例如可建構成用於滑動及按扣附接。緊固件可包含安裝板。緊固件可建構成允許其相關聯的電纜佈設及/或佈線,以在支撐結構(例如,固定裝置)上未施加壓力之情況下留駐於支撐結構孔腔(例如,定框部分)中。支撐結構可包含將緊固件固持在適當位置中的夾子(例如彈簧夾)。Figure 1A shows an example of a window 102 framed in a window frame 103 (showing a partial view), and a fastener structure 104 including a first hinge 105a and a second hinge 105b, which facilitates the display structure 101 around the hinge axis Rotate, for example, in the direction of arrow 111. The window may be an electrochromic window. This window can be in the form of EC IGU. In one embodiment, more than one display structure (such as a transparent display) (such as 101) that is at least partially transparent is mounted to the window frame (such as 103). In one embodiment, more than one display structure (for example, a transparent display) includes TOLED technology, but it should be understood that the present invention should not be limited or limited by this technology. In one embodiment, more than one display structure (e.g., transparent display) is mounted to the frame (e.g., 103) via a fastener structure (e.g., 104). In one embodiment, the fastener structure (also referred to herein as a "fastener") includes a bracket. In one embodiment, the fastener structure includes an L-shaped bracket. In one embodiment, the length of the L-shaped bracket includes approximately or equal to the length of one side of the window (for example, and in the example shown in FIG. 1A, it is also the length of the fastener 104). In the embodiment, the basic length scale (for example, length) of the window is up to 60 feet ('), 50', 40', 30', 25', 20', 15', 10', 5', or 1'. The FLS of the window can be any value between the aforementioned values (for example, from 1'to 60', from 1'to 30', from 30' to 60', or from 10' to 40'). In an embodiment, the basic length scale (for example, length) of the window is at least about 50', 60', 80', or 100'. In one embodiment, the display structure (e.g., transparent display) includes (e.g., substantially) an area that matches the surface area of the thin plate (e.g., glass sheet). The fastener structure can be mounted to the structure (e.g., frame part, e.g. mullion) via a locking mechanism (e.g., snap lock) and/or via screws, for example can be constructed for sliding and snap attachment. The fastener may include a mounting plate. The fastener may be constructed to allow its associated cable routing and/or wiring to stay in the support structure cavity (e.g., framed portion) without applying pressure on the support structure (e.g., fixture). The support structure may include clips (such as spring clips) that hold the fasteners in place.

於特別實施例中,顯示器之區域近似於窗戶的視覺區域(例如,窗戶之定框系統內的區域(例如,看圖1B中之1)。在一實施例中,一個以上的顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器)一起(例如,大約及/或實質上)覆蓋窗戶之視覺區域(例如,看圖1b中的2及3)。於一實施例中,透明顯示器涵括一區域,此區域係(例如可著色)窗之視覺區域的大約一半。在一實施例中,二個以上之顯示器安裝於單一視覺窗上(看圖1b中的2及3)。顯示器構造可覆蓋(例如可著色)窗之至少一部分。顯示器構造可覆蓋(例如可著色)窗的可見部分之至少約10%、20%、30%、40%、50%、60%、70%、80%、90%、95%、或99%。藉由顯示器構造所佔據的面積可為(例如可著色)窗之整個可見部分(100%)。藉由顯示器構造所佔據的面積可為前述百分比之間的(例如可著色)窗之可見部分的任何百分比(例如,由約10%至約100%、由約10%至約50%、或由約50%至約100%)。有時候,複數顯示器構造可覆蓋(例如可著色)窗。顯示器構造可安裝於一個以上之佈局及/或組構中,例如以最大化設計靈活性。複數緊固件可(例如分別)耦接至複數顯示器構造(例如,以允許顯示器構造的迴轉)。圖1B顯示建築物之立面120中之諸多窗戶的範例,此立面包含窗戶122、123及121和顯示器構造1、2及3。在圖1B所示範例中,顯示器構造1係至少部分透明且設置於窗戶123上方(例如,顯示器構造1係叠加在窗戶123上方),使得整個窗戶123係藉由顯示器構造所覆蓋,且使用者可經過顯示器構造1及窗戶123觀看外部環境(例如花、玻璃、及樹木)。顯示器構造1係用緊固件耦接至窗戶,此緊固件便於顯示器構造繞著平行於窗戶底部水平邊緣之軸線旋轉,此旋轉係在箭頭127的方向中。於圖1B所示範例中,顯示器構造2及3係至少部分透明且設置在窗戶121上方,使得整個窗戶121係藉由二顯示器構造所覆蓋,每一顯示器構造覆蓋(例如,延伸至)窗戶121之表面積的約一半,且使用者可經過顯示器構造2及3和窗戶121觀看外部環境(例如花、玻璃、及樹木)。顯示器構造2係用緊固件耦接至窗戶121,此緊固件便於顯示器構造繞著平行於窗戶左直立邊緣之軸線旋轉,此旋轉係在箭頭126的方向中。顯示器構造3係用緊固件耦接至窗戶,此緊固件便於顯示器構造繞著平行於窗戶121右直立邊緣之軸線旋轉,此旋轉係在箭頭125的方向中。In a particular embodiment, the area of the display is similar to the visual area of the window (for example, the area in the window framing system (for example, see 1 in Figure 1B). In one embodiment, more than one display structure (for example, , The transparent display) together (e.g., approximately and/or substantially) cover the visual area of the window (e.g., see 2 and 3 in Figure 1b). In one embodiment, the transparent display includes an area, which is ( For example, about half of the visual area of the window can be tinted. In one embodiment, two or more displays are installed on a single visual window (see 2 and 3 in Figure 1b). The display structure can cover (for example, tinted) the window The display structure can cover at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, Or 99%. The area occupied by the display structure can be (for example, colorable) the entire visible part (100%) of the window. The area occupied by the display structure can be between the aforementioned percentages (for example, colorable) of the window Any percentage of the visible portion (for example, from about 10% to about 100%, from about 10% to about 50%, or from about 50% to about 100%). Sometimes, multiple display configurations can cover (e.g., can be colored ) Window. The display structure can be installed in more than one layout and/or configuration, for example, to maximize design flexibility. Multiple fasteners can be (e.g., separately) coupled to multiple display structures (e.g., to allow rotation of the display structure) ). Figure 1B shows an example of many windows in the facade 120 of a building, this facade includes windows 122, 123 and 121 and display structures 1, 2 and 3. In the example shown in Fig. 1B, display structure 1 is at least Partially transparent and arranged above the window 123 (for example, the display structure 1 is superimposed on the window 123), so that the entire window 123 is covered by the display structure, and the user can view the external environment through the display structure 1 and the window 123 (for example, Flowers, glass, and trees). The display structure 1 is coupled to the window with fasteners that facilitate the rotation of the display structure around an axis parallel to the horizontal edge of the bottom of the window, and the rotation is in the direction of arrow 127. In the figure. In the example shown in 1B, the display structures 2 and 3 are at least partially transparent and arranged above the window 121, so that the entire window 121 is covered by two display structures, and each display structure covers (for example, extends to) the surface area of the window 121 And the user can view the external environment (such as flowers, glass, and trees) through the display structures 2 and 3 and the window 121. The display structure 2 is coupled to the window 121 with a fastener, which is convenient for the display structure to wrap around Rotate along an axis parallel to the left upright edge of the window, this rotation is in the direction of arrow 126. The display structure 3 is coupled to the window with a fastener that facilitates the display structure around an axis parallel to the right upright edge of the window 121 Rotate, this rotation is in the direction of arrow 125.

於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係耦接至結構(例如,固定裝置)。此結構可包含窗戶、牆壁、或板件。顯示器構造可用緊固件耦接至此結構。例如,當顯示器構造可操作時,顯示器構造與此結構之間可存在一段距離。此距離可為至多約0.5米(m)、0.4m、0.3m、0.2m、0.1m、0.05m、0.025m、或0.01m。In some embodiments, the display structure is coupled to a structure (e.g., a fixture). This structure can include windows, walls, or panels. The display structure can be coupled to this structure with fasteners. For example, when the display structure is operable, there may be a distance between the display structure and this structure. This distance can be up to about 0.5 meters (m), 0.4m, 0.3m, 0.2m, 0.1m, 0.05m, 0.025m, or 0.01m.

於一些實施例中,E-box操作地耦接至電源、或包括電源。電源可為將電力供給電負載的電裝置。電源可將來自電源之電流轉換為正確的電壓、電流、及/或頻率,以為此負載供電。電源可將藉由此負載所汲取之電流限制至安全位準(例如,根據管轄及/或安全標準)、切斷電流(例如,如果發生電氣故障)、調節電力(例如,以防止輸入上的電子雜訊及/或電壓突波抵達此負載)、校正電力因數、及/或儲存能量(例如,在電源臨時中斷之情況下,便於此負載的持續操作)。此負載可為媒體顯示器(例如OLED顯示器)。電源可為電力轉換器。此電源可為分開之獨立裝置。電源可包括在E-box中。獨立電源裝置可設置於例如固定裝置的結構中。此結構可包含窗框部分(例如,豎框或橫梁)、或牆壁。可將電源裝置設置在與電氣箱及/或時序控制器相距一段距離處。此距離可為至少約30英尺(')、50'、100'、200'、300'。E-box可為或非為緊固件之一部分(例如,附接至緊固件)。於一些實施例中,E-box(例如,包括任何類比至數位轉換器)可設置在與緊固件(例如,不是緊固件的一部分)相距一段距離處。In some embodiments, the E-box is operatively coupled to a power source or includes a power source. The power source may be an electric device that supplies electric power to an electric load. The power source can convert the current from the power source into the correct voltage, current, and/or frequency to power the load. The power supply can limit the current drawn by this load to a safe level (for example, according to jurisdiction and/or safety standards), cut off the current (for example, if an electrical failure occurs), regulate power (for example, to prevent Electronic noise and/or voltage surges reach the load), power factor correction, and/or energy storage (for example, to facilitate continuous operation of the load in the event of a temporary power interruption). This load can be a media display (such as an OLED display). The power source may be a power converter. This power supply can be a separate independent device. The power supply can be included in the E-box. The independent power supply device may be provided in a structure such as a fixed device. This structure may include window frame parts (e.g., mullions or beams), or walls. The power supply device can be set at a distance from the electrical box and/or the timing controller. This distance can be at least about 30 feet ('), 50', 100', 200', 300'. The E-box may or may not be part of the fastener (e.g., attached to the fastener). In some embodiments, the E-box (for example, including any analog-to-digital converter) may be located at a distance from the fastener (for example, not part of the fastener).

於一些實施例中,電子部件(例如,電路系統)之殼體包含至少一熱交換器。例如,E-box、電源殼體、及/或時序控制器殼體(例如,緊固件)可包含一個以上之熱交換器(例如,如本文所揭示)。熱交換器可為風扇。熱交換器可為被動式或主動式。熱交換器可包含熱管。熱交換器可包含建構成有效地吸收及/或傳遞熱量的部件。例如,熱交換器可包含金屬平板(例如,散熱器)。金屬平板可包含元素金屬或金屬合金。In some embodiments, the housing of the electronic component (for example, the circuit system) includes at least one heat exchanger. For example, the E-box, the power supply housing, and/or the timing controller housing (e.g., fasteners) may include more than one heat exchanger (e.g., as disclosed herein). The heat exchanger can be a fan. The heat exchanger can be passive or active. The heat exchanger may include heat pipes. The heat exchanger may include components constructed to efficiently absorb and/or transfer heat. For example, the heat exchanger may include a flat metal plate (e.g., a radiator). The flat metal plate may contain elemental metals or metal alloys.

在一些實施例中,電子部件(例如,緊固件)之殼體可包含一個以上的風扇。風扇可將氣體(例如,空氣)由其一側引導至另一側(例如,將氣體推入周遭環境或將氣體噴出周遭環境)。風扇旋轉之方向可決定其推動/噴出氣體的功能性。風扇可具有基本長度標尺(例如,高度、長度、寬度、半徑、或邊界圓之半徑)。風扇的基本長度標尺(FLS)最多可為約5厘米(cm)、4cm、3cm、2.5cm、2cm、1.5cm、1cm、或0.5cm。FLS可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約5cm至約0.5cm,由約5cm至約2cm,或由約2cm至約0.5cm)。風扇之高度及長度可為(例如,實質上)相等。風扇的寬度可為風扇之高度及/或長度的至多大約一半、三分之一、四分之一、或五分之一。風扇可具有複數葉片(例如,至少3、4、5、6、7、8、9、或10塊葉片)。於一些實施例中,風扇可為無葉片式。風扇可需要低電壓,例如最多約1.5伏特(V)、2V、3V、4V、5V、6V、7V、8V、9V、或10V。風扇的速率可為至少約每分鐘五千轉(KRPM)、5.5 KRPM、6 KRPM、6.5 KRPM、7 KRPM、7.5 KRPM、8 KRPM、8.5 KRPM、9 KRPM、9.5 KRPM、10 KRPM、10.5 KRPM、11 KRPM、11.5 KRPM、或12 KRPM。風扇可具有低噪音特徵。低噪音特徵可為至多約10.0分貝(dbA)、15 dbA、20 dbA、25 dbA或30 dbA,其中調整dbA,用於變動人耳對不同聲音頻率之敏感性。低噪音特徵可為在說話聲音以下(例如,約65 dbA)。低噪音特徵最多可為呼吸噪音(例如,約10 dbA)、靜音書房(例如,約20 dbA)、輕聲耳語(例如,約40 dbA)、或辦公室環境(例如,由約50 dbA至約65 dbA)以下的等級。風扇之噪音位準可遵守管轄標準、例如職業安全與健康管理局(OSHA)所頒布的標準。風扇可具有最多約5克(g)、6g、8g、或10g之重量。風扇可具有每分鐘至少約0.02立方米(M3 /min)、0.03 M3 /min、0.04 M3 /min、0.05 M3 /min、0.06 M3 /min、0.07 M3 /min、0.08 M3 /min、0.09 M3 /min、0.1 M3 /min、0.15 M3 /min、0.2 M3 /min、0.3 M3 /min、0.4 M3 /min、或0.5 M3 /min的空氣傳導能力。風扇可具有本文所提到的任何傳導能力之間的傳導能力(例如,由約0.02 M3 /min至約0.05 M3 /min、由約0.05 M3 /min至約0.1 M3 /min、或由約0.1 M3 /min分鐘至約0.5 M3 /min)。In some embodiments, the housing of the electronic component (for example, the fastener) may include more than one fan. The fan can guide gas (for example, air) from one side to the other (for example, push the gas into the surrounding environment or eject the gas out of the surrounding environment). The direction of the fan's rotation can determine its function of pushing/spraying gas. The fan may have a basic length scale (for example, height, length, width, radius, or radius of a boundary circle). The basic length scale (FLS) of the fan can be up to about 5 centimeters (cm), 4cm, 3cm, 2.5cm, 2cm, 1.5cm, 1cm, or 0.5cm. FLS can have any value between the aforementioned values (for example, from about 5 cm to about 0.5 cm, from about 5 cm to about 2 cm, or from about 2 cm to about 0.5 cm). The height and length of the fan can be (for example, substantially) equal. The width of the fan can be at most about half, one third, one quarter, or one fifth of the height and/or length of the fan. The fan may have a plurality of blades (for example, at least 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 blades). In some embodiments, the fan may be bladeless. The fan may require a low voltage, such as up to about 1.5 volts (V), 2V, 3V, 4V, 5V, 6V, 7V, 8V, 9V, or 10V. The fan speed can be at least about five thousand revolutions per minute (KRPM), 5.5 KRPM, 6 KRPM, 6.5 KRPM, 7 KRPM, 7.5 KRPM, 8 KRPM, 8.5 KRPM, 9 KRPM, 9.5 KRPM, 10 KRPM, 10.5 KRPM, 11 KRPM, 11.5 KRPM, or 12 KRPM. The fan may have low noise characteristics. The low noise feature can be up to about 10.0 decibels (dbA), 15 dbA, 20 dbA, 25 dbA or 30 dbA, among which dbA is adjusted to change the sensitivity of the human ear to different sound frequencies. The low-noise feature can be below the speech sound (for example, about 65 dbA). Low noise characteristics can be up to breathing noise (for example, about 10 dbA), silent study (for example, about 20 dbA), soft whispers (for example, about 40 dbA), or office environment (for example, from about 50 dbA to about 65 dbA) ) The following levels. The noise level of the fan can comply with jurisdictional standards, such as the standards promulgated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). The fan may have a weight of up to about 5 grams (g), 6g, 8g, or 10g. The fan may have at least about 0.02 cubic meters per minute (M 3 / min), 0.03 M 3 / min, 0.04 M 3 / min, 0.05 M 3 / min, 0.06 M 3 / min, 0.07 M 3 / min, 0.08 M 3 /min,0.09 M 3 /min,0.1 M 3 /min,0.15 M 3 /min,0.2 M 3 /min,0.3 M 3 /min,0.4 M 3 / min, or 0.5 M 3 / min of air conductivity. The fan may have a conductivity between any conductivity mentioned herein (for example, from about 0.02 M 3 /min to about 0.05 M 3 /min, from about 0.05 M 3 /min to about 0.1 M 3 /min, or From about 0.1 M 3 /min to about 0.5 M 3 /min).

於一些實施例中,能以促進在其間設置之屏蔽、熱交換及/或冷卻元件的方式來設置複數電路板之至少二者。至少一屏蔽元件可設置於彼此相鄰接(例如直接)坐落的第一電路板與第二電路板之間。屏蔽元件可包含電及/或電磁(例如射頻)屏蔽。屏蔽可或可不充當熱交換器及/或冷卻元件。電子部件的殼體可包含能與屏蔽件分開之熱交換器及/或冷卻元件。熱交換器及/或冷卻元件可包含熱管、或金屬平板。金屬可包含元素金屬或金屬合金。金屬可建構成用於(例如,有效及/或快速)熱傳導。金屬可包含銅、鋁、黃銅、鋼、或青銅。冷卻元件可包含流體、氣態、或半固態(例如,凝膠)材料。冷卻元件可為主動式及/或被動式。冷卻元件可包含循環物質。冷卻元件可為操作地耦接至主動冷卻裝置(例如,恆溫器、冷卻器、及/或冰箱)。主動冷卻裝置可設置在裝置整體外殼的外部。冷卻元件可設置於外殼(例如建築物或房間)之固定裝置(例如地板、天花板、牆壁、或框架)中,而電子部件的殼體設置在外殼中。固定裝置可包含豎框或橫梁。In some embodiments, at least two of the plurality of circuit boards can be provided in a manner that promotes the shielding, heat exchange, and/or cooling elements provided therebetween. At least one shielding element may be disposed between the first circuit board and the second circuit board that are adjacent to each other (for example, directly). The shielding element may include electrical and/or electromagnetic (e.g., radio frequency) shielding. The shield may or may not act as a heat exchanger and/or cooling element. The housing of the electronic component may include a heat exchanger and/or a cooling element that can be separated from the shield. The heat exchanger and/or cooling element may include heat pipes or metal plates. The metal may include elemental metals or metal alloys. Metal can be constructed for (e.g., effective and/or rapid) heat conduction. The metal may include copper, aluminum, brass, steel, or bronze. The cooling element may comprise fluid, gaseous, or semi-solid (e.g., gel) materials. The cooling element can be active and/or passive. The cooling element may contain circulating substances. The cooling element may be operatively coupled to an active cooling device (e.g., thermostat, cooler, and/or refrigerator). The active cooling device can be arranged outside the overall housing of the device. The cooling element may be arranged in a fixing device (for example, a floor, a ceiling, a wall, or a frame) of a housing (for example, a building or a room), and the housing of the electronic component is arranged in the housing. The fixture can include mullions or beams.

於一些實施例中,顯示器構造組件可接收用於媒體訊號及/或電力之一個以上的連接器類型。例如,至少一連接器及/或插座連接至一個以上之驅動器及/或接收器,例如,使用於串連通訊系統(例如,RS485(輸入及輸出))。連接器及/或插座類型可包含HDMI、顯示埠(DP)輸入及/或輸出、或交流電(AC)輸入及/或開關。圖17顯示控制器及電源組件1700的一側之範例,此電源組件1700包括HDMI輸入1701、DP1輸入1702、RS485輸入1703、AC開關及AC輸入1704、RS485輸出1705、及DP輸出1706。圖17顯示連接至主電源線1711的控制器及電源組件1710、窗戶控制器1712、IGU 1715、定框蓋1718(有時稱為「美容蓋」)、窗框1719、電路系統1716(例如,包含用於顯示矩陣的增幅器及/或驅動器)、鉸鏈(例如,鉸鏈1717)、顯示器構造1714、蓋件1720、及用於顯示器構造之顯示器構造框架(例如邊緣表框)1713的拆解後立體圖(例如,分解圖)。顯示器構造框架可為用於觸控螢幕部件之蓋件。窗戶控制器可為設置至窗戶的一側,較接近或更遠離窗戶。可將窗戶控制器設置在窗框內(或上)、牆壁內(或上)、天花板內(或上)、地板內(或上)。鉸鏈可或不可暫時鎖定(例如,使用插入部(例如,狹縫或縫隙)、突起部、及/或彈簧(例如,彈簧柱塞))。In some embodiments, the display structure component can receive more than one connector type for media signals and/or power. For example, at least one connector and/or socket is connected to more than one driver and/or receiver, for example, used in a serial communication system (for example, RS485 (input and output)). The connector and/or socket type may include HDMI, display port (DP) input and/or output, or alternating current (AC) input and/or switch. FIG. 17 shows an example of one side of the controller and power supply assembly 1700. The power supply assembly 1700 includes HDMI input 1701, DP1 input 1702, RS485 input 1703, AC switch and AC input 1704, RS485 output 1705, and DP output 1706. Figure 17 shows the controller and power supply assembly 1710 connected to the main power cord 1711, window controller 1712, IGU 1715, fixed frame cover 1718 (sometimes called "beauty cover"), window frame 1719, electrical circuit system 1716 (for example, Including amplifiers and/or drivers for display matrix), hinges (for example, hinge 1717), display structure 1714, cover 1720, and display structure frame (for example, edge bezel) 1713 for display structure after disassembly Perspective view (e.g., exploded view). The display structure frame can be a cover for a touch screen component. The window controller can be set to one side of the window, closer to or farther away from the window. The window controller can be installed in (or on) the window frame, in (or on) the wall, in (or on) the ceiling, and in (or on) the floor. The hinge may or may not be temporarily locked (e.g., using an insertion portion (e.g., a slit or gap), a protrusion, and/or a spring (e.g., a spring plunger)).

在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係與觀看窗(例如,整合玻璃單元於本文中縮寫為「IGU」)對齊。顯示器構造可建構成定位在(例如,可著色)窗的至少一部分上。例如,顯示器構造可建構成與窗戶之至少一部分重疊。顯示器構造可建構成便於由窗戶的一側(例如,內部環境)至其相反側(例如,外部環境)之同時觀看。此顯示器構造可為在使用者透過窗戶(或其任何部分)觀看的視線中之位置。In some embodiments, the display structure is aligned with the viewing window (for example, the integrated glass unit is abbreviated as "IGU" herein). The display structure may be configured to be positioned on at least a portion of the (e.g., tintable) window. For example, the display structure may be constructed to overlap at least a portion of the window. The display structure can be constructed to facilitate simultaneous viewing from one side of the window (for example, the internal environment) to the opposite side thereof (for example, the external environment). The display structure can be positioned in the line of sight of the user through the window (or any part of it).

於一些實施例中,控制器係與顯示器構造操作地耦接(例如,交流地耦接)。此交流可為有線及/或無線的。控制器可至少部分自動地控制此顯示器構造。控制器可為例如本文所揭示的時序控制器(例如,T-CON)。此控制可包括電子及/或光學控制。控制器可包含微控制器。控制器可鄰近玻璃(例如,IGU)及/或顯示器構造設置。控制器可為設置在窗框(例如,橫梁或豎框)中。於一些實施例中,豎框(例如,圖1B,131)係窗框之直立走向,且橫梁(例如,圖1B,130)係窗框的水平走向。窗框可(例如,直接或間接地)固持玻璃及/或顯示器構造。玻璃能為可著色玻璃。能控制可著色玻璃(例如,使用至少一控制器)。例如,可著色玻璃能藉由控制器之階層結構所控制(例如,看圖15)。控制器的階層結構可為靜態或動態的(例如,其中控制器之階層結構指定係動態地變更)。控制觀看(例如,可著色)窗的一個以上之控制器可或未能控制顯示器構造(在本文中亦稱為「媒體顯示器構造」)。In some embodiments, the controller is operatively coupled to the display structure (eg, AC coupled). This communication can be wired and/or wireless. The controller can at least partially automatically control this display configuration. The controller may be, for example, the timing controller disclosed herein (for example, T-CON). This control may include electronic and/or optical control. The controller may include a microcontroller. The controller may be arranged adjacent to the glass (eg, IGU) and/or the display configuration. The controller may be installed in a window frame (for example, a beam or a mullion). In some embodiments, the vertical frame (for example, FIG. 1B, 131) is the vertical direction of the window frame, and the beam (for example, FIG. 1B, 130) is the horizontal direction of the window frame. The window frame may (e.g., directly or indirectly) hold the glass and/or display configuration. The glass can be tintable glass. Can control tintable glass (for example, using at least one controller). For example, tintable glass can be controlled by the hierarchical structure of the controller (for example, see Figure 15). The hierarchical structure of the controller can be static or dynamic (for example, the hierarchical structure of the controller is dynamically changed). One or more controllers that control the viewing (eg, tintable) window may or may not control the display configuration (also referred to herein as "media display configuration").

於一些實施例中,顯示器構造包含玻璃。玻璃可為呈一個以上的玻璃片之形式。例如,顯示器構造可包括設置在二玻璃片之間的顯示矩陣(例如,燈之陣列)。燈的陣列可包括彩色燈陣列。例如,一陣列紅色、綠色、及藍色燈。例如,一陣列青色、紫紅色、及黃色燈。燈之陣列可包括於電子螢幕顯示器中使用的燈顏色。燈陣列可包含LEDs(例如,OLEDs、例如,TOLEDs)之陣列。矩陣顯示器(例如,燈的陣列)可為至少部分透明的(例如,對於平均人眼而言)。透明OLED可促進平均人眼所感覺之強度及/或波長的相當大部分(例如,大於約30%、40%、50%、60%、80%、90%或95%)之轉變。矩陣顯示器可對使用者通過陣列的觀看形成最小干涉。燈陣列可對使用者通過在其上設置此陣列之窗戶的觀看形成最小干涉。顯示矩陣(例如,燈之陣列)可為最大透明的。顯示器構造之至少一玻璃片可為具有普通的玻璃厚度。普通玻璃可具有至少約1毫米(mm)、2mm、3mm、4mm、5mm、或6mm之厚度。普通玻璃可具有在任何前述值之間的值之厚度(例如,由1mm至6mm、由1mm至3mm、由3mm至約4mm、或由4mm至6mm)。顯示器構造的至少一玻璃片可具有薄之玻璃厚度。薄玻璃可具有至多約0.4毫米(mm)、0.5mm、0.6mm、0.7mm、0.8mm或0.9mm厚。薄玻璃可具有任何前述值之間的值之厚度(例如,由0.4mm至0.9mm、由0.4mm至0.7mm或由0.5mm至0.9mm)。顯示器構造的玻璃可為至少透射性的(例如,於可見光譜中)。例如,玻璃可為至少約80%、85%、90%、95%、或99%之透射性。玻璃可具有任何前述百分比之間的透射率百分比值(例如,由約80%至約99%)。顯示器構造可包含一個以上之玻璃片(例如,玻璃片)。例如,顯示器構造可包含複數(例如,二)玻璃片。玻璃片可具有(例如,實質上)相同的厚度、或不同之厚度。前面向玻璃片可為比後面向玻璃片更厚。後面向玻璃片可為比前面向玻璃片更厚。前面可為在預期觀看者的方向中(例如,於顯示器構造101之前面,看著顯示器構造101)。後面可為在(例如可著色)窗(例如102)的方向中。一玻璃可為相對另一玻璃更厚。較厚之玻璃可為比較薄的玻璃厚至少約1.25*、1.5*、2*、2.5*、3*、3.5*、或4*。符號「*」表示「倍數」之數學運算。顯示器構造(包括一個以上的玻璃片及顯示器矩陣(例如,燈陣列或LCD))之透射率可為至少約20%、30%、35%、40%、45%、50%、60%、70%、80%或90%。顯示器構造可具有任何前述百分比之間的透射率百分比值(例如,由約20%至約90%、由約20%至約50%、由約20%至約40%、由約30%至約40%、由約40%至約80%、或由約50%至約90%)。較高之透射率百分比意指通過材料(例如玻璃)的光之更高強度及/或更寬的光譜。透射率可為可見光。可將透射率測量為可見透射比(在本文中縮寫為「Tvis」),意指通過材料之光譜的可見部分中之光量。透射率可相對入射光的強度。顯示器構造能透射通過該處之可見光光譜(例如,波長光譜)的至少約80%、85%、90%、95%、或99%。顯示器構造可透射任何前述百分比之間的百分比值(例如,由約80%至約99%)。於一些實施例中,代替燈陣列,利用液晶顯示器。圖2顯示在其層疊之前的顯示器構造組件200之示意性範例,此顯示器構造包括較厚的玻璃片205、第一黏合層204、顯示矩陣203、第二黏合層202、及較薄之玻璃片201,此矩陣經由佈線211連接至控制顯示器構造的至少一態樣之電路系統212,此顯示器構造耦接至緊固件213。In some embodiments, the display structure includes glass. The glass may be in the form of more than one glass sheet. For example, the display structure may include a display matrix (e.g., an array of lamps) disposed between two glass sheets. The array of lights may include an array of colored lights. For example, an array of red, green, and blue lights. For example, an array of cyan, magenta, and yellow lights. The array of lamps may include the lamp colors used in electronic screen displays. The lamp array may include an array of LEDs (e.g., OLEDs, e.g., TOLEDs). A matrix display (e.g., an array of lights) may be at least partially transparent (e.g., to the average human eye). Transparent OLEDs can promote the transformation of a substantial portion (for example, greater than about 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 80%, 90%, or 95%) of the intensity and/or wavelength perceived by the average human eye. The matrix display can form minimal interference to the user's viewing through the array. The lamp array can form minimal interference to the user's viewing through the windows on which the array is arranged. The display matrix (for example, an array of lights) can be the most transparent. At least one glass sheet of the display structure may have a common glass thickness. Ordinary glass may have a thickness of at least about 1 millimeter (mm), 2mm, 3mm, 4mm, 5mm, or 6mm. Ordinary glass can have a thickness between any of the aforementioned values (for example, from 1 mm to 6 mm, from 1 mm to 3 mm, from 3 mm to about 4 mm, or from 4 mm to 6 mm). At least one glass sheet of the display structure may have a thin glass thickness. The thin glass may have a thickness of up to about 0.4 millimeters (mm), 0.5 mm, 0.6 mm, 0.7 mm, 0.8 mm, or 0.9 mm. The thin glass may have a thickness between any of the aforementioned values (for example, from 0.4 mm to 0.9 mm, from 0.4 mm to 0.7 mm, or from 0.5 mm to 0.9 mm). The glass of the display construction may be at least transmissive (e.g., in the visible spectrum). For example, the glass may have a transmittance of at least about 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99%. The glass may have a transmittance percentage value between any of the foregoing percentages (for example, from about 80% to about 99%). The display structure may include more than one glass sheet (e.g., glass sheet). For example, the display configuration may include a plurality of (e.g., two) glass sheets. The glass sheets may have (e.g., substantially) the same thickness, or different thicknesses. The front facing glass sheet may be thicker than the rear facing glass sheet. The rear facing glass sheet may be thicker than the front facing glass sheet. The front can be in the direction of the intended viewer (for example, in front of the display structure 101, looking at the display structure 101). The back can be in the direction of the (e.g. tintable) window (e.g. 102). One glass can be thicker than the other glass. The thicker glass can be the thinner glass at least about 1.25*, 1.5*, 2*, 2.5*, 3*, 3.5*, or 4* thick. The symbol "*" represents the mathematical operation of "multiples". The transmittance of the display structure (including more than one glass sheet and the display matrix (for example, a lamp array or LCD)) can be at least about 20%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 60%, 70%. %, 80% or 90%. The display structure can have a transmittance percentage value between any of the foregoing percentages (e.g., from about 20% to about 90%, from about 20% to about 50%, from about 20% to about 40%, from about 30% to about 40%, from about 40% to about 80%, or from about 50% to about 90%). A higher percentage of transmittance means a higher intensity and/or broader spectrum of light passing through a material (such as glass). The transmittance can be visible light. Transmittance can be measured as visible transmittance (abbreviated as "Tvis" herein), which means the amount of light in the visible part of the spectrum that passes through a material. Transmittance can be relative to the intensity of incident light. The display structure can transmit at least about 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% of the visible light spectrum (eg, wavelength spectrum) passing therethrough. The display construction can transmit percentage values between any of the foregoing percentages (e.g., from about 80% to about 99%). In some embodiments, instead of the lamp array, a liquid crystal display is used. FIG. 2 shows a schematic example of the display structure assembly 200 before it is laminated. This display structure includes a thicker glass sheet 205, a first adhesive layer 204, a display matrix 203, a second adhesive layer 202, and a thinner glass sheet 201, the matrix is connected to the circuit system 212 for controlling at least one aspect of the display structure via the wiring 211, and the display structure is coupled to the fastener 213.

顯示矩陣具有反射比及/或顏色屬性。顯示矩陣可為彩色的、灰階、或黑色及白色。顯示矩陣可具著色彩深度。色彩深度可為至少約0.25、0.5、1、1.25或15億色彩。色彩深度可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約2.5億色至約15億色彩、由約2.5億色彩至約12.5億色彩、或由約10億色彩至約15億色彩)。此顯示器構造可具有至少約100000、120000、150000、170000或200000對一之對比度。顯示器構造可具有相對上述參考值的任何一者之間的對比度(例如,由約100000:1至約200000:1、由約100000:1至約150000:1、或由約150000:1至約200000:1)。顯示器構造之反射比可為至多約2%、4%、8%、10%、14%、或18%。顯示器構造的反射比可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約2%至約18%、或由約2%至約14%)。The display matrix has reflectance and/or color properties. The display matrix can be colored, grayscale, or black and white. The display matrix may have color depth. The color depth can be at least about 0.25, 0.5, 1, 1.25, or 1.5 billion colors. The color depth can be any value between the aforementioned values (for example, from about 250 million colors to about 1.5 billion colors, from about 250 million colors to about 1.25 billion colors, or from about 1 billion colors to about 1.5 billion colors). The display structure can have a contrast ratio of at least about 100,000, 120,000, 150,000, 170,000, or 200,000 to one. The display structure may have a contrast ratio relative to any one of the aforementioned reference values (for example, from about 100,000:1 to about 200,000:1, from about 100,000:1 to about 150,000:1, or from about 150,000:1 to about 200,000 :1). The reflectance of the display structure can be up to about 2%, 4%, 8%, 10%, 14%, or 18%. The reflectance of the display construction can have any value between the aforementioned values (for example, from about 2% to about 18%, or from about 2% to about 14%).

於一些實施例中,增強顯示器構造及/或IGU之至少一玻璃片。顯示器構造及/或IGU的至少一玻璃可為天然玻璃(例如,未歷經強化及/或回火製程)。玻璃可為強化玻璃。強化玻璃可進行熱強化、熱回火、或化學強化。化學強化玻璃可為化學回火玻璃。化學強化玻璃可包括大猩猩(Gorilla)玻璃。此玻璃可包含用過之SentryGlass® 。化學強化玻璃可包含一個以上的離子(例如,陽離子)摻雜之玻璃。陽離子可為鹼金屬(例如鉀)或鹼土金屬陽離子。玻璃可包含一個以上的顏料。此玻璃可允許經過該處之紫外光(例如,波長及/或強度)的過渡。玻璃可減少(例如,防止)經過該處之UV光(例如,其波長及/或強度)的穿透。此玻璃可吸收至少一部分(例如,其波長及/或強度)UV光。在一些實施例中,玻璃可包含表面處理(例如,打磨)。In some embodiments, at least one glass sheet of the display structure and/or IGU is enhanced. At least one glass of the display structure and/or IGU may be natural glass (for example, it has not undergone a strengthening and/or tempering process). The glass may be strengthened glass. Tempered glass can be thermally strengthened, thermally tempered, or chemically strengthened. The chemically strengthened glass may be chemically tempered glass. The chemically strengthened glass may include Gorilla glass. This glass can contain used SentryGlass ® . The chemically strengthened glass may include more than one ion (for example, cation) doped glass. The cation may be an alkali metal (e.g. potassium) or alkaline earth metal cation. The glass may contain more than one pigment. The glass may allow the transition of ultraviolet light (for example, wavelength and/or intensity) passing therethrough. The glass can reduce (e.g., prevent) the penetration of UV light (e.g., its wavelength and/or intensity) passing therethrough. This glass can absorb at least a portion (for example, its wavelength and/or intensity) UV light. In some embodiments, the glass may include surface treatment (e.g., sanding).

於一些實施例中,顯示器構造可包括黏合劑(例如,層合膜及/或黏著劑)。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造可包括黏合劑,其包括聚合物及/或樹脂。黏合劑可設置於玻璃片與顯示矩陣之間。可選擇黏合劑以促進構造的形成(例如,顯示矩陣至玻璃片之黏著),而對顯示矩陣的損壞最小(例如,沒有)。黏合劑可藉由加熱及/或UV處理來固化。熱處理之溫度可為使得對顯示矩陣的損壞最小(例如,不會以可測量及/或實質程度地損壞顯示矩陣)。不會很大程度地損壞此陣列可意指不會將陣列損壞至影響其預期目的之程度(例如,根據其規格作為顯示器的性能)。黏合劑可包括至少一有機聚合物。至少一有機聚合物可包括聚乙烯醇縮丁醛(PVB)、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯(EVA)、聚丙烯醯胺、SGP樹脂(例如,Dupont之SGP 5000)。黏合劑可包含例如3M的OCA(例如3M 8211、3M 8212、3M 8213、3M 8214、3M 8215、3M 8171、或3M 8172)。聚合物可允許經過該處之UV光(例如,波長及/或強度)的過渡。聚合物可減少(例如,防止)經過該處之UV光(例如,波長及/或強度)的穿透。聚合物可吸收少一部分(例如,波長及/或強度)UV光。In some embodiments, the display structure may include an adhesive (for example, a laminated film and/or an adhesive). In some embodiments, the display construction may include an adhesive, which includes polymers and/or resins. The adhesive can be arranged between the glass sheet and the display matrix. The adhesive can be selected to promote the formation of the structure (for example, the adhesion of the display matrix to the glass sheet), with minimal damage to the display matrix (for example, no). The adhesive can be cured by heating and/or UV treatment. The temperature of the heat treatment can be such that the damage to the display matrix is minimized (for example, the display matrix is not damaged to a measurable and/or substantial extent). Not damaging the array to a large extent may mean not damaging the array to the extent that it affects its intended purpose (for example, as the performance of the display according to its specifications). The adhesive may include at least one organic polymer. The at least one organic polymer may include polyvinyl butyral (PVB), ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA), polyacrylamide, and SGP resin (for example, Dupont's SGP 5000). The adhesive may include, for example, 3M OCA (for example, 3M 8211, 3M 8212, 3M 8213, 3M 8214, 3M 8215, 3M 8171, or 3M 8172). The polymer may allow transition of UV light (e.g., wavelength and/or intensity) passing therethrough. The polymer can reduce (e.g., prevent) the penetration of UV light (e.g., wavelength and/or intensity) passing therethrough. The polymer can absorb a small portion (e.g., wavelength and/or intensity) of UV light.

於一些實施例中,顯示器構造包含疊層。顯示器構造能包含可著色裝置(例如,電致變色裝置)。能將可著色裝置層疊至顯示器構造上(以形成單一顯示器構造單元)。例如,顯示器構造可包含沉積之電致變色層構造(例如,沉積在媒體顯示器的背面(例如,LEDs之背面))。顯示器構造可包含一個以上的層(例如,沉積及/或層疊層),以保護媒體顯示器免受輻射(例如UV及/或IR輻射)之影響。所附加的分層可構成膜(例如電致變色裝置、UV保護分層、及/或1R保護分層)。膜可為顯示器構造之一部分。膜可促進顯示器構造的更長之操作壽命。膜可促進所顯示的媒體之較大對比度。顯示器構造(例如,包括電致變色膜)能為耦接至可著色(例如,電致變色)窗。此膜能構成任何可著色窗的能力(例如,液晶裝置、懸浮粒子裝置、微機電系統(MEMS)裝置(例如微快門)、或任何建構來控制經過窗戶之光透射的技術)。液晶裝置可包含聚合物分散式液晶層。In some embodiments, the display structure includes a laminate. The display construction can include a colorable device (e.g., an electrochromic device). The colorable device can be laminated to the display structure (to form a single display structure unit). For example, the display structure may include a deposited electrochromic layer structure (e.g., deposited on the backside of a media display (e.g., the backside of LEDs)). The display structure may include more than one layer (e.g., deposited and/or laminated layers) to protect the media display from radiation (e.g., UV and/or IR radiation). The added layer can constitute a film (e.g., electrochromic device, UV protective layer, and/or 1R protective layer). The film can be part of the display construction. The film can promote a longer operating life of the display structure. The film can promote greater contrast of the displayed media. The display configuration (e.g., including an electrochromic film) can be coupled to a tintable (e.g., electrochromic) window. The film can form any colorable window capability (for example, liquid crystal devices, suspended particle devices, microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) devices (such as micro shutters), or any technology that is constructed to control light transmission through windows). The liquid crystal device may include a polymer dispersed liquid crystal layer.

在一些實施例中,顯示器構造可包含呈至少一層之形式的黏合劑。黏合劑可包括至少一光學透明之黏著層(於本文中縮寫為「OCA」層)。例如,顯示器構造可包含二黏合劑層。黏合劑層可具有至少約0.2mm、0.3mm、0.4mm、0.5mm、0.6mm、0.7mm、0.8mm、0.9mm或1mm的厚度。黏合劑層可具有前述值之間的任何值之厚度(例如,由約0.2mm至約1mm、由約0.2mm至約0.6mm、或由約0.7mm至約1mm)。黏合劑厚度可選擇為使重量最小化,例如,在充分地黏合此構造以形成可機械切割的高耐受性構造(例如,具有高模切機械耐受性)。與不含黏合劑之顯示器構造相比,此黏合劑可增加顯示器構造的耐久性及/或光學特性。黏合劑可為(例如,實質上及/或完全)透明(例如,對可見光)。黏合劑可為無色的。黏合劑可接觸顯示矩陣之(例如,最大)表面及玻璃片(例如,玻璃片)的(例如,最大)表面,由而將顯示矩陣黏合至玻璃片。黏合劑可最小化(例如,未)有助於藉由顯示器使所顯示之媒體發生光學及/或視覺上的失真。In some embodiments, the display structure may include an adhesive in the form of at least one layer. The adhesive may include at least one optically transparent adhesive layer (abbreviated as "OCA" layer herein). For example, the display structure may include two adhesive layers. The adhesive layer may have a thickness of at least about 0.2 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.4 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.6 mm, 0.7 mm, 0.8 mm, 0.9 mm, or 1 mm. The adhesive layer may have a thickness of any value between the aforementioned values (for example, from about 0.2 mm to about 1 mm, from about 0.2 mm to about 0.6 mm, or from about 0.7 mm to about 1 mm). The thickness of the adhesive can be selected to minimize the weight, for example, to fully bond the structure to form a mechanically-cuttable high-resistance structure (for example, with high die-cutting mechanical resistance). Compared with a display structure without an adhesive, the adhesive can increase the durability and/or optical characteristics of the display structure. The adhesive may be (e.g., substantially and/or completely) transparent (e.g., to visible light). The adhesive may be colorless. The adhesive may contact the (eg, largest) surface of the display matrix and the (eg, largest) surface of the glass sheet (eg, glass sheet), thereby bonding the display matrix to the glass sheet. The adhesive can minimize (for example, not) contribute to the optical and/or visual distortion of the displayed media by the display.

在一些實施例中,玻璃片、黏合劑、及顯示矩陣於部署之前被固化。可藉由紫外線、濕氣、及/或熱量來固化。可選擇固化方法以保留顯示矩陣的功能性,並最小化任何光學失真(例如,最大化透射比,減少霧度及/或氣隙、例如空氣隙)。黏合劑可增加顯示器構造之耐久性。例如,黏合劑可減少顯示器構造的易碎性,及/或減少其可燃性。黏合劑可便於調整玻璃片對周遭空氣(例如,觀看者所在之處)的折射率,例如,以(i)最小化由於任何菲涅耳反射所造成之損失,(ii)以最小失真使所有顏色傳輸經過顯示器構造,及/或(iii)增強藉由顯示器構造所投射的影像。顏色之失真可為由於它們通過黏合劑、通過玻璃片、及由於周遭空氣。顯示器構造(例如其中的黏合劑)可改善保存及/或升高顯示矩陣之操作溫度範圍。黏合劑可防止一個以上的氣體及/或碎屑(例如,灰塵或皮脂),以抵達顯示矩陣。顯示器構造(例如,黏合劑、玻璃、及/或任何塗層)可防止對顯示矩陣之物理干涉(例如,由於接觸)。此接觸可為藉由使用者的直接接觸。In some embodiments, the glass sheet, adhesive, and display matrix are cured before deployment. It can be cured by ultraviolet light, moisture, and/or heat. The curing method can be selected to preserve the functionality of the display matrix and minimize any optical distortion (e.g., maximize transmittance, reduce haze and/or air gap, such as air gap). The adhesive can increase the durability of the display structure. For example, the adhesive can reduce the fragility of the display structure and/or reduce its flammability. The adhesive can facilitate the adjustment of the refractive index of the glass sheet to the surrounding air (for example, where the viewer is), for example, to (i) minimize the loss due to any Fresnel reflections, and (ii) minimize the distortion The color is transmitted through the display structure, and/or (iii) enhances the image projected by the display structure. The distortion of colors can be due to their passing through the adhesive, through the glass sheet, and due to the surrounding air. The display structure (such as the adhesive) can improve storage and/or increase the operating temperature range of the display matrix. The adhesive can prevent more than one gas and/or debris (for example, dust or sebum) from reaching the display matrix. The display structure (e.g., adhesive, glass, and/or any coating) can prevent physical interference with the display matrix (e.g., due to contact). This contact can be through direct contact by the user.

在一些實施例中,IGU及/或顯示器構造可包含塗層(例如抗反射塗層)。此塗層可改善玻璃及/或顯示器構造之光學性能。可將塗層施加於玻璃片、黏合劑層、顯示矩陣顯示矩陣、及/或電致變色構造上。塗層可為以抗反射、抗眩光、抗凝結、抗刮傷、抗污漬處理、及/或抗紫外線處理的形式沉積。In some embodiments, the IGU and/or display construction may include a coating (e.g., anti-reflective coating). This coating can improve the optical properties of the glass and/or display structure. The coating can be applied to the glass sheet, adhesive layer, display matrix display matrix, and/or electrochromic structure. The coating may be deposited in the form of anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti-condensation, anti-scratch, anti-stain treatment, and/or anti-ultraviolet treatment.

在一些實施例中,顯示器構造可包含密封件。密封件可設置於顯示器構造的二玻璃之間,顯示矩陣設置在二玻璃之間。密封件可包含聚合物/樹脂(例如,本文所揭示的任何聚合物/樹脂)。密封件可包含基於碳之(例如,有機)聚合物或基於矽的聚合物。密封件可保護顯示器構造免受光(例如,UV)、濕氣、氧氣、物理接觸(例如,物理損壞)、碎屑、及/或其他環境成分之影響。In some embodiments, the display construction may include a seal. The sealing element can be arranged between the two glasses of the display structure, and the display matrix is arranged between the two glasses. The seal may comprise a polymer/resin (e.g., any polymer/resin disclosed herein). The seal may include a carbon-based (eg, organic) polymer or a silicon-based polymer. The seal can protect the display structure from light (e.g., UV), moisture, oxygen, physical contact (e.g., physical damage), debris, and/or other environmental components.

在一些實施例中,顯示器構造於延長之壽命上係耐用的。預期壽命可為至少約2年、5年、10年、15年、25年、50年、75年、或100(y)年。預期壽命可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約5y至約100y、由約2y至約25y、由約25y至約50y、或由約50y至約100y)。延長之壽命可為至少20Kh、30Kh、50Kh、100Kh、500Kh或1000Kh(千小時)。顯示器構造的延長之壽命可具有在前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約20Kh至約1000Kh、由約20Kh至約100Kh、或由約100Kh至約1000Kh)。小時數可意指例如為了其預期之目的,顯示器構造在其中操作之小時數。顯示器構造的壽命可取決於其操作時間及/或任何環境條件(例如,在其部署位置之UV光、濕度、及/或溫度)。In some embodiments, the display structure is durable for extended life. The life expectancy can be at least about 2 years, 5 years, 10 years, 15 years, 25 years, 50 years, 75 years, or 100 (y) years. The life expectancy can be any value between the aforementioned values (for example, from about 5y to about 100y, from about 2y to about 25y, from about 25y to about 50y, or from about 50y to about 100y). The extended life can be at least 20Kh, 30Kh, 50Kh, 100Kh, 500Kh or 1000Kh (thousand hours). The extended lifetime of the display structure can have any value between the aforementioned values (for example, from about 20Kh to about 1000Kh, from about 20Kh to about 100Kh, or from about 100Kh to about 1000Kh). The number of hours may mean the number of hours in which the display configuration operates, for example for its intended purpose. The lifetime of the display structure may depend on its operating time and/or any environmental conditions (e.g., UV light, humidity, and/or temperature at its deployment location).

於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係例如藉由緊固機構(在本文中亦稱為「緊固件」)緊固至固定裝置(例如,窗框或牆壁),此固定裝置固持(例如,可著色)窗。緊固件可包含一個以上的部件。例如,緊固件可包含托架、鉸鏈、蓋件。緊固件可為永久性或非永久性。非永久性緊固件可為藉由手動及/或自動地移除。例如,緊固件可包含一個以上之將其緊固至窗框的螺釘。緊固件可包含鉸鏈及/或托架。鉸鏈能為可撓的。托架及/或蓋件(或其任何部分)能為不可撓的或非撓性的。緊固件(例如,包括鉸鏈及/或托架)可能不透明的。緊固件(例如,其任何部件)可包含元素金屬、金屬合金、元素碳之同素異形體、聚合物、或複合材料。緊固件的至少二部件可為由(例如,實質上)相同之類型所製成。緊固件的至少二部件可為由不同之材料類型所製成。元素金屬可包含鋁。金屬合金可包含鋼。緊固件可包含非腐蝕性材料。緊固件的至少一部分(例如,托架及/或蓋件)可建構來承載顯示器構造之重量,例如,於其預期壽命內未(例如,實質性)變形(例如,如本文所揭示者)。顯示器構造可重達至少約5Kg、10Kg、15Kg、20Kg、25Kg、30Kg、35Kg、40Kg、或50千克(Kg)。顯示器構造可重達前述重量之間的任何重量(例如,由5Kg至50Kg、由5Kg至25Kg、或由25Kg至50Kg)。圖3顯示組件300之直立橫截面的範例(顯示局部視圖),其中,作為顯示器構造之一部分的顯示矩陣311設置在第一玻璃片312與第二玻璃片313之間,且L形托架302設置於二玻璃片312與313之間並耦接至顯示器構造,此L形托架耦接至鉸鏈303。In some embodiments, the display structure is fastened to a fixing device (for example, a window frame or a wall) by a fastening mechanism (also referred to herein as a "fastener"), and the fixing device holds (for example, colorable )window. The fastener may contain more than one component. For example, fasteners can include brackets, hinges, and covers. Fasteners can be permanent or non-permanent. Non-permanent fasteners can be removed manually and/or automatically. For example, the fastener may include more than one screw to fasten it to the window frame. The fasteners may include hinges and/or brackets. The hinge can be flexible. The bracket and/or cover (or any part thereof) can be inflexible or non-flexible. Fasteners (e.g., including hinges and/or brackets) may be opaque. The fastener (for example, any part thereof) may comprise elemental metals, metal alloys, allotropes of elemental carbon, polymers, or composite materials. At least two parts of the fastener may be made of (for example, substantially) the same type. At least two parts of the fastener can be made of different material types. The elemental metal may include aluminum. The metal alloy may include steel. The fasteners may contain non-corrosive materials. At least a portion of the fastener (e.g., bracket and/or cover) may be configured to carry the weight of the display structure, for example, not (e.g., substantially) deformed during its expected life (e.g., as disclosed herein). The display structure may weigh at least about 5Kg, 10Kg, 15Kg, 20Kg, 25Kg, 30Kg, 35Kg, 40Kg, or 50 kilograms (Kg). The display structure can weigh any weight between the aforementioned weights (for example, from 5Kg to 50Kg, from 5Kg to 25Kg, or from 25Kg to 50Kg). FIG. 3 shows an example of an upright cross-section of the assembly 300 (showing a partial view), in which a display matrix 311 as a part of the display structure is disposed between the first glass sheet 312 and the second glass sheet 313, and an L-shaped bracket 302 Set between the two glass sheets 312 and 313 and coupled to the display structure, the L-shaped bracket is coupled to the hinge 303.

緊固件可建構成易於由支撐結構(例如,窗框及/或牆壁)安裝及/或移除顯示器構造。移除可為用於維護、替換、及/或升級顯示器構造及/或結構(或任何相關裝置)的任何部分。例如,緊固件可允許(例如,輕易)移除及/或插入顯示器構造。例如,緊固件可允許(例如,輕易)移除及/或插入緊固件所附接之定框部分。例如,緊固件可允許(例如,輕易)移除及/或插入藉由緊固件所附接的框架所支撐之可著色窗。輕易可意指低勞動成本、低勞動等級(例如,低勞動資格)、及/或短勞動時間。緊固件可建構成滑動及/或鎖定供安裝至支撐結構(例如,固定裝置)上。The fastener can be constructed to facilitate installation and/or removal of the display structure from a supporting structure (e.g., window frame and/or wall). Removal may be used to maintain, replace, and/or upgrade any part of the display structure and/or structure (or any related devices). For example, the fastener may allow (e.g., easily) to be removed and/or inserted into the display structure. For example, the fastener may allow (eg, easily) removal and/or insertion of the framed portion to which the fastener is attached. For example, the fastener may allow (eg, easily) removal and/or insertion of a tintable window supported by the frame to which the fastener is attached. Easily can mean low labor costs, low labor levels (for example, low labor qualifications), and/or short labor hours. The fasteners can be configured to slide and/or lock for installation to a support structure (e.g., a fixture).

在一些實施例中,連接材料設置於顯示器構造與緊固件(例如,與托架及/或蓋件)之間。連接材料可包含聚合物(例如,如本文所揭示)。連接材料可包含密封墊圈。連接材料能為可固化的(例如,藉由熱量、濕度及/或UV)。連接材料可具有低電阻。連接材料可包含至少一聚合物及/或至少一樹脂。連接材料可具有低電阻,使得其適合用作電子行業中之包裝材料(例如,用於智慧型手機、包裝、液晶顯示器、及個人電腦。連接材料可包含聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯(PET)、極高黏合力(VHB)的材料(例如3M VHB 4926)、或SR、或SRS-40P。連接材料可包含丙烯酸材料,連接材料可在周遭溫度下保持其性質及形狀。連接材料之抗拉強度可為至少約0.60 MPa、0.63 MPa、0.66 MPa、0.68 MPa、或0.70兆帕(MPa)。連接材料的剪切強度可為至少約0.54 MPa、0.60 MPa、0.620 MPa、0.64 MPa或0.68 MPa。剪切強度可為小於抗拉強度。剪切強度及/或抗拉強度可為使得它們將能夠便於藉由緊固件(或藉由連接材料(例如黏著劑)將顯示器構造連接至緊固件之任何部分)固持顯示器構造,例如用於顯示器構造的預計壽命時間及/或使用時間。連接材料可為堅硬及/或可撓的。連接材料在其固化之前可為較軟的,且於其固化之後可為較硬的。可選擇連接材料以例如在恆定及/或變動之條件下(例如,根據其預期目的)至少承擔顯示器構造之負載(例如,重量)。托架可包括筆直部分、彎曲部分、及/或拐角。托架可能沒有拐角。托架可為筆直或彎曲的。托架可包含形成(例如,繞著)一角度之二筆直部分(例如,二支臂)。此角度可為直角或鈍角。托架可為「L形」。托架及/或蓋件的支臂可為設置於二玻璃片之間,接觸此顯示矩陣,及/或接觸此黏合劑。In some embodiments, the connecting material is disposed between the display structure and the fastener (eg, with the bracket and/or cover). The connecting material may comprise a polymer (e.g., as disclosed herein). The connecting material may include a sealing gasket. The connecting material can be curable (for example, by heat, humidity, and/or UV). The connecting material may have low electrical resistance. The connecting material may include at least one polymer and/or at least one resin. The connection material can have low electrical resistance, making it suitable for packaging materials in the electronics industry (for example, for smartphones, packaging, liquid crystal displays, and personal computers. The connection material can include polyethylene terephthalate ( PET), very high adhesion (VHB) materials (such as 3M VHB 4926), or SR, or SRS-40P. The connection material can include acrylic material, and the connection material can maintain its properties and shape at ambient temperature. The connection material The tensile strength may be at least about 0.60 MPa, 0.63 MPa, 0.66 MPa, 0.68 MPa, or 0.70 megapascals (MPa). The shear strength of the connecting material may be at least about 0.54 MPa, 0.60 MPa, 0.620 MPa, 0.64 MPa, or 0.68 MPa. The shear strength may be less than the tensile strength. The shear strength and/or the tensile strength may be such that they will be able to facilitate the connection of the display structure to the fastener by a fastener (or by a connecting material (such as an adhesive)) Any part of) holding the display structure, for example, the expected life time and/or use time of the display structure. The connecting material may be hard and/or flexible. The connecting material may be softer before it is cured, and It can be harder after curing. The connecting material can be selected to at least bear the load (e.g., weight) of the display structure under constant and/or varying conditions (e.g., according to its intended purpose). The bracket can include a straight portion, Curved parts, and/or corners. The bracket may not have corners. The bracket may be straight or curved. The bracket may include two straight parts (for example, two arms) forming (for example, around) an angle. This angle It can be a right angle or an obtuse angle. The bracket can be "L-shaped." The arm of the bracket and/or the cover can be arranged between two glass sheets, contacting the display matrix, and/or contacting the adhesive.

在一些實施例中,導線係藉由緊固件(例如,或其任何部件)所隱藏,以致於觀看者看不到。例如,托架及/或蓋件可對例如使用者隱藏連接至顯示矩陣的一條以上之(例如,電)線。導線可為連接至托架及/或蓋件。托架及/或蓋件可包含建構成容納導線的凹入部分。在一些實施例中,蓋件及托架係相同之部件(例如,531)。凹入部分可被隱藏,以致於觀看者看不到(例如,可設置在托架及/或蓋件的後面部分中)。導線可連接至顯示矩陣(例如,燈陣列或LCD)。導線可連接至控制器。此控制器可包含時序控制器及/或微控制器。連接材料(例如,連接器)可沿著顯示器構造之寬度(例如,沿著緊固件結構104)設置。連接材料可為沿著顯示器構造寬度的至少約50%、80%、或90%來設置。緊固件可包含彎曲部分。緊固件可包含非彎曲部分。In some embodiments, the wires are hidden by fasteners (for example, or any part thereof) so as not to be seen by the viewer. For example, the bracket and/or the cover can hide more than one (e.g., electrical) wires connected to the display matrix from the user, for example. The wire can be connected to the bracket and/or the cover. The bracket and/or cover may include a recessed portion configured to accommodate the wire. In some embodiments, the cover and the bracket are the same components (for example, 531). The recessed portion may be hidden so as not to be seen by the viewer (for example, it may be provided in the rear part of the bracket and/or the cover). The wires can be connected to a display matrix (for example, a lamp array or LCD). The wires can be connected to the controller. The controller may include a timing controller and/or a microcontroller. The connecting material (e.g., the connector) may be provided along the width of the display structure (e.g., along the fastener structure 104). The connecting material may be provided along at least about 50%, 80%, or 90% of the width of the display construction. The fastener may include a curved portion. The fastener may include a non-curved portion.

於一些實施例中,緊固件包含鉸鏈。在一些實施例中,鉸鏈包括藉由形成軸線之接頭所連接的二葉片,所述葉片建構成繞著此軸線運動。鉸鏈之第一葉片可操作地耦接(例如,連接)至托架及/或蓋件。鉸鏈的第二葉片可操作地耦接(例如,連接)至固定裝置。固定裝置可為牆壁或窗框。鉸鏈可便於顯示器構造繞著鉸鏈軸線之運動。接頭可便於將鉸鏈打開成銳角、直角、鈍角、平角(例如180°)、或完全旋轉(例如~360°)。將鉸鏈緊固至固定裝置及至顯示器構造(例如,經由托架及/或蓋件)便於顯示器構造繞著鉸鏈接頭的軸線運動。此運動可便於維護顯示器構造,而不會干涉窗戶(例如IGU)及/或固定裝置。維護可包括清潔、修理、及/或替換例如顯示器構造及其任何部分或部件。In some embodiments, the fastener includes a hinge. In some embodiments, the hinge includes two blades connected by a joint forming an axis around which the blades are configured to move. The first blade of the hinge is operatively coupled (for example, connected) to the bracket and/or the cover. The second blade of the hinge is operatively coupled (e.g., connected) to the fixing device. The fixing device can be a wall or a window frame. The hinge can facilitate the movement of the display structure around the hinge axis. The joint can facilitate opening the hinge at an acute, right, obtuse, flat angle (e.g. 180°), or full rotation (e.g. ~360°). Fastening the hinge to the fixture and to the display structure (e.g., via the bracket and/or cover) facilitates movement of the display structure about the axis of the hinge joint. This movement can facilitate maintenance of the display structure without interfering with windows (eg IGU) and/or fixtures. Maintenance may include cleaning, repairing, and/or replacing, for example, the display structure and any part or component thereof.

在一些實施例中,緊固件可包含複數部件。此複數部件可包含托架、蓋件、鉸鏈、及/或板件。顯示器構造可耦接(例如,連接)至托架及/或蓋件。托架及/或蓋件可耦接至鉸鏈之一葉片。鉸鏈的另一葉片可藉由將另一鉸鏈葉片直接耦接至板件而間接地耦接至固定裝置,此板件係直接連接至固定裝置。板件可包括本文所揭示之任何緊固件材料(例如,元素金屬及/或金屬合金)。緊固件可包括複數相同類型的部件。例如,緊固件可包括複數鉸鏈、複數托架、複數蓋件、及/或複數板件。複數緊固件部件可為至少2、3、4、5、8或10個部件(例如,相同類型或不同類型)。鉸鏈可包含鉸鏈部件組(例如,轉向節及心銷)。此緊固件可包含複數鉸鏈部件組。此鉸鏈部件組可對齊,以具有單一鉸鏈軸線,此緊固件可為由繞著所述鉸鏈互補組之軸線的二迴轉葉片所形成。此等葉片之至少一者(例如,每一者)可包含併入複數鉸鏈部件(例如,轉向節)的一半之單一平板,使得當整合二葉片時,就可創建複數功能性鉸鏈部件組(例如,如圖37的範例中所示)。於一些實施例中,具有各自之鉸鏈部件的二葉片形成複數操作鉸鏈部件,其中二葉片之每一者係由單一材料板所形成,如與將顯示器構造耦接至複數分開的緊固件(每一緊固件具有單一鉸鏈組)相比,形成更堅固及/或更耐用之緊固件。在一些實施例中,具有各自的鉸鏈部件之二葉片形成複數操作鉸鏈部件,其中二葉片的每一者係由單一材料板所形成,如與將顯示器構造耦接至複數分開之緊固件(每一緊固件具有單一鉸鏈組)相比,形成更易於安裝、維護、及/或替換的緊固件。在一些實施例中,具有各自的鉸鏈部件之二葉片形成複數操作鉸鏈部件,其中二葉片的每一者係由單一平板所形成,如與將顯示器構造耦接至複數分開之緊固件(每一緊固件具有單一鉸鏈組)相比,便於更精確地對齊顯示器構造。此一單獨的緊固件提供另外之優點,例如併入熱交換器(例如,風扇),引導熱交換(例如,在緊固件內及/或沿著顯示器構造),及/或將一個以上的電路板耦接至緊固件。In some embodiments, the fastener may include a plurality of components. The plurality of components may include brackets, covers, hinges, and/or plates. The display structure may be coupled (eg, connected) to the bracket and/or cover. The bracket and/or the cover can be coupled to a blade of the hinge. The other leaf of the hinge can be indirectly coupled to the fixing device by directly coupling the other hinge leaf to the plate, and the plate is directly connected to the fixing device. The plate may include any of the fastener materials disclosed herein (e.g., elemental metals and/or metal alloys). The fastener may include a plurality of parts of the same type. For example, the fastener may include a plurality of hinges, a plurality of brackets, a plurality of covers, and/or a plurality of plates. The plurality of fastener components may be at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, or 10 components (e.g., the same type or different types). The hinge may include a group of hinge components (for example, a steering knuckle and a core pin). This fastener may include a plurality of hinge component groups. The set of hinge components may be aligned to have a single hinge axis, and the fastener may be formed by two rotating blades around the axis of the complementary set of hinges. At least one of these blades (e.g., each) may include a single flat plate incorporating half of a plurality of hinge components (e.g., steering knuckles), so that when two blades are integrated, a plurality of functional hinge component groups can be created ( For example, as shown in the example in Figure 37). In some embodiments, the two blades with their respective hinge parts form a plurality of operating hinge parts, wherein each of the two blades is formed of a single material plate, such as a fastener that couples the display structure to a plurality of separate parts (each Compared with a fastener having a single hinge group), it forms a stronger and/or more durable fastener. In some embodiments, the two blades with their respective hinge parts form a plurality of operating hinge parts, wherein each of the two blades is formed of a single material plate, such as a fastener that couples the display structure to a plurality of separate parts (each Compared with a fastener having a single hinge group, it forms a fastener that is easier to install, maintain, and/or replace. In some embodiments, two blades with respective hinge parts form a plurality of operating hinge parts, wherein each of the two blades is formed by a single flat plate, such as a fastener that couples the display structure to a plurality of separate parts (each Compared with the fastener having a single hinge group, it is convenient to align the display structure more accurately. This single fastener provides additional advantages, such as incorporating a heat exchanger (e.g., a fan), directing heat exchange (e.g., within the fastener and/or along the display), and/or integrating more than one electrical circuit The plate is coupled to the fastener.

於一些實施例中,鉸鏈之至少一葉片包含一個以上的孔洞。一個以上之孔洞的至少一孔洞建構成允許螺釘通過並將鉸鏈連接(例如,可逆地)至固定裝置(例如,窗框)及/或托架。緊固件(或其任何部件)之連接至顯示器構造及/或固定裝置(例如窗框)可為(I)不可逆的(例如,使用連接材料)或(II)可逆的(例如,使用一個以上之螺釘)。固定裝置及/或板件可在其自身與顯示器構造之間使用不可逆及可逆連接兩者。例如,鉸鏈能為可逆地連接至窗框,且不可逆地連接至托架。例如,鉸鏈能可逆地連接至托架,且不可逆地連接至窗框。例如,鉸鏈能可逆地連接至窗框,且可逆地連接至托架,托架將不可逆地連接(例如,膠合)至顯示器構造。例如,鉸鏈能可逆地連接至牆壁並可逆地連接至蓋件,此蓋件將不可逆地連接(例如,膠合)至顯示器構造。例如,鉸鏈能可逆地連接至板件,並可逆地連接至蓋件,此蓋件將不可逆地連接(例如,膠合)至顯示器構造。板件能可逆地(例如,經由螺釘)或不可逆地(例如,經由黏合劑(例如,膠水))耦接至固定裝置。圖4顯示鉸鏈400之示意性範例,此鉸鏈具有第一葉片401,此第一葉片401具有允許螺釘於一方向中運動的複數孔洞(例如411);及第二葉片402,其具有允許螺釘在第二方向中運動之複數孔洞,此第一方向可垂直於第二方向。圖4中所示的鉸鏈具有便利於第一葉片相對於第二葉片旋轉之接頭420。在一些實施例中,第一葉片具有於第一方向中上具有長軸的孔洞,且第二葉片具有在第二方向中具有長軸之孔洞,此第一方向與第二方向形成非零的角度(例如,第一方向可垂直於第二方向)。當鉸鏈關閉時,可測量長軸之哪個相對方向,且二葉片位於彼此重疊。在一些實施例中,托架可為鉸鏈的葉片之延伸部。於一些實施例中,托架能為例如可逆地(例如,經由螺釘)或不可逆地(例如,經由黏著劑)耦接(例如,緊固)至鉸鏈的葉片。在一些實施例中,蓋件可為鉸鏈之葉片的延伸部。於一些實施例中,蓋件能例如可逆地(例如,經由螺釘)或不可逆地(例如,經由黏著劑)耦接(例如,緊固)至鉸鏈之葉片。In some embodiments, at least one blade of the hinge includes more than one hole. At least one of the more than one hole is configured to allow the screw to pass through and connect the hinge (for example, reversibly) to the fixing device (for example, window frame) and/or bracket. The fastener (or any part thereof) connected to the display structure and/or fixing device (such as a window frame) can be (I) irreversible (for example, using connecting materials) or (II) reversible (for example, using more than one Screw). The fixture and/or the plate can use both irreversible and reversible connections between itself and the display structure. For example, the hinge can be reversibly connected to the window frame and irreversibly connected to the bracket. For example, the hinge can be reversibly connected to the bracket and irreversibly connected to the window frame. For example, the hinge can be reversibly connected to the window frame and reversibly connected to the bracket, which will be irreversibly connected (e.g., glued) to the display structure. For example, the hinge can be reversibly connected to the wall and reversibly connected to the cover, which will be irreversibly connected (e.g., glued) to the display structure. For example, the hinge can be reversibly connected to the plate and reversibly connected to the cover, which will be irreversibly connected (e.g., glued) to the display structure. The plate can be coupled to the fixing device reversibly (e.g., via screws) or irreversibly (e.g., via adhesive (e.g. glue)). FIG. 4 shows a schematic example of a hinge 400. The hinge has a first blade 401 that has a plurality of holes (for example, 411) that allow the screw to move in one direction; and a second blade 402 that allows the screw to move in one direction. For the plurality of holes moving in the second direction, the first direction may be perpendicular to the second direction. The hinge shown in FIG. 4 has a joint 420 that facilitates the rotation of the first blade relative to the second blade. In some embodiments, the first blade has a hole with a long axis in the first direction, and the second blade has a hole with a long axis in the second direction, and the first direction and the second direction form a non-zero Angle (for example, the first direction may be perpendicular to the second direction). When the hinge is closed, the relative direction of the long axis can be measured, and the two blades are located overlapping each other. In some embodiments, the bracket may be an extension of the blade of the hinge. In some embodiments, the bracket can be, for example, a blade that is reversibly (eg, via a screw) or irreversibly (eg, via an adhesive) coupled (eg, fastened) to the hinge. In some embodiments, the cover may be an extension of the leaf of the hinge. In some embodiments, the cover can be coupled (e.g., fastened) to the blade of the hinge, for example, reversibly (e.g., via a screw) or irreversibly (e.g., via an adhesive).

在一些實施例中,電路系統係交流地耦接至顯示器構造。電路系統可(i)增強傳輸至顯示矩陣的訊號,及/或(ii)將源自電源之電力傳輸至顯示矩陣。於一些實施例中,電路系統可包含觸控螢幕電路系統。在一些實施例中,觸控螢幕電路系統可為分開的(例如,且設置於觸控螢幕感測器蓋件中)。在一些實施例中,電路系統可將觸控螢幕感測器連接至電源。於一些實施例中,觸控螢幕電路系統可具有至電源之分開的連接器。In some embodiments, the circuitry is AC coupled to the display structure. The circuit system can (i) enhance the signal transmitted to the display matrix, and/or (ii) transmit power from the power source to the display matrix. In some embodiments, the circuit system may include a touch screen circuit system. In some embodiments, the touch screen circuit system may be separate (for example, and disposed in the touch screen sensor cover). In some embodiments, the circuit system can connect the touch screen sensor to a power source. In some embodiments, the touch screen circuit system may have a separate connector to the power source.

圖5顯示組件520之範例,其中顯示器構造500(顯示局部視圖)連接至緊固件,此緊固件包括作為第一蓋件部分501的L形托架、導熱墊片505、例如506(MXC)之類的連接器之可撓電連接器、電路系統502(例如,增壓板件)、可撓的絕緣體503、及第二蓋件部分504;且510顯示具有螺釘之電路系統板的示意性底部視圖及此電路系統板附接至蓋件之連接性。在530中以不同的透視圖顯示組件520,其指示顯示器構造536、可撓之佈線(例如,MXC) 535、作為托架的蓋件531之第一部分(顯示局部視圖)、墊圈(例如,可撓的絕緣體)533(顯示局部視圖)、電路系統532(顯示局部視圖)、及蓋件534之第二部分(顯示局部視圖)。可撓的絕緣體能為泡沫墊圈(例如,poron)。可撓之絕緣體能具有至少25%的壓縮率。托架可具有設置於其上之一個以上的熱墊片。參考圖5,在一實施例中,看到L形托架501延伸越過透明顯示器之線性尺寸(並固定至蓋玻璃500),此L形托架501係第一蓋件。於一實施例中,托架501的長度可為高達約10英尺。電路系統(例如,訊號增幅器)可藉由一個以上之可撓的佈線(例如,MXC)連接至顯示矩陣。有時可在緊固件中(例如,於第一蓋件與第二蓋件之間)設置複數電路系統板(例如,至少2、3或4板件)。圖5顯示二電路板502及507的範例。一個以上之(例如,可撓的)連接器可將電路系統板連接至可撓之顯示矩陣。可撓的連接器(例如MXC)之數目可為至少2、5、6、8或10。圖5顯示可撓的連接器516、535及506之範例。一個以上的(微型)電纜束及/或(例如,微型)同軸電纜可耦接(i)設置在緊固件中之電路系統(例如,增幅器)與(ii)控制器(例如,時序控制器)。一個以上的(微型)電纜束及/或(例如,微型)同軸電纜可藉由連接器連接至電路板(例如,增壓板件)。電路板與控制器之間的電連接器(例如,連接器630(顯示局部視圖),例如IPLEX連接器)之數目可為至少1、2、3、4或5個。圖5顯示連接板件(例如,驅動器板件)及控制器(例如,時序控制器)的電纜513之範例。一個以上的細導線束可將控制器(例如T-CON)連接至增壓板件,此增壓板件係連接至可撓之連接器(例如MXC電纜)及至顯示矩陣(例如TOLED)。增幅器可建構成鎖固、容納、及/或隱藏電纜及/或佈線,以免被顯示器構造的觀看者所看到。Figure 5 shows an example of the assembly 520, in which the display structure 500 (showing a partial view) is connected to a fastener including an L-shaped bracket as the first cover part 501, a thermally conductive pad 505, such as 506 (MXC) A flexible electrical connector, a circuit system 502 (for example, a pressurized board), a flexible insulator 503, and a second cover part 504 of a similar connector; and 510 shows the schematic bottom of the circuit system board with screws View and connectivity of this circuit system board attached to the cover. The assembly 520 is shown in different perspective views in 530, which indicates the display structure 536, the flexible wiring (for example, MXC) 535, the first part of the cover 531 as a bracket (showing partial view), and the gasket (for example, it can be Flexible insulator) 533 (showing partial view), circuit system 532 (showing partial view), and the second part of cover 534 (showing partial view). The flexible insulator can be a foam gasket (e.g., poron). Flexible insulators can have a compressibility of at least 25%. The bracket may have more than one thermal pad provided on it. Referring to FIG. 5, in one embodiment, it is seen that the L-shaped bracket 501 extends beyond the linear dimension of the transparent display (and is fixed to the cover glass 500), and this L-shaped bracket 501 is the first cover. In one embodiment, the length of the bracket 501 can be up to about 10 feet. The circuit system (for example, a signal amplifier) can be connected to the display matrix by more than one flexible wiring (for example, MXC). Sometimes a plurality of circuit system boards (for example, at least 2, 3, or 4 boards) may be provided in the fastener (for example, between the first cover and the second cover). FIG. 5 shows an example of two circuit boards 502 and 507. More than one (eg, flexible) connector can connect the circuit system board to the flexible display matrix. The number of flexible connectors (such as MXC) can be at least 2, 5, 6, 8, or 10. FIG. 5 shows examples of flexible connectors 516, 535, and 506. More than one (micro) cable bundle and/or (e.g., micro) coaxial cable can be coupled to (i) the circuit system (e.g., amplifier) provided in the fastener and (ii) the controller (e.g., timing controller) ). More than one (micro) cable bundle and/or (e.g., micro) coaxial cable can be connected to the circuit board (e.g., booster plate) by a connector. The number of electrical connectors between the circuit board and the controller (for example, the connector 630 (showing a partial view), such as an IPLEX connector) can be at least 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5. FIG. 5 shows an example of a cable 513 connecting a board (for example, a driver board) and a controller (for example, a timing controller). More than one thin wire harness can connect the controller (such as T-CON) to the booster plate, which is connected to a flexible connector (such as MXC cable) and to the display matrix (such as TOLED). Amplifiers can be constructed to lock, contain, and/or hide cables and/or wiring so as not to be seen by viewers of the display structure.

電路系統(例如,及其任何連接電纜)可為藉由緊固件(或其任何部件、例如藉由鉸鏈及/或藉由板件)至少部分地遮蔽,以致於使用者看不到。電路系統(例如,及其任何連接電纜)可為至少部分地鎖固,以防止使用者接觸。托架、蓋件、板件、及/或鉸鏈能具有可打開部分。可打開部分能繞著軸線迴轉(例如,可打開部分能繞著第二鉸鏈迴轉以便於其迴轉)。緊固件可具有其一個以上的部件類型(例如,一個以上之托架、一個以上的蓋件、一個以上之板件、一個以上的主鉸鏈、及/或一個以上之副鉸鏈)。緊固件的一個以上之部件可跨越顯示器構造及/或觀看窗的FLS、或其一部分。例如在不由其所耦接之支撐結構及/或由顯示器構造拆卸緊固件的情況下,可打開及/或能移除部分可便於維護電路系統(例如,及其任何連接電纜)。開口(與副鉸鏈耦接或無任何副鉸鏈)之使用可促進在(i)E-box及/或電源箱與(ii)附接至顯示器構造的電路系統之間的連接電纜線路之(例如,可逆)分離(例如,顯示器構造及/或及觸控螢幕相關的電路系統)。此(例如,可逆)電纜線路附接及分離可允許E-box及/或電源之替換及/或維護,而無需由支撐結構及/或由顯示器構造拆卸緊固件。此(例如,可逆)電纜線路附接及分離可允許顯示器構造及/或緊固件的替換及/或維護,而未拆卸E-box及/或電源單元。此(例如,可逆)電纜之附接及分離可允許(I)顯示器構造-緊固件組件與(II)E-box及/或電源單元之間的分開(例如,斷開連接)。顯示器構造-緊固件組件能可選地包含觸控螢幕輔助器(例如,感測器及發射器面板)。例如,可打開及/或能移除部分(例如,副鉸鏈)可便於維護增壓板件或與其連接之任何電纜及/或連接器。維護可包括移除、修理、替換、及/或清潔。例如,板件可具有便於暴露控制器及/或佈線的至少一部分之副開口。圖10顯示包括作為緊固系統的一部分之部分1017及1021的副開口之範例。緩衝墊可設置在能打開及/或可移除部分與電路系統(例如,及其任何連接電纜)之間。緩衝墊可保護電路系統(例如,及其任何連接電纜)及/或防止其運動。可防止光線、溫度(例如,熱或冷)、接觸、濕氣、及/或氧氣的影響。緩衝墊可包含聚合物發泡體(例如,聚氨酯)。緩衝墊可包含泡沫墊圈。此緩衝墊可輔助維持(複數)電線上之(例如,合理的)彎曲半徑。佈線可包含例如微撓曲-完成(MXC)電纜,以將電路系統連接至控制器(例如,時序控制器)及/或電源。佈線可經由一個以上之連接器(例如IPEX或微型連接器)耦接至電路系統。微型連接器可將電路系統(例如,設置於緊固件中)連接至顯示矩陣。電路系統可包含增壓板件。微型連接器可具有複數電線,例如,黏合在殼層中。佈線可包含同軸電纜。The circuit system (for example, and any connecting cables thereof) may be at least partially shielded by fasteners (or any of its components, for example by hinges and/or by plates) so as not to be seen by the user. The circuit system (for example, and any connecting cables thereof) may be at least partially locked to prevent user contact. The bracket, cover, plate, and/or hinge can have openable parts. The openable part can rotate around the axis (for example, the openable part can rotate around the second hinge to facilitate its rotation). The fastener may have more than one component type (for example, more than one bracket, more than one cover, more than one plate, more than one main hinge, and/or more than one auxiliary hinge). More than one component of the fastener may span the FLS of the display structure and/or viewing window, or a portion thereof. For example, the openable and/or removable part can facilitate maintenance of the circuit system (for example, and any connecting cables thereof) without the support structure to which it is coupled and/or the detachment of the fastener by the display structure. The use of openings (coupled with secondary hinges or without any secondary hinges) can facilitate the connection between (i) E-box and/or power box and (ii) the circuit system attached to the display structure (e.g. , Reversible) separation (for example, display structure and/or circuit system related to touch screen). This (e.g., reversible) cable line attachment and detachment may allow replacement and/or maintenance of the E-box and/or power supply without the need for fasteners to be removed from the support structure and/or from the display structure. This (eg, reversible) cable line attachment and detachment may allow replacement and/or maintenance of display construction and/or fasteners without disassembling the E-box and/or power supply unit. The attachment and detachment of this (e.g., reversible) cable may allow separation (e.g., disconnection) between (I) the display structure-fastener assembly and (II) the E-box and/or power supply unit. The display structure-fastener assembly can optionally include touch screen aids (e.g., sensors and transmitter panels). For example, the openable and/or removable part (e.g., secondary hinge) may facilitate maintenance of the booster plate or any cables and/or connectors connected to it. Maintenance may include removal, repair, replacement, and/or cleaning. For example, the board may have a secondary opening for exposing at least a part of the controller and/or wiring. Figure 10 shows an example of a secondary opening including parts 1017 and 1021 as part of the fastening system. The cushion may be provided between the openable and/or removable part and the circuit system (for example, and any connecting cables thereof). The cushion can protect the circuit system (for example, and any connecting cables) and/or prevent its movement. It can prevent the influence of light, temperature (for example, heat or cold), contact, moisture, and/or oxygen. The cushion may include a polymer foam (for example, polyurethane). The cushion may include a foam gasket. This cushion can help maintain the (for example, reasonable) bend radius on the (plural) wires. The wiring may include, for example, a micro-flex-completion (MXC) cable to connect the circuit system to a controller (e.g., a timing controller) and/or a power source. The wiring can be coupled to the circuit system via more than one connector (for example, IPEX or micro-connector). The micro-connector can connect the circuit system (for example, provided in a fastener) to the display matrix. The circuit system may include a pressurized plate. The miniature connector may have a plurality of wires, for example, glued in a shell. The wiring may include coaxial cables.

在一些實施例中,緊固件可包含形成開口的退縮部。退縮部可為副開口。此退縮部可為約以緊固件之中間長度為中心。退縮部可或未能被覆蓋。退縮部的覆蓋可為或未能可逆的。例如,覆蓋件可為第二鉸鏈葉片。覆蓋件可為用螺釘及/或夾子鎖固至緊固件。緊固件可包含二鉸鏈葉片,其與轉向節及心銷機構耦接以形成鉸鏈。當緊固件處於其封閉之鉸鏈位置時,可覆蓋退縮部。當(主)緊固件鉸鏈處於其封閉位置時,能為(可逆地)覆蓋此退縮部。當(主)緊固件鉸鏈處於其打開位置時,能(可逆地)打開此退縮部。圖10顯示覆蓋緊固件1021中的開口之蓋件17017。退縮部的寬度(例如,看圖41,虛線箭頭Wopening )可延伸到鉸鏈葉片寬度之至多約95%、90%、80%、70%、60%、50%、40%或30%(例如,看圖41,虛線箭頭Wtotal )。退縮部可為由鉸鏈葉片的邊緣朝其內部。退縮部可為在鉸鏈葉片內之開口(例如,鉸鏈葉片內的窗口),例如具有上面之參考延伸部作為其寬度。開口的長度(例如,退縮部,看圖41,虛線箭頭Lopening )可延伸到鉸鏈葉片之總長度的至多約60%、50%、40%、30%、20%、或10%(例如,看圖41,虛線箭頭Ltotal )。退縮部可延伸至一定寬度及/或長度,其便於連接及/或斷開將電路板耦接至顯示器構造及/或觸控螢幕相關設備(例如感測器及發射器面板)之任何連接器。開口(例如,退縮部)可或未能約以緊固件(或其任何鉸鏈葉片)的長度及/或寬度為中心。In some embodiments, the fastener may include a recessed portion that forms an opening. The retracted part may be a secondary opening. The recessed portion may be centered about the middle length of the fastener. The retraction may or may not be covered. The coverage of the retraction may or may not be reversible. For example, the cover may be a second hinge blade. The cover can be fastened to the fastener with screws and/or clips. The fastener may include two hinge blades, which are coupled with the steering knuckle and the heart pin mechanism to form a hinge. When the fastener is in its closed hinge position, it can cover the retracted part. When the (main) fastener hinge is in its closed position, it can (reversibly) cover this recessed portion. When the (main) fastener hinge is in its open position, the retracted portion can be (reversibly) opened. FIG. 10 shows a cover 17017 covering the opening in the fastener 1021. The width of the recessed portion (for example, see Figure 41, the dashed arrow W opening ) can extend up to about 95%, 90%, 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 40% or 30% of the width of the hinge blade (for example , See Figure 41, dashed arrow W total ). The recessed part may be from the edge of the hinge blade toward the inside. The recessed portion may be an opening in the hinge blade (for example, a window in the hinge blade), for example, having the above reference extension as its width. The length of the opening (for example, the retracted portion, see Figure 41, the dashed arrow L opening ) can extend up to about 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, or 10% of the total length of the hinge blade (for example, See Figure 41, the dashed arrow L total ). The retracted portion can be extended to a certain width and/or length, which facilitates connection and/or disconnection of any connectors that couple the circuit board to the display structure and/or touch screen related devices (such as sensors and transmitter panels) . The opening (e.g., the recessed portion) may or may not be approximately centered on the length and/or width of the fastener (or any of its hinge blades).

在一些實施例中,控制器可包含時序控制器(在本文中縮寫為「T-CON」)。時序控制器可控制顯示矩陣之諸多部件的操作時序(例如,當於顯示矩陣中之LED點亮時)。時序控制器可在視頻訊號與藉由顯示矩陣所需的行及列驅動器傳訊之間轉換。媒體訊號可透過例如低電壓差分訊號(LVDS)、嵌入式顯示埠(eDP)、行動工業處理器介面(MIPI®)、顯示串連介面(DSI)、或VX1之類的通訊介面傳輸至T-CON板件。電路系統(例如於其中之晶片及/或控制器)可包含60Hz至120Hz的幀頻轉換器。時序控制器可再新電荷以最小化LCD化學品對電荷回應之光學回應衰減,例如,以保持訊號均勻、避免衰減、及/或充分更新的速率。控制器(例如T-CON)可設置在與包括顯示器構造及緊固系統(例如,緊固件)之顯示器構造組件相距一段距離處。In some embodiments, the controller may include a timing controller (abbreviated as "T-CON" herein). The timing controller can control the operation timing of many components of the display matrix (for example, when the LEDs in the display matrix are on). The timing controller can switch between the video signal and the row and column driver signals required by the display matrix. The media signal can be transmitted to T-T- CON board. The circuit system (such as the chip and/or the controller therein) may include a frame rate converter of 60 Hz to 120 Hz. The timing controller can renew the charge to minimize the attenuation of the optical response of the LCD chemical to the charge, for example, to maintain a uniform signal, avoid attenuation, and/or a sufficient refresh rate. The controller (e.g. T-CON) can be located at a distance from the display structure including the display structure and the fastening system (e.g., fasteners).

於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係操作地耦接(例如,藉由佈線所連接)至電源。電路系統係操作地耦接(例如,藉由佈線連接)至電源。連接可為直接或間接的。間接連接可為經過電路系統(例如,增幅器)進行。電源可為二次電源。電源可為耦接至城市電源(例如,發電廠)、及/或建築物電源(例如,發電機、太陽能電池、及/或風力渦輪機)。電源能為可再生及/或不可再生的。電源可為耦接至BMS。電源可耦接至網路基礎建設(例如,如本文所揭示者)。電源可於約240V或120V(例如,房屋電流)AC供電。二次電源可包含將電壓降低至(例如,至多約24V、48V、或54伏特(V))之轉換器。圖6顯示組件600的立體圖之範例,此組件600包括耦接至緊固件及電路系統的顯示器構造,其中緊固件602(顯示局部視圖)耦接至顯示器構造601(顯示局部視圖),此顯示器構造601係經過佈線603(顯示局部視圖)連接至緊固件中所設置之電路系統(未示出),其佈線係藉由例如鉤子604的鉤子鎖固。鉤子可為拉桿安裝件。圖6顯示其上連接有佈線633之鉸鏈葉片634的立體圖,此佈線係連接至電路系統632,此鉸鏈葉片634係與鉸鏈葉片部分635(顯示局部視圖)及鉸鏈葉片636部分接合,其係藉由螺釘637連接至固定裝置(未示出)。鉸鏈葉片部分635及636係相同鉸鏈葉片之一部分。圖6顯示組件620的側視圖範例,此組件620包括例如用螺釘661耦接至固定裝置(未示出)之緊固件662,此固定裝置具有由其本體冒出並緊固至鉤子666的懸掛佈線667。佈線667係連接(i)至設置在緊固件本體662中之電路系統(未示出)及至(ii)包括設置於較厚之玻璃665與較薄的玻璃663之間的顯示矩陣664之顯示器構造(顯示局部視圖)。圖6顯示設置在窗框610的直立截面中之組件612(類似於620)的側視圖範例。圖6顯示可在顯示器構造組件中使用之電線630的範例。緊固件可包含驅動器及/或增壓板件。此電路系統可便於資料(例如,網路通訊)及/或電力傳輸。In some embodiments, the display structure is operatively coupled (eg, connected by wiring) to a power source. The circuit system is operatively coupled (for example, connected by wiring) to a power source. The connection can be direct or indirect. The indirect connection may be through a circuit system (for example, an amplifier). The power source may be a secondary power source. The power source may be coupled to a city power source (e.g., a power plant), and/or a building power source (e.g., a generator, solar cell, and/or wind turbine). The power source can be renewable and/or non-renewable. The power source can be coupled to the BMS. The power source can be coupled to the network infrastructure (for example, as disclosed herein). The power supply can be powered by AC at about 240V or 120V (for example, house current). The secondary power supply may include a converter that reduces the voltage to (for example, up to about 24V, 48V, or 54 volts (V)). FIG. 6 shows an example of a three-dimensional view of an assembly 600. This assembly 600 includes a display structure coupled to a fastener and a circuit system, wherein the fastener 602 (showing a partial view) is coupled to the display structure 601 (showing a partial view), and this display structure 601 is connected to the circuit system (not shown) provided in the fastener through wiring 603 (a partial view is shown), and the wiring is locked by hooks such as hooks 604. The hook can be a tie rod mounting piece. Fig. 6 shows a perspective view of a hinge blade 634 with a wiring 633 connected thereon. This wiring is connected to the circuit system 632. The hinge blade 634 is joined with the hinge blade part 635 (partial view is shown) and the hinge blade 636 partly by It is connected to a fixing device (not shown) by a screw 637. The hinge blade parts 635 and 636 are part of the same hinge blade. Fig. 6 shows an example of a side view of an assembly 620. This assembly 620 includes, for example, a fastener 662 coupled to a fixing device (not shown) with a screw 661. The fixing device has a suspension that emerges from its body and is fastened to a hook 666 Wiring 667. The wiring 667 connects (i) to the circuit system (not shown) provided in the fastener body 662 and to (ii) the display structure including the display matrix 664 provided between the thicker glass 665 and the thinner glass 663 (Show partial view). FIG. 6 shows an example of a side view of a component 612 (similar to 620) disposed in an upright section of a window frame 610. Figure 6 shows an example of a wire 630 that can be used in the display construction assembly. The fasteners may include drivers and/or pressurized plates. This circuit system can facilitate data (for example, network communication) and/or power transmission.

二次電源可提供直流(DC)電壓。二次電源可鄰近顯示器構造及/或IGU設置。此二次電源可設置在窗框中、牆壁中、地板中、或天花板中。顯示器構造之控制器可與其電源分開地設置。由(i)顯示器構造、增壓板件、驅動器板件、及/或時序控制器(例如T-CON)至(ii)電源的最短距離可為至少約0.25 m、0.5 m、1 m、1.5 m、2 m、2.5 m、3 m、3.5 m、4 m、4.5 m、5 m、5.5 m、6 m、6.5 m、7 m、8 m、10m或20米(m)。由(i)顯示器構造、增壓板件、驅動器板件、及/或時序控制器至(ii)電源之最短距離可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約0.25至大約20 m、由約0.25 m至約5 m、由約5 m至約7 m、或由約7 m至約20 m)。例如,由(i)驅動器及/或增壓板件至(ii)電源及/或T-CON之最短距離可為至少約1.5 m、2 m、2.5 m、3 m、3.5 m、4 m、4.5 m、5 m、5.5 m、6 m、6.5 m、7 m、8 m或10 m。由(i)驅動器及/或增壓板件至(ii)電源及/或T-CON的最短距離可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約1.5至大約10 m、由約1.5 m至約5 m、或由約5 m至約10 m)。由(i)顯示器構造及/或增幅器至(ii)電源及/或T-CON之最短距離可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約5'至約30'、由約10'至約25'、或由約15'至約20')。例如,由(i)驅動器板件及/或顯示器構造至(ii)電源及/或T-CON之最短距離可為至少約5'、10'、15'、20'、25'、25'、30'、50'、100'、200'、或300'(英尺)。由(i)顯示器構造及/或增壓板件至(ii)電源及/或時序控制器的最短距離可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約5'至約300'、由約10'至約25'、由約15'至約20'、由約20'至約50'、由約50'至約200'、或由約100'至約300')。The secondary power supply can provide direct current (DC) voltage. The secondary power supply can be located adjacent to the display structure and/or the IGU. This secondary power supply can be set in the window frame, in the wall, in the floor, or in the ceiling. The controller of the display structure can be set separately from its power supply. The shortest distance from (i) display structure, booster board, driver board, and/or timing controller (such as T-CON) to (ii) power supply can be at least about 0.25 m, 0.5 m, 1 m, 1.5 m, 2 m, 2.5 m, 3 m, 3.5 m, 4 m, 4.5 m, 5 m, 5.5 m, 6 m, 6.5 m, 7 m, 8 m, 10 m or 20 meters (m). The shortest distance from (i) the display structure, the booster plate, the driver plate, and/or the timing controller to (ii) the power source can be any value between the aforementioned values (for example, from about 0.25 to about 20 m, From about 0.25 m to about 5 m, from about 5 m to about 7 m, or from about 7 m to about 20 m). For example, the shortest distance from (i) the driver and/or booster plate to (ii) the power source and/or T-CON can be at least about 1.5 m, 2 m, 2.5 m, 3 m, 3.5 m, 4 m, 4.5 m, 5 m, 5.5 m, 6 m, 6.5 m, 7 m, 8 m or 10 m. The shortest distance from (i) the driver and/or booster plate to (ii) the power supply and/or T-CON can be any value between the aforementioned values (for example, from about 1.5 to about 10 m, from about 1.5 m To about 5 m, or from about 5 m to about 10 m). The shortest distance from (i) display structure and/or amplifier to (ii) power supply and/or T-CON can be any value between the aforementioned values (for example, from about 5'to about 30', from about 10' To about 25', or from about 15' to about 20'). For example, the shortest distance from (i) the driver board and/or display structure to (ii) the power supply and/or T-CON can be at least about 5', 10', 15', 20', 25', 25', 30', 50', 100', 200', or 300' (feet). The shortest distance from (i) the display structure and/or the booster plate to (ii) the power supply and/or timing controller can be any value between the aforementioned values (for example, from about 5'to about 300', from about 10' to about 25', from about 15' to about 20', from about 20' to about 50', from about 50' to about 200', or from about 100' to about 300').

在一些實施例中,局部控制器可控制觀看(例如,可著色)窗(例如,作為IGU之一部分)及/或顯示器構造。局部控制器可為控制網路的一部分。控制網路可為階層控制網路(例如,如本文所揭示)。控制網路中之控制器的階層結構可為靜態或動態的。局部控制器可設置為鄰接顯示器構造及/或IGU。局部控制器可設置於窗框中、牆壁中、地板中、或天花板中。在一些實施例中,一局部控制器控制觀看(例如,可著色)窗及顯示器構造(例如,藉由顯示器構造所顯示之媒體)。於一些實施例中,分開的控制器控制觀看(例如,可著色)窗及顯示器構造(例如,藉由顯示器構造所顯示之媒體)。局部控制器與網路介面的其他部件之間的通訊可為有線及/或無線的。有線通訊可包括同軸電纜、雙絞線、NM電纜、地下饋線(UF)電纜、熱塑性高耐熱尼龍佈塗(THHN)電線、熱塑性耐熱及防水尼龍佈塗(THWN)電線、標準電話電線、或第3類(Cat3)電纜、及/或第5類(Cat5)電纜。控制系統(例如,局部控制器)可為藉由有線及/或無線通訊交流地耦接至顯示器構造(例如,經由時序控制器(T-CON))。例如,顯示器構造可經由一條以上之電線及/或無線地連接至局部控制器。例如,T-CON可為經由一條以上的電線連接至局部控制器。由(i)顯示器構造及/或T-CON至(ii)局部控制器之最短距離可為至少約0.25 m、0.5 m、1 m、1.5 m、2 m、2.5 m、3 m、3.5 m、4 m、4.5 m、5 m、5.5 m、6 m、6.5 m、7 m、8 m、10米(m)。由(i)顯示器構造及/或T-CON至(ii)局部控制器的最短距離可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約0.25至約10 m、由約0.25 m至約5 m、由約5 m至約7 m、或由約7 m至約10 m)。此距離可對應於電線長度之最小量度(例如,當顯示器構造係至少部分地經由佈線交流地耦接至局部控制器時)。(I)顯示器構造與局部控制器之間、及(II)局部控制器至電源之間的最短距離可為(例如,實質上)相等。(I)顯示器構造與局部控制器之間的最短距離、及(II)局部控制器至電源之間的最短距離可為(例如,實質上)不相等。(I)時序控制器與局部控制器之間、及(II)局部控制器至電源之間的最短距離可為(例如,實質上)相等。例如,(I)時序控制器與局部控制器之間的最短距離可為小於(II)局部控制器至電源之間的最短距離。例如,(I)時序控制器與局部控制器之間的最短距離可為比(II)局部控制器至電源之間的最短距離長。(I)時序控制器與局部控制器之間的最短距離、及(II)局部控制器至電源之間的最短距離可為(例如,實質上)不相等。例如,(I)時序控制器與局部控制器之間的最短距離可為小於(II)局部控制器至電源之間的最短距離。例如,(I)時序控制器與局部控制器之間的最短距離可為大於(II)局部控制器至電源之間的最短距離。In some embodiments, the local controller can control the viewing (e.g., tintable) window (e.g., as part of an IGU) and/or display configuration. The local controller can be part of the control network. The control network may be a hierarchical control network (for example, as disclosed herein). The hierarchical structure of the controllers in the control network can be static or dynamic. The local controller can be arranged adjacent to the display structure and/or IGU. The local controller can be installed in the window frame, in the wall, in the floor, or in the ceiling. In some embodiments, a local controller controls the viewing (e.g., tintable) window and display structure (e.g., media displayed by the display structure). In some embodiments, separate controllers control the viewing (e.g., tintable) window and the display structure (e.g., the media displayed by the display structure). The communication between the local controller and other components of the network interface can be wired and/or wireless. Wired communications can include coaxial cables, twisted pairs, NM cables, underground feeder (UF) cables, thermoplastic high heat-resistant nylon cloth coated (THHN) wires, thermoplastic heat-resistant and waterproof nylon cloth coated (THWN) wires, standard telephone wires, or Category 3 (Cat3) cable, and/or Category 5 (Cat5) cable. The control system (for example, a local controller) may be a structure that is AC coupled to the display through wired and/or wireless communication (for example, via a timing controller (T-CON)). For example, the display structure can be connected to the local controller via more than one wire and/or wirelessly. For example, T-CON can be connected to a local controller via more than one wire. The shortest distance from (i) display structure and/or T-CON to (ii) local controller can be at least about 0.25 m, 0.5 m, 1 m, 1.5 m, 2 m, 2.5 m, 3 m, 3.5 m, 4 m, 4.5 m, 5 m, 5.5 m, 6 m, 6.5 m, 7 m, 8 m, 10 meters (m). The shortest distance from (i) the display structure and/or T-CON to (ii) the local controller can be any value between the aforementioned values (for example, from about 0.25 to about 10 m, from about 0.25 m to about 5 m , From about 5 m to about 7 m, or from about 7 m to about 10 m). This distance may correspond to the smallest measure of wire length (for example, when the display configuration is at least partially AC coupled to the local controller via wiring). The shortest distance between (I) the display structure and the local controller, and (II) between the local controller and the power source may be (for example, substantially) equal. (I) The shortest distance between the display structure and the local controller, and (II) the shortest distance between the local controller and the power source may be (for example, substantially) not equal. The shortest distance between (I) the timing controller and the local controller, and (II) between the local controller and the power source may be (for example, substantially) equal. For example, (I) the shortest distance between the timing controller and the local controller may be less than (II) the shortest distance between the local controller and the power supply. For example, (I) the shortest distance between the timing controller and the local controller may be longer than (II) the shortest distance between the local controller and the power source. (I) The shortest distance between the timing controller and the local controller, and (II) the shortest distance between the local controller and the power source may be (for example, substantially) not equal. For example, (I) the shortest distance between the timing controller and the local controller may be less than (II) the shortest distance between the local controller and the power supply. For example, (I) the shortest distance between the timing controller and the local controller may be greater than (II) the shortest distance between the local controller and the power supply.

圖7顯示耦接至電路系統及緊固件之顯示器構造部分的直立橫截面之範例,其包括:在橫截面中所描述的L形托架701、電路系統702(例如,增壓板件)、電纜703、泡沫墊圈704、螺釘705、膠帶706、第一玻璃片707、黏著劑(例如OCA)708、顯示矩陣709、第二玻璃片710、蓋件714、緩衝物712、黏著劑713、及觀看窗711(顯示局部視圖)。顯示器構造可包含將其與窗戶(例如711)分開之可撓的緩衝物(例如聚合物或樹脂)。緩衝物可防止顯示器構造與窗戶(例如可著色窗)之間的玻璃至玻璃之接觸,其可導致顯示器構造及/或窗戶的損壞(例如,防止裂縫及/或破裂)。緩衝物可增加例如繞著鉸鏈軸線迴轉顯示器構造之安全操作。於橫截面中的一實施例中,L形托架係藉由一個以上之直角所界定,儘管此角度可為異於90度。在所描繪的實施例中,L形托架係經由黏著元件附著至蓋玻璃(例如707)。於一些實施例中,黏著元件係膠帶。在一實施例中,黏著帶包含VHB型膠帶。於一實施例中,黏著元件係將L形托架接合至蓋玻璃之液體或凝膠黏著劑。蓋玻璃(例如707)可為塑膠、玻璃、或另一透明材料。在一範例中,蓋玻璃的厚度可為約4mm,但是其可比4mm更厚或更薄。蓋玻璃可為顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器)的一部分及/或顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器)元件可層疊至蓋玻璃。於圖7中所示範例中,第二蓋玻璃710係層疊至透明顯示元件709,亦即,透明顯示元件709(例如,TOLED)夾在蓋玻璃707與第二蓋玻璃710之間。所形成的層疊結構可靜置抵靠著觀看窗(例如,711)或與觀看窗平行但與其隔開。包含第一玻璃片707、顯示矩陣709及第二玻璃片710(例如,第二玻璃蓋件)的層疊結構可被認為是透明之顯示組件(在本文中亦稱為「顯示器構造」)。FIG. 7 shows an example of an upright cross section of the display construction part coupled to the circuit system and the fastener, which includes: the L-shaped bracket 701 described in the cross section, the circuit system 702 (for example, a pressurizing plate), Cable 703, foam gasket 704, screws 705, tape 706, first glass sheet 707, adhesive (such as OCA) 708, display matrix 709, second glass sheet 710, cover 714, buffer 712, adhesive 713, and Viewing window 711 (a partial view is displayed). The display structure may include a flexible cushion (e.g., polymer or resin) that separates it from the window (e.g., 711). The buffer can prevent glass-to-glass contact between the display structure and the window (e.g., tintable window), which can cause damage to the display structure and/or window (e.g., prevent cracks and/or breakage). The cushion can increase the safe operation of, for example, rotating the display structure around the hinge axis. In one embodiment in the cross section, the L-shaped bracket is defined by more than one right angle, although this angle may be different from 90 degrees. In the depicted embodiment, the L-shaped bracket is attached to the cover glass (e.g., 707) via an adhesive element. In some embodiments, the adhesive element is an adhesive tape. In one embodiment, the adhesive tape includes a VHB type tape. In one embodiment, the adhesive element is a liquid or gel adhesive that joins the L-shaped bracket to the cover glass. The cover glass (such as 707) can be plastic, glass, or another transparent material. In an example, the thickness of the cover glass may be about 4 mm, but it may be thicker or thinner than 4 mm. The cover glass may be part of the display construction (e.g., transparent display) and/or display construction (e.g., transparent display) elements may be laminated to the cover glass. In the example shown in FIG. 7, the second cover glass 710 is laminated to the transparent display element 709, that is, the transparent display element 709 (for example, TOLED) is sandwiched between the cover glass 707 and the second cover glass 710. The formed layered structure can stand against the viewing window (e.g., 711) or be parallel to but spaced apart from the viewing window. The laminated structure including the first glass sheet 707, the display matrix 709, and the second glass sheet 710 (for example, the second glass cover) can be regarded as a transparent display element (also referred to as a "display structure" herein).

於一實施例中,黏著元件具有足夠的強度,以支撐透明顯示器組件之重量。如所描繪的,L形托架(例如701)之一面使用作黏著元件的表面,且至少此很大之表面積係經由蓋玻璃(例如707)附接至透明的顯示器組件。In one embodiment, the adhesive element has sufficient strength to support the weight of the transparent display assembly. As depicted, one surface of the L-shaped bracket (such as 701) is used as the surface of the adhesive element, and at least this large surface area is attached to the transparent display assembly via the cover glass (such as 707).

如在圖7所示範例中,蓋件714係附接至L型托架701。於此範例中,L形托架701包括在豎直支腳上之懸伸部分。隨同蓋件714形成腔室,用於顯示矩陣的電路系統702容納在腔室內。電路系統702可呈電路板(例如,驅動器及/或增壓板件)之形式。於一實施例中,蓋件經由一個以上的墊圈將電子器件密封與環境隔離。在一實施例中,L形托架701建構成為窗框與顯示器構造之間提供運動及/或物理連接性(例如,看圖1A)。於一實施例中,電路系統702係經由一個以上的導體(例如,帶狀電纜、可撓電路及/或其他有線連接175)耦接至顯示矩陣。在某些實施例中,有線連接175(參考圖2b)可為微同軸電纜(例如,看圖8之802)。於實施例中,有線連接802可終止在具有多針銷連接器的L形托架處(看圖8,803)。As in the example shown in FIG. 7, the cover 714 is attached to the L-shaped bracket 701. In this example, the L-shaped bracket 701 includes overhangs on vertical legs. A cavity is formed along with the cover 714, and the circuit system 702 for the display matrix is accommodated in the cavity. The circuit system 702 may be in the form of a circuit board (for example, a driver and/or a booster board). In one embodiment, the cover seals the electronic device from the environment via more than one gasket. In one embodiment, the L-shaped bracket 701 is configured to provide movement and/or physical connectivity between the window frame and the display structure (for example, see FIG. 1A). In one embodiment, the circuit system 702 is coupled to the display matrix via more than one conductor (for example, a ribbon cable, a flexible circuit, and/or other wired connections 175). In some embodiments, the wired connection 175 (refer to FIG. 2b) may be a micro coaxial cable (for example, see 802 in FIG. 8). In an embodiment, the wired connection 802 may terminate at an L-shaped bracket with a multi-pin connector (see Figure 8, 803).

於一些實施例中,顯示器構造包含觸控螢幕。顯示器構造可在其邊緣處包含一個以上之光學感測器,以藉由使用者促進觸控螢幕的功能性。觸控螢幕可接收來自使用者之接觸(例如,觸控)輸入並傳遞輸出回應。此回應可為功能性的,此回應可包括視覺、資料、或聲音中之變化。觸控螢幕可利用顯示矩陣。顯示器構造可操作地耦接至資訊處理系統(例如,包含一個以上的處理器及/或網路介面)。使用者可藉由觸控面朝使用者之顯示器構造玻璃片,經過簡單(例如,單一)或多點觸控手勢來操作資訊處理系統。觸控可為使用專用裝置(例如,手寫筆或電子筆)或其身體之一或任何部位(例如,更多手指)。專用裝置可為適合於顯示器構造。觸控螢幕可為電阻式觸控螢幕、表面聲波觸控螢幕(例如,使用超音波)、電容性觸控螢幕、紅外格柵觸控螢幕(例如,使用光偵測器)、光學成像(例如,使用CMOS感測器)、紅外丙烯酸投射(例如,包含紅外LED)、分散式訊號觸控螢幕、或聲脈衝辨識觸控螢幕。根據觸控螢幕技術的需要來增強顯示器構造。例如,當觸控螢幕需要感測器(例如,COMS)及/或投射器(例如,LED)時,例如藉由將它們放置在圍繞顯示器構造之至少一部分的框架內側,將它們加入顯示器構造。In some embodiments, the display structure includes a touch screen. The display structure may include more than one optical sensor at its edge to facilitate the functionality of the touch screen by the user. The touch screen can receive contact (for example, touch) input from the user and transmit output responses. The response can be functional, and the response can include changes in vision, data, or sound. The touch screen can utilize the display matrix. The display structure is operatively coupled to an information processing system (for example, includes more than one processor and/or network interface). The user can operate the information processing system through simple (for example, single) or multi-touch gestures by constructing a glass sheet with the touch screen facing the user. The touch may be the use of a dedicated device (for example, a stylus or an electronic pen) or one or any part of the body (for example, more fingers). The dedicated device may be suitable for the display configuration. The touch screen can be a resistive touch screen, a surface acoustic wave touch screen (for example, using ultrasound), a capacitive touch screen, an infrared grid touch screen (for example, using a light detector), optical imaging (for example, , Use CMOS sensor), infrared acrylic projection (for example, including infrared LED), distributed signal touch screen, or acoustic pulse recognition touch screen. According to the needs of touch screen technology to enhance the display structure. For example, when the touch screen requires sensors (e.g., COMS) and/or projectors (e.g., LEDs), for example, they can be added to the display structure by placing them inside a frame surrounding at least a part of the display structure.

於一些實施例中,顯示器構造可充當觸控螢幕。框架可包含設置在框架上或框架中之一個以上的感測器。框架可包括電路系統、一個以上之連接器(例如,至電源及/或網路系統)、及任何光學部件(例如,反射器、反射鏡、棱鏡、分束器、及/或透鏡)。感測器可建構為在藉由框架形狀所局限的區域(例如,藉由透明顯示器組件之表面所跨越的區域)內,偵測使用者之手指、手寫筆、標記器、智能筆、及/或另一標記及/或指示裝置的存在及位置。感測器可沿著一個以上之框架部分的長度及/或在此等長度內設置(例如,於藉由一個以上之框架部分所界定的通道內)。一個以上之框架部分可包含感測器、電路、及/或連接件。一個以上的框架部分可包括至少1、2、3或4個框架部分(例如1012、1019、及1020)。框架部分可為邊框。框架部分可包含溝槽。框架部分可建構成固持顯示器構造。框架部分溝槽之寬度可建構成配合顯示器構造的寬度。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造之所有邊緣(例如,側面)可包含觸控螢幕框架。電路系統可處理來自感測器的訊號,並輸出表示標記或指示裝置在藉由框架所局限之區域內的位置之訊號。框架可包含至其他電路的連接件,包括設置於透明顯示器組件上之電路、或耦接至此透明顯示器組件的電路(例如,L托架上之電路)。電路可包含但不限於以下一或多項:處理器、記憶體、顯示器、模擬及/或數位電路。In some embodiments, the display structure can serve as a touch screen. The frame may include more than one sensor provided on or in the frame. The frame may include a circuit system, more than one connector (for example, to a power supply and/or network system), and any optical components (for example, a reflector, a mirror, a prism, a beam splitter, and/or a lens). The sensor can be constructed to detect the user's finger, stylus, marker, smart pen, and/ Or another marking and/or indicating the presence and location of the device. The sensor can be located along and/or within the length of more than one frame portion (e.g., in a channel defined by more than one frame portion). More than one frame part may include sensors, circuits, and/or connectors. More than one frame portion may include at least 1, 2, 3, or 4 frame portions (e.g., 1012, 1019, and 1020). The frame part may be a frame. The frame portion may include grooves. The frame part can be constructed to hold the display structure. The width of the groove of the frame part can be constructed to match the width of the display structure. In some embodiments, all edges (eg, sides) of the display structure may include a touch screen frame. The circuit system can process the signal from the sensor and output a signal indicating the position of the marker or indicating device in the area confined by the frame. The frame may include connections to other circuits, including circuits provided on the transparent display assembly, or circuits coupled to the transparent display assembly (for example, the circuit on the L bracket). The circuit may include, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: processor, memory, display, analog and/or digital circuits.

框架可提供具有交互式顯示功能性(例如,白板功能性)的透明顯示器組件。使用者之手指或指示裝置抵靠著透明顯示器的固定或運動位置可藉由在用框架所局限之區域內的框架之感測器所感測,並可藉由框架的電路生成表示位置之訊號。表示藉由框架所局限的區域內之位置的訊號可包含與顯示器之顯示技術兼容的訊號。在一些實施例中,代表藉由框架所局限之區域內的位置之訊號包含、但不限於通用序列匯流排(USB)及/或高清晰度多媒體介面(HDMI)訊號。代表使用者手指或指示裝置在框架區域內的固定或運動位置之訊號可藉由與框架及/或透明框架組件相關聯的軟體及/或電路來處理。經處理之訊號可為例如呈固定或運動位置的表示形式(例如,如書寫、印刷、形狀)顯示於透明顯示器組件上。與框架及/或透明顯示器相關聯之軟體可建構成提供其他功能性,包括但不限於(i)在另一顯示器或裝置上的使用者之手指、或另一指示裝置之感測位置的顯示,(ii)藉由二個以上之使用者與透明顯示器及框架的交互作用,(iii)所顯示內容之輸出,(iv)顯示內容的輸入,(v)顯示內容之抹除及/或(vi)顯示顏色的選擇。於一實施例中,框架可包含一個以上之可商購的觸控螢幕(例如,來自FlatFrog USA Inc..333 West San Carlos Street, San Jose CA 95110)。The frame may provide a transparent display assembly with interactive display functionality (e.g., whiteboard functionality). The fixed or moving position of the user's finger or pointing device against the transparent display can be sensed by the sensor of the frame in the area confined by the frame, and a signal indicating the position can be generated by the circuit of the frame. The signal indicating the position within the area confined by the frame may include a signal compatible with the display technology of the display. In some embodiments, the signal representing the position within the area confined by the frame includes, but is not limited to, universal serial bus (USB) and/or high-definition multimedia interface (HDMI) signals. The signal representing the fixed or moving position of the user's finger or the pointing device in the frame area can be processed by software and/or circuits associated with the frame and/or transparent frame components. The processed signal can be displayed on the transparent display device in the form of a fixed or moving position (for example, writing, printing, shape). The software associated with the frame and/or transparent display can be built to provide other functionality, including but not limited to (i) the display of the user’s finger on another display or device, or the sensing position of another pointing device , (Ii) Through the interaction of two or more users with the transparent display and frame, (iii) the output of the displayed content, (iv) the input of the displayed content, (v) the erasure of the displayed content and/or ( vi) Selection of display color. In one embodiment, the frame may include more than one commercially available touch screen (for example, from FlatFrog USA Inc.. 333 West San Carlos Street, San Jose CA 95110).

圖10顯示一顯示器構造1010、緊固件之部件的範例,緊固件包括葉片1021、允許顯示器構造繞著其軸線迴轉之主鉸鏈1018及1015、副鉸鏈(包括部分1017),其便於電路系統1016的一部分(例如,增壓板件及/或驅動器板件)之暴露。葉片1021具有便於經過藉由鉸鏈葉片1017所覆蓋的開口進出電路系統1016之開口。顯示器構造1010係藉由觸控螢幕感測器陣列1013及在保護定框中覆蓋感測器陣列的保護蓋件1012及1019所定框。顯示器構造1050顯示用顯示器構造1050覆蓋並組裝在一起之觸控螢幕感測器陣列1052,且同樣作為一組裝好的緊固件1056。於一些範例中,不存在副鉸鏈(例如,1017)(例如,如於範例3504中)。在一些實施例中,緊固件(包括主鉸鏈)具有開口,電路系統之至少一部分(例如,PCB)係可經過此開口觀看及/或進出。例如,電路系統中的至少一些連接器可經過此開口觀看及/或進出。例如,可經過此開口觀看及/或進出電路系統與顯示器構造之間的至少一些連接器(例如,看圖35,開口3504允許觀看附接至電路系統3530之連接器3509(例如,包含增幅器及/或驅動器板件))。Figure 10 shows an example of a display structure 1010 and fastener components. The fasteners include blades 1021, main hinges 1018 and 1015 that allow the display structure to rotate around its axis, and auxiliary hinges (including parts 1017), which facilitate the circuit system 1016 A part (for example, the pressurizing plate and/or the driver plate) is exposed. The blade 1021 has an opening that is convenient for entering and exiting the circuit system 1016 through the opening covered by the hinge blade 1017. The display structure 1010 is framed by a touch screen sensor array 1013 and protective covers 1012 and 1019 covering the sensor array in a protective frame. The display structure 1050 displays the touch screen sensor array 1052 covered by the display structure 1050 and assembled together, and also serves as an assembled fastener 1056. In some examples, there is no secondary hinge (e.g., 1017) (e.g., as in example 3504). In some embodiments, the fastener (including the main hinge) has an opening through which at least a part of the circuit system (for example, the PCB) can be viewed and/or accessed. For example, at least some connectors in the circuit system can be viewed and/or accessed through this opening. For example, at least some of the connectors between the circuit system and the display structure can be viewed and/or accessed through this opening (for example, see FIG. 35, the opening 3504 allows viewing of the connector 3509 attached to the circuit system 3530 (for example, including an amplifier) And/or driver board)).

於一實施例中,緊固件包含一個以上的部分,其建構成提供透明顯示器至窗戶的物理連接性(例如,鉸鏈)。在一實施例中,緊固件之一個以上的部分建構成於透明顯示器與一扇窗戶之間提供運動(例如,使用緊固件的鉸鏈)。In one embodiment, the fastener includes more than one part, which is configured to provide a physical connection (for example, a hinge) from the transparent display to the window. In one embodiment, more than one portion of the fastener is constructed to provide movement between the transparent display and a window (for example, a hinge using a fastener).

參考圖4,在一實施例中,L形托架包含一個以上的鉸鏈、例如鉸鏈400。於一實施例中,鉸鏈包含複數細長之孔洞或凹槽。在一實施例中,複數孔洞的至少一者之伸長部的軸線係正交於複數孔洞之至少另一者的伸長部之軸線。這允許用於將透明顯示器組件安裝至窗框的方法。例如,一個以上之鉸鏈(例如400)係經由孔洞安裝至窗框,此等孔洞提供透明顯示器組件將離窗戶(例如711)的距離。在其安裝之前,可將預先安裝至透明顯示器組件的L型托架(例如701)固定至一個以上之鉸鏈(例如400)的另一支腳,此支腳經由其他複數孔洞提供對在定框元件之間的鉸鏈之另一支腳上的孔洞正交,而將L形托架/透明顯示元件定中心於窗戶之可見區域內。Referring to FIG. 4, in one embodiment, the L-shaped bracket includes more than one hinge, such as hinge 400. In one embodiment, the hinge includes a plurality of elongated holes or grooves. In an embodiment, the axis of the elongated portion of at least one of the plurality of holes is orthogonal to the axis of the elongated portion of at least another of the plurality of holes. This allows a method for mounting the transparent display assembly to the window frame. For example, more than one hinge (such as 400) is installed to the window frame through holes, and these holes provide the distance between the transparent display assembly and the window (such as 711). Before its installation, the L-shaped bracket (such as 701) that is pre-installed to the transparent display assembly can be fixed to the other leg of more than one hinge (such as 400), and this leg is provided with a plurality of holes in the frame. The hole on the other leg of the hinge between the elements is orthogonal, and the L-shaped bracket/transparent display element is centered in the visible area of the window.

參考圖7,在一實施例中,一個以上的鉸鏈具有連接於封閉位置791中所顯示之第一鉸鏈葉片752及第二鉸鏈葉片753的接頭750。在720中顯示打開位置,其中虛線箭頭790指示第一鉸鏈葉片之相對運動於本文中可稱為「第一支腳」,且第二鉸鏈葉片在本文中可稱為「第二支腳」。第一支腳可耦接至或包含托架。包含鉸鏈葉片752及753的緊固件係耦接至顯示器構造754(顯示局部視圖)及窗戶751(顯示局部視圖)。第二支腳可耦接至窗框755。於一實施例中,一個以上之鉸鏈建構成使得透明顯示器組件能夠運動遠離或朝向觀看窗。在一實施例中,此運動係繞著縱軸、亦即樞軸旋轉。於一實施例中,在透明顯示器相對觀看窗的運動期間,透明顯示器組件相對電路系統757(例如,增幅器及/或驅動器板件)、導體758(例如帶狀電纜及/或使用於將透明顯示器耦接至電路系統之其他佈線元件)不發生運動。圖7顯示耦接至第一鉸鏈葉片782的顯示器構造784之範例(顯示局部視圖)。鉸鏈葉片782係藉由接頭780接合至第二鉸鏈葉片783,第二鉸鏈葉片783耦接至蓋件785,蓋件785耦接至用於窗戶781的窗框(顯示局部視圖)。Referring to FIG. 7, in one embodiment, more than one hinge has a joint 750 connected to the first hinge blade 752 and the second hinge blade 753 shown in the closed position 791. The open position is shown in 720, where the dashed arrow 790 indicates that the relative movement of the first hinge blade may be referred to herein as the "first leg", and the second hinge blade may be referred to herein as the "second leg". The first leg can be coupled to or include a bracket. The fasteners including hinge blades 752 and 753 are coupled to the display structure 754 (showing a partial view) and the window 751 (showing a partial view). The second leg can be coupled to the window frame 755. In one embodiment, more than one hinge is constructed so that the transparent display assembly can move away from or toward the viewing window. In one embodiment, this movement is about a longitudinal axis, that is, a pivot axis. In one embodiment, during the movement of the transparent display relative to the viewing window, the transparent display component relative to the circuit system 757 (e.g., amplifier and/or driver board), conductor 758 (e.g., ribbon cable and/or used to connect the transparent The display is coupled to other wiring elements of the circuit system without movement. FIG. 7 shows an example of a display structure 784 coupled to the first hinge blade 782 (a partial view is shown). The hinge blade 782 is joined to the second hinge blade 783 by a joint 780, the second hinge blade 783 is coupled to a cover 785, and the cover 785 is coupled to a window frame for the window 781 (a partial view is shown).

此組構對顯示器與控制器(例如T-CON)之間的電連接提供較長之壽命,因為此等連接不受與透明顯示器及緊固件(例如,托架)組件的運動相關聯之運動及摩擦的影響。This configuration provides a longer life for the electrical connection between the display and the controller (such as T-CON), because these connections are not subject to the movement associated with the movement of the transparent display and the fastener (such as the bracket) assembly And the impact of friction.

參考圖8,在一實施例中,沿著透明顯示器組件之至少3邊緣(例如,沿著如本文所述的層疊組件之邊緣)提供密封。於諸多實施例中,此密封為呈矽酮或另一透明塑膠、樹脂、或另一聚合物蓋(或緩衝物)的形式,其裝配在分層之透明組件邊緣上,以密封此單元。此密封可在第二蓋玻璃(例如,圖7,710)與窗戶(例如,圖7,711)之間提供緩衝物功能。圖8呈現顯示器構造850及密封的立體圖之範例,此密封係例如藉由使用施加器(例如,注射槍)810沿著顯示器構造850的三側面根據箭頭811、812及813施加。顯示器構造850係耦接至緊固件530,導線802將顯示器構造中之顯示矩陣連接至緊固件530上,使電路系統設置於緊固件中(未示出)。在圖8的範例中,顯示器構造850亦顯示為顯示器構造之一部分的直立橫截面830,此顯示器構造包括較厚之玻璃片804、較薄的玻璃片805、黏著劑層806及808、顯示矩陣807、及密封件809。密封件可由玻璃片突出及/或用作緩衝物。密封件之突出可為隨機的,或為指向的。例如,突起可指向顯示器構造之一側(例如,其係注定要接觸窗戶)。密封件的突起可為(例如,實質上)均勻或不均勻的(例如,朝顯示器構造之一側)。Referring to Figure 8, in one embodiment, a seal is provided along at least 3 edges of the transparent display assembly (e.g., along the edge of the laminated assembly as described herein). In many embodiments, the seal is in the form of silicone or another transparent plastic, resin, or another polymer cover (or cushion), which is assembled on the edge of the layered transparent component to seal the unit. This seal can provide a buffer function between the second cover glass (e.g., Figure 7, 710) and the window (e.g., Figure 7, 711). FIG. 8 presents an example of a perspective view of a display structure 850 and a seal, which is applied, for example, by using an applicator (for example, an injection gun) 810 along the three sides of the display structure 850 according to arrows 811, 812, and 813. The display structure 850 is coupled to the fastener 530, and the wire 802 connects the display matrix in the display structure to the fastener 530, so that the circuit system is arranged in the fastener (not shown). In the example of FIG. 8, the display structure 850 is also shown as an upright cross-section 830 of a part of the display structure. This display structure includes a thicker glass sheet 804, a thinner glass sheet 805, adhesive layers 806 and 808, and a display matrix. 807, and seal 809. The seal can be protruded from a glass sheet and/or used as a buffer. The protrusion of the seal can be random or directed. For example, the protrusion may be directed toward one side of the display structure (e.g., it is destined to contact a window). The protrusion of the seal may be (e.g., substantially) uniform or non-uniform (e.g., toward one side of the display configuration).

圖9顯示可使用於隱藏L形托架904的蓋件903(以橫截面顯示)之範例。蓋件903能可移除地附接至窗框905。可經由導線906將電力及通訊傳遞至透明顯示器組件,在此範例中,導線906容納於窗框905內。L形托架可允許透明顯示器的維護或替換、及/或任何電路系統之維護或替換(例如,設置在緊固件中,此緊固件是托架的一部分)。圖9顯示具有顯示器構造之透明顯示器組件的範例,此顯示器構造包括(例如,玻璃)片907、顯示矩陣908、及(例如,玻璃)片902,此顯示器構造耦接至框架905或由框架905所構成。框架可包含彼此耦接、或建構為彼此耦接之部分。框架可包含至少三(3)部分。框架可包含一形狀,其(例如,近似)匹配顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器組件)的週邊之至少一部分的形狀。框架可為耦接或附接至顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器組件)之側面(或邊緣)。於一實施例中,例如在框架部分已耦接至顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器組件)之後,框架部分彼此耦接以形成框架形狀。於一實施例中,框架部分可為彼此耦接以形成框架形狀,例如,在框架部分耦接至顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器組件)之前。顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器組件)可定位於藉由框架形狀所局限的區域內。框架部分可包含建構成在其中承納及/或保留透明顯示器組件之側面的通道(例如,U形通道)。Figure 9 shows an example of a cover 903 (shown in cross section) that can be used to hide the L-shaped bracket 904. The cover 903 can be removably attached to the window frame 905. The power and communication can be transmitted to the transparent display assembly via the wire 906. In this example, the wire 906 is accommodated in the window frame 905. The L-shaped bracket may allow maintenance or replacement of the transparent display, and/or maintenance or replacement of any circuit system (for example, provided in a fastener, which is a part of the bracket). FIG. 9 shows an example of a transparent display assembly with a display structure. This display structure includes (for example, glass) sheet 907, display matrix 908, and (for example, glass) sheet 902. This display structure is coupled to or by frame 905 Constituted. The frame may include parts that are coupled to each other or configured to be coupled to each other. The frame may contain at least three (3) parts. The frame may include a shape that (e.g., approximately) matches the shape of at least a portion of the periphery of the display structure (e.g., a transparent display assembly). The frame may be coupled or attached to the side (or edge) of the display structure (e.g., transparent display assembly). In one embodiment, for example, after the frame portions have been coupled to the display structure (eg, a transparent display assembly), the frame portions are coupled to each other to form a frame shape. In one embodiment, the frame portions may be coupled to each other to form a frame shape, for example, before the frame portions are coupled to the display structure (eg, transparent display assembly). The display structure (for example, a transparent display assembly) can be positioned in an area confined by the frame shape. The frame portion may include a channel (e.g., a U-shaped channel) built into it to receive and/or retain the sides of the transparent display assembly.

圖9顯示窗框(例如豎框)部分951之範例,緊固件953附接至窗框部分951(此緊固件包括鉸鏈/鎖952)。緊固件953耦接至顯示器構造954(顯示局部視圖)及整合式玻璃單元961(IGU)(顯示局部視圖),其包括:第一玻璃片955、封閉環境957、第二玻璃片956、及設置在玻璃片956上的電致變色構造958。IGU中之封閉環境可為絕緣的、(例如,不透氣地)密封、及/或惰性環境。圖9顯示電源單元及/或控制器(例如,時序控制器)之範例,其係共同地標示為959,設置於框架部分951、及電佈線及/或由窗框951外部環境行進至顯示器構造954的通訊路徑960中。電佈線及/或通訊路徑可行進經過窗框至IGU。電佈線及/或通訊路徑可行進經過控制器及/或電源組件至IGU。玻璃片可為透明之硬質材料(例如玻璃或例如塑膠之類的聚合物)。透明可為至少在對普通人類觀看者敏感之波長內。Figure 9 shows an example of a window frame (e.g. mullion) portion 951 to which a fastener 953 is attached (this fastener includes a hinge/lock 952). The fastener 953 is coupled to the display structure 954 (showing partial view) and the integrated glass unit 961 (IGU) (showing partial view), which includes: a first glass sheet 955, a closed environment 957, a second glass sheet 956, and settings Electrochromic structure 958 on glass sheet 956. The enclosed environment in the IGU can be an insulated, (e.g., air-tight) sealed, and/or inert environment. Fig. 9 shows an example of a power supply unit and/or a controller (for example, a timing controller), which are collectively labeled 959, are provided in the frame portion 951, and the electrical wiring and/or travel from the external environment of the window frame 951 to the display structure 954 in the communication path 960. The electrical wiring and/or communication path can go through the window frame to the IGU. The electrical wiring and/or communication path may go through the controller and/or power supply assembly to the IGU. The glass sheet can be a transparent hard material (such as glass or a polymer such as plastic). Transparency can be at least within a wavelength that is sensitive to ordinary human viewers.

本發明不應受以上所揭示的實施例、態樣及優點所限制,因為其他實施例、態樣及優點係在其範圍內,包括隨後之一個以上者。於一實施例中,本發明包含一結構(例如,緊固件),其中此結構(例如,緊固件)由第一部分及第二部分所構成,此第一及第二部分建構成相對彼此運動。在一實施例中,此結構包含一個以上的托架。於一實施例中,此結構包含一個以上之鉸鏈。在一實施例中,此結構包含一個以上的電連接器。於一實施例中,電連接器包含微同軸電纜。在一實施例中,電連接器包含一條以上之帶狀電纜。於一實施例中,此結構建構成安裝至顯示器構造(例如,包含透明顯示器)。在一實施例中,透明顯示器係T.OLED顯示器。於一實施例中,顯示器構造(例如,包含透明顯示器)包含一個以上的光學透明之玻璃、硬化的聚合物(例如,塑膠)、或硬化之樹脂。在一實施例中,此結構包含建構成與顯示矩陣(例如,透明顯示矩陣)通訊的一個以上之電子電路。於一實施例中,此結構建構成安裝至框架。在一實施例中,框架包含窗框。於一實施例中,此結構建構成安裝至透明顯示器的FLS(例如,長度)。在一實施例中,此結構包含一長度,其中此長度係約0.1英尺至約10英尺。於一實施例中,緊固件之第一部分包含至少一托架,且緊固件的第二部分包含一個以上之鉸鏈。在一實施例中,此結構包含顯示矩陣、及黏著元件,其中此顯示矩陣例如經由黏著元件安裝至第一部分及/或第二部分。於一實施例中,黏著元件包含膠帶。在一實施例中,膠帶包含VHB膠帶。於一實施例中,緊固件的第一部分及/或緊固件之第二部分建構成安裝至觀看窗(例如,可著色窗)。在一實施例中,緊固件的第一部分建構成安裝至顯示器構造,且第二部分建構成安裝至窗戶(其中第二部分包含鉸鏈)。於一實施例中,鉸鏈包含複數細長孔洞,其中此複數孔洞之至少一者的延伸軸線係正交於此複數孔洞之至少另一者的延伸軸線。The present invention should not be limited by the embodiments, aspects, and advantages disclosed above, because other embodiments, aspects, and advantages are within its scope, including one or more of the following. In one embodiment, the present invention includes a structure (for example, a fastener), wherein the structure (for example, a fastener) is composed of a first part and a second part, and the first and second parts are configured to move relative to each other. In one embodiment, the structure includes more than one bracket. In one embodiment, the structure includes more than one hinge. In one embodiment, the structure includes more than one electrical connector. In one embodiment, the electrical connector includes a micro coaxial cable. In one embodiment, the electrical connector includes more than one ribbon cable. In one embodiment, this structure is configured to be mounted to a display structure (for example, including a transparent display). In one embodiment, the transparent display is a T.OLED display. In one embodiment, the display structure (for example, including a transparent display) includes more than one optically transparent glass, hardened polymer (for example, plastic), or hardened resin. In one embodiment, the structure includes more than one electronic circuit configured to communicate with a display matrix (for example, a transparent display matrix). In one embodiment, the structure is constructed to be mounted to the frame. In one embodiment, the frame includes a window frame. In one embodiment, this structure constitutes an FLS (e.g., length) mounted to the transparent display. In one embodiment, the structure includes a length, where the length is about 0.1 feet to about 10 feet. In one embodiment, the first part of the fastener includes at least one bracket, and the second part of the fastener includes more than one hinge. In one embodiment, the structure includes a display matrix and an adhesive element, wherein the display matrix is mounted to the first part and/or the second part, for example, via the adhesive element. In one embodiment, the adhesive element includes tape. In one embodiment, the tape includes VHB tape. In one embodiment, the first part of the fastener and/or the second part of the fastener are configured to be mounted to a viewing window (e.g., a tintable window). In one embodiment, the first part of the fastener is configured to be mounted to the display structure, and the second part of the fastener is configured to be mounted to the window (wherein the second part includes a hinge). In one embodiment, the hinge includes a plurality of elongated holes, wherein the extension axis of at least one of the plurality of holes is orthogonal to the extension axis of at least another of the plurality of holes.

在一實施例中,本發明包含框架。此框架可為由透明顯示器及緊固件(包含托架)所構成,其建構成於框架與顯示器構造(例如,包含透明顯示器)之間提供運動及物理連接性。在一實施例中,框架包含窗框。於一實施例中,托架包含L形托架,其中L形托架耦接至框架及顯示器構造(例如,包含透明顯示器)。在一實施例中,托架係經由黏著結構耦接至透明顯示器。於一實施例中,黏著結構包含膠帶。在一實施例中,托架包含一個以上的鉸鏈。於一實施例中,鉸鏈建構成提供顯示器構造(例如,包含透明顯示器)相對固定裝置(例如,窗框)之運動。在一實施例中,運動包含旋轉運動。於一實施例中,運動係繞著水平軸線。在一實施例中,運動係繞著直立軸線。於一實施例中,框架包含薄板(例如窗玻璃片)。在一實施例中,托架建構成使透明顯示器的一面接近或抵靠著此薄板之一面運動。於一實施例中,框架界定內部區域(例如,框架中的窗戶之表面),其中透明顯示器包含界定裝入內部區域的區域之高度及寬度。在一實施例中,顯示器構造(例如,包含透明顯示器)的區域裝入(例如,實質上)所有內部區域內。於一實施例中,透明顯示器之區域裝入內部區域之一半或小於內部面積的一半內。在一實施例中,此結構包含一個以上的導體、帶狀電纜及/或連接器,且一個以上之導體、帶狀電纜及/或連接器提供控制機構與透明顯示器之間的電連接性。In one embodiment, the invention includes a frame. The frame may be composed of a transparent display and fasteners (including brackets), which are constructed to provide movement and physical connectivity between the frame and the display structure (e.g., including a transparent display). In one embodiment, the frame includes a window frame. In one embodiment, the bracket includes an L-shaped bracket, where the L-shaped bracket is coupled to the frame and the display structure (e.g., includes a transparent display). In one embodiment, the bracket is coupled to the transparent display via an adhesive structure. In one embodiment, the adhesive structure includes adhesive tape. In one embodiment, the bracket includes more than one hinge. In one embodiment, the hinge structure provides movement of the display structure (e.g., including a transparent display) relative to the fixed device (e.g., window frame). In one embodiment, the movement includes rotational movement. In one embodiment, the movement is around a horizontal axis. In one embodiment, the movement is around an upright axis. In one embodiment, the frame includes a thin plate (such as a window glass sheet). In one embodiment, the bracket is configured to move one side of the transparent display close to or against one side of the thin plate. In one embodiment, the frame defines an inner area (for example, the surface of a window in the frame), and the transparent display includes the height and width of the area that defines the inner area. In one embodiment, the area of the display structure (e.g., including a transparent display) fits into (e.g., substantially) all internal areas. In one embodiment, the area of the transparent display fits into one half of the inner area or less than half of the inner area. In one embodiment, the structure includes more than one conductor, ribbon cable, and/or connector, and more than one conductor, ribbon cable, and/or connector provide electrical connectivity between the control mechanism and the transparent display.

於一些實施例中,形成具有顯示器構造及緊固件之組件。顯示器構造可黏附至緊固件的至少一部件、例如托架。圖11呈現顯示器構造及緊固件之組件的建造階段之範例。在1110中,顯示器構造1112具有指定用於黏著劑施加的區域1112。在1120中,黏著劑係根據箭頭、例如1121施加至黏著劑指定區域。於1130中,將緊固件1131(例如,L形托架)放置在黏著劑指定區域上,於此黏著劑指定區域上放置有所施加之黏著劑。項目1121、1131及1112顯示諸顯示器構造的各部分。緊固件及顯示器構造可設置在相同平面或不同平面中。相對此顯示器構造,緊固件之至少一部分可設置於相同平面或不同平面中。顯示器構造可在一角度耦接至緊固件(例如,如圖12中的1210所示)。顯示器構造及緊固件可形成一平面(例如,如1220中所示)。圖12顯示與緊固件1218形成一角度之顯示器構造1211、及顯示器構造1221與緊固件1228形成一平面的範例。顯示器構造可包含於一方向中比在另一方向中照射更多之照射實體(例如LED)(例如,於向前方向中比反向方向中照射更多)。藉由顯示矩陣所顯示的影像可為由顯示矩陣之一側比由其相反側清楚地看見。此顯示器構造可包含背對背設置的照射實體之二顯示矩陣(例如,LED矩陣)。二顯示矩陣的至少一者(例如,每一者)可設置成使其更多照射側面向遠離背面(及朝觀看者),且其較少照射側面向此背面(及遠離此觀看者)。顯示器構造中之顯示矩陣的背對背配置可便於由顯示器構造之兩側清晰地觀看影像。具有背對背顯示矩陣的顯示器構造可利用扁平之緊固件(例如1228)。在一些實施例中,可於背對背組構中將二顯示器構造彼此相鄰地設置,例如,使得顯示器構造的至少一者(例如,每一者)可使其更多照明側面向遠離此背面(及朝觀看者),且其較少照射側面向此背面(及遠離此觀看者)。此二背對背顯示器構造可利用扁平之緊固件(例如1228),以將二顯示器構造緊固至結構(例如固定裝置)。In some embodiments, an assembly with a display structure and fasteners is formed. The display structure may be adhered to at least one part of the fastener, such as a bracket. Figure 11 presents an example of the construction stage of the display structure and the components of the fastener. In 1110, the display construction 1112 has an area 1112 designated for adhesive application. In 1120, the adhesive is applied to the designated area of the adhesive according to the arrow, for example, 1121. In 1130, a fastener 1131 (for example, an L-shaped bracket) is placed on the designated area of the adhesive, and the applied adhesive is placed on the designated area of the adhesive. Items 1121, 1131, and 1112 show the various parts of the display structure. The fasteners and the display structure can be arranged in the same plane or in different planes. Compared with this display structure, at least a part of the fasteners can be arranged in the same plane or in different planes. The display configuration can be coupled to the fastener at an angle (e.g., as shown at 1210 in FIG. 12). The display structure and fasteners may form a plane (e.g., as shown in 1220). FIG. 12 shows an example in which the display structure 1211 and the fastener 1218 form an angle, and the display structure 1221 and the fastener 1228 form a plane. The display configuration may include more illuminated entities (e.g., LEDs) illuminated in one direction than in another direction (e.g., illuminated more in the forward direction than in the reverse direction). The image displayed by the display matrix can be seen more clearly from one side of the display matrix than from the opposite side. The display structure may include a second display matrix (for example, an LED matrix) of illuminating entities arranged back to back. At least one (for example, each) of the two display matrices can be arranged such that more of its illuminated side faces away from the back (and toward the viewer), and its less illuminated side faces the back (and away from the viewer). The back-to-back configuration of the display matrix in the display structure facilitates clear viewing of images from both sides of the display structure. Display structures with back-to-back display matrices can utilize flat fasteners (such as 1228). In some embodiments, the two display structures can be arranged adjacent to each other in a back-to-back configuration, for example, so that at least one of the display structures (e.g., each) can have more illumination side away from the back surface ( And toward the viewer), and it less illuminates the side toward the back (and away from the viewer). The two back-to-back display configurations can utilize flat fasteners (such as 1228) to fasten the two display configurations to the structure (such as a fixture).

於一些實施例中,窗戶設置在外殼中。於一些實施例中,外殼包含藉由至少一結構所界定的區域。至少一結構可包含至少一壁面。外殼可包含及/或包圍一個以上之子外殼。至少一壁面可包含金屬(例如,鋼鐵)、黏土、石頭、塑膠、玻璃、石膏(例如,硫酸鈣)、聚合物(例如,聚氨酯、苯乙烯、或乙烯基)、石棉、玻璃纖維、混凝土(例如,鋼筋混凝土)、木材、紙張、或陶瓷。至少一壁面可包含金屬線、磚塊、塊材(例如,熔渣塊)、瓷磚、不塗泥灰的石牆、或框架(例如,鋼框架)。In some embodiments, the window is provided in the housing. In some embodiments, the housing includes an area defined by at least one structure. At least one structure may include at least one wall surface. The shell may include and/or surround more than one sub-shell. At least one wall surface may include metal (e.g., steel), clay, stone, plastic, glass, gypsum (e.g., calcium sulfate), polymer (e.g., polyurethane, styrene, or vinyl), asbestos, glass fiber, concrete ( For example, reinforced concrete), wood, paper, or ceramics. At least one wall surface may include metal wires, bricks, blocks (for example, slag blocks), ceramic tiles, stone walls without plaster, or frames (for example, steel frames).

在一些實施例中,外殼包含一個以上之開口。一個以上的開口能可逆地關閉。一個以上之開口可為永久地打開。一個以上的開口之基本長度標尺相對界定此外殼的壁面之基本長度標尺可為更小。基本長度標尺可包含邊界圓形的直徑、長度、寬度、或高度。一個以上之開口的表面相對界定此外殼之壁面的表面可為更小。開口表面可為壁面之總表面的百分比。例如,開口表面可佔壁面之約30%、20%、10%、5%或1%。壁面可包含地板、天花板、或側壁。可關閉的開口能藉由至少一窗戶或門件所關閉。外殼可為設施之至少一部分。外殼可包含建築物的至少一部分。此建築物可為私人建築物及/或商業建築物。此建築物可包含一個以上之樓層。建築物(例如,其樓層)可包括以下至少一者:房間、大廳、門廳、閣樓、地下室、陽台(例如,內部或外部陽台)、樓梯間、走廊、電梯豎井、立面、夾層、樓頂房屋、車庫、門廊(例如封閉式門廊)、露台(例如封閉式露台)、自助餐廳、及/或風管。於一些實施例中,外殼可為固定不動及/或可運動的(例如,火車、飛機、輪船、車輛、或火箭)。In some embodiments, the housing includes more than one opening. More than one opening can be closed reversibly. More than one opening may be permanently open. The basic length scale of more than one opening can be smaller than the basic length scale of the wall surface defining the housing. The basic length scale may include the diameter, length, width, or height of the boundary circle. The surface of more than one opening may be smaller than the surface defining the wall surface of the housing. The opening surface can be a percentage of the total surface of the wall surface. For example, the opening surface may account for about 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, or 1% of the wall surface. The wall surface can include a floor, a ceiling, or a side wall. The closable opening can be closed by at least one window or door. The enclosure can be at least a part of the facility. The enclosure may contain at least a part of the building. This building can be a private building and/or a commercial building. This building can contain more than one floor. A building (for example, its floors) may include at least one of the following: rooms, halls, halls, attics, basements, balconies (for example, internal or external balconies), stairwells, corridors, elevator shafts, facades, mezzanine floors, roofs Houses, garages, porches (such as enclosed porches), terraces (such as enclosed terraces), cafeterias, and/or ducts. In some embodiments, the housing may be fixed and/or movable (e.g., train, airplane, ship, vehicle, or rocket).

某些經揭示之實施例在外殼(例如,例如建築物的設施)中提供網路基礎建設。網路基礎建設可用於諸多目的,例如用於提供通訊及/或供電業務。通訊服務可包含高帶寬(例如,無線及/或有線)通訊服務。通訊服務可為針對設施之佔用者及/或設施的外側之使用者(例如,建築物)。網路基礎建設可與一個以上的蜂巢式載體之基礎建設協同工作、或作為其部分替換。可在包括電可切換窗戶的設施中提供網路基礎建設。網路基礎建設之部件的範例包括高速回載網路。網路基礎建設可包括至少一電纜、交換器、物理天線、收發器、感測器、發射器、接收器、無線電、處理器及/或控制器(其可包含處理器)。網路基礎建設可操作地耦接至、及/或包括無線網路。網路基礎建設可包含佈線。作為安裝網路的一部分及/或於安裝網路之後,可在環境中部署(例如,安裝)一個以上之感測器。網路基礎建設可建構成便於至少第三代(3G)、第四代(4G)、或第五代(5G)蜂巢式通訊。此網路可建構成便於媒體傳輸(例如,演示、靜圖、或視頻(例如,電影)傳輸)。此網路可建構成用於同時進行資料及電力通訊(例如,在例如同軸電纜之類的相同電纜上)。Certain disclosed embodiments provide network infrastructure in an enclosure (e.g., a facility such as a building). Network infrastructure can be used for many purposes, such as providing communications and/or power supply services. Communication services may include high-bandwidth (for example, wireless and/or wired) communication services. The communication service may be for the occupants of the facility and/or users outside the facility (for example, a building). The network infrastructure can work collaboratively with the infrastructure of more than one honeycomb carrier, or replace it as part of it. Network infrastructure can be provided in facilities that include electrically switchable windows. Examples of components of network infrastructure include high-speed backhaul networks. The network infrastructure may include at least one cable, switch, physical antenna, transceiver, sensor, transmitter, receiver, radio, processor, and/or controller (which may include a processor). The network infrastructure is operatively coupled to and/or includes a wireless network. The network infrastructure can include wiring. As part of the installation network and/or after the installation of the network, more than one sensor can be deployed (e.g., installed) in the environment. The network infrastructure can be constructed to facilitate at least third-generation (3G), fourth-generation (4G), or fifth-generation (5G) cellular communications. This network can be constructed to facilitate media transmission (for example, presentation, still image, or video (for example, movie) transmission). This network can be constructed for simultaneous data and power communication (for example, on the same cable such as a coaxial cable).

於一些實施例中,外殼包括一個以上之感測器。感測器可便於控制外殼的環境,使得外殼之居住者可具有更舒適、令人愉悅、美觀、健康、生產性(例如就居住者表現而言)、生活(例如,工作)更輕鬆、或其任何組合的環境。感測器可建構成低或高解析度感測器。感測器可提供特定環境事件之發生及/或存在的開/關指示(例如,一像素感測器)。In some embodiments, the housing includes more than one sensor. The sensor can easily control the environment of the housing, so that the occupants of the housing can have more comfortable, pleasant, beautiful, healthy, productive (for example, in terms of occupant performance), life (for example, work) easier, or Any combination of its environment. The sensor can be constructed as a low or high resolution sensor. The sensor can provide an on/off indication of the occurrence and/or existence of a specific environmental event (for example, a pixel sensor).

於諸多實施例中,網路基礎建設支撐用於一個以上之觀看窗(例如電致變色(例如,可著色)窗)的控制系統。此控制系統可包含操作地(例如,直接或間接地)耦接至一個以上之窗戶的一個以上之控制器。在一些實施例中,電致變色窗係可光學切換窗、可著色窗、及/或智慧型窗戶的範例。本文所揭示之概念可適用於其他類型的可光學切換裝置,例如包括液晶裝置、或懸浮粒子裝置。例如,代替電致變色裝置、或除了電致變色裝置之外,可實行液晶裝置及/或懸浮粒子裝置。In many embodiments, the network infrastructure supports the control system for more than one viewing window (e.g., electrochromic (e.g., tintable) window). The control system may include more than one controller operatively (eg, directly or indirectly) coupled to more than one window. In some embodiments, electrochromic windows are examples of optically switchable windows, tintable windows, and/or smart windows. The concepts disclosed herein can be applied to other types of optically switchable devices, such as liquid crystal devices or suspended particle devices. For example, instead of or in addition to the electrochromic device, a liquid crystal device and/or a suspended particle device can be implemented.

在一些實施例中,例如當施加刺激時,可著色窗在窗戶的至少一種光學性質中呈現出(例如可控制及/或可逆之)變化。刺激可包括光學、電及/或磁性刺激。例如,此刺激可包括所施加的電壓。一個以上之可著色窗可使用於控制照明及/或強光條件,例如,藉由調節經過它們傳播的太陽能之傳輸。一個以上的可著色窗可使用於控制建築物內之溫度,例如,藉由調節經過它們傳播的太陽能之傳輸。太陽能的控制可控制外加在設施(例如建築物)內部上之熱負載。此控制可為手動及/或自動的。此控制可為使用於維持一個以上之要求(例如,環境)條件,例如,佔用者舒適度。此控制可包括減少加熱、通風、空調及/或照明系統的能量消耗。加熱、通風、及空調之至少二種可為藉由分開的系統所誘發。加熱、通風、及空調之至少二種可為藉由一系統所誘發。加熱、通風、及空調可為藉由單一系統(在本文中縮寫為「HVAC」)所誘發。於某些案例中,可著色窗能對一個以上的環境感測器及/或使用者控制作出回應(及例如交流地耦接至此)。可著色窗能包含(例如可為)電致變色窗。此等窗戶可為坐落於由結構(例如,設施,例如建築物)之內部至外部的範圍中。然而,不一定是這樣。可著色窗能使用液晶裝置、懸浮粒子裝置、微機電系統(MEMS)裝置(例如微型百葉窗)、或建構為控制經過窗戶之光傳輸的任何技術來操作。在2015年5月15日提交之美國專利申請案序號第14/443,353號、標題為「包括電致變色裝置及機電系統裝置的多玻璃片窗戶」中敘述窗戶(例如,具有用於著色之MEMS裝置),其係全部以引用的方式併入本文中。在某些案例中,一個以上之觀看(例如,可著色)窗可為坐落於建築物內部、例如在會議室與走廊之間。於某些案例中,一個以上的觀看(例如,可著色)窗可為使用在汽車、火車、飛機、及其他車輛中,例如代替被動式及/或非著色窗。In some embodiments, such as when a stimulus is applied, the tintable window exhibits (e.g., controllable and/or reversible) changes in at least one optical property of the window. The stimulation may include optical, electrical, and/or magnetic stimulation. For example, this stimulus may include an applied voltage. More than one tintable window can be used to control lighting and/or strong light conditions, for example, by adjusting the transmission of solar energy propagating through them. More than one tintable window can be used to control the temperature in the building, for example, by regulating the transmission of solar energy that propagates through them. The control of solar energy can control the heat load imposed on the interior of facilities (such as buildings). This control can be manual and/or automatic. This control can be used to maintain more than one required (e.g., environmental) condition, such as occupant comfort. This control may include reducing the energy consumption of heating, ventilation, air conditioning, and/or lighting systems. At least two of heating, ventilation, and air conditioning can be induced by separate systems. At least two of heating, ventilation, and air conditioning can be induced by a system. Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning can be induced by a single system (abbreviated as "HVAC" in this article). In some cases, the tintable window can respond to more than one environmental sensor and/or user control (and, for example, be AC coupled to it). The tintable window can include, for example, an electrochromic window. These windows may be located in the range from the inside of the structure (for example, a facility, such as a building) to the outside. However, this is not necessarily the case. Colorable windows can be operated using liquid crystal devices, suspended particle devices, micro-electromechanical systems (MEMS) devices (such as micro-blinds), or any technology configured to control the transmission of light through the window. In the U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 14/443,353 filed on May 15, 2015, titled "Multi-Glass Window Including Electrochromic Devices and Electromechanical System Devices", windows are described (for example, windows with MEMS for coloring Device), all of which are incorporated herein by reference. In some cases, more than one viewing (e.g., tintable) window may be located inside a building, such as between a conference room and a corridor. In some cases, more than one viewing (for example, tinted) window may be used in automobiles, trains, airplanes, and other vehicles, for example, instead of passive and/or non-tinted windows.

於一些實施例中,可著色窗包含電致變色裝置(在本文中稱為「EC裝置」(在本文中縮寫為ECD)、或「EC」)。EC裝置可包含至少一塗層,此塗層包括至少一層。此至少一層可包含電致變色材料。於一些實施例中,例如當橫跨EC裝置施加電位時,電致變色材料呈現由一光學狀態至另一光學狀態之變化。電致變色層由一光學狀態至另一光學狀態的轉變可為例如藉由可逆、半可逆、或不可逆之離子插入電致變色材料(例如,藉由嵌入)及電荷平衡電子的對應注入所造成。例如,電致變色層由一光學狀態至另一光學狀態之轉變可例如藉由可逆的離子插入電致變色材料(例如,藉由嵌入)及電荷平衡電子的對應注入所造成。可逆性能為適用於ECD之預期壽命。半可逆意指在一個以上的著色循環上之窗戶的著色之可逆性中的可測量(例如,顯著)退化。於一些情況中,負責光學轉變之離子的一部分係不可逆地對齊在電致變色材料中(例如,且因此窗戶之誘發(變更)著色狀態係不可逆至其原始著色狀態)。在諸多EC裝置中,至少一些(例如,所有)不可逆對齊的離子可使用於補償材料(例如,ECD)中之「遮蔽電荷」。In some embodiments, the tintable window includes an electrochromic device (referred to herein as an "EC device" (abbreviated herein as ECD), or "EC"). The EC device may include at least one coating, and the coating includes at least one layer. The at least one layer may include electrochromic material. In some embodiments, for example, when a potential is applied across the EC device, the electrochromic material exhibits a change from one optical state to another optical state. The transition of the electrochromic layer from one optical state to another optical state can be caused by, for example, reversible, semi-reversible, or irreversible ion insertion into the electrochromic material (for example, by intercalation) and corresponding injection of charge balance electrons . For example, the transition of the electrochromic layer from one optical state to another optical state can be caused, for example, by reversible ion insertion into the electrochromic material (for example, by intercalation) and corresponding injection of charge balance electrons. Reversible performance is the life expectancy applicable to ECD. Semi-reversible refers to the measurable (eg, significant) degradation in the reversibility of the color of a window on more than one coloring cycle. In some cases, a part of the ions responsible for the optical transition is irreversibly aligned in the electrochromic material (for example, and therefore the induced (altered) coloration state of the window is irreversible to its original coloration state). In many EC devices, at least some (e.g., all) irreversibly aligned ions can be used to compensate for "shading charges" in materials (e.g., ECD).

在一些實施方式中,合適的離子包括陽離子。陽離子可包括鋰離子(Li+)及/或氫離子(H+)(亦即質子)。於一些實施例中,其他離子可為合適的。陽離子之嵌入可為進入(例如,金屬)氧化物。離子(例如陽離子)進入氧化物的嵌入狀態中之變化可導致氧化物的著色(例如顏色)中之可見變化。例如,氧化物可由無色狀態轉變為彩色狀態。例如,將鋰離子嵌入氧化鎢(WO3-y(0<y≦~0.3))可造成氧化鎢由透明狀態改變為彩色(例如藍色)狀態。如本文所述的EC裝置塗層係坐落於可著色窗之可見部分內,使得EC裝置塗層的著色可使用於控制可著色窗之光學狀態。In some embodiments, suitable ions include cations. The cations may include lithium ions (Li+) and/or hydrogen ions (H+) (that is, protons). In some embodiments, other ions may be suitable. The intercalation of cations can be into (e.g., metal) oxides. The change of ions (e.g., cations) into the intercalation state of the oxide can result in a visible change in the coloration (e.g., color) of the oxide. For example, the oxide can be transformed from a colorless state to a colored state. For example, inserting lithium ions into tungsten oxide (WO3-y (0<y≦~0.3)) can cause the tungsten oxide to change from a transparent state to a colored (for example, blue) state. The EC device coating as described herein is located within the visible part of the tintable window so that the coloration of the EC device coating can be used to control the optical state of the tintable window.

圖13顯示按照一些實施例的電致變色構造1300之示意性橫截面的範例。EC裝置塗層係附著至基板1302、透明導電層(TCL)1304、電致變色層(EC)1306(有時亦稱為陰極上色層或陰極著色層)、離子導電層或區域(IC)1308、對向電極層(CE)1310(有時亦稱為陽極上色層或陽極著色層)、及第二TCL 1314。元素1304、1306、1308、1310及1314共同地稱為電致變色疊層1320。可操作來橫越電致變色疊層1320施加電位之電壓源1316實現電致變色塗層由例如透明狀態至著色狀態的轉變。在其他實施例中,相對於基板,層之順序相反。亦即,這些層按以下順序:基板、TCL、對向電極層、離子導電層、電致變色材料層、TCL。Figure 13 shows an example of a schematic cross-section of an electrochromic structure 1300 according to some embodiments. The EC device coating is attached to the substrate 1302, the transparent conductive layer (TCL) 1304, the electrochromic layer (EC) 1306 (sometimes called the cathode color layer or the cathode color layer), the ion conductive layer or area (IC) 1308, a counter electrode layer (CE) 1310 (sometimes referred to as an anode coloring layer or an anode coloring layer), and a second TCL 1314. The elements 1304, 1306, 1308, 1310, and 1314 are collectively referred to as the electrochromic laminate 1320. A voltage source 1316 operable to apply a potential across the electrochromic stack 1320 realizes the transition of the electrochromic coating from, for example, a transparent state to a colored state. In other embodiments, relative to the substrate, the order of the layers is reversed. That is, these layers are in the following order: substrate, TCL, counter electrode layer, ion conductive layer, electrochromic material layer, TCL.

在諸多實施例中,離子導體區域(例如1308)可由EC層(例如1306)的一部分及/或由CE層(例如1310)之一部分形成。於此等實施例中,可沉積電致變色疊層(例如1320),以包括與陽極上色的對向電極材料(CE層)直接物理接觸之陰極上色的電致變色材料(EC層)。可例如經由加熱及/或其他處理步驟在EC層及CE層相遇之處形成離子導體區域(有時稱為界面區域、或稱為離子傳導的實質上電絕緣之層或區域)。可於2012年5月2日提交的美國專利申請案第13/462,725號、標題為「電致變色裝置」中發現電致變色裝置之範例(例如,包括那些未沉積不同離子導體材料所製造者),其係全部以引用的方式併入本文中。在一些實施例中,EC裝置塗層可包括一個以上之額外層、例如一個以上的被動層。被動層可使用於改善某些光學性能,提供濕氣,及/或提供耐刮擦性。這些及/或其他被動層可用於氣密地密封EC疊層1320。可用抗反射及/或保護層(例如,氧化物及/或氮化物層)處理包括透明導電層(例如1304及1314)之諸多層。In many embodiments, the ion conductor region (e.g., 1308) may be formed by a portion of the EC layer (e.g., 1306) and/or by a portion of the CE layer (e.g., 1310). In these embodiments, an electrochromic stack (such as 1320) can be deposited to include the electrochromic material (EC layer) colored on the cathode that is in direct physical contact with the counter electrode material (CE layer) colored by the anode . An ion conductor region (sometimes referred to as an interface region, or a substantially electrically insulating layer or region referred to as ion conduction) where the EC layer and the CE layer meet may be formed, for example, through heating and/or other processing steps. Examples of electrochromic devices can be found in U.S. Patent Application No. 13/462,725, filed on May 2, 2012, entitled "Electrochromic Devices" (e.g., including those manufactured without depositing different ion conductor materials) ), all of which are incorporated herein by reference. In some embodiments, the EC device coating may include more than one additional layer, such as more than one passive layer. The passive layer can be used to improve certain optical properties, provide moisture, and/or provide scratch resistance. These and/or other passive layers can be used to hermetically seal the EC stack 1320. Many layers including transparent conductive layers (such as 1304 and 1314) can be treated with anti-reflection and/or protective layers (for example, oxide and/or nitride layers).

在某些實施例中,電致變色裝置建構成(例如,實質上)於透明狀態與著色狀態之間可逆地循環。可逆性能在ECD的預期壽命內。預期壽命可為至少約2年、5年、10年、15年、25年、50年、75年、或100年。預期壽命可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約5y至約100y、由約2y至約25y、由約25y至約50y、或由約50y至約100y)。可將電位施加至電致變色疊層(例如1320),使得當窗戶處於第一著色狀態(例如,透明)中時,疊層中之可用離子能造成電致變色材料(例如1306)處於主要駐留在對向電極(例如1310)中的著色狀態中。當施加至電致變色疊層之電位反轉時,離子可橫跨離子傳導層(例如1308)運送至電致變色材料,並造成材料進入第二著色狀態(例如,著色狀態)。In some embodiments, the electrochromic device is configured to (eg, substantially) cycle reversibly between the transparent state and the colored state. The reversible performance is within the expected life of the ECD. The life expectancy can be at least about 2 years, 5 years, 10 years, 15 years, 25 years, 50 years, 75 years, or 100 years. The life expectancy can be any value between the aforementioned values (for example, from about 5y to about 100y, from about 2y to about 25y, from about 25y to about 50y, or from about 50y to about 100y). A potential can be applied to the electrochromic laminate (e.g., 1320) so that when the window is in the first tinted state (e.g., transparent), the available ions in the laminate can cause the electrochromic material (e.g., 1306) to stay in the main In the colored state in the counter electrode (such as 1310). When the potential applied to the electrochromic stack is reversed, ions can be transported across the ion conductive layer (e.g., 1308) to the electrochromic material and cause the material to enter the second colored state (e.g., colored state).

應當理解,對透明狀態與著色狀態之間的轉變之引用係非限制性,且在許多實施例之中僅建議可實現的電致變色轉變之一範例。除非本文中另有說明,否則每當引用透明-著色的轉變時,對應裝置或製程涵蓋其他光學狀態轉變、例如非反射-反射、及/或透明-不透明之類。於一些實施例中,「透明」及「脫色」等詞意指光學中性狀態、例如未著色、不透明及/或半透明。在一些實施例中,電致變色轉變的「顏色」或「著色」不限於任何波長或波長範圍。合適的電致變色材料及對向電極材料之選擇可支配相關的光學轉變(例如,由著色至未著色狀態)。It should be understood that the reference to the transition between the transparent state and the colored state is non-limiting, and in many embodiments only one example of an electrochromic transition that can be achieved is suggested. Unless otherwise stated herein, whenever a transparent-colored transition is referred to, the corresponding device or process encompasses other optical state transitions, such as non-reflective-reflective, and/or transparent-opaque. In some embodiments, terms such as "transparent" and "discoloring" mean optically neutral states, such as uncolored, opaque, and/or translucent. In some embodiments, the "color" or "coloring" of the electrochromic transition is not limited to any wavelength or wavelength range. The selection of the appropriate electrochromic material and counter electrode material can dictate the associated optical transition (for example, from a colored to an uncolored state).

在某些實施例中,組成電致變色疊層之材料的至少一部分(例如,全部)係無機的、固體(亦即,處於固態)、或無機及固體兩者。由於諸多有機材料會隨著時間之推移而傾向於退化,尤其是當如著色建築窗戶般暴露至熱及紫外線時,無機材料提供能長時間起作用的可靠電致變色疊層之優點。在一些實施例中,於固態中的材料可提供污染最小及使洩漏問題最小化之優點,有時就像在液態中的材料那樣。疊層中之一個以上的層可含有一定量之有機材料(例如,其係可測量的)。ECD或其任何部分(例如,一個以上之層)可含有很少或沒有可測量的有機物質。ECD或其任何部分(例如,一個以上之層)可含有一個以上的能少量存在之液體。很少量可為ECD的最多約100 ppm、10 ppm、或1 ppm。固態材料可使用一個以上之採用液體組分的製程來沉積(或以其他方式形成),此等製程例如採用溶膠-凝膠、物理氣相沉積、及/或化學氣相沉積之某些製程。In certain embodiments, at least a portion (e.g., all) of the materials that make up the electrochromic laminate are inorganic, solid (ie, in a solid state), or both inorganic and solid. Since many organic materials tend to degrade over time, especially when exposed to heat and ultraviolet light like colored building windows, inorganic materials provide the advantage of reliable electrochromic laminates that can function for a long time. In some embodiments, the material in the solid state can provide the advantages of minimizing contamination and minimizing leakage problems, sometimes just like the material in the liquid state. More than one layer in the stack may contain a certain amount of organic material (for example, it is measurable). The ECD or any part thereof (for example, more than one layer) may contain little or no measurable organic matter. The ECD or any part thereof (for example, more than one layer) may contain more than one liquid that can exist in small amounts. A very small amount can be up to about 100 ppm, 10 ppm, or 1 ppm of ECD. Solid materials can be deposited (or formed in other ways) using more than one process using liquid components, such as certain processes using sol-gel, physical vapor deposition, and/or chemical vapor deposition.

圖14顯示按照一些實施方式的體現於隔熱玻璃單元(「IGU」)1400中之可著色窗的截面圖之範例。當提供用於在建築物中安裝時,可為想要的是使IGUs充當用於固持電致變色玻璃片之基本構造(在本文中亦稱為「薄板(lites)」並以單數形式「薄板(lite)」表示)。IGU薄板可為單一基板或多數基板構造。薄板可包含例如二基板的層疊件。IGU(例如,具有雙玻璃片或三玻璃片組構)可提供優於單一玻璃片組構之許多優點,例如,當與單一玻璃片組構相比,多數玻璃片組構可提供增強的隔熱性、隔音性、環保性及/或耐用性。多數玻璃片組構可為ECD提供增強之保護。例如,電致變色膜(例如,以及相關聯的層及導電互連部)可為形成在多數玻璃片IGU之內部表面上,並藉由IGU的內部容積(例如1408)中之惰性氣體填充物所保護。惰性氣體填充物可提供用於IGU的至少一些(隔熱)絕緣功能。電致變色IGUs可例如由於吸收(及/或反射)熱及光之可著色塗層而具有熱阻擋能力。Figure 14 shows an example of a cross-sectional view of a tintable window embodied in an insulated glass unit ("IGU") 1400 according to some embodiments. When provided for installation in buildings, it may be desirable for IGUs to serve as the basic structure for holding electrochromic glass sheets (also referred to herein as "lites" and in the singular form "thin plates" (lite)” means). The IGU sheet can be a single substrate or a multi-substrate structure. The thin plate may include, for example, a laminate of two substrates. IGU (for example, with a dual or triple glass assembly) can provide many advantages over a single glass assembly. For example, when compared with a single glass assembly, most glass assemblies can provide enhanced isolation. Heat, sound insulation, environmental protection and/or durability. Most glass sheet assemblies can provide enhanced protection for ECD. For example, the electrochromic film (e.g., and associated layers and conductive interconnects) can be formed on the inner surface of most glass sheets IGU and filled with inert gas in the inner volume of the IGU (e.g., 1408) Protected. The inert gas filling can provide at least some (insulation) insulation functions for the IGU. Electrochromic IGUs can have heat blocking capabilities, for example, due to a colorable coating that absorbs (and/or reflects) heat and light.

在一些實施例中,「IGU」包括二(個以上的)實質上透明之基板。例如,IGU可包括二玻璃片。IGU的至少一基板可包括設置於其上之電致變色裝置。IGU的一個以上之玻璃片可具有設置於其間的分隔物。IGU可為氣密式密封構造,例如具有與周遭環境隔離之內部區域。「窗戶組件」可包括IGU。「窗戶組件」可包括(例如獨立的)層疊件。「窗戶組件」可包括一條以上之導線,例如,用於連接IGU及/或層疊件。電引線可將一個以上的電致變色裝置操作地耦接(例如連接)至電壓源、開關等,並可包括支撐IGU或層疊件之框架。窗戶組件可包括窗戶控制器、及/或窗戶控制器的部件(例如,對接器)。In some embodiments, "IGU" includes two (more than) substantially transparent substrates. For example, the IGU may include two glass sheets. At least one substrate of the IGU may include an electrochromic device disposed thereon. More than one glass sheet of the IGU may have partitions arranged between them. The IGU can be a hermetically sealed structure, such as having an internal area isolated from the surrounding environment. The "window assembly" may include IGU. The "window assembly" may include (e.g., stand-alone) laminates. The "window assembly" may include more than one wire, for example, for connecting IGUs and/or laminates. The electrical lead can operatively couple (e.g. connect) more than one electrochromic device to a voltage source, switch, etc., and can include a frame supporting an IGU or laminate. The window assembly may include a window controller, and/or components of the window controller (for example, a docking device).

圖14顯示IGU 1400之示範實施方式,其包括具有第一表面S1及第二表面S2的第一玻璃片1404。在一些實施方式中,第一玻璃片1404之第一表面S1面向外部環境、例如戶外或外側環境。IGU 1400亦包括具有第一表面S3及第二表面S4的第二玻璃片1406。於一些實施方式中,第二玻璃片(例如1406)之第二表面(例如S4)面向內部環境,例如住家、建築物、車輛、或其隔間的內側環境(例如,其中之圍起來的地方、例如房間)。FIG. 14 shows an exemplary implementation of an IGU 1400, which includes a first glass sheet 1404 having a first surface S1 and a second surface S2. In some embodiments, the first surface S1 of the first glass sheet 1404 faces the external environment, such as outdoor or outside environment. The IGU 1400 also includes a second glass sheet 1406 having a first surface S3 and a second surface S4. In some embodiments, the second surface (such as S4) of the second glass sheet (such as 1406) faces an internal environment, such as a home, a building, a vehicle, or the inner environment of its compartment (such as a place enclosed therein) , Such as room).

在一些實施方式中,第一及第二玻璃片(例如1404及1406)係透明或半透明的,例如至少對於可見光譜中之光。例如,每一玻璃片(例如1404及1406)可為由玻璃材料所形成。玻璃材料可包括建築玻璃及/或防碎玻璃。玻璃可包含氧化矽(SOx )。玻璃可包含鈉鈣玻璃或浮法玻璃。玻璃可包含至少約75%的二氧化矽(SiO2 )。玻璃可包含氧化物、例如Na2 O或CaO。玻璃可包含鹼氧化物或鹼土氧化物。此玻璃可包含一個以上之添加劑。第一及/或第二玻璃片可包括具有合適的光學、電、熱、及/或機械性質之任何材料。可包括於第一及/或第二玻璃片中的其他材料(例如,基材)係塑膠、半塑膠及/或熱塑性材料,例如,聚(甲基丙烯酸甲酯)、聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸酯、烯丙基碳酸二乙二醇酯、SAN(苯乙烯丙烯腈共聚物)、聚(4-甲基-1-戊烯)、聚酯、及/或聚醯胺。第一及/或第二玻璃片可包括鏡面材料(例如,銀)。在一些實施方式中,第一及/或第二玻璃片可被強化。強化可包括回火、加熱、及/或化學強化。In some embodiments, the first and second glass sheets (e.g., 1404 and 1406) are transparent or translucent, for example at least for light in the visible spectrum. For example, each glass sheet (such as 1404 and 1406) may be formed of a glass material. The glass material may include architectural glass and/or shatterproof glass. The glass may contain silicon oxide (SO x ). The glass may include soda lime glass or float glass. The glass may contain at least about 75% silicon dioxide (SiO 2 ). The glass may contain oxides, such as Na 2 O or CaO. The glass may contain alkali oxides or alkaline earth oxides. The glass may contain more than one additive. The first and/or second glass sheet may include any material having suitable optical, electrical, thermal, and/or mechanical properties. Other materials (e.g., substrate) that can be included in the first and/or second glass sheets are plastic, semi-plastic and/or thermoplastic materials, such as poly(methyl methacrylate), polystyrene, polycarbonate Ester, diethylene glycol allyl carbonate, SAN (styrene acrylonitrile copolymer), poly(4-methyl-1-pentene), polyester, and/or polyamide. The first and/or second glass sheet may include a mirror material (e.g., silver). In some embodiments, the first and/or second glass sheet may be strengthened. Strengthening may include tempering, heating, and/or chemical strengthening.

於一些實施例中,一個以上的感測器係操作地耦接到至少一控制器及/或處理器。感測器讀數可藉由一個以上之處理器及/或控制器獲得。控制器可包含處理單元(例如,CPU或GPU)。控制器可接收輸入(例如,來自至少一感測器)。控制器可包含電路系統、導線、光學配線、插座、及/或出口。控制器可傳遞輸出。控制器可包含多數(例如,子)控制器。控制器可為控制系統的一部分。控制系統可包含主控制器、樓層(例如,包含網路控制器)控制器、局部控制器。局部控制器可為窗戶控制器(例如,控制光學可切換窗戶)、外殼控制器、或部件控制器。例如,控制器可為階層控制系統之一部分(例如,包含引導一個以上的控制器(例如,樓層控制器、局部控制器(例如,窗戶控制器)、外殼控制器、及/或部件控制器之主控制器)。階層控制系統中的控制器類型之物理位置可為正在修改。例如:於第一時間:第一處理器可承擔主控制器的角色,第二處理器可承擔樓層控制器之角色,而第三處理器可承擔局部控制器的角色。在第二時間:第二處理器可承擔主控制器之角色,第一處理器可承擔樓層控制器的角色,而第三處理器可保持局部控制器之角色。在第三時間:第三處理器可承擔主控制器的角色,第二處理器可承擔樓層控制器之角色,且第一處理器可承擔局部控制器的角色。控制器可控制一個以上之裝置(例如,直接耦接至裝置)。控制器可設置成接近其正在控制的一個以上之裝置。例如,控制器可控制光學可切換裝置(例如,IGU)、天線、感測器、及/或輸出裝置(例如,光源、聲音源、氣味源、氣體源、HVAC出口、或加熱器)。於一實施例中,樓層控制器可引導一個以上的窗戶控制器、一個以上之外殼控制器、一個以上的部件控制器、或其任意組合。樓層控制器可包含樓層控制器。例如,樓層(例如,包含網路)控制器可控制複數局部(例如,包含窗戶)控制器。複數局部控制器可設置在設施之一部分中(例如,建築物的一部分中)。設施之此部分可為設施的樓層。例如,可將樓層控制器分派給樓層。於一些實施例中,樓層可包含複數樓層控制器,例如,取決於樓層尺寸及/或耦接至樓層控制器之局部控制器的數目。例如,可將樓層控制器分派給樓層之一部分。例如,可將樓層控制器分派給設置在設施中的局部控制器之一部分。例如,可將樓層控制器分派給設施的樓層之一部分。主控制器可耦接至一個以上的樓層控制器。樓層控制器可設置於設施中。主控制器可設置在設施中、或設置於設施外部。主控制器可設置在雲中。控制器可為建築物管理系統之一部分或操作地耦接至建築物管理系統。控制器可接收一個以上的輸入。控制器可生成一個以上之輸出。控制器可為單一輸入單一輸出控制器(SISO)或多數輸入多數輸出控制器(MIMO)。控制器可解譯所接收的輸入訊號。控制器可由一個以上的部件(例如,感測器)獲取資料。獲取可包含接收或擷取。資料可包含測量、估計、決定、生成、或其任何組合。控制器可包含回饋控制。控制器可包含前饋控制。控制可包含開關控制、比例控制、比例積分(PI)控制、或比例積分微分(PID)控制。控制可包含開環控制、或閉環控制。控制器可包含閉環控制。控制器可包含開環控制。控制器可包含使用者界面。使用者界面可包含(或操作地耦接至)鍵盤、小鍵盤、滑鼠、觸控螢幕、麥克風、語音辨識包、照相機、成像系統、或其任何組合。輸出可包括顯示器(例如螢幕)、揚聲器、或印表機。圖15顯示控制系統架構1500之範例,控制系統架構1500包含控制樓層控制器1506的主控制器1508,其依序控制局部控制器1504。在一些實施例中,局部控制器控制一個以上的IGU、一個以上之感測器、一個以上的輸出裝置(例如,一個以上之發射器)、或其任何組合。圖15顯示一組構的範例,其中主控制器係操作地耦接(例如,無線及/或有線)至建築物管理系統(BMS)1524及資料庫1520。圖15中之箭頭表示通訊路徑。控制器能為可操作地耦接(例如,直接/間接及/或有線及/或無線地)至外部來源1510。外部來源可包含網路。外部來源可包含一個以上的感測器或輸出裝置。外部來源可包含基於雲之應用程式及/或資料庫。此通訊可為有線及/或無線的。外部來源可為設置於設施外部。例如,外部來源可包含例如設置在設施之壁面或天花板上的一個以上之感測器及/或天線。通訊可為單向或雙向的。於圖15所示範例中,所有通訊箭頭均意指為雙向的。圖15顯示圍起來之地方1501(例如,建築物)的立體圖之範例。In some embodiments, more than one sensor is operatively coupled to at least one controller and/or processor. Sensor readings can be obtained by more than one processor and/or controller. The controller may include a processing unit (e.g., CPU or GPU). The controller can receive input (for example, from at least one sensor). The controller may include circuitry, wires, optical wiring, sockets, and/or outlets. The controller can pass output. The controller may include multiple (e.g., sub) controllers. The controller can be part of the control system. The control system may include a main controller, a floor (for example, including a network controller) controller, and a local controller. The local controller may be a window controller (for example, to control an optically switchable window), a housing controller, or a component controller. For example, the controller may be part of a hierarchical control system (e.g., including one or more controllers (e.g., floor controllers, local controllers (e.g., window controllers), housing controllers, and/or component controllers). Main controller). The physical location of the controller type in the hierarchical control system can be modified. For example: at the first time: the first processor can assume the role of the main controller, and the second processor can assume the role of the floor controller The third processor can take on the role of the local controller. At the second time: the second processor can take on the role of the main controller, the first processor can take on the role of the floor controller, and the third processor can take on the role of the floor controller. Maintain the role of the local controller. At the third time: the third processor can assume the role of the main controller, the second processor can assume the role of the floor controller, and the first processor can assume the role of the local controller. Control The controller can control more than one device (for example, directly coupled to the device). The controller can be set close to more than one device it is controlling. For example, the controller can control an optical switchable device (for example, IGU), an antenna, Sensors, and/or output devices (for example, light sources, sound sources, odor sources, gas sources, HVAC outlets, or heaters). In one embodiment, the floor controller can guide more than one window controller, one The above shell controller, more than one component controller, or any combination thereof. The floor controller may include a floor controller. For example, a floor (for example, including a network) controller may control multiple local (for example, including a window) control A plurality of local controllers may be provided in a part of the facility (for example, in a part of a building). This part of the facility may be a floor of the facility. For example, the floor controller may be assigned to the floor. In some embodiments, A floor may contain multiple floor controllers, for example, depending on the size of the floor and/or the number of local controllers coupled to the floor controller. For example, the floor controller may be assigned to a part of the floor. For example, the floor controller may be assigned Assigned to a part of a local controller installed in a facility. For example, a floor controller can be assigned to a part of a floor of the facility. The main controller can be coupled to more than one floor controller. The floor controller can be installed in the facility The main controller can be installed in the facility or outside the facility. The main controller can be installed in the cloud. The controller can be part of the building management system or operatively coupled to the building management system. The controller can receive More than one input. The controller can generate more than one output. The controller can be a single input single output controller (SISO) or a multiple input multiple output controller (MIMO). The controller can interpret the received input signal. Control. A device can acquire data from more than one component (for example, a sensor). The acquisition can include receiving or capturing. The data can include measurement, estimation, determination, generation, or any combination thereof. The controller can include feedback control. The controller can include feedback control. Contains feedforward control. Control can include switch control, proportional control, proportional integral (PI) control, or proportional integral derivative (PID) control. Control can include Open loop control, or closed loop control. The controller may include closed loop control. The controller may include open loop control. The controller may include a user interface. The user interface may include (or be operatively coupled to) a keyboard, a keypad, a mouse, a touch screen, a microphone, a voice recognition package, a camera, an imaging system, or any combination thereof. The output can include a display (such as a screen), speakers, or a printer. FIG. 15 shows an example of the control system architecture 1500. The control system architecture 1500 includes a main controller 1508 that controls a floor controller 1506, which sequentially controls the local controllers 1504. In some embodiments, the local controller controls more than one IGU, more than one sensor, more than one output device (for example, more than one transmitter), or any combination thereof. FIG. 15 shows an example of a configuration in which the main controller is operatively coupled (for example, wireless and/or wired) to a building management system (BMS) 1524 and a database 1520. The arrow in Figure 15 indicates the communication path. The controller can be operatively coupled (for example, directly/indirectly and/or wired and/or wirelessly) to an external source 1510. External sources can include the Internet. The external source can include more than one sensor or output device. External sources may include cloud-based applications and/or databases. This communication can be wired and/or wireless. The external source can be set outside the facility. For example, the external source may include, for example, more than one sensor and/or antenna installed on the wall or ceiling of the facility. Communication can be one-way or two-way. In the example shown in Figure 15, all communication arrows are meant to be bidirectional. FIG. 15 shows an example of a three-dimensional view of an enclosed place 1501 (for example, a building).

控制器可監控及/或引導(例如,物理地)本文所敘述的設備、軟體及/或方法之操作條件的變更。控制可包含調節、操縱、限制、引導、監控、調整、調制、變動、變更、約束、檢查、導引、或管理。受控制(例如,藉由控制器)可包括衰減、調制、變動、管理、抑制、訓導、規範、約束、監督、操縱、及/或導引。此控制可包含控制一控制變數(例如溫度、電力、電壓、及/或設定檔)。此控制可包含即時或離線控制。控制器所利用的計算可被即時及/或離線完成。控制器可為手動或非手動控制器。此控制器可為自動控制器。控制器可應要求操作。此控制器能為可程式化控制器。控制器可被程式化。控制器可包含處理單元(例如,CPU或GPU)。控制器可接收輸入(例如,來自至少一感測器)。控制器可傳遞輸出。此控制器可包含多數(例如,子)控制器。控制器可為控制系統之一部分。控制系統可包含主控制器、樓層控制器、局部控制器(例如,外殼控制器或窗戶控制器)。控制器可接收一個以上的輸入。控制器可生成一個以上之輸出。控制器可為單一輸入單一輸出控制器(SISO)或多數輸入多數輸出控制器(MIMO)。控制器可解譯所接收的輸入訊號。控制器可由一個以上之感測器獲取資料。獲取可包含接收或擷取。資料可包含測量、估計、決定、生成、或其任何組合。控制器可包含回饋控制。控制器可包含前饋控制。控制可包含開關控制、比例控制、比例積分(PI)控制、或比例積分微分(PID)控制。控制可包含開環控制、或閉環控制。控制器可包含閉環控制。控制器可包含開環控制。控制器可包含使用者界面。使用者界面可包含(或操作地耦接至)鍵盤、小鍵盤、滑鼠、觸控螢幕、麥克風、語音辨識包、照相機、成像系統、或其任何組合。輸出可包括顯示器(例如螢幕)、揚聲器、或印表機。本文所敘述的方法、系統、及/或設備可包含控制系統。控制系統可為與本文所敘述之任何設備(例如,感測器)通訊。感測器可為例如本文所述的相同類型或不同類型。例如,控制系統可為與第一感測器及/或第二感測器通訊。控制系統可控制一個以上之感測器。控制系統可控制建築物管理系統(例如,照明、安全、及/或空氣調節系統)的一個以上之部件。控制器可調節外殼的至少一(例如,環境)特徵。控制系統可使用建築物管理系統之任何部件來調節外殼環境。例如,控制系統可調節藉由加熱元件及/或冷卻元件所供應的能量。例如,控制系統可調節流經通風孔及/或來自外殼之空氣的速度。控制系統可包含處理器。處理器可為處理單元。控制器可包含處理單元。處理單元可為中央的。處理單元可包含中央處理單元(在此縮寫為「CPU」)。處理單元可為圖形處理單元(於本文中縮寫為「GPU」)。控制器或控制機構(例如,包含電腦系統)可被程式化為實施本揭示內容之一個以上的方法。處理器可被程式化以實施本揭示內容之方法。控制器可控制本文所揭示的成形系統及/或設備之至少一部件。The controller can monitor and/or direct (for example, physically) changes in the operating conditions of the equipment, software, and/or methods described herein. Control may include adjustment, manipulation, restriction, guidance, monitoring, adjustment, modulation, change, change, restriction, inspection, guidance, or management. Being controlled (e.g., by a controller) may include attenuation, modulation, variation, management, suppression, discipline, regulation, restraint, supervision, manipulation, and/or guidance. This control may include controlling a control variable (such as temperature, power, voltage, and/or setting file). This control can include real-time or offline control. The calculations used by the controller can be done instantly and/or offline. The controller can be a manual or non-manual controller. This controller can be an automatic controller. The controller can be operated upon request. This controller can be a programmable controller. The controller can be programmed. The controller may include a processing unit (e.g., CPU or GPU). The controller can receive input (for example, from at least one sensor). The controller can pass output. This controller may include multiple (e.g., sub) controllers. The controller can be part of the control system. The control system may include a main controller, a floor controller, and a local controller (for example, a housing controller or a window controller). The controller can receive more than one input. The controller can generate more than one output. The controller can be a single input single output controller (SISO) or a multiple input multiple output controller (MIMO). The controller can interpret the received input signal. The controller can obtain data from more than one sensor. Obtaining can include receiving or capturing. Data can include measurement, estimation, determination, generation, or any combination thereof. The controller may include feedback control. The controller may include feedforward control. The control may include switch control, proportional control, proportional integral (PI) control, or proportional integral derivative (PID) control. Control can include open-loop control, or closed-loop control. The controller may include closed loop control. The controller may include open loop control. The controller may include a user interface. The user interface may include (or be operatively coupled to) a keyboard, a keypad, a mouse, a touch screen, a microphone, a voice recognition package, a camera, an imaging system, or any combination thereof. The output can include a display (such as a screen), speakers, or a printer. The methods, systems, and/or devices described herein may include control systems. The control system can be in communication with any of the devices (e.g., sensors) described herein. The sensors may be of the same type as described herein or different types, for example. For example, the control system may communicate with the first sensor and/or the second sensor. The control system can control more than one sensor. The control system can control more than one component of a building management system (e.g., lighting, security, and/or air conditioning system). The controller can adjust at least one (e.g., environment) feature of the housing. The control system can use any component of the building management system to adjust the enclosure environment. For example, the control system can adjust the energy supplied by the heating element and/or the cooling element. For example, the control system can adjust the speed of air flowing through the vents and/or from the enclosure. The control system may include a processor. The processor may be a processing unit. The controller may include a processing unit. The processing unit can be central. The processing unit may include a central processing unit (abbreviated as "CPU" here). The processing unit may be a graphics processing unit (abbreviated as "GPU" herein). The controller or control mechanism (for example, including a computer system) can be programmed to implement more than one method of the present disclosure. The processor can be programmed to implement the methods of this disclosure. The controller can control at least one component of the forming system and/or equipment disclosed herein.

圖16顯示電腦系統1600的示意性範例,此電腦系統1600被程式化或以其他方式建構為本文所提供之任何方法的一個以上之操作。電腦系統可控制(例如,直接、監控、及/或調節)本揭示內容的方法、設備及系統之諸多特徵,例如,控制外殼的加熱、冷卻、照明及/或通氣、或其任何組合。電腦系統可為本文所揭示之任何感測器或裝置(例如,包括感測器及/或發射器)組件的一部分或與之通訊。電腦可耦接至本文所揭示的一個以上之機構及/或其任何部分。例如,電腦可耦接至一個以上的感測器、閥門、開關、燈、窗戶(例如,IGUs)、馬達、泵、光學部件、或其任意組合。FIG. 16 shows a schematic example of a computer system 1600 that is programmed or otherwise constructed as one or more operations of any of the methods provided herein. The computer system can control (eg, directly, monitor, and/or adjust) many features of the methods, devices, and systems of the present disclosure, such as controlling the heating, cooling, lighting, and/or ventilation of the enclosure, or any combination thereof. The computer system may be a part of or communicate with any sensor or device (for example, including a sensor and/or transmitter) components disclosed herein. The computer can be coupled to more than one mechanism disclosed herein and/or any part thereof. For example, the computer can be coupled to more than one sensor, valve, switch, lamp, window (eg, IGUs), motor, pump, optical component, or any combination thereof.

在一些實施例中,電路系統操作地(例如,交流地)耦接至外殼(例如,包含建築物之設施)的網路。電路系統可包含驅動器板件或控制器。控制器可為本文所揭示之任何控制器(例如,時序控制器、觸控螢幕控制器、及/或(例如,階層)控制系統的任何控制器)。控制器能可操作地耦接至裝置集體。裝置集體可包含感測器或發射器。例如,裝置集體可包含複數感測器、複數發射器、或其任意組合。發射器可為光發射器(例如,LED)或聲音發射器(例如,蜂鳴器或揚聲器)。感測器可感測環境之任何環境特徵(例如,光、溫度、化學成分(例如,大氣)、或聲音)。化學成分可包含揮發性有機化合物(VOC)、二氧化碳、氧氣、一氧化碳、硫化氫、或濕氣。控制系統可建構成例如使用建築物管理系統來控制(例如,經由網路)環境。控制系統可建構成控制(例如,經由網路)圍起來的地方(例如,設施)之通風系統、加熱系統、空調系統、冷卻系統、照明系統、保防系統、安全系統、火災系統、或聲音系統。控制系統可建構成控制(例如,經由網路)至少一可著色窗、顯示器構造、及/或觸控螢幕。網路可便於更新與其操作地(例如,交流地)耦接的裝置相關聯之任何軟體(例如,非暫態電腦可讀媒體)。網路可便於更新與其操作地(例如,交流地)耦接的裝置相關聯之任何邏輯(例如,控制邏輯)。邏輯可嵌入軟體中。網路可便於更新與其操作地(例如,交流地)耦接的裝置相關聯之任何資料流。此更新可為即時的。網路可便於具有最多約2毫秒(ms)、3 ms、4 ms、5 ms、7 ms、10 ms或15 ms之延遲的回應時間及/或更新時間。網路可促進低延遲通訊。顯示器構造、觸控螢幕功能性、及/或可著色窗可(例如,每一者)具有唯一識別(字母數字)碼。藉由網路及/或控制系統可唯一地辨識顯示器構造、觸控螢幕功能性、及/或可著色窗(例如,每一者)。藉由網路及/或控制系統可將顯示器構造、觸控螢幕功能性、及/或可著色窗(例如,每一者)唯一地識別為一裝置及/或節點。In some embodiments, the circuit system is operatively (e.g., AC ground) coupled to the network of the enclosure (e.g., the facility containing the building). The circuit system can include a driver board or a controller. The controller can be any controller disclosed herein (for example, a timing controller, a touch screen controller, and/or (for example, any controller of a hierarchical control system)). The controller can be operatively coupled to the device collective. The device collective may include sensors or transmitters. For example, the device collective may include multiple sensors, multiple transmitters, or any combination thereof. The transmitter may be a light transmitter (e.g., LED) or a sound transmitter (e.g., buzzer or speaker). The sensor can sense any environmental characteristic of the environment (for example, light, temperature, chemical composition (for example, atmosphere), or sound). The chemical composition may include volatile organic compounds (VOC), carbon dioxide, oxygen, carbon monoxide, hydrogen sulfide, or moisture. The control system can be configured to control (e.g., via a network) environment, for example, using a building management system. The control system can be constructed to control the ventilation system, heating system, air conditioning system, cooling system, lighting system, security system, safety system, fire system, or sound of the enclosed place (for example, facility) (for example, via the Internet) system. The control system can be configured to control (for example, via a network) at least one tintable window, display structure, and/or touch screen. The network can facilitate updating any software (e.g., non-transitory computer-readable media) associated with a device that is operatively (e.g., communicatively) coupled. The network can facilitate updating any logic (e.g., control logic) associated with a device that is operatively (e.g., AC) coupled. Logic can be embedded in software. The network can facilitate updating any data stream associated with a device that is coupled to its operative place (e.g., ac ground). This update can be immediate. The network can facilitate response time and/or update time with a delay of up to about 2 milliseconds (ms), 3 ms, 4 ms, 5 ms, 7 ms, 10 ms, or 15 ms. The network facilitates low-latency communication. The display structure, touch screen functionality, and/or tintable window may (e.g., each) have a unique identification (alphanumeric) code. The display structure, touch screen functionality, and/or colorable windows (for example, each) can be uniquely identified by the network and/or control system. The display structure, touch screen functionality, and/or colorable windows (for example, each) can be uniquely identified as a device and/or node through the network and/or control system.

在一些實施例中,裝置(例如,顯示器構造、觸控螢幕功能性、及/或可著色窗)交流地耦接至網路。第三方裝置及/或資料流(例如,第三方媒體提供商)可利用網路驗證協定,例如,與控制系統及/或另一裝置通訊。網路驗證協定可打開一個以上的埠口供網路存取。當組織及/或設施驗證(例如,經過網路驗證)試圖操作地耦接(及/或物理地耦接)至網路之裝置的身份時,可打開埠口。操作性耦接可包含交流地耦接。組織及/或設施可驗證(例如,使用網路)裝置對網路之存取。此存取可或未受到限制。此限制可包含一個以上的安全級別。可基於憑證及/或證書來決定裝置之身份。憑證及/或證書可為藉由網路(例如,藉由操作地耦接至網路的伺服器)來確認。驗證協定可或不可特定用於例如利用封包之區域網路(LAN)中的物理通訊(例如,乙太網路通訊)。可藉由電氣及電子工程師學會(IEEE)維持此標準。此標準可規定網路(例如,乙太網路)之物理媒體(例如,目標設備)及/或工作特性。聯網標準可支撐區域網路(例如,乙太網路)上的虛擬LAN(VLAN)。此標準可透過區域網路(例如,乙太網路)支援電力。網路可透過電力線(例如,同軸電纜)提供通訊。電力可為直流(DC)電力。電力可為至少約12瓦(W)、15W、25W、30W、40W、48W、50W、或100W。此標準可促進網狀網路。此標準可促進區域網路(LAN)技術及/或廣域網路(WAN)應用。此標準可例如藉由諸多類型之電纜(例如,同軸電纜、雙絞線、銅電纜、及/或光纖電纜)促進目標設備及/或基礎建設裝置(集線器、交換器、路由器)之間的物理連接。網路驗證協定之範例可為802.1X、或KERBEROS。網路驗證協定可包含密鑰加密。此網路可支援包含802.3、802.3af(PoE)、802,3at(PoE+)、802.1Q、或802.11s的(例如,通訊)協定。此網路可支援用於建築物自動化及控制(BAC)網路(例如BACnet)之通訊協定。此協定可界定使用於在耦接至網路的諸多裝置之間的通訊之服務。一個以上的裝置包括感測器、發射器、可著色窗、顯示器構造、觸控螢幕功能性、控制器、收發器、天線、第三方媒體提供商相關設備、個人電腦、行動電路系統(例如膝上型電腦、行動電話、觸控板)、及/或任何其他(例如第三方)裝置。協定服務可包括裝置及物件發現(例如,Who-Is、I-Am、Who-Has、及/或I-Have)。協定服務可包括讀取屬性及寫入屬性(例如,用於資料共享)。網路協定可界定物件類型(例如,藉由服務所作用之物件類型)。此協定可界定一個以上的資料鏈結及/或物理層(例如,ARCNET、Ethernet、BACnet-IP、BACnet/IPv6、BACnet/MSTP、RS-232上之Point-To-Point、RS-485上的主從/訊標傳遞、ZigBee、及/或LonTalk)。此協定可專用於裝置(例如,物聯網(IoT)裝置及/或機器對機器(M2M)通訊)。此協定可為訊息傳遞協定。此協定可為發布-訂閱類型之協定。此協定可建構成用於訊息傳輸。此協定可建構用於遠程裝置。此協定可建構用於具有小代碼佔用量及/或最小網路帶寬的裝置。此小代碼佔用量可建構為藉由微控制器所處理。此協定可具有複數服務質量水平,包括(i)至多一次,(ii)至少一次,及/或(iii)恰好一次。複數服務質量水平可升高網路中之訊息傳遞的可靠性(例如,抵達其目標)。此協定可便於(i)裝置至雲之間及/或(ii)雲至裝置之間的訊息傳遞。訊息傳遞協定建構成用於將訊息播送至例如感測器及/或發射器之裝置的族群(例如,如本文中所述)。此協定可符合結構化資訊標準促進組織(OASIS)之要求。此協定可支援例如驗證的安全性方案(例如,使用訊標)。此協定可支援存取授權標準(例如,OAuth)。此協定可支援授與第一應用程式(及/或網站)存取第二應用程式(及/或網站)上之資訊,而無需向第二應用程式提供與第一應用程式有關的安全性代碼(例如訊標及/或密碼)。此協定可包含訊息佇列遙測傳輸(MQTT)或高級訊息佇列協定(AMQP)協定。此協定可建構成用於每秒至少一(1)訊息(例如,每一發布者)或每秒更多訊息(例如,每一發布者)之訊息速率。此協定可建構為促進最多約64、86、96或128位元組的訊息有效載荷大小。此協定可建構成與任何裝置通訊(例如,由微控制器至伺服器),此裝置操作協定相容(例如,MQTT)程式庫及/或透過網路連接至相容代理(例如,MQTT代理)。每一裝置(例如,目標設備、感測器、或發射器)可為發布者及/或訂閱者。至少一代理可處理數百萬並存地連接的裝置、或少於數百萬。代理可處理至少約100、10000、100000、1000000、或10000000並存地連接之裝置。在一些實施例中,代理負責接收訊息的至少一部分(例如,全部),過濾訊息,決定誰對每一訊息感興趣,及/或將訊息發送至這些訂閱之裝置(例如,代理客戶)。此協定可需要至網路的網際網路連接性。此協定可便於雙向、及/或同步點對點訊息傳遞。此協定可為二進制線路協定。此網路協定、控制系統、及網路之範例可在標題為「多客戶端網路中的訊息傳遞」之2020年3月26日提交的美國臨時專利申請案序號第63/000,342號中發現,其全部以引用之方式併入本文中。In some embodiments, devices (e.g., display configuration, touch screen functionality, and/or tintable windows) are ac coupled to the network. Third-party devices and/or data streams (e.g., third-party media providers) can utilize network authentication protocols, for example, to communicate with the control system and/or another device. The network authentication protocol can open more than one port for network access. When an organization and/or facility verifies the identity of a device that attempts to operatively couple (and/or physically couple) to the network (for example, through network verification), the port can be opened. The operative coupling may include an AC ground coupling. Organizations and/or facilities can verify (e.g., use the network) device access to the network. This access may or may not be restricted. This restriction can include more than one security level. The identity of the device can be determined based on the certificate and/or certificate. The certificate and/or the certificate may be confirmed by the network (for example, by a server operatively coupled to the network). The authentication protocol may or may not be specifically used for physical communication (for example, Ethernet communication) in, for example, a local area network (LAN) using packets. This standard can be maintained by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). This standard may specify the physical media (for example, target device) and/or operating characteristics of the network (for example, Ethernet). Networking standards can support virtual LANs (VLANs) on local networks (for example, Ethernet). This standard can support electricity through a local area network (for example, Ethernet). The network can provide communication through power lines (for example, coaxial cables). The electric power may be direct current (DC) electric power. The power may be at least about 12 watts (W), 15W, 25W, 30W, 40W, 48W, 50W, or 100W. This standard can promote mesh networks. This standard can promote local area network (LAN) technology and/or wide area network (WAN) applications. This standard can facilitate physical communication between target equipment and/or infrastructure devices (hubs, switches, routers), for example, through many types of cables (for example, coaxial cables, twisted pairs, copper cables, and/or fiber optic cables). connect. Examples of network authentication protocols can be 802.1X, or KERBEROS. The network authentication protocol can include key encryption. This network can support protocols including 802.3, 802.3af (PoE), 802.3at (PoE+), 802.1Q, or 802.11s (for example, communication). This network can support the communication protocol used in building automation and control (BAC) networks (such as BACnet). This protocol can define services used for communication between many devices coupled to the network. More than one device includes sensors, transmitters, tintable windows, display construction, touch screen functionality, controllers, transceivers, antennas, third-party media provider related equipment, personal computers, mobile circuit systems (e.g., laptops) PC, mobile phone, touchpad), and/or any other (for example, third-party) devices. Protocol services may include device and object discovery (e.g., Who-Is, I-Am, Who-Has, and/or I-Have). The protocol service may include read attributes and write attributes (for example, for data sharing). The network protocol can define the type of object (for example, the type of object acted upon by the service). This protocol can define more than one data link and/or physical layer (for example, ARCNET, Ethernet, BACnet-IP, BACnet/IPv6, BACnet/MSTP, Point-To-Point on RS-232, Point-To-Point on RS-485 Master-slave/beacon transfer, ZigBee, and/or LonTalk). This protocol can be dedicated to devices (for example, Internet of Things (IoT) devices and/or machine-to-machine (M2M) communication). This agreement can be a messaging agreement. This agreement can be a publish-subscribe type agreement. This protocol can be constructed for message transmission. This protocol can be constructed for remote devices. This protocol can be constructed for devices with small code footprint and/or minimum network bandwidth. This small code footprint can be constructed to be processed by a microcontroller. This agreement can have multiple service quality levels, including (i) at most once, (ii) at least once, and/or (iii) exactly once. Multiple levels of service quality can increase the reliability of message delivery in the network (for example, reach its goal). This protocol can facilitate (i) device-to-cloud and/or (ii) cloud-to-device message transfer. The messaging protocol is constructed to be used to broadcast messages to a group of devices such as sensors and/or transmitters (e.g., as described herein). This agreement can meet the requirements of the Organization for the Advancement of Structured Information Standards (OASIS). This protocol can support security schemes such as authentication (for example, the use of beacons). This protocol can support access authorization standards (for example, OAuth). This protocol can support granting the first application (and/or website) access to information on the second application (and/or website) without providing the second application with a security code related to the first application (E.g. beacon and/or password). This protocol can include Message Queue Telemetry Transmission (MQTT) or Advanced Message Queue Protocol (AMQP) protocol. This protocol can be constructed to form a message rate for at least one (1) message per second (e.g., per publisher) or more messages per second (e.g., per publisher). This protocol can be constructed to facilitate message payload sizes up to approximately 64, 86, 96, or 128 bytes. This protocol can be built to communicate with any device (for example, from a microcontroller to a server), the device operating protocol is compatible (for example, MQTT) library and/or connected to a compatible agent (for example, MQTT agent) through the network ). Each device (e.g., target device, sensor, or transmitter) can be a publisher and/or a subscriber. At least one agent can handle millions of concurrently connected devices, or fewer than millions. The agent can handle at least about 100, 10,000, 100,000, 1,000,000, or 10,000,000 concurrently connected devices. In some embodiments, the agent is responsible for receiving at least a part (for example, all) of the message, filtering the message, determining who is interested in each message, and/or sending the message to these subscribed devices (for example, the agent client). This protocol may require Internet connectivity to the network. This protocol can facilitate two-way and/or synchronous point-to-point message delivery. This protocol can be a binary line protocol. Examples of this network protocol, control system, and network can be found in the U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 63/000,342 filed on March 26, 2020 entitled "Message Transmission in Multi-Client Networks" , All of which are incorporated herein by reference.

電腦系統可包括處理單元(例如1606)(本文亦使用「處理器」、「電腦」、及「電腦處理器」)。此電腦系統可包括記憶體或記憶體位置(例如1602)(例如隨機存取記憶體、唯讀記憶體、快閃記憶體)、電子儲存單元(例如1604)(例如硬碟)、用於與一個以上的其他系統交流之通訊介面(例如,1603)(例如網路配接器)、及例如高速緩衝記憶體、其他記憶體、資料儲存及/或電子顯示配接器的週邊裝置(例如1605)。在圖16所示之範例中,記憶體1602、儲存單元1604、介面1603、及週邊裝置1605經過例如主機板的通訊匯流排(實線)與處理單元1606通訊。儲存單元可為用於儲存資料之資料儲存單元(或資料儲存庫)。借助於通訊介面,電腦系統可操作地耦接至電腦網路(「網路」)(例如1601)。此網路可為網際網路、網際網路及/或商際網路、或與網際網路通訊的內部網路及/或商際網路。在某些案例中,網路係電信及/或資料網路。此網路可包括一個以上之電腦伺服器,其可啟用分散式計算、例如雲計算之類。於某些案例中,借助於電腦系統,此網路可實施點對點網路,此點對點網路可使裝置耦接至電腦系統,以充當客戶端或伺服器。The computer system may include a processing unit (such as 1606) ("processor", "computer", and "computer processor" are also used herein). This computer system may include memory or memory location (e.g. 1602) (e.g. random access memory, read-only memory, flash memory), electronic storage unit (e.g. 1604) (e.g. hard disk), and One or more other communication interfaces (e.g. 1603) (e.g. network adapters) for other systems, and peripheral devices such as cache memory, other memory, data storage and/or electronic display adapters (e.g. 1605) ). In the example shown in FIG. 16, the memory 1602, the storage unit 1604, the interface 1603, and the peripheral device 1605 communicate with the processing unit 1606 via a communication bus (solid line) such as a motherboard. The storage unit may be a data storage unit (or a data storage library) for storing data. With the aid of the communication interface, the computer system is operatively coupled to a computer network ("network") (such as 1601). This network can be the Internet, the Internet and/or the Internet, or an intranet and/or the Internet that communicates with the Internet. In some cases, the network is a telecommunications and/or data network. This network can include more than one computer server, which can enable distributed computing, such as cloud computing. In some cases, with the help of a computer system, this network can implement a peer-to-peer network, which allows the device to be coupled to the computer system to act as a client or server.

處理單元可執行一系列機器可讀指令,其可體現在程式或軟體中。指令可儲存於例如記憶體1602的記憶體位置中。指令可引導至處理單元,此處理單元可隨後程式化或以其他方式建構處理單元以實施本揭示內容之方法。藉由處理單元所施行的操作之範例可包括提取、解碼、執行、及寫回。處理單元可解譯及/或執行指令。處理器可包括微處理器、資料處理器、中央處理單元(CPU)、圖形處理單元(GPU)、單晶片系統(SOC)、共同處理器、網路處理器、特定應用積體電路(ASIC)、特定應用指令集處理器(ASIP)、控制器、可程式化邏輯裝置(PLD)、晶片組、場可程式化閘極陣列(FPGA)、或其任意組合。處理單元可為例如積體電路的電路之一部分。系統1600的一個以上之其他部件可包括在電路中。The processing unit can execute a series of machine-readable instructions, which can be embodied in programs or software. The command may be stored in a memory location such as the memory 1602. The instructions can be directed to the processing unit, which can then be programmed or constructed in other ways to implement the methods of the present disclosure. Examples of operations performed by the processing unit may include extraction, decoding, execution, and write back. The processing unit can interpret and/or execute instructions. The processor may include a microprocessor, data processor, central processing unit (CPU), graphics processing unit (GPU), single chip system (SOC), common processor, network processor, application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) , Application-specific instruction set processor (ASIP), controller, programmable logic device (PLD), chipset, field programmable gate array (FPGA), or any combination thereof. The processing unit may be a part of a circuit such as an integrated circuit. More than one other component of the system 1600 may be included in the circuit.

儲存單元可儲存檔案、例如驅動程式、程式庫、及保存的程式。儲存單元可儲存使用者資料(例如,使用者偏愛性及使用者程式)。於某些案例中,電腦系統可包括電腦系統外部之一個以上的其他資料儲存單元,例如坐落在經過內部網路或網際網路來與電腦系統通訊之遠端伺服器上。The storage unit can store files, such as drivers, libraries, and saved programs. The storage unit can store user data (for example, user preferences and user programs). In some cases, the computer system may include one or more other data storage units outside the computer system, for example, located on a remote server that communicates with the computer system via an internal network or the Internet.

電腦系統可經過網路來與一個以上的遠端電腦系統交流。例如,電腦系統可與使用者(例如,操作員)之遠端電腦系統交流。遠端電腦系統的範例包括個人電腦(例如,可攜式PC)、平板電腦或輸入板電腦(例如,Apple®iPad、Samsung®GalaxyTab)、電話、智慧型電話(例如,Apple®iPhone、支持Android之裝置、Blackberry®)、或個人數位助理。使用者(例如客戶端)可經由網路存取電腦系統。The computer system can communicate with more than one remote computer system via the network. For example, the computer system can communicate with the remote computer system of the user (for example, the operator). Examples of remote computer systems include personal computers (e.g., portable PCs), tablets or tablet computers (e.g., Apple® iPad, Samsung® Galaxy Tab), phones, smart phones (e.g., Apple® iPhone, supporting Android Device, Blackberry®), or personal digital assistant. Users (such as clients) can access the computer system via the network.

可經由儲存在電腦系統的電子儲存位置上、例如於記憶體1602或電子儲存單元1604上之機器(例如,電腦處理器)可執行碼的方式來實施本文所述方法。機器可執行或機器可讀碼能以軟體之形式提供。在使用期間,處理器1606可執行此代碼。於某些案例中,可由儲存單元檢索代碼並將其儲存在記憶體上供處理器隨時存取。於某些情況中,可排除電子儲存單元,且機器可執行指令儲存在記憶體上。The methods described herein can be implemented by means of machine (eg, computer processor) executable code stored in an electronic storage location of the computer system, such as the memory 1602 or the electronic storage unit 1604. Machine executable or machine readable code can be provided in the form of software. During use, the processor 1606 can execute this code. In some cases, the code can be retrieved by the storage unit and stored on the memory for the processor to access at any time. In some cases, the electronic storage unit can be eliminated, and the machine executable instructions are stored on the memory.

可對代碼進行預編譯並建構為與具有適於執行代碼或可在運行期間進行編譯的處理器之機器一起使用。能於程式化語言中供應此代碼,可選擇此程式化語言以使代碼能夠以預編譯或已編譯的方式執行。The code can be pre-compiled and constructed for use with a machine with a processor suitable for executing the code or compiling during runtime. The code can be supplied in a programming language, and the programming language can be selected so that the code can be executed in a pre-compiled or compiled manner.

在一些實施例中,處理器包含代碼。此代碼可為程式指令。程式指令可造成至少一處理器(例如,電腦)引導前饋及/或回饋控制迴路。於一些實施例中,程式指令造成至少一處理器引導閉環及/或開環控制方案。此控制可為至少部分地基於一個以上之感測器讀數(例如,感測器資料)。一控制器可引導複數操作。至少二操作可藉由不同的控制器所引導。在一些實施例中,不同之控制器可引導操作(a)、(b)及(c)的至少二者。於一些實施例中,不同之控制器可引導操作(a)、(b)及(c)的至少二者。在一些實施例中,非暫態電腦可讀媒體造成每一不同之電腦引導操作(a)、(b)及(c)之至少二者。於一些實施例中,不同的非暫態電腦可讀媒體造成每一不同之電腦引導操作(a)、(b)及(c)的至少二者。控制器及/或電腦可讀媒體能引導本文所揭示之任何設備或其部件。控制器及/或電腦可讀媒體可引導本文所揭示的方法之任何操作。In some embodiments, the processor contains code. This code can be a program command. The program instructions can cause at least one processor (for example, a computer) to guide the feedforward and/or feedback control loop. In some embodiments, the program instructions cause at least one processor to guide a closed-loop and/or open-loop control scheme. This control can be based at least in part on more than one sensor reading (e.g., sensor data). A controller can guide multiple operations. At least two operations can be guided by different controllers. In some embodiments, different controllers can direct at least two of operations (a), (b), and (c). In some embodiments, different controllers can direct at least two of operations (a), (b), and (c). In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable medium causes at least two of each different computer-guided operation (a), (b), and (c). In some embodiments, different non-transitory computer-readable media cause at least two of each different computer-guided operation (a), (b), and (c). The controller and/or computer readable medium can guide any device or its components disclosed herein. The controller and/or computer-readable medium can guide any operation of the methods disclosed herein.

在一些實施例中,至少一顯示器構造及相關聯的整合式玻璃單元係彼此協同操作。至少一顯示器構造及相關聯之可著色窗(例如,整合式玻璃單元)的控制可為經由顯示器構造控制與可著色窗之控制的整合。例如,顯示器構造及可著色玻璃可例如經由網路操作地(例如,交流地)耦接至控制系統。可經由乙太網路來控制至少一顯示器構造。當使用一個以上之相關聯的顯示器構造時,能調整可著色窗之著色程度。當使用一個以上的顯示器構造時,可著色窗之著色程度能自動地改變(例如,變暗)。自動地改變(例如變暗或變亮)可著色窗的著色程度能至少部分地基於外側輻射及/或顯示對比度。自動地改變可著色窗之著色程度可至少部分地基於私密性(例如,限制由設施外側的某人觀看顯示器構造之能力)。當使用可著色窗時,可著色窗的區域之著色程度可(自動地)變更(例如變暗或變亮)。可著色窗的區域能包含複數可著色窗。此區域可包含(i)面向外殼(例如,設施)之特定方向的可著色窗,(ii)在設施之特定面(例如,立面)上的複數可著色窗,(iii)於建築物之特定樓層上的可著色窗,(iv)在特定類型之房間及/或組織(例如,開放空間、辦公室、會議室、演講廳、走廊、接待大廳或自助餐廳)中的複數可著色窗,(v)設置於同一固定裝置(例如,內部壁面或外部壁面)上之可著色窗,及/或(vi)使用者界定的複數可著色窗(例如,房間中或立面上之一群組可著色窗,其係較大群組的可著色窗組之子集,例如,在八個可著色窗的其中一者上具有顯示器構造之會議室可使八個可著色窗(區域)的著色變暗)。可著色窗之(自動)著色可為至少部分地基於顯示器構造是否正顯示活動內容(例如,意欲供使用者觀看的內容)或非活動內容。當使用至少一顯示器構造時,可藉由使用者覆蓋可著色窗的著色程度之自動改變(例如,藉由手動地調整著色程度)。使用者可使用行動電路系統(例如,遙控器、虛擬現實控制器、行動電話、電子記事本、膝上型電腦及/或藉由類似的行動裝置)覆蓋(一個以上之)可著色窗的自動著色。In some embodiments, at least one display structure and associated integrated glass unit operate in cooperation with each other. The control of the at least one display structure and the associated tintable window (for example, an integrated glass unit) may be through the integration of the display structure control and the control of the tintable window. For example, the display structure and tintable glass may be operatively (e.g., AC ground) coupled to the control system, for example, via a network. At least one display structure can be controlled via Ethernet. When using more than one associated display structure, the degree of coloring of the tintable window can be adjusted. When more than one display configuration is used, the degree of coloration of the tintable window can be automatically changed (for example, darkened). Automatically changing (eg, darkening or brightening) the degree of coloration of the tintable window can be based, at least in part, on outer radiation and/or display contrast. Automatically changing the degree of coloration of a tintable window can be based at least in part on privacy (e.g., restricting the ability of someone outside the facility to view the display structure). When a colorable window is used, the degree of coloration of the area of the colorable window can be (automatically) changed (for example, darkened or brightened). The area of the tintable window can include a plurality of tintable windows. This area may include (i) tintable windows facing a specific direction of the enclosure (for example, facility), (ii) plural tintable windows on a specific surface (for example, facade) of the facility, and (iii) in the building Colorable windows on a specific floor, (iv) multiple colorable windows in specific types of rooms and/or organizations (for example, open spaces, offices, meeting rooms, lecture halls, corridors, reception halls or cafeterias), ( v) Colorable windows arranged on the same fixing device (for example, internal wall or external wall), and/or (vi) a plurality of colorable windows defined by the user (for example, a group of colorable windows in a room or on a facade) Colored windows, which are a subset of a larger group of colorable windows. For example, a conference room with a display structure on one of the eight colorable windows can darken the coloration of the eight colorable windows (regions) ). The (automatic) coloring of the colorable window can be based at least in part on whether the display configuration is displaying active content (eg, content intended for the user to view) or inactive content. When at least one display structure is used, the user can cover the automatic change of the tinting degree of the tintable window (for example, by manually adjusting the tinting degree). The user can use a mobile circuit system (for example, a remote control, a virtual reality controller, a mobile phone, an electronic notepad, a laptop, and/or by a similar mobile device) to cover the automatic coloring window (more than one) Coloring.

在一些實施例中,至少一顯示器構造及相關聯之可著色窗可為鄰接散熱系統(例如,加熱器)。可消散鄰接顯示器構造之熱量(例如,藉由顯示器構造、任何觸控螢幕、電路系統、電源、相鄰感測器、相鄰發射器、及/或太陽輻射所產生的熱(例如,經過可著色窗傳輸))。熱量可經由傳導、對流、及/或電磁波(輻射)傳送。熱量可主動地或被動地移除。可經由對流及/或傳導來移除熱量。主動排熱可被控制(例如,使用控制系統)。主動(例如,強制)對流(例如,風扇)可產生氣流以消散與顯示器構造鄰接之熱量。空氣流可為在間隙中(例如,於可著色窗與顯示器構造之間)。當抵達第一(高)溫度閾值時,鄰接(一個以上的)顯示器構造及/或操作地耦接至顯示器構造之一個以上的溫度感測器可感測溫度及訊號以發起強制對流。當抵達第二(較高)溫度閾值時(例如,以防止故障及/或損壞),溫度感測器可(自動地)關閉顯示器構造。損壞可為永久性或暫時的。第一溫度閾值可為比第二溫度閾值更低之溫度值。此閾值可取決於周遭溫度。周遭溫度可包括設置顯示器構造的外殼外部之溫度,或設置顯示器構造的外殼中之溫度。可限制穿過可著色窗的熱量(例如,經由使用低放射率(Lo-E)玻璃),以例如減少顯示器構造上之熱負載。In some embodiments, at least one display structure and associated tintable window may be adjacent to a heat dissipation system (eg, a heater). It can dissipate the heat generated by the adjacent display structure (e.g., by the display structure, any touch screen, circuit system, power supply, adjacent sensors, adjacent emitters, and/or heat generated by solar radiation (e.g., through Colored window transmission)). Heat can be transferred via conduction, convection, and/or electromagnetic waves (radiation). Heat can be removed actively or passively. Heat can be removed via convection and/or conduction. Active heat removal can be controlled (for example, using a control system). Active (e.g., forced) convection (e.g., a fan) can generate airflow to dissipate heat adjacent to the display structure. The air flow may be in the gap (e.g., between the tintable window and the display structure). When the first (high) temperature threshold is reached, one or more temperature sensors adjacent to (more than one) display structure and/or operatively coupled to the display structure can sense temperature and signals to initiate forced convection. When the second (higher) temperature threshold is reached (eg, to prevent malfunction and/or damage), the temperature sensor can (automatically) turn off the display structure. Damage can be permanent or temporary. The first temperature threshold may be a temperature lower than the second temperature threshold. This threshold may depend on the surrounding temperature. The ambient temperature may include the temperature outside the housing where the display structure is set, or the temperature inside the housing where the display structure is set. The heat passing through the tintable window can be limited (for example, through the use of low emissivity (Lo-E) glass), for example to reduce the heat load on the display structure.

在一些實施例中,至少一顯示器構造及相關聯的可著色窗之操作包括與此顯示器構造相關聯的維護任務。顯示器構造之維護任務的控制(例如,像素補償、溫度、使用及/或重置)可為自動的(例如,使用控制系統)。像素補償可包括至少部分地基於像素在其整個壽命期間的使用方式來調整顯示器構造中之像素的亮度。例如,像素發射什麼波長及/或強度,及可選地持續多長時間。例如,藉由像素投射之波長及/或強度的頻率為何。例如,藉由該像素已顯示什麼(例如具有動態或靜態顯示之視頻)。可隨著時間的推移監控顯示器構造溫度、風扇速率、顯示器構造使用之程度、及/或顯示器構造使用的類型。監控可為藉由控制系統來施行。監控可利用耦接至網路(例如,耦接至控制系統)之感測器。當顯示器構造正在投射媒體時,監控可為原位及/或即時的。控制系統可利用影像處理來評估顯示器構造之一個以上的發射實體(例如,LED或其他燈)之狀態。感測器可包含照相機(例如,靜物照相機或攝影機)。照相機可包含像素陣列(例如,電荷耦合裝置(CCD)照相機)。此照相機可建構成用於數位成像(例如,CCD或互補金屬氧化物半導體(CMOS)照相機)。照相機可包含照相底板。照相機可為對色域(例如,普通人眼可見的所有顏色範圍)敏感的。控制系統可連續及/或間歇地(例如,以預定間隔)監控顯示器構造。控制系統可記錄與連續或間歇地監控顯示器構造有關之資料。能以預定間隔及/或當抵達閾值時記錄此資料。閾值可為熱、電、及/或光學閾值。此閾值可為時間相依的(例如,溫度超過50°C持續約1分鐘以上)。顯示器構造調整(例如,重置)可為至少部分地基於顯示器構造(例如,光學、熱、及/或電)性質之監控(例如,取決於時間閾值)。此閾值可為值或函數(例如,時間及/或空間相依函數)。空間可有關其中設置顯示器構造的外殼之類型。例如,會議室中的顯示器構造可具有比走廊中之顯示器構造更低的誤差寬容度。顯示器構造之監控可提供關於顯示器構造的部件(例如,像素、電路系統、濾波器及/或風扇)之壽命的預測。監控顯示器構造(例如,隨著時間之推移)可主動地補償與顯示器構造有關或顯示器構造的部件(例如,像素、電路系統、濾波器及/或風扇)中之任何預測的衰減。顯示器構造之監控及/或診斷可為經由網路(例如,至少部分地設置在設施的表面中之網路)進行。顯示器構造的監控及/或診斷可為藉由控制系統進行。調整(例如,重置)顯示器構造可包括(自動及/或可控制地)關閉及打開顯示器構造。例如,如果顯示器構造之像素可為易於發生故障(例如燒壞),則顯示器構造可在每時間間隔(例如,每隔至少約24小時、36小時、48小時、或72小時)循環一次。時間間隔可取決於預測故障的類型及/或其程度(例如,一像素之預測故障、或一群組像素的預測故障)。用於循環之時間間隔可取決於顯示器構造的觀看類型。例如,完成比預定時間閾值更長之靜態觀看(例如,使用顯示器構造作為標誌)可增加像素失靈(例如,故障)的風險。當顯示器構造使用於靜態觀看而不是帶有運動之視頻時,更頻繁的開/關循環可減少靜態觀看中之像素失靈的風險。此控制系統可(例如,經由軟體模組)預測顯示器構造或其任何部件(例如,基於所監控之像素狀態)的維護及/或替換。此等預測可為至少部分地基於此顯示器構造之輸出的即時感測器測量(例如,如與預期輸出相比)。此等預測可為至少部分地基於例如在實驗室或另一測試設施(例如,疲勞測試)中完成之顯示器構造的輸出之先前感測器測量(例如,如與預期輸出相比)。此等預測可為至少部分地基於要維護/替換的顯示器構造之觀察。此等預測可為至少部分地基於另一顯示器構造(例如,測試顯示器構造)的觀察,而不是要維護/替換之顯示結構的觀察。此等預測可為至少部分地基於平均像素狀態,例如,考慮顯示器構造及/或其任何個別像素之照射分佈圖。控制系統可提供關於預期的替換及/或維護之通知。此等預測可允許主動維護及/或替換的施行。此等預測可允許要維護及/或替換之各自顯示器構造的預期庫存。此等預測可允許及時安排將施行此維護及/或替換之人員。In some embodiments, the operation of at least one display configuration and the associated tintable window includes maintenance tasks associated with this display configuration. The control of maintenance tasks of the display configuration (e.g., pixel compensation, temperature, usage, and/or reset) can be automatic (e.g., using a control system). Pixel compensation may include adjusting the brightness of pixels in a display construction based at least in part on how the pixels are used throughout their lifetime. For example, what wavelength and/or intensity the pixel emits, and optionally how long it lasts. For example, what is the frequency of the wavelength and/or intensity projected by the pixel. For example, what has been displayed by the pixel (for example, a video with dynamic or static display). The display construction temperature, fan speed, the degree of display construction use, and/or the type of display construction use can be monitored over time. The monitoring can be implemented by the control system. Monitoring can utilize sensors coupled to the network (for example, coupled to the control system). When the display structure is projecting media, the monitoring can be in-situ and/or real-time. The control system can use image processing to evaluate the status of more than one emitting entity (for example, LED or other lights) of the display structure. The sensor may include a camera (e.g., still camera or video camera). The camera may include an array of pixels (e.g., a charge coupled device (CCD) camera). The camera can be constructed for digital imaging (for example, a CCD or complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) camera). The camera may include a photographic plate. The camera may be sensitive to the color gamut (e.g., all color ranges visible to the average human eye). The control system can monitor the display configuration continuously and/or intermittently (e.g., at predetermined intervals). The control system can record data related to the continuous or intermittent monitoring of the display structure. This data can be recorded at predetermined intervals and/or when a threshold is reached. The threshold can be thermal, electrical, and/or optical. This threshold may be time dependent (for example, the temperature exceeds 50°C for about 1 minute or more). Display configuration adjustment (e.g., reset) may be a monitoring (e.g., dependent on a time threshold) based at least in part on the properties of the display configuration (e.g., optical, thermal, and/or electrical). This threshold can be a value or a function (for example, a time and/or space dependent function). The space can be related to the type of enclosure in which the display structure is set. For example, a display structure in a conference room may have a lower tolerance for errors than a display structure in a corridor. The monitoring of the display structure can provide predictions about the life of the components of the display structure (for example, pixels, circuitry, filters, and/or fans). Monitoring the display configuration (eg, over time) can actively compensate for any predicted attenuation related to the display configuration or in the components of the display configuration (eg, pixels, circuitry, filters, and/or fans). The monitoring and/or diagnosis of the display structure may be performed via a network (for example, a network at least partially installed in the surface of the facility). The monitoring and/or diagnosis of the display structure can be performed by the control system. Adjusting (e.g., resetting) the display configuration may include (automatically and/or controllably) closing and opening the display configuration. For example, if the pixels of the display structure can be prone to failure (e.g. burnout), the display structure can be cycled every time interval (e.g., at least about 24 hours, 36 hours, 48 hours, or 72 hours). The time interval may depend on the type and/or degree of the predicted failure (for example, the predicted failure of one pixel, or the predicted failure of a group of pixels). The time interval used for the loop may depend on the viewing type of the display construction. For example, completing static viewing longer than a predetermined time threshold (e.g., using a display configuration as a sign) can increase the risk of pixel failure (e.g., malfunction). When the display structure is used for static viewing instead of moving videos, more frequent on/off cycles can reduce the risk of pixel failure in static viewing. This control system can predict (for example, via a software module) the maintenance and/or replacement of the display structure or any of its components (for example, based on the state of the monitored pixels). These predictions may be real-time sensor measurements based at least in part on the output of this display configuration (e.g., as compared to expected output). Such predictions may be based at least in part on previous sensor measurements (e.g., as compared to expected output) of the output of a display configuration completed in a laboratory or another testing facility (e.g., fatigue testing), for example. Such predictions may be based at least in part on observations of the display configuration to be maintained/replaced. Such predictions may be based at least in part on observations of another display configuration (e.g., test display configuration), rather than observations of the display structure to be maintained/replaced. Such predictions may be based at least in part on the average pixel state, for example, considering the display configuration and/or the illumination profile of any individual pixel. The control system can provide notifications about anticipated replacement and/or maintenance. Such predictions may allow for the implementation of proactive maintenance and/or replacement. These forecasts may allow for the expected inventory of respective display configurations to be maintained and/or replaced. Such forecasts may allow timely arrangements for personnel who will perform this maintenance and/or replacement.

圖18顯示與至少一顯示器構造及相關聯的可著色窗有關之操作的範例。至少一顯示器構造及相關聯之可著色窗的控制可為經由顯示器構造控制與可著色窗之控制的整合。可經由網路來控制至少一顯示器構造。在方塊1801中,當一個以上之相關聯的顯示器構造係於使用中及/或為顯示器構造之用法準備時,調整至少一可著色窗的著色程度。例如,當使用一個以上之顯示器構造時,可著色窗的著色程度可自動地變暗。使至少一可著色窗之著色程度自動地變暗可為至少部分地基於(i)外側輻射,(ii)顯示在顯示器對比度上的媒體,(iii)所顯示媒體之類型(例如,靜態或正變化)及/或(iv)私密性要求。使一個以上的可著色窗之著色程度自動變暗可為至少部分地基於私密性(例如,限制由設施外側的某人觀看顯示器構造之能力)。當使用一個以上的顯示器構造時,可著色窗之區域可已變更其著色程度(例如,變暗)。可著色窗的區域能包括面向設施中之特定方向的複數可著色窗,可為設施之特定面上的複數可著色窗,可為設施之特定樓層上的複數可著色窗,可為特定類型之房間(例如,開放空間、辦公室、會議室、演講廳、自助餐廳)中的複數可著色窗、及/或可為使用者界定之複數可著色窗(例如,房間中或立面上的一群組可著色窗,其係較大群組的可著色窗組之子集,例如,在八個可著色窗的其中一者上具有顯示器構造之會議室可使八個可著色窗(區域)的著色變暗)。區域可為本文所揭示之任何區域。可著色窗的自動著色可為至少部分地基於顯示器構造是否正顯示活動內容(例如,意欲供使用者觀看之內容)或非活動內容。在方塊1803中,藉由使用者手動地調整一個以上的可著色窗之著色程度,能覆蓋可著色窗的著色程度之自動變暗。使用者可使用行動電路系統(例如,遙控器、虛擬現實控制器、行動電話、電子記事本及/或膝上型電腦)覆蓋(一個以上之)可著色窗的自動著色。於方塊1804中,可消散與被動地及/或主動地(例如,可控制地)移除(例如,使用風扇或任何其他熱交換器之自動致動)與顯示器構造相鄰的熱量(例如,藉由與顯示器構造有關之任何部件所產生的熱量及/或透射經過可著色窗之太陽輻射)。當抵達第一高溫閾值時,與顯示器構造相鄰的溫度感測器可感測溫度及訊號以開始主動熱交換操作(例如,開始強制對流)。當抵達第二較高溫度閾值時,溫度感測器可關閉顯示器構造。操作1805顯示(例如,自動化)顯示器構造之維護任務的預測及/或預期(例如,像素補償、溫度、使用及/或重置)。像素補償可包括至少部分地基於已使用多少像素、已使用像素多久、及/或已藉由該像素顯示什麼(例如,具有運動或靜態顯示之視頻)來調整顯示器構造中的像素之亮度。可監控顯示器構造的溫度、主動熱交換強度(例如風扇速率)及/或顯示器構造之使用量。顯示器構造調整(例如,重置)可為至少部分地基於顯示器構造性質的監控。隨著像素之退化,它們可需要更多電流及/或電壓以產生所需的輸出。顯示器構造調整可包含調整顯示器構造之一個以上的像素之強度,以生成所請求的輸出。顯示器構造之監控可提供關於顯示器構造中的部件(例如,像素、電路系統、濾波器及/或風扇)之狀態及/或預測壽命的預測。控制系統可通知及/或主動地補償與顯示器構造有關之部件中的任何預測之衰減。顯示器構造的監控及/或診斷可為經由網路進行,此網路可為至少部分地設置在設施之表面中。於方塊1807中,可選地調整及/或重置顯示器構造。調整及/或重新發送可包括自動地打開及關閉顯示器構造,例如,以增加像素壽命及/或減少像素輸出故障。Figure 18 shows an example of operations related to at least one display configuration and associated tintable windows. The control of the at least one display structure and the associated tintable window may be through the integration of the display structure control and the control of the tintable window. At least one display structure can be controlled via the network. In block 1801, when more than one associated display structure is in use and/or is ready for use of the display structure, the coloring degree of at least one tinting window is adjusted. For example, when more than one display structure is used, the tinting degree of the tintable window can be automatically dimmed. The automatic dimming of at least one tintable window may be based at least in part on (i) outer radiation, (ii) media displayed on the display contrast, (iii) the type of media displayed (for example, static or positive) Changes) and/or (iv) privacy requirements. Automatic dimming of the degree of coloration of more than one tintable window may be based at least in part on privacy (e.g., restricting the ability of someone outside the facility to view the display structure). When more than one display structure is used, the area of the tintable window may have changed its degree of tinting (for example, darkened). The area of a tintable window can include a plurality of tintable windows facing a specific direction in the facility, it can be a plurality of tintable windows on a specific surface of the facility, it can be a plurality of tintable windows on a specific floor of the facility, or it can be of a specific type A plurality of tintable windows in a room (for example, an open space, an office, a meeting room, a lecture hall, a cafeteria), and/or a plurality of tintable windows that can be defined by the user (for example, a group of windows in the room or on the facade) A group of tintable windows, which is a subset of a larger group of tintable windows. For example, a conference room with a display structure on one of the eight tintable windows can color the eight tintable windows (regions) darken). The area can be any area disclosed herein. The automatic coloring of the colorable window may be based at least in part on whether the display configuration is displaying active content (eg, content intended for the user to view) or inactive content. In block 1803, by manually adjusting the coloring degree of more than one colorable window by the user, the automatic darkening of the coloring degree of the colorable window can be covered. The user can use a mobile circuit system (for example, a remote control, a virtual reality controller, a mobile phone, an electronic notepad, and/or a laptop computer) to cover the automatic coloring of the (more than one) colorable windows. In block 1804, heat adjacent to the display structure (e.g., The heat generated by any component related to the display structure and/or solar radiation transmitted through the tinted window). When the first high temperature threshold is reached, the temperature sensor adjacent to the display structure can sense the temperature and signal to start an active heat exchange operation (for example, start forced convection). When the second higher temperature threshold is reached, the temperature sensor can turn off the display configuration. Operation 1805 displays (e.g., automates) predictions and/or expectations (e.g., pixel compensation, temperature, usage, and/or reset) of maintenance tasks for the display configuration. Pixel compensation can include adjusting the brightness of pixels in a display configuration based at least in part on how many pixels have been used, how long the pixels have been used, and/or what has been displayed by the pixel (eg, video with motion or static display). The temperature of the display structure, the intensity of active heat exchange (such as fan speed) and/or the usage of the display structure can be monitored. The display configuration adjustment (eg, reset) may be a monitoring based at least in part on the nature of the display configuration. As pixels degrade, they may require more current and/or voltage to produce the desired output. The display configuration adjustment may include adjusting the intensity of more than one pixel of the display configuration to generate the requested output. The monitoring of the display structure can provide predictions about the status and/or predicted life of components in the display structure (for example, pixels, circuitry, filters, and/or fans). The control system can notify and/or actively compensate for any predicted attenuation in components related to the display configuration. The monitoring and/or diagnosis of the display structure may be carried out via a network, and the network may be at least partially installed in the surface of the facility. In block 1807, the display configuration is optionally adjusted and/or reset. Adjusting and/or resending may include automatically turning on and off the display structure, for example, to increase pixel life and/or reduce pixel output failures.

在一些實施例中,至少一顯示器構造及相關聯的可著色窗之操作係至少部分地基於至少一顯示器構造的狀態。可檢查、監控、及/或證實顯示器構造之狀態是否開啟此至少一顯示器構造。如果至少一顯示器構造未開啟,則能啟動可著色窗的預設及/或手動著色程度。可定期地檢查顯示器構造之(例如,開/關)狀態。如果至少一顯示器構造是開啟的(例如,正在操作),則可決定此顯示器構造是否正顯示主動或被動內容。如果此顯示器構造未開啟(例如,未顯示媒體),則可啟動一個以上之可著色窗的預設或手動著色程度。如果顯示器構造正在顯示主動內容,則(i)可辨識靠近正顯示主動內容之顯示器構造的可著色窗之區域,(ii)可具有此區域中的窗戶之已辨識的著色程度(例如,至少部分地基於太陽輻射、太陽強光及/或所期望之對比度的存在而不同之著色程度)及/或(iii)可調整所辨識區域中的可著色窗之著色程度。In some embodiments, the operation of the at least one display configuration and the associated tintable window is based at least in part on the state of the at least one display configuration. It is possible to check, monitor, and/or verify whether the state of the display structure is turned on at least one display structure. If at least one display structure is not turned on, the preset and/or manual coloring degree of the colorable window can be activated. The (for example, on/off) status of the display structure can be checked regularly. If at least one display structure is on (for example, operating), it can be determined whether the display structure is displaying active or passive content. If the display configuration is not turned on (for example, no media is displayed), the preset or manual coloring degree of more than one colorable window can be activated. If the display structure is displaying active content, then (i) the area close to the colorable window of the display structure that is displaying the active content can be identified, and (ii) it can have the identified coloring degree of the windows in this area (for example, at least partially The degree of coloring is different based on the presence of solar radiation, solar light, and/or the desired contrast) and/or (iii) the degree of coloring of the tintable window in the identified area can be adjusted.

圖19顯示與至少一顯示器構造及相關聯的可著色窗有關之控制操作的範例。於方塊1901中檢查至少一顯示器構造之狀態。在方塊1902中,控制系統決定至少一顯示器構造是否開啟(例如,至少一像素可控制地放射輻射)。如果至少一顯示器構造未開啟,則於方塊1903中啟動可著色窗的預設或手動著色程度,並定期地檢查顯示器構造之狀態。如果至少一顯示器構造開啟,則在方塊1904中決定此顯示器構造是否正在顯示主動內容。如果否,則可於方塊1903中啟動可著色窗的預設或手動著色程度,並定期地檢查顯示器構造之狀態。如果顯示器構造正在顯示主動內容,則在方塊1905中辨識顯示主動內容的顯示器構造附近之可著色窗。可著色窗能於方塊1906中已辨識其著色程度(例如,至少部分地基於陽光/強光的存在及所期望之對比度的不同著色程度),並可於方塊1907中對可著色窗進行任何著色程度調整。可著色窗能為此區域之一部分(例如,且此區域可為藉由控制器所辨識),或不是此區域的一部分。如果耦接至顯示器構造之第一可著色窗係包含至少一個未耦接至顯示器構造的第二可著色窗之區域的一部分。第二可著色窗之著色可或不可對第一可著色窗的著色進行變更。在此區域中變更其他窗戶之著色配合與顯示器構造耦接的可著色窗之著色的變更可藉由使用者所預定及/或決定。Figure 19 shows an example of control operations related to at least one display configuration and the associated tintable window. Check the status of at least one display structure in block 1901. In block 1902, the control system determines whether at least one display structure is turned on (for example, at least one pixel can controllably emit radiation). If at least one display structure is not turned on, the preset or manual coloring degree of the colorable window is activated in block 1903, and the status of the display structure is regularly checked. If at least one display structure is turned on, it is determined in block 1904 whether this display structure is displaying active content. If not, the preset or manual coloring level of the colorable window can be activated in block 1903, and the status of the display structure can be checked regularly. If the display structure is displaying active content, then in block 1905, a tintable window near the display structure displaying the active content is identified. The coloring degree of the tintable window can be identified in block 1906 (for example, based at least in part on the presence of sunlight/strong light and the desired contrast of different degrees of coloring), and any coloring of the tintable window can be performed in block 1907 Degree adjustment. The colorable window can be part of this area (for example, and this area can be identified by the controller), or not part of this area. If the first tintable window coupled to the display structure includes at least a part of the area of the second tintable window that is not coupled to the display structure. The coloring of the second colorable window may or may not be changed to the coloring of the first colorable window. In this area, changing the color of other windows to match the color of the tintable window coupled with the display structure can be predetermined and/or determined by the user.

於一些實施例中,複數顯示器構造係以控制方案連接在一起。複數顯示器構造可鄰近一個以上之可著色窗安裝。可著色窗可作為控制系統的一部分經由局部(例如,窗戶)控制器連接(例如,有線或無線地)。控制系統可包含耦接至電力及/或通訊網路之控制器的分散式網路。控制系統可控制諸多功能(例如,設施(例如,辦公樓、倉庫等)之功能),其可包括調整可著色窗的著色及/或在顯示器構造上顯示媒體內容。可經由能容納於一個以上之殼體中的顯示介面來連接(例如,有線或無線地)顯示器構造。顯示介面殼體在本文中可稱為例如2006之電氣箱((E)-box)。E-box可操作地耦接(例如,用於電力及/或通訊)至網路。網路可向顯示器構造提供資料及/或電力。使用者內容伺服器可經過網路提供要顯示在顯示器構造上的資料及/或可經由至顯示介面之一個以上的連接來向顯示介面提供資料及電力。顯示界面可包括配接器(例如,乙太網路配接器(例如,RS-485至乙太網路))及/或E-box可包括本機配接器(例如,乙太網路/IP)支援。E-box可發送提示及/或回應於來自網路之查詢。用於資料傳輸的裝置之連接可包括例如乙太網路、HDMI、顯示埠、RS-485及/或用於資料及/或媒體傳輸的其他類型之連接。可經由互聯網供電及/或經由分開的電源線為E-box供電。複數顯示器構造可在每一顯示器構造上顯示不同內容,可顯示相同(例如重複)內容,或可建構成跨越多數顯示器構造顯示一影像(例如,使得影像之一區段被顯示於複數顯示器構造的每一者上)。顯示器構造之連接可允許經由局部控制器來控制少量(例如,最多10、9、8、5、6或4)顯示器構造。在一些實施例中,可經由網路(例如,樓層)控制器耦接較大數目(例如,多於10)的顯示器構造,或可允許設施中之所有顯示器構造藉由主控制器所控制。顯示器構造可個別地顯示媒體(例如,獨立於其他顯示器構造)或一群組顯示器構造(例如,可將至少2、4、6、8、10、20、25、50、或75個顯示器構造配置在一群組(一組)顯示器中),例如,其可控制來顯示資料,就好像單一顯示器構造(例如,一種媒體,其分別分配於一顯示器群組中的顯示器之中)一樣。顯示器構造可形成視頻牆。視頻牆可包含平鋪在一起(例如,相連、或重疊)的複數顯示器構造,以便形成一塊大螢幕。控制視頻牆控制器之控制器可將要投射至視頻牆上的單一影像分配成待顯示在構成視頻牆之個別顯示器構造上的零件。顯示器構造可為耦接至壁面(例如,不透明或透明的)、或可著色窗。視頻牆控制器可包含基於硬體之控制器、或基於軟體&媒體卡控制器。基於硬體的控制器可包含媒體處理晶片組,並可沒有操作系統。基於軟體&媒體卡控制器可設置在具有操作系統之處理器中。處理器可為伺服器,或可為局部的。處理器可建構成具有多數輸出圖形卡及/或視頻擷取輸入卡。In some embodiments, multiple display structures are connected together in a control scheme. Multiple display structures can be installed adjacent to more than one tintable window. The tintable window can be connected (e.g., wired or wirelessly) via a local (e.g., window) controller as part of the control system. The control system may include a distributed network of controllers coupled to the power and/or communication network. The control system may control many functions (for example, functions of facilities (for example, office buildings, warehouses, etc.)), which may include adjusting the coloring of the tintable window and/or displaying media content on the display structure. The display structure can be connected (for example, wired or wirelessly) via a display interface that can be accommodated in more than one housing. The display interface housing may be referred to herein as the electrical box ((E)-box) of 2006, for example. The E-box is operatively coupled (for example, for power and/or communication) to the network. The network can provide data and/or power to the display structure. The user content server can provide data to be displayed on the display structure via the network and/or can provide data and power to the display interface via more than one connection to the display interface. The display interface may include an adapter (for example, an Ethernet adapter (for example, RS-485 to Ethernet)) and/or the E-box may include a local adapter (for example, an Ethernet /IP) support. E-box can send reminders and/or respond to inquiries from the Internet. The connection of the device for data transmission may include, for example, Ethernet, HDMI, display port, RS-485, and/or other types of connections for data and/or media transmission. E-box can be powered via the Internet and/or via a separate power cord. Multiple display structures can display different content on each display structure, can display the same (e.g., repeated) content, or can be constructed to display an image across multiple display structures (e.g., such that a section of the image is displayed on the multiple display structure On each one). The connection of the display configuration may allow a small number of (for example, up to 10, 9, 8, 5, 6, or 4) display configurations to be controlled via a local controller. In some embodiments, a larger number (for example, more than 10) of display structures may be coupled via a network (for example, floor) controller, or may allow all display structures in the facility to be controlled by the main controller. The display configuration can individually display media (for example, independent of other display configurations) or a group of display configurations (for example, at least 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 20, 25, 50, or 75 display configurations can be configured In a group (a group of displays), for example, it can be controlled to display data just like a single display structure (for example, a medium that is allocated among the displays in a display group). The display structure can form a video wall. The video wall may include a structure of multiple displays that are tiled together (for example, connected, or overlapped) to form a large screen. The controller that controls the video wall controller can allocate a single image to be projected on the video wall into parts to be displayed on the individual display structures that constitute the video wall. The display configuration can be coupled to a wall (e.g., opaque or transparent), or a tintable window. Video wall controllers can include hardware-based controllers, or software & media card-based controllers. The hardware-based controller may include a media processing chipset and may not have an operating system. Based on software & media card controller can be set in the processor with operating system. The processor may be a server, or it may be local. The processor can be constructed to have multiple output graphics cards and/or video capture input cards.

可於諸多佈局中建構此等顯示器構造。佈局可包含完全相同之顯示幾何形狀(例如,具有相同的縱橫比)之矩陣網格佈局(例如2×2、3×3、或4×4)。此等佈局可包含例如以除了對稱矩陣之外的組構之不完全相同的顯示器幾何形狀(例如,具有不同之縱橫比)的佈局。所顯示之媒體內容可為完全相同、部分相同或完全不同。例如,可在顯示器構造的視頻牆上顯示至少二不同之並行內容。These display structures can be constructed in many layouts. The layout may include a matrix grid layout (for example, 2×2, 3×3, or 4×4) of exactly the same display geometry (for example, having the same aspect ratio). Such layouts may include, for example, layouts with different display geometries (e.g., with different aspect ratios) in configurations other than a symmetric matrix. The displayed media content can be completely the same, partly the same, or completely different. For example, at least two different parallel contents can be displayed on the video wall of the display structure.

圖20顯示用於複數顯示器構造的控制方案之範例。複數顯示器構造2002可鄰接複數可著色窗2003安裝。可著色窗2003能經由局部(窗戶)控制器2001連接(例如有線及/或無線地)2009至控制設施(例如,辦公樓、倉庫等)的諸多功能之控制網路2004,其可包括調整可著色窗2003的著色。顯示器構造2002可經由容納在殼體(於本文中亦稱為電氣(E)箱)2006內之顯示介面2005及控制器連接(例如有線及/或無線地)2010至控制網路2004(包含控制系統)。控制網路可經由佈線網路耦接至可著色窗及/或顯示器構造,此佈線(例如,同軸電纜)可向顯示器構造2002提供資料及/或電力。使用者內容伺服器2007可提供資料(例如,經過佈線及/或控制網路)至待顯示於顯示器構造2002上及/或可經由至顯示介面2005的一個以上之連接2011向顯示介面2005提供資料及電力。顯示介面可包括乙太網路配接器(例如,RS-485-至乙太網路)。E-box 2006可包括本機乙太網路/IP支援。E-box 2006可發送提示及/或回應於來自網路2004的查詢。用於資料傳輸之裝置的連接可包括例如乙太網路、HDMI、顯示埠、RS-485及/或用於資料傳輸之其他類型的連接。可經由互聯網供電及/或經由分開之電力電纜向E-box 2006供電。複數顯示器構造2002可顯示不同內容、相同內容,或可採用於跨越多數顯示器構造2002(例如,如在視頻牆中)顯示一影像。Fig. 20 shows an example of a control scheme used in the construction of a plurality of displays. The plural display structure 2002 can be installed adjacent to plural tintable windows 2003. The tintable window 2003 can be connected (for example, wired and/or wirelessly) 2009 to the control network 2004 of many functions of the control facility (for example, office building, warehouse, etc.) via the local (window) controller 2001, which may include adjustments The coloring of the coloring window 2003. The display structure 2002 can be connected (e.g. wired and/or wireless) 2010 to the control network 2004 (including control system). The control network can be coupled to the tintable window and/or display structure via a wiring network, and this wiring (for example, a coaxial cable) can provide data and/or power to the display structure 2002. The user content server 2007 can provide data (for example, via a wiring and/or control network) to the display structure 2002 to be displayed and/or can provide data to the display interface 2005 via more than one connection 2011 to the display interface 2005 And electricity. The display interface may include an Ethernet adapter (for example, RS-485-to-Ethernet). E-box 2006 can include local Ethernet/IP support. E-box 2006 can send reminders and/or respond to queries from the Internet 2004. The connection of the device for data transmission may include, for example, Ethernet, HDMI, display port, RS-485, and/or other types of connections for data transmission. E-box 2006 can be powered via the Internet and/or via a separate power cable. The multiple display configurations 2002 can display different content, the same content, or can be used to display an image across multiple display configurations 2002 (for example, as in a video wall).

於一些實施例中,利用顯示器構造來顯示設施中的諸多媒體。顯示器構造可包括一個以上之媒體顯示器,例如,當顯示器構造未操作時,媒體顯示器可為至少部分透明的(例如TOLED顯示器)。顯示器構造可(例如,直接或間接地)耦接至例如壁面、板條、或窗戶(例如,視覺窗)之類的硬表面。硬表面可為固定裝置。此窗戶能為可著色窗(例如,電致變色窗)。此窗戶可為設置在建築物中、或建築物之範圍中。視覺窗可包含可著色窗,此可著色窗包括能著色(例如,變暗、變亮、及/或變更其顏色(例如,色相))的電致變色窗,其可提供用於對比藉由顯示器構造所顯示之媒體的背景幕。In some embodiments, a display structure is used to display many media in the facility. The display structure may include more than one media display, for example, when the display structure is not in operation, the media display may be at least partially transparent (e.g., a TOLED display). The display structure may be coupled (e.g., directly or indirectly) to a hard surface such as a wall, a slat, or a window (e.g., a visual window). The hard surface can be a fixture. This window can be a tintable window (for example, an electrochromic window). This window can be installed in the building or in the area of the building. The visual window may include a tintable window, which includes an electrochromic window that can be tinted (for example, darkened, brightened, and/or changed its color (for example, hue)), which can provide for contrast by The backdrop for the media displayed by the display structure.

在一些實施例中,可將一個以上之顯示器構造操作地耦接(例如,安裝)至硬表面(例如,窗戶、壁面、或板條)。可經由鉸鏈、黏著劑、緊固件、及/或藉由其他合適的機構進行耦接。耦接可為至少部分地設置於一個以上之窗框部分內。窗框可包括豎直部分(例如,豎框),並可包括水平部分(例如,橫梁)。顯示器構造可直接地黏著(例如,使用黏著劑)至硬表面。黏著劑可接觸或未能接觸窗框(或其一部分)。硬表面可由硬化材料(例如玻璃、金屬、或聚合物)所構成。硬表面可包含固體(例如,石膏、陶瓷、混凝土及/或石材)。可安裝多數顯示器構造(例如,經由鉸鏈、黏著劑、緊固件、及/或藉由其他機構)。In some embodiments, more than one display configuration can be operatively coupled (e.g., mounted) to a hard surface (e.g., window, wall, or slat). The coupling can be performed via hinges, adhesives, fasteners, and/or via other suitable mechanisms. The coupling may be at least partially disposed in more than one window frame portion. The window frame may include vertical portions (e.g., mullions), and may include horizontal portions (e.g., beams). The display structure can be directly adhered (for example, using an adhesive) to a hard surface. The adhesive may or may not touch the window frame (or part of it). The hard surface can be composed of hardened materials such as glass, metal, or polymers. Hard surfaces may include solids (e.g., plaster, ceramics, concrete, and/or stone). Many display configurations can be installed (e.g., via hinges, adhesives, fasteners, and/or via other mechanisms).

在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係藉由至少一控制器所控制。控制器可為控制系統的一部分。控制器可包含直接耦接(例如,連接)至顯示器構造之控制器。控制器與顯示器構造之間的連接可為使用有線及/或無線通訊。控制器可為經由複數佈線(例如,用於通訊及/或電力)耦接至顯示器構造。控制器可為設置在殼體中。殼體可包含一個以上之材料。此材料可包括元素金屬、金屬合金、聚合物(例如塑膠)、樹脂、木材、玻璃、複合材料及/或其他材料。此等材料可包含透明或不透明的材料。此材料可包含導電或絕緣(例如,介電)材料。殼體可包含分散或鏡面材料。殼體可具有複數面。複數佈線之至少二者(例如,全部)可由控制器殼體之複數面的一面延伸。有時候,一控制器殼體(例如,包含一個以上之控制器)可耦接至複數顯示器構造。有時候,一控制器可為(例如,直接)操作地耦接至一顯示器構造。有時候,一控制器可為(例如,直接)操作地耦接至二個以上的顯示器構造。直接耦接可包含連接控制器及顯示器構造之導線。導線可為不會中斷的導線。控制器及/或殼體可包含佈線入口。佈線入口可或未能處於與控制器殼體中之佈線出口相同的面中。有時候,複數控制殼體可為彼此相鄰地設置(例如,彼此接觸),或可彼此直接地耦接(例如,經由佈線)。將至少二不同殼體(例如,所有殼體)中之控制器與至少二(例如,所有)顯示器構造(例如,在一組顯示器構造中)連接的至少二佈線(例如,所有佈線),可(i)由殼體之相同面類型延伸及/或(ii)延伸至相同的集體方向(例如,向上、向下、左、或右)。可根據此面所面向之方向分派此面類型(例如,向下面、向上面、向東面、向西面、向北面、向南面、或其任意組合)。此等方向可為相對面向顯示器構造的使用者,且相對重心。於一些實施例中,控制器殼體係安裝在框架部分中。控制器殼體可為安裝於窗戶、板條、或壁面框架之至少一部分內。框架的一部分可為上水平豎框(橫梁)、在下水平豎框(橫梁)內、及/或於直立(側面)豎框內、或形成窗框之豎框的組合。上及下豎框係相對重心。顯示連接器可經由一條以上之電纜及/或導線將控制器連接至顯示器構造。可為經由電纜將控制器連接至各自的顯示器構造之顯示連接器可由控制器殼體的複數面之一面延伸,或可由控制器殼體的複數面之不止一面延伸。將控制器連接至對應顯示器構造的至少二條(例如,所有)電纜可為(例如,實質上)相同之長度。電纜可至少部分地延伸在窗框內。將控制器連接至顯示器構造的電纜之長度可為不同的。電纜可至少部分地延伸於窗框內及/或窗框外側。(例如,局部)控制器可包括例如能連接至一個以上之電源的電源連接器。電源連接器可為設置在同一面或與由其延伸至顯示器構造之資料電纜的面不同之面中。不同的面可形成一角度,此角度可為(例如,實質上)直角。不同之面可為彼此平行。資料(例如,通訊及/或媒體)電纜可由一個以上的資料源(例如,伺服器)連接至控制器。資料電纜可連接至媒體內容提供者服務器及/或控制窗戶之著色程度的伺服器。於一些實施例中,電力及資料係經由相同之電纜(例如,同軸電纜)耦接至顯示器構造。In some embodiments, the display structure is controlled by at least one controller. The controller can be part of the control system. The controller may include a controller directly coupled (eg, connected) to the display structure. The connection between the controller and the display structure can be wired and/or wireless communication. The controller may be a structure that is coupled to the display via a plurality of wiring (for example, for communication and/or power). The controller may be provided in the housing. The shell can contain more than one material. This material may include elemental metals, metal alloys, polymers (such as plastics), resins, wood, glass, composite materials, and/or other materials. These materials may include transparent or opaque materials. This material may include conductive or insulating (e.g., dielectric) materials. The housing may contain dispersed or mirrored materials. The housing may have plural faces. At least two (for example, all) of the plural wirings may extend from one of the plural surfaces of the controller housing. Sometimes, a controller housing (for example, containing more than one controller) can be coupled to a plurality of display structures. Sometimes, a controller may be (eg, directly) operatively coupled to a display structure. Sometimes, a controller may be (for example, directly) operatively coupled to more than two display structures. Direct coupling may include wires connecting the controller and the display structure. The wire may be an uninterrupted wire. The controller and/or the housing may include wiring inlets. The wiring inlet may or may not be in the same plane as the wiring outlet in the controller housing. Sometimes, a plurality of control housings may be arranged adjacent to each other (for example, in contact with each other), or may be directly coupled to each other (for example, via wiring). At least two wirings (e.g., all wirings) connecting controllers in at least two different housings (e.g., all housings) and at least two (e.g., all) display configurations (e.g., in a set of display structures), can be (i) Extend from the same face type of the housing and/or (ii) Extend to the same collective direction (for example, up, down, left, or right). This face type can be assigned according to the direction the face faces (for example, downward, upward, eastward, westward, northward, southward, or any combination thereof). These directions can be relatively facing the user of the display configuration, and the relative center of gravity. In some embodiments, the controller housing system is installed in the frame part. The controller housing can be installed in at least a part of a window, a slat, or a wall frame. A part of the frame can be an upper horizontal mullion (beam), in a lower horizontal mullion (beam), and/or in an upright (side) mullion, or a combination of mullions that form a window frame. The upper and lower mullions are relative centers of gravity. The display connector can connect the controller to the display structure via more than one cable and/or wire. The display connector, which can connect the controller to the respective display structure via a cable, can extend from one side of the controller housing, or can extend from more than one side of the controller housing. At least two (for example, all) cables connecting the controller to the corresponding display structure may be (for example, substantially) the same length. The cable may extend at least partially within the window frame. The length of the cable connecting the controller to the display structure can be different. The cable may extend at least partially inside the window frame and/or outside the window frame. The (e.g., local) controller may include, for example, a power connector that can be connected to more than one power source. The power connector can be arranged on the same side or in a side different from the side of the data cable extending from it to the display structure. Different faces can form an angle, and this angle can be (for example, substantially) a right angle. The different faces can be parallel to each other. Data (for example, communication and/or media) cables can be connected to the controller by more than one data source (for example, a server). The data cable can be connected to a server of a media content provider and/or a server that controls the degree of coloration of the window. In some embodiments, power and data are coupled to the display structure via the same cable (for example, a coaxial cable).

在一些實施例中,複數裝置(例如,包括感測器及/或發射器)係整合進入公共殼體。此殼體可包括一個以上的電路板。此殼體可整合裝置之集體。此集體可具有單一殼體(例如,蓋件)。一個以上的電路板(例如,印刷電路板PCB)可設置於單一殼體中。至少一控制器可設置在殼體中。殼體可適於安裝至外殼(例如,設施、建築物、或房間)中之窗戶、壁面、天花板、或任何另一結構及/或固定裝置,以施行諸多功能。裝置的通用組件(例如,裝置之集體)可包括電力調節部件、電路系統(例如,處理單元)、記憶體、及/或網路介面。殼體可包含安裝配接器,其可提供用於將組件安裝至例如窗戶豎框的固定裝置之至少一部分。殼體可包含為最佳性能而可期望的一個以上之特徵,例如(I)一個以上的用於允許外部環境特徵進入殼體之開口,(II)電及/或電磁(例如,射頻)屏蔽,及/或(III)熱交換器(例如,被動式或主動式)。例如,殼體可包含一個以上的便於空氣流過電路板之開口(例如,孔洞)。此殼體可包含散熱器。熱交換器及/或屏蔽件可屏蔽電路系統免受外部影響及/或可屏蔽封裝在殼體中的電路板之間。殼體可包含開放本體及蓋件。蓋件可包含一個以上的開口(例如,孔洞)。蓋件可卡扣進入打開之本體以關閉殼體。殼體可包含用於容納電纜的開口。In some embodiments, a plurality of devices (e.g., including sensors and/or transmitters) are integrated into a common housing. The housing may include more than one circuit board. This shell can integrate the collective of the device. This collective may have a single housing (e.g., cover). More than one circuit board (for example, a printed circuit board PCB) may be provided in a single housing. At least one controller can be provided in the housing. The housing may be adapted to be installed on a window, wall, ceiling, or any other structure and/or fixing device in an enclosure (for example, a facility, a building, or a room) to perform many functions. The general components of the device (for example, a collective of devices) may include power conditioning components, circuit systems (for example, processing units), memory, and/or network interfaces. The housing may include a mounting adapter, which may provide at least a part of a fixture for mounting the component to, for example, a window mullion. The housing may include more than one feature that can be expected for optimal performance, such as (I) more than one opening for allowing external environmental features to enter the housing, (II) electrical and/or electromagnetic (e.g., radio frequency) shielding , And/or (III) Heat exchanger (for example, passive or active). For example, the housing may include more than one opening (for example, a hole) that facilitates air flow through the circuit board. This housing may contain a heat sink. The heat exchanger and/or the shield can shield the circuit system from external influences and/or can shield between the circuit boards enclosed in the housing. The housing may include an open body and a cover. The cover may include more than one opening (for example, a hole). The cover can be snapped into the opened body to close the shell. The housing may contain openings for accommodating cables.

圖21A顯示硬表面2101(例如,可著色窗)安裝(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)在框架2102內之範例。框架2102包括為直立的豎框2103a及2103b、與橫梁2104a及2104b(有時稱為水平豎框)。二顯示器構造2105a及2105b安裝(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)於框架2102內,並覆蓋(例如,所有)硬表面2101之可見表面(例如,板條或窗戶、例如可著色窗的可見表面)。容納在殼體(在本文中亦稱為電氣(E-)箱)2106a及2106b內的二控制器安裝於上(相對向量2100指向的重心)橫梁2104a內之框架2102的一部分中。E-Box 2106a中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路通訊(例如,路由器)、及/或媒體相關的電路系統)係經由佈線2109a連接至顯示器構造2105a。E-Box 2106b中之電路系統係經由佈線2109b連接至顯示器構造2105b。顯示連接器2108a由殼體2106a在相同的向下方向中延伸。顯示連接器2108b由殼體2106b於相同之向下方向中延伸。連接器2108a及2108b配置為指向相同的向下方向。由每一E-Box 2106a及2106b至各自之顯示器構造2105a及2105b的電纜2109a具有(例如,實質上)相同之長度,且在框架2102的一部分內延伸。E-Box 2106a建構成(例如,經由連接器)連接至電源電纜2110a。E-Box 2106b建構成(例如,經由連接器)連接至電源電纜2110b。為E-Box電路系統供電之至少一條電源電纜可連接其自身的電力供應源。為E-Box電路系統供電之至少二條電源電纜可連接一電力供應源。圖21A顯示一範例,其中二條電源電纜2110a及2110b連接至相同的電力供應源2111。電源電纜2110a及2110b由每一E-box延伸,且(例如,實質上)垂直於顯示器連接器2108a及2108b由E-box延伸(例如,連接器延伸至E-box之同一側)的方向。媒體佈線2112a由資料源(例如伺服器)連接至容納在E-box中之電路系統(例如,媒體電路板)2106b。媒體佈線2112b連接至E-Box 2106a及(經由E-Box 2106b)連接至電纜2112a及資料源2115。媒體電纜2112a及2112b可連接至媒體內容提供者服務器。E-box可為操作地耦接(例如,無線及/或有線地)至網路,此網路耦接至控制該設施或該設施內的任何可控裝置之至少一控制器。例如,於硬表面2101係可著色窗的情況中,任何(例如,所有)E-box可為操作地耦接至控制此窗戶之著色程度的至少一控制器,例如經由媒體電纜(例如,2112a及/或2112b)或經由專用電纜(圖21A中未顯示)。FIG. 21A shows an example of a hard surface 2101 (e.g., a tintable window) installed (e.g., via a hinge and/or adhesive) in a frame 2102. The frame 2102 includes vertical mullions 2103a and 2103b, and beams 2104a and 2104b (sometimes called horizontal mullions). The two display structures 2105a and 2105b are installed (for example, via hinges and/or adhesives) in the frame 2102, and cover (for example, all) the visible surface of the hard surface 2101 (for example, the visible surface of the slats or windows, such as tinted windows). surface). The two controllers contained in the housings (also referred to as electrical (E-) boxes herein) 2106a and 2106b are installed in a part of the frame 2102 in the upper (center of gravity directed with respect to the vector 2100) of the cross beam 2104a. The circuit system in E-Box 2106a (for example, including timing controller, network communication (for example, router), and/or media-related circuit system) is connected to the display structure 2105a via wiring 2109a. The circuit system in E-Box 2106b is connected to the display structure 2105b via wiring 2109b. The display connector 2108a extends in the same downward direction from the housing 2106a. The display connector 2108b extends in the same downward direction from the housing 2106b. The connectors 2108a and 2108b are configured to point in the same downward direction. The cables 2109a from each E-Box 2106a and 2106b to the respective display structures 2105a and 2105b have (eg, substantially) the same length and extend in a part of the frame 2102. The E-Box 2106a is configured (for example, via a connector) to connect to the power cable 2110a. The E-Box 2106b is configured (for example, via a connector) to connect to the power cable 2110b. At least one power cable for the E-Box circuit system can be connected to its own power supply source. At least two power cables for powering the E-Box circuit system can be connected to a power supply source. FIG. 21A shows an example in which two power cables 2110a and 2110b are connected to the same power supply source 2111. The power cables 2110a and 2110b extend from each E-box and are (e.g., substantially) perpendicular to the direction in which the display connectors 2108a and 2108b extend from the E-box (e.g., the connectors extend to the same side of the E-box). The media wiring 2112a is connected by a data source (for example, a server) to a circuit system (for example, a media circuit board) 2106b contained in an E-box. The media wiring 2112b is connected to the E-Box 2106a and (via the E-Box 2106b) to the cable 2112a and the data source 2115. The media cables 2112a and 2112b can be connected to the media content provider server. The E-box may be operatively coupled (for example, wirelessly and/or wiredly) to a network, and the network is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device in the facility. For example, in the case that the hard surface 2101 is a tintable window, any (e.g., all) E-box can be operatively coupled to at least one controller that controls the degree of tinting of the window, such as via a media cable (e.g., 2112a And/or 2112b) or via a dedicated cable (not shown in Figure 21A).

圖21B顯示(例如經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)安裝於框架2122內之硬表面2121(例如可著色窗)的範例。框架2122包括為直立之豎框2123a及2123b、和橫梁2124a及2124b(有時稱為水平豎框)。四個顯示器構造2125a、2125b、2125c及2125d(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)安裝在框架2122內,並覆蓋硬表面2121的所有可見表面(例如,板條或例如可著色窗之類的窗戶之可見表面)。容納於殼體(在本文中亦稱為電氣(E-)箱)2126a、2126b、2126c及2126d內的四個控制器安裝於上(相對向量2120指向之重心)橫梁2124a內的框架2122之一部分中。E-Box 2126a中的電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路及/或媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2129a連接至顯示器構造2125a。E-Box 2126b中之電路系統係經由佈線2129b連接至顯示器構造2125b。E-Box 2126c中的電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器及媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2129c連接至顯示器構造2125c。E-Box 2126d中之電路系統係經由佈線2129d連接至顯示器構造2125d。顯示連接器2128a由殼體2126a在相同的向下方向中延伸。顯示連接器2128b由殼體2126b於相同之向下方向中延伸。顯示連接器2128c由殼體2126c在相同的向下方向中延伸。顯示連接器2128d由殼體2126d於相同之向下方向中延伸。連接器2128a、2128b、2128c及2128d係配置為指向相同的向下方向中。由每一E-Box 2126a、2126b、2126c及2126d至各自之顯示器構造2125a、2125b、2125c及2125d,電纜2129a具有(例如,實質上)相同的長度,且在框架2102之一部分內延伸。E-Box 2126a建構成(例如,經由連接器)連接至電源電纜2130a。E-Box 2126b建構成(例如,經由連接器)連接至電源電纜2130b。E-Box 2126c建構成(例如經由連接器)連接至電源電纜2130c。E-Box 2126d建構成(例如經由連接器)連接至電源電纜2130d。為E-Box電路系統供電的至少一條電源電纜可連接其自身之電力供應源。向E-Box電路系統供電的至少二條以上之電源電纜可連接一電力供應源。圖21B顯示其中四條電源電纜2130a、2130b、2130c及2130d連接至同一電力供應源2131的範例。電源電纜2130a、2130b、2130c及2130d由每一E-box延伸,(例如,實質上)垂直於顯示連接器2128a、2128b、2128c及2128d由E-box延伸之方向。媒體佈線2132a由資料源(例如伺服器)連接至容納在E-box(例如媒體電路板)2126d中的電路系統。媒體佈線2132b連接至E-Box 2126c,且(經由E-Box 2126d)連接至電纜2132a及資料源2135。媒體佈線2132c連接至E-Box 2126b,且(經由E-boxs 2126d及2126c)連接至電纜2132a及資料源2135。媒體佈線2132d連接至E-Box 2126a,且(經由E-Box 2126d、2126c及2126b)連接至電纜2132a及資料源2135。媒體電纜2132a、2132b、2132c及2132d可連接至媒體內容提供者服務器。E-box可為操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制該設施或該設施內的任何可控裝置之至少一控制器。例如,於硬表面2121係可著色窗的情況中,任何(例如,所有)E-box可為操作地耦接至至少一控制器,其例如經由媒體電纜(例如2132a、2132b、2132c及/或2132d)或經由專用電纜(圖21B中未顯示)控制此窗戶之著色程度。FIG. 21B shows an example of a hard surface 2121 (such as a tintable window) installed in the frame 2122 (such as via a hinge and/or adhesive). The frame 2122 includes vertical mullions 2123a and 2123b, and beams 2124a and 2124b (sometimes called horizontal mullions). The four display structures 2125a, 2125b, 2125c, and 2125d (for example, via hinges and/or adhesives) are installed in the frame 2122 and cover all visible surfaces of the hard surface 2121 (for example, slats or such as tintable windows). The visible surface of the window). The four controllers contained in the housing (also referred to as electrical (E-) box in this article) 2126a, 2126b, 2126c, and 2126d are installed on a part of the frame 2122 inside the cross beam 2124a (the center of gravity to which the relative vector 2120 points) middle. The circuit system in E-Box 2126a (for example, including timing controller, network and/or media-related circuit system) is connected to the display structure 2125a via wiring 2129a. The circuit system in E-Box 2126b is connected to the display structure 2125b via wiring 2129b. The circuit system in E-Box 2126c (for example, including timing controller and media-related circuit system) is connected to the display structure 2125c via wiring 2129c. The circuit system in E-Box 2126d is connected to display structure 2125d via wiring 2129d. The display connector 2128a extends in the same downward direction from the housing 2126a. The display connector 2128b extends in the same downward direction from the housing 2126b. The display connector 2128c extends in the same downward direction from the housing 2126c. The display connector 2128d extends in the same downward direction from the housing 2126d. The connectors 2128a, 2128b, 2128c, and 2128d are configured to point in the same downward direction. From each E-Box 2126a, 2126b, 2126c, and 2126d to the respective display structure 2125a, 2125b, 2125c, and 2125d, the cable 2129a has (eg, substantially) the same length and extends in a part of the frame 2102. The E-Box 2126a is configured (for example, via a connector) to be connected to the power cable 2130a. The E-Box 2126b is configured (for example, via a connector) to connect to the power cable 2130b. The E-Box 2126c is configured to connect to the power cable 2130c (for example, via a connector). The E-Box 2126d is configured to connect to the power cable 2130d (for example, via a connector). At least one power cable for the E-Box circuit system can be connected to its own power supply source. At least two power cables that supply power to the E-Box circuit system can be connected to a power supply source. FIG. 21B shows an example in which four power cables 2130a, 2130b, 2130c, and 2130d are connected to the same power supply source 2131. The power cables 2130a, 2130b, 2130c, and 2130d extend from each E-box, (eg, substantially) perpendicular to the direction in which the display connectors 2128a, 2128b, 2128c, and 2128d extend from the E-box. The media wiring 2132a is connected by a data source (such as a server) to a circuit system contained in an E-box (such as a media circuit board) 2126d. The media wiring 2132b is connected to the E-Box 2126c, and (via the E-Box 2126d) is connected to the cable 2132a and the data source 2135. The media wiring 2132c is connected to the E-Box 2126b, and (via E-boxs 2126d and 2126c) is connected to the cable 2132a and the data source 2135. The media wiring 2132d is connected to the E-Box 2126a, and (via the E-Box 2126d, 2126c, and 2126b) to the cable 2132a and the data source 2135. The media cables 2132a, 2132b, 2132c, and 2132d can be connected to the media content provider server. The E-box may be operatively (for example, wirelessly and/or wiredly) coupled to a network, and the network is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device in the facility. For example, in the case that the hard surface 2121 is a tintable window, any (e.g., all) E-boxes can be operatively coupled to at least one controller, such as via media cables (e.g., 2132a, 2132b, 2132c, and/or 2132d) or via a dedicated cable (not shown in Figure 21B) to control the degree of coloration of this window.

圖22A顯示(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)安裝在框架2222a及2222b內的硬表面2221a及2221b(例如可著色窗)之範例。框架2222a及2222b包括為直立的豎框2223及橫梁2224(有時稱為水平豎框)。二個顯示器構造2225a、2225b安裝於框架2222a內,且二個顯示器構造2225c及2225d安裝在框架2222b內,並覆蓋硬表面2221a及2221b的所有可見表面(例如,板條或例如可著色窗之類的窗戶之可見表面)。容納於殼體(在本文中亦稱為電氣(E)箱)2226a、2226b、2226c及2226d內的四個控制器安裝於直立側(相對向量2220指向之重心)豎框2223內的框架2222a及2222b之一部分中。E-Box 2226a中的電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器及媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2229a連接至顯示器構造2225a。E-Box 2226b中之電路系統係經由佈線2229b連接至顯示器構造2225b。E-Box 2226c中的電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或及媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2229c連接至顯示器構造2225c。E-Box 2226d中之電路系統係經由佈線2229d連接至顯示器構造2225d。顯示連接器2228a、2228b、2228c及2228d由各自的殼體2226a、2226b、2226c及2226d在相同之水平方向中延伸。連接器2228a、2228b、2228c及2228d配置為指向相同的水平方向中。由每一E-Box 2226a、2226b、2226c及2226d至各自之顯示器構造2225a、2225b、2225c及2225d,電纜2229a、2229b、2229c及2229d(例如,實質上)具有相同的長度,並於框架2222a及2222b之諸部分內延伸。E-box可為操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路係耦接至控制該設施或該設施內的任何可控制裝置之至少一控制器。例如,於硬表面2221a及2221b為一個以上的可著色窗之情況中,任何(例如,所有)E-box可為操作地耦接至控制這些窗戶的著色程度之至少一控制器。Figure 22A shows an example of hard surfaces 2221a and 2221b (e.g. tintable windows) installed in frames 2222a and 2222b (e.g., via hinges and/or adhesives). The frames 2222a and 2222b include vertical mullions 2223 and beams 2224 (sometimes called horizontal mullions). Two display structures 2225a, 2225b are installed in the frame 2222a, and two display structures 2225c and 2225d are installed in the frame 2222b, and cover all visible surfaces of the hard surfaces 2221a and 2221b (for example, slats or, for example, tinted windows, etc. The visible surface of the window). The four controllers contained in the housing (also referred to as the electrical (E) box in this article) 2226a, 2226b, 2226c, and 2226d are installed on the vertical side (the center of gravity to which the vector 2220 points) inside the frame 2222a and the frame 2223. Part of 2222b. The circuit system in E-Box 2226a (for example, including timing controller and media-related circuit system) is connected to the display structure 2225a via wiring 2229a. The circuit system in E-Box 2226b is connected to display structure 2225b via wiring 2229b. The circuit system in E-Box 2226c (for example, including timing controller, network components and/or media-related circuit system) is connected to the display structure 2225c via wiring 2229c. The circuit system in E-Box 2226d is connected to display structure 2225d via wiring 2229d. The display connectors 2228a, 2228b, 2228c, and 2228d extend in the same horizontal direction from the respective housings 2226a, 2226b, 2226c, and 2226d. The connectors 2228a, 2228b, 2228c, and 2228d are configured to point in the same horizontal direction. From each E-Box 2226a, 2226b, 2226c, and 2226d to the respective display structure 2225a, 2225b, 2225c, and 2225d, the cables 2229a, 2229b, 2229c, and 2229d (e.g., substantially) have the same length, and are placed in the frame 2222a and Extend within the parts of 2222b. The E-box may be operatively (for example, wirelessly and/or wiredly) coupled to a network, and the network is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device in the facility. For example, in the case where the hard surfaces 2221a and 2221b are more than one tintable windows, any (for example, all) E-boxes may be operatively coupled to at least one controller that controls the tinting degree of these windows.

圖22B顯示(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)安裝在框架2232a及2232b內的硬表面2231a及2231b(例如可著色窗)之範例。框架2232a及2232b包括為直立的豎框2233、及橫梁2234(有時稱為水平豎框)。顯示器構造2235a安裝於框架2232a內,且顯示器構造2235b安裝在框架2232b內,並覆蓋硬表面2231a及2231b之所有可見表面(例如,板條或例如可著色窗之類的窗戶之可見表面)。容納於殼體(在本文中亦稱為電氣(E)箱)2236a及2236b內的二控制器安裝於上(相對向量2230指向之重心)豎框2224內的框架2232a及2232b之一部分中。E-Box 2236a中的電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或及媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2239a連接至顯示器構造2235a。E-Box 2236b中之電路系統係經由佈線2239b連接至顯示器構造2235b。顯示連接器2238a及2238b由各自殼體2236a及2236b在相同的向下方向中延伸。連接器2238a及2238b配置成指向相同之向下方向。由每一E-Box 2236a及2236b至各自顯示器構造2235a及2235b,電纜2239a及2239b(例如,實質上)具有相同的長度,且於框架2232a及2232b之一部分內延伸。E-box可操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制該設施或該設施內的任何可控制裝置之至少一控制器。例如,在硬表面2231a及2231b係一個以上的可著色窗之情況中,任何(例如,所有)E-box可操作地耦接至控制這些窗戶的著色程度之至少一控制器。Figure 22B shows an example of hard surfaces 2231a and 2231b (e.g. tintable windows) installed in frames 2232a and 2232b (e.g., via hinges and/or adhesives). The frames 2232a and 2232b include vertical mullions 2233 and beams 2234 (sometimes referred to as horizontal mullions). The display structure 2235a is installed in the frame 2232a, and the display structure 2235b is installed in the frame 2232b and covers all visible surfaces of the hard surfaces 2231a and 2231b (for example, the visible surfaces of slats or windows such as tinted windows). The two controllers contained in the housing (also referred to as electrical (E) box in this text) 2236a and 2236b are installed in a part of the frames 2232a and 2232b in the upper (center of gravity to which the vector 2230 points) mullion 2224. The circuit system in E-Box 2236a (for example, including timing controller, network components and/or media-related circuit system) is connected to the display structure 2235a via wiring 2239a. The circuit system in E-Box 2236b is connected to display structure 2235b via wiring 2239b. The display connectors 2238a and 2238b extend in the same downward direction from the respective housings 2236a and 2236b. The connectors 2238a and 2238b are configured to point in the same downward direction. From each E-Box 2236a and 2236b to the respective display structures 2235a and 2235b, the cables 2239a and 2239b (e.g., substantially) have the same length and extend within a part of the frames 2232a and 2232b. The E-box is operatively (for example, wirelessly and/or wiredly) coupled to a network, and the network is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device in the facility. For example, in the case where the hard surfaces 2231a and 2231b are more than one tintable windows, any (for example, all) E-boxes are operatively coupled to at least one controller that controls the degree of tinting of these windows.

圖23顯示(例如,經由例如2370之類的鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)安裝於框架2322a、2322b及2322c內之硬表面2321a、2321b及2321c(例如可著色窗)的範例。框架2322a、2322b及2322c包括為直立之豎框2323、及橫梁2324(亦稱為水平豎框)。四個顯示器構造2325a、2325b、2325c及2325d係安裝在框架2322a內,二個顯示器構造2325e及2325f係安裝於框架2322b內,且二個顯示器構造2325g及2325h係安裝在框架2322c內,並可(例如,實質上)覆蓋各自硬表面2321a、2321b及2321c的可見表面(例如,板條之可見表面,或例如可著色窗之類的窗戶之可見表面)的全部(或僅一部分)。例如,可著色窗之表面2380未藉由顯示器構造所覆蓋。容納於殼體(E-box)2326a、2326b、2326c及2326d內的四個控制器安裝於上(相對向量2320指向之重心)豎框2323內的框架2322a之一部分中。E-Box 2326a中的電路系統係經由佈線2329a連接至顯示器構造2325a。此佈線可建構成傳輸資料及/或電力(例如,至觸控螢幕)。E-Box 2326b中之電路系統係經由佈線2329b連接至顯示器構造2325b。E-Box 2326c中的電路系統係經由佈線2329c連接至顯示器構造2325c。E-Box 2326d中之電路系統係經由佈線2329d連接至顯示器構造2325d。顯示連接器2328a、2328b、2328c及2328d由各自殼體2326a、2326b、2326c及2326d在相同的向下方向中延伸。連接器2328a、2328b、2328c及2328d係配置成指向相同之向下方向。由每一E-Box 2326a、2326b、2326c及2326d至各自顯示器構造2325a、2325b、2325c及2325d,電纜2329a、2329b、2329c及2329d(例如,實質上)具有相同的長度,並於框架2322a之諸多部分內延伸。E-box可操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制該設施或該設施內的任何可控制裝置之至少一控制器。例如,在硬表面2321a、2321b及2321c係一個以上的可著色窗之情況中,任何(例如,所有)E-box可操作地耦接至控制這些窗戶的著色程度之至少一控制器。容納於殼體2330中的控制器安裝在上(相對向量2320指向之重心)豎框2323內的框架2322b之一部分中。控制器2330中的電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2329e連接至顯示器構造2325e。控制器2330中之電路系統係經由佈線2329f連接至顯示器構造2325f。控制器2330中的電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2329g連接至顯示器構造2325g。控制器2330中之電路系統係經由佈線2329h連接至顯示器構造2325h。由控制器2330至各自顯示器構造2325e、2325f、2325g及2325h,電纜2329e、2329f、2329g及2329h具有(例如,實質上)相同的長度,且於框架2322b及2322c之諸多部分內延伸。控制器2330可操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制該設施或該設施內的任何可控制裝置之至少一控制器。例如,在硬表面2321a、2321b及2321c係一個以上的可著色窗之情況中,任何(例如,所有)控制器可操作地耦接至控制這些窗戶的著色程度之至少一控制器。Figure 23 shows an example of hard surfaces 2321a, 2321b, and 2321c (e.g. tintable windows) installed in frames 2322a, 2322b, and 2322c (e.g., via hinges and/or adhesives such as 2370). The frames 2322a, 2322b, and 2322c include vertical vertical frames 2323 and cross beams 2324 (also called horizontal vertical frames). The four display structures 2325a, 2325b, 2325c, and 2325d are installed in the frame 2322a, the two display structures 2325e and 2325f are installed in the frame 2322b, and the two display structures 2325g and 2325h are installed in the frame 2322c. For example, substantially) cover all (or only a part) of the visible surface of the respective hard surfaces 2321a, 2321b, and 2321c (for example, the visible surface of a slat, or the visible surface of a window such as a tintable window). For example, the surface 2380 of the tintable window is not covered by the display structure. The four controllers contained in the E-boxes 2326a, 2326b, 2326c, and 2326d are installed in a part of the frame 2322a in the upper (the center of gravity to which the vector 2320 points). The circuit system in E-Box 2326a is connected to display structure 2325a via wiring 2329a. This wiring can be configured to transmit data and/or power (for example, to a touch screen). The circuit system in E-Box 2326b is connected to display structure 2325b via wiring 2329b. The circuit system in E-Box 2326c is connected to display structure 2325c via wiring 2329c. The circuit system in E-Box 2326d is connected to display structure 2325d via wiring 2329d. The display connectors 2328a, 2328b, 2328c, and 2328d extend in the same downward direction from the respective housings 2326a, 2326b, 2326c, and 2326d. The connectors 2328a, 2328b, 2328c, and 2328d are configured to point in the same downward direction. From each E-Box 2326a, 2326b, 2326c, and 2326d to the respective display structure 2325a, 2325b, 2325c, and 2325d, the cables 2329a, 2329b, 2329c, and 2329d (e.g., substantially) have the same length, and are in many parts of the frame 2322a Partially extended. The E-box is operatively (for example, wirelessly and/or wiredly) coupled to a network, and the network is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device in the facility. For example, in the case where the hard surfaces 2321a, 2321b, and 2321c are more than one tintable windows, any (for example, all) E-boxes are operatively coupled to at least one controller that controls the tinting degree of these windows. The controller contained in the housing 2330 is installed in a part of the frame 2322b in the upper (center of gravity to which the relative vector 2320 points) mullion 2323. The circuit system in the controller 2330 (for example, including a timing controller, a network component, and/or a media-related circuit system) is connected to the display structure 2325e via a wiring 2329e. The circuit system in the controller 2330 is connected to the display structure 2325f via wiring 2329f. The circuit system in the controller 2330 (for example, including a timing controller, a network component, and/or a media-related circuit system) is connected to the display structure 2325g via a wiring 2329g. The circuit system in the controller 2330 is connected to the display structure 2325h via wiring 2329h. From the controller 2330 to the respective display structures 2325e, 2325f, 2325g, and 2325h, the cables 2329e, 2329f, 2329g, and 2329h have (eg, substantially) the same length, and extend in parts of the frames 2322b and 2322c. The controller 2330 is operatively (for example, wirelessly and/or wiredly) coupled to a network, and the network is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device in the facility. For example, in the case where the hard surfaces 2321a, 2321b, and 2321c are more than one tintable window, any (for example, all) controllers are operatively coupled to at least one controller that controls the degree of tinting of these windows.

圖24顯示(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)安裝於框架2422a、2422b及2422c內的硬表面2421a、2421b及2421c(例如,可著色窗)之範例。框架2422a、2422b及2422c包括為直立的豎框2423、及橫梁2424(有時稱為水平豎框)。四個顯示器構造2425a、2425b、2425c及2425d係安裝在框架2422a內,二個顯示器構造2425e及2425f係安裝於框架2422b內,且二個顯示器構造2425g及2425h係安裝在框架2422c內,並可覆蓋各自硬表面2421a、2421b及2421c之可見表面(例如,板條的可見表面,或例如可著色窗之類的窗戶之可見表面)的全部(或僅一部分)。容納於殼體(在本文中亦稱為電氣(E-)箱)2426a、2426b、2426c及2426d內之四個控制器係安裝於上(相對向量2420指向的重心)豎框2423內之框架2422a的一部分中。E-Box 2426a中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2429a連接至顯示器構造2425a。E-Box 2426b中的電路系統係經由佈線2429b連接至顯示器構造2425b。E-Box 2426c中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或及媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2429c連接至顯示器構造2425c。E-Box 2426d中的電路系統係經由佈線2429d連接至顯示器構造2425d。由每一E-Box 2426a、2426b、2426c及2426d至各自顯示器構造2425a、2425b、2425c及2425d,電纜2429a、2429b、2429c及2429d(例如,實質上)具有相同之長度,且在框架2422a的諸多部分內延伸。E-box可操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路係耦接至控制該設施或該設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一控制器。例如,於硬表面2421a、2421b及2421c係一個以上之可著色窗的情況中,任何(例如,所有)E-box可操作地耦接至控制這些窗戶之著色程度的至少一控制器。容納在殼體2430內之控制器安裝於上(相對於向量2420指向的重心)豎框2423內之框架2422b的一部分中。控制器2430中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或及媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2429e連接至顯示器構造2425e。控制器2430中的電路系統係經由佈線2429f連接至顯示器構造2425f。控制器2430中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2429g連接至顯示器構造2425g。控制器2430中的電路系統係經由佈線2429h連接至顯示器構造2425h。由控制器2430至各自顯示器構造2425e、2425f、2425g及2425h,電纜2429e、2429f、2429g及2429h(例如,實質上)具有相同之長度,且在框架2422b及2422c的諸多部分內延伸。控制器2430可操作地(例如無線地及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制該設施或該設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一控制器。例如,於硬表面2421a、2421b及2421c係一個以上之可著色窗的情況中,任何(例如,所有)控制器可操作地耦接至控制這些窗戶之著色程度的至少一控制器。Figure 24 shows examples of hard surfaces 2421a, 2421b, and 2421c (e.g., tintable windows) installed in frames 2422a, 2422b, and 2422c (e.g., via hinges and/or adhesives). The frames 2422a, 2422b, and 2422c include vertical mullions 2423 and beams 2424 (sometimes called horizontal mullions). Four display structures 2425a, 2425b, 2425c and 2425d are installed in frame 2422a, two display structures 2425e and 2425f are installed in frame 2422b, and two display structures 2425g and 2425h are installed in frame 2422c and can be covered All (or only a part) of the visible surface of the respective hard surfaces 2421a, 2421b, and 2421c (for example, the visible surface of a slat, or the visible surface of a window such as a tintable window). The four controllers contained in the housing (also referred to as electrical (E-) box in this article) 2426a, 2426b, 2426c, and 2426d are installed on the frame 2422a inside the mullion 2423 (the center of gravity pointed to by the relative vector 2420) Part of the. The circuit system in E-Box 2426a (for example, including timing controller, network components and/or media-related circuit system) is connected to the display structure 2425a via wiring 2429a. The circuit system in E-Box 2426b is connected to display structure 2425b via wiring 2429b. The circuit system in E-Box 2426c (for example, including timing controller, network components and/or media-related circuit system) is connected to the display structure 2425c via wiring 2429c. The circuit system in E-Box 2426d is connected to display structure 2425d via wiring 2429d. From each E-Box 2426a, 2426b, 2426c, and 2426d to the respective display structure 2425a, 2425b, 2425c, and 2425d, the cables 2429a, 2429b, 2429c, and 2429d (e.g., substantially) have the same length, and are placed in many parts of the frame 2422a. Partially extended. The E-box is operatively (for example, wirelessly and/or wiredly) coupled to a network, and the network is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device in the facility. For example, in the case where the hard surfaces 2421a, 2421b, and 2421c are more than one tintable windows, any (for example, all) E-boxes are operatively coupled to at least one controller that controls the tinting degree of these windows. The controller housed in the housing 2430 is installed in a part of the frame 2422b in the upper (with respect to the center of gravity pointed to by the vector 2420) mullion 2423. The circuit system in the controller 2430 (for example, including a timing controller, a network component and/or a media-related circuit system) is connected to the display structure 2425e via a wiring 2429e. The circuit system in the controller 2430 is connected to the display structure 2425f via wiring 2429f. The circuit system in the controller 2430 (for example, including a timing controller, a network component, and/or a media-related circuit system) is connected to the display structure 2425g via a wiring 2429g. The circuit system in the controller 2430 is connected to the display structure 2425h via wiring 2429h. From the controller 2430 to the respective display structures 2425e, 2425f, 2425g, and 2425h, the cables 2429e, 2429f, 2429g, and 2429h (e.g., substantially) have the same length and extend in various parts of the frames 2422b and 2422c. The controller 2430 is operatively (for example, wirelessly and/or wiredly) coupled to a network, and the network is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device in the facility. For example, in the case where the hard surfaces 2421a, 2421b, and 2421c are more than one tintable windows, any (for example, all) controllers are operatively coupled to at least one controller that controls the tinting degree of these windows.

圖25顯示(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)安裝在框架2522a、2522b及2522c內之硬表面2521a、2521b及2521c(例如可著色窗)的範例。框架2522a、2522b及2522c包括為直立之豎框2523、及橫梁2524(有時稱為水平豎框)。四個顯示器構造2525a、2525b、2525c及2525d安裝於框架2522a內,二個顯示器構造2525e及2525f安裝在框架2522b內,且二個顯示器構造2525g及2525h安裝於框架2522c內,並可覆蓋各自硬表面2521a、2521b及2521c的可見表面(例如,板條或例如可著色窗之類的窗戶之可見表面)的全部(或僅一部分)。容納在殼體(於本文中亦稱為電氣(E-)箱)2526a、2526b、2526c及2526d內之四個控制器安裝在上(相對於向量2520指向的重心)豎框2523內之框架2522b的一部分中。E-Box 2526a中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2529a連接至顯示器構造2525a。E-Box 2526b中的電路系統係經由佈線2529b連接至顯示器構造2525b。E-Box 2526c中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2529c連接至顯示器構造2525c。E-Box 2526d中的電路系統係經由佈線2529d連接至顯示器構造2525d。由每一E-Box 2526a、2526b、2526c及2526d至各自顯示器構造2525a、2525b、2525c及2525d,電纜2529a、2529b、2529c及2529d(例如,實質上)具有相同的長度,且在框架2522a之諸多部分內延伸。E-box可操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制該設施或該設施內的任何可控制裝置之至少一控制器。例如,於硬表面2521a、2521b及2521c係一個以上的可著色窗之情況中,任何(例如,所有)E-box可操作地耦接至控制這些窗戶的著色程度之至少一控制器。容納在殼體2530內的控制器安裝於上(相對向量2520指向之重心)豎框2523內的框架2522b之一部分中。控制器2530中的電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或及媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2529e連接至顯示器構造2525e。控制器2530中之電路系統係經由佈線2529f連接至顯示器構造2525f。控制器2530中的電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或及媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2529g連接至顯示器構造2525g。控制器2530中之電路系統係經由佈線2529h連接至顯示器構造2525h。由控制器2530至各顯示器構造2525e、2525f、2525g及2525h,電纜2529e、2529f、2529g及2529h(例如,實質上)具有相同的長度,且在框架2522b及2522c之諸多部分內延伸。控制器2530可操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制該設施或該設施內的任何可控制裝置之至少一控制器。例如,於硬表面2521a、2521b及2521c係一個以上的可著色窗之情況中,任何(例如,所有)控制器可操作地耦接至控制這些窗戶的著色程度之至少一控制器。Figure 25 shows an example of hard surfaces 2521a, 2521b, and 2521c (e.g. tintable windows) installed in frames 2522a, 2522b, and 2522c (e.g., via hinges and/or adhesives). The frames 2522a, 2522b, and 2522c include vertical mullions 2523 and beams 2524 (sometimes called horizontal mullions). Four display structures 2525a, 2525b, 2525c, and 2525d are installed in frame 2522a, two display structures 2525e and 2525f are installed in frame 2522b, and two display structures 2525g and 2525h are installed in frame 2522c, and can cover their respective hard surfaces All (or only a part) of the visible surface of 2521a, 2521b, and 2521c (for example, the visible surface of a slat or a window such as a tintable window). The four controllers contained in the housing (also referred to as the electrical (E-) box in this article) 2526a, 2526b, 2526c, and 2526d are mounted on the upper (center of gravity pointed to by the vector 2520) frame 2522b in the mullion 2523 Part of the. The circuit system in E-Box 2526a (for example, including timing controller, network components and/or media-related circuit system) is connected to the display structure 2525a via wiring 2529a. The circuit system in the E-Box 2526b is connected to the display structure 2525b via wiring 2529b. The circuit system in E-Box 2526c (for example, including timing controller, network components and/or media-related circuit system) is connected to the display structure 2525c via wiring 2529c. The circuit system in the E-Box 2526d is connected to the display structure 2525d via wiring 2529d. From each E-Box 2526a, 2526b, 2526c, and 2526d to the respective display structure 2525a, 2525b, 2525c, and 2525d, the cables 2529a, 2529b, 2529c, and 2529d (e.g., substantially) have the same length, and are placed in many parts of the frame 2522a. Partially extended within. The E-box is operatively (for example, wirelessly and/or wiredly) coupled to a network, and the network is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device in the facility. For example, in the case where the hard surfaces 2521a, 2521b, and 2521c are more than one tintable window, any (for example, all) E-boxes are operatively coupled to at least one controller that controls the tinting degree of these windows. The controller housed in the housing 2530 is installed in a part of the frame 2522b in the upper (the center of gravity to which the relative vector 2520 points) mullion 2523. The circuit system in the controller 2530 (for example, including a timing controller, a network component, and/or a media-related circuit system) is connected to the display structure 2525e via a wiring 2529e. The circuit system in the controller 2530 is connected to the display structure 2525f via wiring 2529f. The circuit system in the controller 2530 (for example, including a timing controller, a network component, and/or a media-related circuit system) is connected to the display structure 2525g via a wiring 2529g. The circuit system in the controller 2530 is connected to the display structure 2525h via wiring 2529h. From the controller 2530 to the respective display structures 2525e, 2525f, 2525g, and 2525h, the cables 2529e, 2529f, 2529g, and 2529h (e.g., substantially) have the same length and extend in parts of the frames 2522b and 2522c. The controller 2530 is operatively (for example, wireless and/or wired) coupled to a network, and the network is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device in the facility. For example, in the case where the hard surfaces 2521a, 2521b, and 2521c are more than one tintable window, any (for example, all) controllers are operatively coupled to at least one controller that controls the degree of tinting of these windows.

於一些實施例中,殼體((E)-boxes)中的一個以上之控制器向一個以上的顯示器構造提供功能性。E-box可具有蓋件托架,此蓋件托架可鎖固至安裝托架。蓋件托架及安裝托架可安裝在窗框之一部分內及/或安裝至另一結構。E-box可具有一長度、寬度、及高度。E-box的長度最多可為15英寸('')、14''、13''、12''、11''或10''。E-box之長度可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,約於15''與10''之間,例如約12.5'')。E-box的寬度最多可為5英寸('')、4''、3.5''、3''、2.5''、2''或1.5''。E-box之寬度可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,約5''與1.5''之間,例如約3.75'')。E-box的高度最多可為3''、2.5''、2''、1.5''或1''。E-box之高度可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,約3''與1''之間,例如1.75'')。E-box可包括類比至數位轉換器電路板,其可安裝至蓋件托架及安裝托架的其中一者或兩者。電路板可包括用於經由電纜連接至電源(例如,AC或DC電源)之端子,此電纜將電力提供至E-box,電路板可包括至少一資料輸入連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路或用於資料傳輸的另一類型連接器),其可接收用以在關聯之顯示器構造上顯示的資料,並可包括至少一E-box連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路或用於資料傳輸之另一類型連接器),其可將資料傳輸至另一E-box。E-box可包括控制器板,其可操作地嚙合電路板。控制器板可包括時序控制器、網路部件、及/或媒體相關電路系統。可採用時序控制器來精確地協調顯示器構造中的變更諸多位置(例如,LED)之時序。控制器板可包括連接至電纜線路的連接器,電纜線路可連接至顯示器構造。電纜線路可在E-box與顯示器構造之間傳輸資料。由E-box至顯示器構造(例如,傳輸電力及/或資料)之連接器可由E-box於相同方向中延伸,或可由E-box在不同方向中延伸。例如,由E-box至顯示器構造的所有電力連接器可向同一方向延伸,並由E-box及/或設置於其中之PCB的同一側露出。例如,由E-box至顯示器構造之所有通訊連接器可向同一方向延伸,並由E-box及/或設置於其中之PCB的同一側露出。由E-box之PCB至顯示器構造供電的電力連接器可留駐於與由E-box之PCB至顯示器構造的資料連接器之相同PCB側上(例如,並向同一方向延伸,例如,朝顯示器結構並遠離E-box)。E-Box與顯示器構造之間的資料及/或電力之連接器可在第一側面留駐於E-box中,此第一側面與該E-Box的第二側面具有一角度(垂直於第二側面),用於進來之電源電纜的連接器駐留在第二側面中。E-Box與顯示器構造之間的資料及/或電力之連接器可於第一側面駐留在E-box中,此第一側面與該E-Box的第三側面具有一角度(垂直於第三側面),用於進來之資料及/或媒體通訊電纜的連接器駐留在第三側面中。用於(i)進來之電源、(ii)進來的資料(例如,媒體)通訊、及(iii)至顯示器構造之電力及/或資料的連接器可駐留或不駐留在一PCB上。E-box可操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制設施或設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一控制器。E-box可具有唯一網路識別符(ID),例如用於與控制此設施之至少一控制器通訊。In some embodiments, more than one controller in the housing ((E)-boxes) provides functionality to more than one display configuration. The E-box can have a cover bracket, which can be locked to the mounting bracket. The cover bracket and the mounting bracket can be installed in a part of the window frame and/or to another structure. The E-box can have a length, width, and height. The length of the E-box can be up to 15 inches ("), 14", 13", 12", 11", or 10". The length of the E-box can have any value between the aforementioned values (for example, between about 15" and 10", for example, about 12.5"). The width of the E-box can be up to 5 inches (”), 4”, 3.5”, 3”, 2.5”, 2” or 1.5”. The width of the E-box can have any value between the aforementioned values (for example, between about 5" and 1.5", for example, about 3.75"). The height of the E-box can be up to 3", 2.5", 2", 1.5" or 1". The height of the E-box can have any value between the aforementioned values (for example, between about 3" and 1", for example, 1.75"). The E-box may include an analog-to-digital converter circuit board, which can be mounted to one or both of the cover bracket and the mounting bracket. The circuit board may include terminals for connecting to a power source (e.g., AC or DC power) via a cable that provides power to the E-box. The circuit board may include at least one data input connector (e.g., display port, HDMI, Ethernet or another type of connector for data transmission), which can receive data for display on the associated display structure, and can include at least one E-box connector (e.g., display port, HDMI, Ethernet or another type of connector for data transmission), which can transmit data to another E-box. The E-box may include a controller board that operably engages the circuit board. The controller board may include a timing controller, a network component, and/or a media-related circuit system. A timing controller can be used to accurately coordinate the timing of changing many positions (for example, LEDs) in the display structure. The controller board may include a connector connected to a cable line, and the cable line may be connected to the display structure. The cable line can transmit data between the E-box and the display structure. The connector from the E-box to the display structure (for example, transmitting power and/or data) can be extended in the same direction by the E-box, or can be extended in different directions by the E-box. For example, all power connectors constructed from the E-box to the display can extend in the same direction and be exposed from the same side of the E-box and/or the PCB provided therein. For example, all communication connectors from the E-box to the display structure can extend in the same direction and be exposed from the same side of the E-box and/or the PCB provided therein. The power connector powered from the PCB of the E-box to the display structure can reside on the same PCB side as the data connector from the PCB of the E-box to the display structure (for example, and extend in the same direction, for example, toward the display structure) And stay away from E-box). The data and/or power connector between the E-Box and the display structure can reside in the E-box on the first side. The first side and the second side of the E-Box have an angle (perpendicular to the second side). Side), the connector for the incoming power cable resides in the second side. The data and/or power connector between the E-Box and the display structure can reside in the E-box on the first side, and the first side and the third side of the E-Box have an angle (perpendicular to the third side). Side), the connector for incoming data and/or media communication cables resides in the third side. The connectors used for (i) incoming power, (ii) incoming data (for example, media) communication, and (iii) power and/or data to the display structure may or may not reside on a PCB. The E-box is operatively (for example, wirelessly and/or wiredly) coupled to a network, and the network is coupled to at least one controller of the control facility or any controllable device in the facility. The E-box may have a unique network identifier (ID), for example, used to communicate with at least one controller that controls the facility.

在一些實施例中,複數電纜線路由E-box延伸至顯示器構造,此電纜線路係經由連接器連接至E-box中的電路系統。電路系統可為一個以上之印刷電路板(PCB)。電纜線路可經由連接器連接至電路板。連接器可連接捆紮成電纜的複數電線。連接器之數目可為至少2、4、6或8個。連接器的數目可為偶數。電纜線路可具有相同或不同之功能性。此功能性可包括資料的傳輸及/或電(例如,電力)之傳輸。例如,連接器可連接將資料由PCB傳輸至顯示器構造的電纜線路。例如,連接器可連接將電力由PCB傳輸至顯示器構造之電纜線路。連接器可形成二組連接器。連接器群組的構件可為完全相同或不同。例如,連接器群組可包含資料連接器及電力連接器。連接器群組中之連接器類型的各自配置可遵循鏡面對稱性、倒置對稱性、及/或旋轉(例如,C2 )對稱性。用於可適用之對稱性操作的鏡面、旋轉軸、及/或反轉點可為設置在二連接器群組之間。In some embodiments, a plurality of cable lines extend from the E-box to the display structure, and this cable line is connected to the circuit system in the E-box via a connector. The circuit system can be more than one printed circuit board (PCB). The cable line can be connected to the circuit board via the connector. The connector can connect a plurality of wires bundled into a cable. The number of connectors can be at least 2, 4, 6, or 8. The number of connectors can be even. The cable lines can have the same or different functionality. This functionality may include the transmission of data and/or the transmission of electricity (eg, electricity). For example, the connector can be connected to a cable line that transmits data from the PCB to the display structure. For example, the connector can be connected to a cable line that transmits power from the PCB to the display structure. The connector can form two sets of connectors. The components of the connector group can be completely the same or different. For example, the connector group may include data connectors and power connectors. The respective configurations of the connector types in the connector group may follow mirror symmetry, inverted symmetry, and/or rotational (for example, C 2 ) symmetry. The mirror surface, the rotation axis, and/or the reversal point for applicable symmetry operations can be arranged between the two connector groups.

圖26顯示殼體(E-Box)2602中的控制器之範例的分解圖。E-Box 2602具有鎖固至安裝托架2604之蓋件托架2603。蓋件托架2603具有複數狹縫2620(例如,用於通風及/或熱交換)。蓋件托架2602及安裝托架2604可安裝在窗框的一部分內(於此圖中未示出)或安裝至另一結構(例如固定裝置)。E-Box 2602包括類比至數位轉換器電路板2605,其可安裝至蓋件托架2603及安裝托架2604之其中一者或兩者。電路板2605可包括用於連接至(例如,AC)電源電纜的端子2606,其向E-Box 2602、至少一資料輸入連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路或用於資料傳輸之另一類型連接器)2607提供電力,其可接收用以在相關聯的顯示器構造上顯示之資料,及至少一E-box連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路或用於資料傳輸的另一類型連接器)2608,其可將資料傳輸至另一E-Box。E-Box 2602包括可操作地嚙合電路板2605之控制器板2610。控制器板2610可包括時序控制器及/或媒體相關電路系統。可採用時序控制器來(例如,精確地)協調變更顯示器構造的諸多位置(例如,LED)之時序。電路板(例如,控制器板)2610包括連接至電纜線路2612a-f的連接器(例如2611),此電纜線路2612a-f連接至顯示器構造。電纜線路2612a-f可在E-Box 2602與顯示器構造之間傳輸資料及/或電力。例如,一些電纜線路2612a-f可傳輸資料,且一些電纜線路可傳輸電力。例如,二條最外面的電纜線路2612c及2612f可傳輸電力,且四條最裡面之電纜線路2612e、2612d、2612a、及2612b可傳輸資料。例如,二條最裡面的電纜線路2612d及2612a可傳輸電力,且四條最外面之電纜線路2612e、2612f、2612c及2612b可傳輸資料。例如,二條中間電纜線路2612a及2612b可傳輸電力,且四條電纜線路2612d、2612f、2612c、及2612a可傳輸資料。電纜線路2612a-f的其中二條可傳輸電力,且電纜線路2612a-f之其中四條可傳輸資料。連接器可由E-Box於相同方向中延伸,或可由E-Box在不同方向中延伸。於圖26中所示範例中,連接器2611由E-Box 2602在相同方向中延伸。連接器可由E-box於與(例如,AC)電源電纜延伸的方向中成直角地延伸,或可在與電源電纜延伸的方向成任何其他角度地延伸。E-box可操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制設施或設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一控制器。E-box可具有唯一網路ID,用於與控制該設施之至少一控制器通訊。FIG. 26 shows an exploded view of an example of the controller in the housing (E-Box) 2602. The E-Box 2602 has a cover bracket 2603 that is secured to the mounting bracket 2604. The cover bracket 2603 has a plurality of slits 2620 (for example, for ventilation and/or heat exchange). The cover bracket 2602 and the mounting bracket 2604 can be installed in a part of the window frame (not shown in this figure) or installed to another structure (such as a fixing device). The E-Box 2602 includes an analog-to-digital converter circuit board 2605, which can be mounted to one or both of the cover bracket 2603 and the mounting bracket 2604. The circuit board 2605 may include a terminal 2606 for connecting to an (for example, AC) power cable, which connects to the E-Box 2602, at least one data input connector (for example, a display port, HDMI, Ethernet or for data transmission). The other type of connector) 2607 provides power, which can receive data to be displayed on the associated display structure, and at least one E-box connector (for example, display port, HDMI, Ethernet or used for Another type of data transmission connector) 2608, which can transmit data to another E-Box. The E-Box 2602 includes a controller board 2610 that operably engages the circuit board 2605. The controller board 2610 may include a timing controller and/or a media-related circuit system. A timing controller can be used to (for example, accurately) coordinate and change the timing of many positions (for example, LEDs) of the display structure. The circuit board (e.g., controller board) 2610 includes connectors (e.g., 2611) connected to cable lines 2612a-f, which are connected to the display structure. The cables 2612a-f can transmit data and/or power between the E-Box 2602 and the display structure. For example, some cable lines 2612a-f can transmit data, and some cable lines can transmit power. For example, the two outermost cable lines 2612c and 2612f can transmit power, and the four innermost cable lines 2612e, 2612d, 2612a, and 2612b can transmit data. For example, the two innermost cable lines 2612d and 2612a can transmit power, and the four outermost cable lines 2612e, 2612f, 2612c, and 2612b can transmit data. For example, two intermediate cable lines 2612a and 2612b can transmit power, and four cable lines 2612d, 2612f, 2612c, and 2612a can transmit data. Two of the cable lines 2612a-f can transmit power, and four of the cable lines 2612a-f can transmit data. The connector can be extended in the same direction by the E-Box, or can be extended in different directions by the E-Box. In the example shown in FIG. 26, the connector 2611 is extended by the E-Box 2602 in the same direction. The connector may extend at a right angle to the direction in which the (for example, AC) power cable extends, or may extend at any other angle to the direction in which the power cable extends. The E-box is operatively (for example, wirelessly and/or wiredly) coupled to a network, and the network is coupled to at least one controller of the control facility or any controllable device in the facility. The E-box can have a unique network ID for communicating with at least one controller that controls the facility.

圖27A及27B以分解圖顯示於圖26中所顯示的已組裝之E-box 2702的諸多視圖。E-Box 2702具有鎖固至安裝托架2704之蓋件托架2703。蓋件托架2702及安裝托架2704可安裝在窗框(於此圖中未示出)的一部分內或至另一結構。E-Box 2702可具有用於裝配在結構內之尺寸(例如,如本文所揭示)(例如,長度2730、寬度2731、及厚度2732)。此結構可為本文所揭示的任何結構。E-Box 2702包括(例如,類比至數位轉換器)電路板2705,其可安裝至蓋件托架2703及安裝托架2704之其中一者或兩者。電路板2705包括用於連接至(例如,AC)電源電纜2715的端子2706,其向E-Box 2702、至少一資料輸入連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路或用於資料傳輸之另一類型連接器)2707提供電力,其可接收用以在相關聯的顯示器構造上顯示之資料,及至少一E-box連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路或用於資料傳輸的另一類型連接器)2708,其可經由電纜2716將資料傳輸至例如另一E-box或網路。E-Box 2702包括可操作地嚙合電路板2705之控制器板2710。控制器板2710可包括時序控制器及媒體相關電路系統。可採用時序控制器來精確地協調在顯示器構造中變更諸多位置(例如LED)的時序。控制器板2710包括連接至電纜線路2712之連接器2711,電纜線路2712連接至顯示器構造。電纜線路2712可在E-Box 2702與顯示器構造之間傳輸資料及/或電力。連接器2711由E-Box 2702於相同方向中延伸。27A and 27B show in exploded views various views of the assembled E-box 2702 shown in FIG. 26. The E-Box 2702 has a cover bracket 2703 that is fixed to the mounting bracket 2704. The cover bracket 2702 and the mounting bracket 2704 can be installed in a part of the window frame (not shown in this figure) or to another structure. The E-Box 2702 may have dimensions (e.g., as disclosed herein) for fitting in a structure (e.g., length 2730, width 2731, and thickness 2732). This structure can be any structure disclosed herein. The E-Box 2702 includes (for example, an analog-to-digital converter) a circuit board 2705 that can be mounted to one or both of the cover bracket 2703 and the mounting bracket 2704. The circuit board 2705 includes a terminal 2706 for connecting to (e.g., AC) power cable 2715, which connects to the E-Box 2702, at least one data input connector (e.g., display port, HDMI, Ethernet or for data transmission) The other type of connector) 2707 provides power, which can receive data to be displayed on the associated display structure, and at least one E-box connector (for example, display port, HDMI, Ethernet or for Another type of data transmission connector) 2708, which can transmit data to, for example, another E-box or network via a cable 2716. The E-Box 2702 includes a controller board 2710 that operably engages the circuit board 2705. The controller board 2710 may include a timing controller and a media-related circuit system. A timing controller can be used to accurately coordinate the timing of changing many locations (such as LEDs) in the display configuration. The controller board 2710 includes a connector 2711 connected to a cable line 2712, and the cable line 2712 is connected to the display structure. The cable 2712 can transmit data and/or power between the E-Box 2702 and the display structure. The connector 2711 is extended in the same direction by the E-Box 2702.

圖32顯示E-box 3202的分解圖之範例。E-box 3202具有鎖固至安裝托架3204的蓋件托架3203。蓋件托架3202及安裝托架3204可安裝在例如固定裝置之類的結構之一部分、例如窗框(於此圖中未示出)內。E-box 3202可具有與將E-box 3202裝配進入結構的一部分一致之尺寸,或可具有大於或小於這些尺寸的其他尺寸(例如,如本文所揭示者)。E-box 3202包括(例如,類比至數位轉換器)電路板3205,其可安裝至蓋件托架3203及安裝托架3204之其中一者或兩者。電路板3205可包括用於連接至(例如,AC)電源電纜的一個以上之端子3206,此電源電纜向E-box 3202(例如,經由同軸電纜)提供電力;至少一資料輸入連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路及/或用於資料傳輸的另一類型連接器)3207,其可接收用以在關聯之顯示器構造上顯示的資料;及至少一E-box連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路及用於資料傳輸之另一類型連接器)3208,其可將資料傳輸至另一E-box及/或網路。E-box 3702包括(例如,控制器)電路板3210,其操作地嚙合電路板3205。電路板3210可包括時序控制器、網路部件、及/或媒體相關電路系統。可採用時序控制器來精確地協調在顯示器構造中變更諸多位置(例如LED)的時序。電路板3210包括連接至電纜線路(例如3212)之連接器3211a-f,此電纜線路又連接至顯示器構造。電纜線路3212可於E-box 3202與顯示器構造之間傳輸資料及/或電力。可將E-box 3202操作地(例如,無線地及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制設施或設施的任何可控制裝置之至少一控制器。E-box 3202可具有用於與控制該設施的至少一控制器通訊之唯一網路ID。Figure 32 shows an example of an exploded view of E-box 3202. The E-box 3202 has a cover bracket 3203 that is fixed to the mounting bracket 3204. The cover bracket 3202 and the mounting bracket 3204 can be installed in a part of a structure such as a fixing device, such as a window frame (not shown in this figure). The E-box 3202 may have dimensions consistent with the part where the E-box 3202 is assembled into the structure, or may have other dimensions larger or smaller than these dimensions (e.g., as disclosed herein). The E-box 3202 includes (for example, an analog-to-digital converter) a circuit board 3205 that can be mounted to one or both of the cover bracket 3203 and the mounting bracket 3204. The circuit board 3205 may include more than one terminal 3206 for connecting to a (for example, AC) power cable that provides power to the E-box 3202 (for example, via a coaxial cable); at least one data input connector (for example, Display port, HDMI, Ethernet and/or another type of connector for data transmission) 3207, which can receive data for display on the associated display structure; and at least one E-box connector (such as , Display port, HDMI, Ethernet and another type of connector for data transmission) 3208, which can transmit data to another E-box and/or network. The E-box 3702 includes (eg, a controller) circuit board 3210 that operatively engages the circuit board 3205. The circuit board 3210 may include a timing controller, a network component, and/or a media-related circuit system. A timing controller can be used to accurately coordinate the timing of changing many locations (such as LEDs) in the display configuration. The circuit board 3210 includes connectors 3211a-f connected to a cable line (e.g., 3212), which in turn is connected to the display structure. The cable line 3212 can transmit data and/or power between the E-box 3202 and the display structure. The E-box 3202 can be operatively (for example, wirelessly and/or wiredly) coupled to a network, and the network is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device of the facility. The E-box 3202 can have a unique network ID for communicating with at least one controller that controls the facility.

圖33A至圖33D顯示E-box的諸多視圖。E-box 3302具有鎖固至安裝托架3304之蓋件托架3303。蓋件托架3303及安裝托架3304可安裝在(例如,例如窗框的固定裝置(在此圖中未示出))之結構或結構的一部分內。E-box 3302可具有用於安裝在結構內之尺寸(例如,具有長度3330、寬度3331、及厚度3332),例如本文所揭示的任何尺寸。E-box 3302包括(例如,類比至數位轉換器)第一電路板,其可安裝至蓋件托架3303及安裝托架3304之其中一者或兩者。第一電路板包括一個以上的端子(s)(例如3306),用於連接至(例如,AC)電源電纜(例如,包含同軸電纜或雙絞線),其向E-box 3302提供電力;一個以上之資料輸入連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路及/或用於資料傳輸的另一類型連接器)3307,其可接收用以在關聯之顯示器構造上顯示的資料;及一個以上之E-box連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路及/或用於資料傳輸的另一類型連接器)3308,其可將資料傳輸至另一E-box。E-box 3302包括第二(例如,控制器)電路板3305,其操作地嚙合第一電路板。在一些實施例中,第一電路板及第二基電路板係一電路板(例如,且留駐於電路板之相同或不同側上)。在一些實施例中,第一電路板及第二電路板是分開的電路板,其隔開便於熱交換及/或屏蔽(例如,電子及/或電磁(例如,射頻)屏蔽)之距離。熱交換器及/或屏蔽件可包含元素金屬或金屬合金。熱交換器可被動地及/或主動地交換熱。熱交換器可包含熱管、平板、或網狀結構。熱交換器可包含散熱器。第二電路板3305可包括時序控制器、網路部件、及/或媒體相關電路系統。可採用時序控制器來精確地協調在顯示器構造中變更諸多位置(例如LED)之時序。於圖33A-D中所示範例中,第二電路板包括連接至電纜線路3312的一個以上之連接器3311,電纜線路3312又連接至顯示器構造。電纜線路3312可在E-box 3302與顯示器構造之間傳輸資料及/或電力。可有將E-box及顯示器構造(未示出)連接的其他電纜線路。E-box 3302可操作地(例如,無線地及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制設施或設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一控制器。E-box 3302可具有用於與控制該設施之至少一控制器通訊的唯一網路ID。Figures 33A to 33D show various views of the E-box. The E-box 3302 has a cover bracket 3303 that is fixed to the mounting bracket 3304. The cover bracket 3303 and the mounting bracket 3304 may be installed in a structure or a part of the structure (for example, a fixing device of a window frame (not shown in this figure)). The E-box 3302 may have dimensions for installation in a structure (for example, having a length 3330, a width 3331, and a thickness 3332), such as any of the dimensions disclosed herein. The E-box 3302 includes (for example, an analog-to-digital converter) a first circuit board, which can be mounted to one or both of the cover bracket 3303 and the mounting bracket 3304. The first circuit board includes more than one terminal(s) (for example, 3306) for connecting to (for example, AC) power cables (for example, including coaxial cables or twisted pairs), which provide power to the E-box 3302; one The above data input connector (for example, display port, HDMI, Ethernet and/or another type of connector for data transmission) 3307, which can receive data for display on the associated display structure; and More than one E-box connector (for example, display port, HDMI, Ethernet, and/or another type of connector for data transmission) 3308, which can transmit data to another E-box. The E-box 3302 includes a second (eg, controller) circuit board 3305 that operatively engages the first circuit board. In some embodiments, the first circuit board and the second base circuit board are a circuit board (for example, and reside on the same or different sides of the circuit board). In some embodiments, the first circuit board and the second circuit board are separate circuit boards separated by a distance that facilitates heat exchange and/or shielding (for example, electronic and/or electromagnetic (for example, radio frequency) shielding). The heat exchanger and/or the shield may include elemental metals or metal alloys. The heat exchanger can passively and/or actively exchange heat. The heat exchanger may include a heat pipe, a flat plate, or a mesh structure. The heat exchanger may include a radiator. The second circuit board 3305 may include a timing controller, a network component, and/or a media-related circuit system. A timing controller can be used to accurately coordinate the timing of changing many positions (such as LEDs) in the display structure. In the example shown in FIGS. 33A-D, the second circuit board includes more than one connector 3311 connected to the cable line 3312, which in turn is connected to the display structure. The cable line 3312 can transmit data and/or power between the E-box 3302 and the display structure. There may be other cables connecting the E-box and the display structure (not shown). The E-box 3302 is operatively (for example, wirelessly and/or wiredly) coupled to a network, and the network is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device in the facility. The E-box 3302 can have a unique network ID for communicating with at least one controller that controls the facility.

圖34A至34E顯示可安裝至E-box內之電路板3405的諸多視圖範例。電路板3405可包括一個以上之用於連接至AC電源電纜的端子3406,其向電路板3405提供電力;至少一資料輸入連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路及/或用於資料傳輸之另一類型連接器)3407,其可接收用以在關聯的顯示器構造上顯示的資料;及至少一E-box連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路及/或用於資料傳輸之另一類型連接器)3408,其可將資料傳輸至另一E-box。電路板3405可操作地嚙合控制器板,其可包括時序控制器及媒體相關電路系統;及連接器,其連接至電纜線路,此電纜線路連接至顯示器構造。34A to 34E show examples of various views of the circuit board 3405 that can be installed in the E-box. The circuit board 3405 may include more than one terminal 3406 for connecting to an AC power cable, which provides power to the circuit board 3405; at least one data input connector (e.g., display port, HDMI, Ethernet and/or Another type of connector for data transmission) 3407, which can receive data to be displayed on the associated display structure; and at least one E-box connector (for example, display port, HDMI, Ethernet and/or Another type of connector for data transmission) 3408, which can transmit data to another E-box. The circuit board 3405 operatively engages the controller board, which may include a timing controller and media-related circuitry; and a connector, which is connected to a cable line, which is connected to the display structure.

在一些實施例中,本文所敘述的某些設備、非暫態電腦可讀媒體及/或方法包含使氣體(例如,空氣)通過可著色窗之至少一薄板的技術。可著色窗能包含絕緣玻璃單元,例如,IGU之著色的電致變色塗覆薄板。氣體(例如,空氣)之通過可為便於移除熱量及/或減少此薄板上的熱負載,例如,及此薄板上之基板上的任何可光學切換裝置(例如,電致變色塗層)、及/或其他部件(例如顯示器構造)之熱負載。使氣體(例如,空氣)通過可為例如經由對流來散熱。可經由傳導及/或輻射移去熱量。在一些實施例中,已藉由及/或經過IGU薄板加熱的氣體可例如藉由泵送、推動及/或抽吸來通過。氣體之流動可為流向設施的內部環境及/或流向具有IGU薄板之設施(例如,建築物)的外部。例如,已加熱之氣體可使用於加熱設施內部。在一些實施例中,已加熱的氣體可使用於驅動渦輪機以產生電力。如此產生之電力可儲存在強制空氣窗戶組件上的電池中。In some embodiments, certain devices, non-transitory computer-readable media, and/or methods described herein include techniques for passing gas (eg, air) through at least one sheet of a tintable window. The tintable window can comprise insulating glass units, for example, a tinted electrochromic coated sheet of IGU. The passage of gas (for example, air) may facilitate the removal of heat and/or reduce the heat load on the sheet, for example, and any optically switchable device (for example, electrochromic coating) on the substrate on the sheet, And/or the heat load of other components (such as the display structure). Passing a gas (e.g., air) can be, for example, heat dissipation via convection. Heat can be removed by conduction and/or radiation. In some embodiments, the gas that has been heated by and/or through the IGU sheet can be passed through, for example, by pumping, pushing, and/or suction. The flow of gas may be to the internal environment of the facility and/or to the outside of the facility (for example, a building) with IGU sheets. For example, the heated gas can be used to heat the inside of the facility. In some embodiments, the heated gas can be used to drive a turbine to generate electricity. The electricity thus generated can be stored in the battery on the forced air window assembly.

於一些實施例中,強制氣體可著色(例如,電致變色)窗可包含二個以上之通氣模組,其和IGU子組件的電致變色薄板與第三薄板之間的內部空間連通。在一些案例中,這些通氣模組之一個以上可包含一個以上的空氣運動裝置、例如一個以上之風扇,用於使氣體(例如空氣)主動地運動經過電致變色薄板與第三薄板之間的內部空間。在一案例中,一個以上之空氣運動裝置(例如,風扇)可包含葉片式風扇、無葉片式風扇、或空氣泵的其中一者。於一些案例中,來自此結構並在強制空氣可著色窗外側之一個以上的空氣運動裝置可建構成將空氣供給進入一個以上之通氣模組或由一個以上的通氣模組輸出空氣。於某些實施例中,所排出之空氣可使用於藉由轉動連接至發電機的渦輪機來產生電力。所產生之電力可儲存在電池中、例如通氣模組的其中一者中。可於2015年2月4日提交之標題為「強制空氣智慧型窗」的PCT/US15/14453(WO 2015/120045 A1)中發現強制空氣可著色窗、其用途、及其控制之範例,其係全部以引用的方式併入本文中。In some embodiments, the forced gas colorable (for example, electrochromic) window may include two or more ventilation modules, which communicate with the internal space between the electrochromic sheet and the third sheet of the IGU sub-assembly. In some cases, one or more of these ventilation modules may include more than one air movement device, such as more than one fan, for actively moving gas (such as air) through the gap between the electrochromic sheet and the third sheet. Internal space. In one case, more than one air moving device (for example, a fan) may include one of a blade fan, a bladeless fan, or an air pump. In some cases, more than one air movement device from this structure outside the forced air colorable window can be constructed to supply air into more than one ventilation module or to output air from more than one ventilation module. In some embodiments, the exhausted air can be used to generate electricity by rotating a turbine connected to a generator. The generated electricity can be stored in a battery, such as one of the ventilation modules. Examples of forced air tinted windows, their uses, and their control can be found in PCT/US15/14453 (WO 2015/120045 A1) filed on February 4, 2015 entitled "Forced Air Smart Windows". Departments are all incorporated into this article by reference.

圖28顯示耦接至緊固件2802之顯示器構造2801的範例,此顯示器構造係藉由感測器及發射器面板(例如2803)所定框。此顯示器構造係(例如,經由如圖28中所示之佈線及/或電纜線路)耦接至E-Box 2811及電源2810。E-Box及電源可設置鄰接顯示器構造,或例如在本文中更遠離地設置(例如,於例如在窗框、或壁面孔腔之類的固定裝置孔腔中)。緊固件2802包括鉸鏈,此鉸鏈具有藉由轉向節及心銷配置耦接之包含托架的第一葉片2821、及第二葉片2822。緊固件2802包括氣體導引件2823(顯示局部視圖),其便於氣體之定向流過耦接至葉片部分2821中的各自孔洞之一組風扇2805(顯示局部視圖)。氣體引導部件建構成附接電路板2830,此電路板2830具有將電路板連接至顯示器構造2801的連接器2831。電路板可包含控制器及/或驅動器板件。FIG. 28 shows an example of a display structure 2801 coupled to a fastener 2802. The display structure is framed by a sensor and transmitter panel (for example, 2803). This display structure is coupled to the E-Box 2811 and the power supply 2810 (for example, via wiring and/or cable lines as shown in FIG. 28). The E-Box and the power supply can be arranged adjacent to the display structure, or, for example, further away in this context (for example, in a fixture cavity such as a window frame or a wall cavity). The fastener 2802 includes a hinge having a first blade 2821 and a second blade 2822 including a bracket coupled by a knuckle and a core pin configuration. The fastener 2802 includes a gas guide 2823 (a partial view is shown) that facilitates the directional flow of gas through a set of fans 2805 coupled to respective holes in the blade portion 2821 (a partial view is shown). The gas guiding component is constructed to attach a circuit board 2830 with a connector 2831 that connects the circuit board to the display structure 2801. The circuit board may include a controller and/or driver board.

在一些實施例中,顯示器構造包括觸控螢幕功能性。於一些實施例中,可將複數顯示器構造彼此相鄰地配置(例如,以形成例如視頻牆之類的顯示壁面)。顯示構造能以矩陣配置(在本文中亦稱為顯示構造群組或組)。二緊鄰的顯示器構造之間可有間隙。緊鄰的顯示器構造不包括於其間之另一顯示器構造。間隙可被遮蔽或未被遮蔽。間隙遮蔽可包含例如透明聚合物及/或樹脂之類的可撓填充物。可撓填充物可包含碳基或矽基聚合物或樹脂。填充物可包含光學級材料。填充物可藉由混合至少二組分來聚合化及/或固化。至少二組分及/或填充物之至少一者可具有至少約400毫帕秒(mPa*s)、1000mPa*s、2000mPa*s、3000mPa*s、5000mPa*s、6000mPa*s、7000mPa*s、8000mPa*s、9000mPa*s、10000mPa*s、25000mPa*s、或50000mPa*s的黏度。填充物之密度可為每立方公分至少約0.9克(g/cm3 )、0.95g/cm3 、0.97g/cm3 、0.98g/cm3 、或0.99g/cm3 。填充物在固化之後可具有低收縮率(例如,相對固化之前,固化之後每體積的收縮率至多為約0.2%、0.1%、或0.5%體積)。填充物可具有至多約2.5、2.6、2.7、2.8或2.9之介電常數。填充物可具有於任何前述介電常數之間的介電常數(例如由2.5至2.9、或由2.7至2.8)。填充物可為光學透明的(例如,對普通人而言)。填充物可具有每平方公分至少2公斤力(Kgf/cm2 )、2.2Kgf/cm2 、2.5Kgf/cm2 、3Kgf/cm2 、3.5Kgf/cm2 、4.0Kgf/cm2 、4.5Kgf/cm2 、5.0Kgf/cm2 、5.5Kgf/cm2 、或6Kgf/cm2 之拉拔強度。填充物可具有(例如可見)光的至少約98%、98.5%、99%、99.2%、99.4%、或99.5%之透射率。填充物例如在25℃、23℃、或20℃下具有至多約為1.9、1.7、1.6、1.5、1.4、或1.3的折射率。例如,填充物可為Wacker Lumisil® (WL)填充物(例如WL 100、200或300系列)。可撓填充物能建構成允許顯示器之膨脹及/或收縮(例如,由於溫度變化)。可撓填充物能建構成將緊鄰的顯示器彼此接合及/或與結構接合。此結構能為可著色窗、板條、或壁面。安裝托架及/或鉸鏈可鎖固至顯示器構造並可安裝至結構。此結構可包含框架或壁面部分。此結構可包含固定裝置。框架可包含直立豎框及水平豎框(橫梁)。固定裝置(例如,框架)可被安裝(例如,接合、緊固及/或藉由其他附接機制)至諸多表面(例如,壁面、板條、設施內部之玻璃及/或另一安裝位置)。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造可直接附接至此結構(例如,可著色窗)。直接附接可使用聚合物及/或樹脂。直接附接可使用接合法。此接合法可利用黏著聚合物及/或樹脂(例如,如本文所揭示者)。接合材料可具有比其他(例如,堅硬)狀態更具延展性之狀態。堅硬狀態在周遭條件下可為普遍的。延展性狀態能處於與周遭條件不同之特定可控制條件中。延展性狀態與堅硬狀態之間的變化可藉由外部刺激(例如,熱、磁場、電場、及/或化學刺激)所觸發。例如,填充物(例如,黏著聚合物及/或樹脂)可為熱敏式。例如,填充物在非周遭條件下(例如,於加熱環境中)可為更具延展性,且例如便於顯示器構造由其支撐結構脫離(例如,用於維護或替換)。例如,由於顯示器構造之接近性及二緊鄰的顯示器構造之間缺乏發射器-感測器面板,因此可遮蔽顯示器構造及/或此組觸控螢幕之間的間隔。可撓填充物能設置在二緊鄰的顯示器構造之間。In some embodiments, the display configuration includes touch screen functionality. In some embodiments, a plurality of display structures may be arranged adjacent to each other (for example, to form a display wall such as a video wall). The display structures can be arranged in a matrix (also referred to as display structure groups or groups in this document). There may be a gap between two adjacent display structures. The adjacent display structure does not include another display structure in between. The gap can be shielded or unshielded. The gap shielding may include flexible fillers such as transparent polymers and/or resins. The flexible filler may include carbon-based or silicon-based polymers or resins. The filler may contain optical grade materials. The filler can be polymerized and/or cured by mixing at least two components. At least one of the at least two components and/or filler may have at least about 400 milliPa*s (mPa*s), 1000mPa*s, 2000mPa*s, 3000mPa*s, 5000mPa*s, 6000mPa*s, 7000mPa*s , 8000mPa*s, 9000mPa*s, 10000mPa*s, 25000mPa*s, or 50000mPa*s viscosity. The density of the filler can be at least about 0.9 grams per cubic centimeter (g/cm 3 ), 0.95 g/cm 3 , 0.97 g/cm 3 , 0.98 g/cm 3 , or 0.99 g/cm 3 . The filler may have a low shrinkage rate after curing (for example, the shrinkage rate per volume after curing is at most about 0.2%, 0.1%, or 0.5% by volume relative to before curing). The filler may have a dielectric constant of at most about 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, or 2.9. The filler may have a dielectric constant between any of the foregoing dielectric constants (for example, from 2.5 to 2.9, or from 2.7 to 2.8). The filler may be optically transparent (for example, to ordinary people). The filler may have a force of at least 2 kilograms per square centimeter (Kgf/cm 2 ), 2.2Kgf/cm 2 , 2.5Kgf/cm 2 , 3Kgf/cm 2 , 3.5Kgf/cm 2 , 4.0Kgf/cm 2 , 4.5Kgf/ cm 2 , 5.0Kgf/cm 2 , 5.5Kgf/cm 2 , or 6Kgf/cm 2 pull-out strength. The filler may have (eg, visible) light transmittance of at least about 98%, 98.5%, 99%, 99.2%, 99.4%, or 99.5%. The filler has, for example, a refractive index of at most about 1.9, 1.7, 1.6, 1.5, 1.4, or 1.3 at 25°C, 23°C, or 20°C. For example, the filler may be Wacker Lumisil ® (WL) filler (e.g. WL 100, 200 or 300 series). The flexible filler can be constructed to allow expansion and/or contraction of the display (for example, due to temperature changes). The flexible filler can be constructed to join adjacent displays to each other and/or to the structure. This structure can be a tintable window, slat, or wall. The mounting bracket and/or hinge can be locked to the display structure and can be mounted to the structure. This structure can include a frame or a wall part. This structure may include fixing devices. The frame can include upright mullions and horizontal mullions (beams). Fixing devices (e.g., frames) can be installed (e.g., joined, fastened, and/or by other attachment mechanisms) to many surfaces (e.g., walls, slats, glass inside the facility, and/or another installation location) . In some embodiments, the display structure can be directly attached to this structure (e.g., a tintable window). Polymers and/or resins can be used for direct attachment. Direct attachment can use a bonding method. This bonding method may utilize adhesive polymers and/or resins (for example, as disclosed herein). The bonding material may have a more ductile state than other (for example, hard) states. Hardness can be common under ambient conditions. The ductility state can be in a specific controllable condition that is different from the surrounding conditions. The change between the ductile state and the rigid state can be triggered by external stimuli (for example, heat, magnetic field, electric field, and/or chemical stimuli). For example, the filler (e.g., adhesive polymer and/or resin) may be heat sensitive. For example, the filler may be more malleable under non-ambient conditions (for example, in a heated environment), and for example, facilitate the detachment of the display structure from its supporting structure (for example, for maintenance or replacement). For example, due to the proximity of the display structure and the lack of an emitter-sensor panel between two adjacent display structures, the display structure and/or the interval between the set of touch screens can be shielded. The flexible filler can be placed between two adjacent display structures.

於一些實施例中,顯示器構造可為緊固至側面托架。側面托架可緊固至結構(例如,例如框架部分或壁面之類的固定裝置)。側面托架可為鎖固至顯示器構造(例如,經由黏著劑及/或螺釘)。側面托架可操作地耦接至發射器面板及感測器面板之至少一對(例如,兩對)。第一感測器及發射器面板對可正交於第二感測器及發射器面板對設置。此二正交的感測器及發射器面板對可便於至少一觸控螢幕之操作。In some embodiments, the display structure may be fastened to the side bracket. The side bracket can be fastened to the structure (e.g., a fixing device such as a frame part or a wall surface). The side brackets can be secured to the display structure (for example, via adhesives and/or screws). The side bracket is operatively coupled to at least one pair (for example, two pairs) of the transmitter panel and the sensor panel. The first sensor and emitter panel pair can be arranged orthogonal to the second sensor and emitter panel pair. The two orthogonal sensor and transmitter panel pairs can facilitate the operation of at least one touch screen.

在一些實施例中,配置複數顯示器構造,以形成顯示器構造壁面。顯示器構造壁面可包含或可不包含觸控螢幕能力。例如,顯示器構造壁面中的至少一(例如,所有)顯示器構造可具有觸控螢幕能力。觸控螢幕可藉由至少一對感測器面板及發射器面板所促進。觸控螢幕可包含例如正交地配置(例如,如本文所揭示)之感測器及發射器的二正交對。發射器面板與其感測器面板之間的距離可跨越一個以上之顯示器構造。顯示器構造能以矩陣配置來設置(例如,以2x2的顯示器構造可形成顯示器構造組)。於一些實施例中,此組中之至少一(例如,每一)個顯示器構造包含其專用的觸控螢幕,此觸控螢幕具有至少一組(例如兩組)感測器及發射器面板。在一些實施例中,此組中之至少二個顯示器構造包含其專用的觸控螢幕,此觸控螢幕具有至少一組(例如,兩組)感測器及發射器面板。來自發射器面板中之發射器的訊號傳播,直至其抵達感測器面板中之感測器為止。如果訊號沒有抵達感測器,則觸控螢幕控制器可將此擾動解譯為觸控螢幕的觸控。因此,不應無意間干擾發射器與感測器之間的路徑。In some embodiments, a plurality of display structures are configured to form a wall surface of the display structure. The wall surface of the display structure may or may not include touch screen capabilities. For example, at least one (for example, all) of the display structure walls may have touch screen capabilities. The touch screen can be facilitated by at least a pair of sensor panels and transmitter panels. The touch screen may include, for example, two orthogonal pairs of sensors and transmitters arranged orthogonally (eg, as disclosed herein). The distance between the transmitter panel and its sensor panel can span more than one display structure. The display configuration can be arranged in a matrix configuration (for example, a 2x2 display configuration can form a display configuration group). In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., each) display structure in the set includes its dedicated touch screen, and the touch screen has at least one set (e.g., two sets) of sensors and transmitter panels. In some embodiments, the at least two display structures in the group include their dedicated touch screens, and the touch screens have at least one set (for example, two sets) of sensors and emitter panels. The signal from the transmitter in the transmitter panel propagates until it reaches the sensor in the sensor panel. If the signal does not reach the sensor, the touch screen controller can interpret this disturbance as a touch on the touch screen. Therefore, the path between the transmitter and the sensor should not be unintentionally disturbed.

於一些實施例中,顯示器構造及/或顯示器構造組係(例如,實質上)平面式。用於顯示器構造之平面度變動的公差係受限制的(例如,便於鄰近顯示器構造設置之感測器-發射器面板的操作)。此組中的顯示器構造之間的平面度變動之公差可為受限制的(例如,以便於鄰近此顯示器構造組設置之感測器-發射器面板的操作)。朝觀看者之來自平面度的變動可為比遠離觀察者之平面度的變動更嚴謹。朝顯示器構造之一側面的來自平面度之變動可為更嚴謹,而觸控螢幕係設置鄰接此顯示器構造(例如,設置感測器及發射器面板)。例如,顯示器構造能以預定距離或更小的偏差朝觀看者及/或觸控螢幕凸出。顯示器構造可凸出遠離觀看者及/或觸控螢幕超過該預定距離。觸控螢幕可建構成呈現顯示資料,就好像單一個顯示器構造一樣(例如,一種媒體被分別分配在顯示器組的顯示器之中,使得此組顯示器中的每一顯示器都顯示螢幕影像之一部分)。使用者可使用選擇器(例如,游標及/或觸控螢幕)來控制複數顯示器構造,就好像此組顯示器構造係單一個顯示器一樣。公差可允許設置於感測器-發射器面板之間的任何顯示器構造之平面度偏差至多約100微米(μm)、300μm、500μm、700μm或900μm。平面度偏差限制可為在朝感測器-發射器面板的方向中。顯示器構造可為(例如,稍微)凹入、凸出、或波紋狀顯示器(例如,於本文中所提及之公差內)。二緊鄰顯示器之間的間隙可為至多約0.1英寸('')、0.2''、0.3''、0.4''、或0.5''。間隙可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約0.1''至約0.5'')。顯示器構造組可具有對於複數顯示器(例如,TOLEDS)為共用之玻璃面板。每一顯示器構造都可具有支撐顯示器(例如,TOLED)的玻璃面板。In some embodiments, the display structure and/or the display structure assembly is (eg, substantially) planar. The tolerance for the flatness variation of the display structure is limited (for example, to facilitate the operation of the sensor-emitter panel disposed adjacent to the display structure). The tolerance of the flatness variation between the display structures in this group can be limited (for example, to facilitate the operation of the sensor-emitter panels arranged adjacent to the display structure group). The change in flatness toward the viewer can be more rigorous than the change in flatness away from the viewer. The change from flatness toward one side of the display structure can be more precise, and the touch screen is arranged adjacent to the display structure (for example, a sensor and a transmitter panel are arranged). For example, the display structure can protrude toward the viewer and/or the touch screen with a predetermined distance or less deviation. The display structure can protrude away from the viewer and/or the touch screen beyond the predetermined distance. The touch screen can be constructed to present display data just like a single display structure (for example, a medium is allocated among the displays of the display group so that each display in the group displays a part of the screen image). The user can use a selector (for example, a cursor and/or a touch screen) to control a plurality of display structures, as if the group of display structures is a single display. The tolerance may allow the flatness deviation of any display structure disposed between the sensor-emitter panel to be up to about 100 micrometers (μm), 300 μm, 500 μm, 700 μm, or 900 μm. The flatness deviation limit may be in the direction towards the sensor-transmitter panel. The display configuration can be (e.g., slightly) concave, convex, or corrugated (e.g., within the tolerances mentioned herein). The gap between two immediately adjacent displays can be at most about 0.1 inches ("), 0.2", 0.3", 0.4", or 0.5". The gap can have any value between the aforementioned values (for example, from about 0.1" to about 0.5"). The display structure group may have a glass panel common to a plurality of displays (for example, TOLEDS). Each display configuration can have a glass panel that supports the display (e.g., TOLED).

圖29A-29D顯示包括觸控螢幕功能性之諸多顯示器構造的範例。圖29A顯示四個顯示器(例如,OLEDs)2903a、2903b、2903c及2903d之範例,此等顯示器夾在共用於此四個顯示器的前玻璃2904(其可經回火)與四個後玻璃面板(例如,2905)之間,而每一個後玻璃面板個別地支撐一顯示器。此等顯示器一起形成一顯示器構造組。圖29A及29B中的四個顯示器配置為二乘二矩陣(在此亦稱為群組或組),而在二緊鄰顯示器之間具有間隙(例如2915)。間隙2915可被遮蔽(例如,藉由設置於顯示器之間的例如透明聚合物及/或樹脂之類的可撓填充物(例如,以允許顯示器由於溫度而膨脹及收縮及/或將顯示器構造及/或玻璃面板接合在一起))。感測器-發射器面板2918鎖固至顯示器構造2902並安裝至定框帽蓋2919。顯示器構造係以鉸鏈(未示出)鎖固至結構,此結構係具有直立豎框2907及水平豎框2908(橫梁)之窗框2906。框架2906可被安裝(例如,接合)至諸多表面(例如,壁面、板條、設施內部玻璃或另一安裝位置)。可用黏著聚合物及/或樹脂進行此接合,此黏著聚合物及/或樹脂可具有或可不具有比另一(例如堅硬)狀態更具延展性的狀態,此堅硬狀態在周遭條件下可為普遍的。圖29A顯示側面定框帽蓋2910之範例,此側定框帽蓋2910建構成將感測器-發射器面板鎖固至顯示器構造組的側面2920之顯示器構造2902,使感測器及發射器面板建構成操作為觸控螢幕。此組顯示器2903a-2903d具有彼此垂直的二組感測器-發射器面板,這些感測器-發射器面板毗鄰此組顯示器構造(而不係毗鄰每一顯示器)。顯示器構造2902中的顯示器2903a-2903d之間的高度差之公差可為受限制(例如,沒有顯示器可由感測器-發射器面板朝觀看者突出至多一公差閾值(例如,如本文所揭示者)),以致來自發射器的訊號將能夠無障礙地抵達顯示器構造組之相反側上的感測器(例如,此組內之顯示器不能以大於公差閾值的偏差朝觀看者凸出,但可由觀看者凹入遠離達超過公差閾值)。Figures 29A-29D show examples of many display configurations including touch screen functionality. Figure 29A shows an example of four displays (for example, OLEDs) 2903a, 2903b, 2903c, and 2903d. These displays are sandwiched between a front glass 2904 (which can be tempered) and four rear glass panels ( For example, 2905), and each rear glass panel individually supports a display. These displays together form a display structure group. The four displays in FIGS. 29A and 29B are configured as a two-by-two matrix (also referred to herein as a group or group), and there is a gap (for example, 2915) between the two immediately adjacent displays. The gap 2915 can be shielded (e.g., by a flexible filler such as transparent polymer and/or resin provided between the displays (e.g., to allow the display to expand and contract due to temperature and/or to structure the display and / Or the glass panels are joined together)). The sensor-transmitter panel 2918 is locked to the display structure 2902 and mounted to the fixed frame cap 2919. The display structure is fastened to the structure with hinges (not shown), and the structure is a window frame 2906 with an upright mullion 2907 and a horizontal mullion 2908 (beam). The frame 2906 can be installed (e.g., joined) to many surfaces (e.g., wall surface, slats, interior glass of a facility, or another installation location). Adhesive polymers and/or resins can be used for this bonding. The adhesive polymers and/or resins may or may not have a state that is more malleable than another (such as hard) state. This hard state can be common under ambient conditions of. Figure 29A shows an example of a side framed cap 2910. This side framed cap 2910 is configured to lock the sensor-transmitter panel to the display structure 2902 of the side 2920 of the display structure group, so that the sensor and the transmitter The construction of the panel is operated as a touch screen. This set of displays 2903a-2903d has two sets of sensor-emitter panels perpendicular to each other, and these sensor-emitter panels are adjacent to the set of display structures (not adjacent to each display). The tolerance of the height difference between the displays 2903a-2903d in the display configuration 2902 may be restricted (e.g., no display can protrude from the sensor-emitter panel toward the viewer by up to a tolerance threshold (e.g., as disclosed herein) ), so that the signal from the transmitter will be able to reach the sensor on the opposite side of the display structure group without obstacle (for example, the display in this group cannot protrude toward the viewer with a deviation greater than the tolerance threshold, but can be The indentation is far away by exceeding the tolerance threshold).

在一些實施例中,緊固件建構成將顯示器構造耦接至支撐結構。顯示器構造可配備或可不配備觸控螢幕能力。支撐結構可為固定裝置。例如,支撐結構可為窗戶(例如,可著色窗)之框架部分。此結構可為本文所揭示的任何結構(例如,壁面、拱門、門框、或任何另一結構框架)。於一些實施例中,緊固件包含鉸鏈,此鉸鏈建構成允許(例如,所耦接之顯示器構造)繞著其軸線迴轉。緊固件能包含可運動接頭(例如,鉸鏈)。緊固件可允許其至少一部分繞著軸線擺動。緊固件可包含連接二固體物件的機械式軸承。至少一固體物件可繞著軸線擺動(例如,栓銷、心銷、或桿件,例如,圓柱形桿件)。擺動運動可為在二固體部分(例如,鉸鏈葉片)之間的有限旋轉角度。此角度可為至多約270度(°)、180°、90°、60°、45°、或30°。此角度可便於抵達耦接至緊固件之任何電路系統及/或(例如,電)連接件。此角度可便於將顯示器構造與緊固件附接及/或拆開。此角度可便於將緊固件與支撐結構附接及/或拆開。緊固件可包含桶形鉸鏈、對接鉸鏈、插芯鉸鏈、隱藏式鉸鏈(例如杯形鉸鏈或歐式鉸鏈)、連續式鉸鏈(例如長條絞鏈)、旗型鉸鏈、H型鉸鏈、HL鉸鏈、樞軸鉸鏈(例如雙作用鉸鏈)、自動關閉鉸鏈、彈簧鉸鏈、或活動鉸鏈(例如,沒有轉向節或栓銷)。此迴轉者可為鉸鏈葉片(例如,任何附接至鉸鏈葉片的東西)。鉸鏈軸線可為與緊固件本體(例如,鉸鏈葉片)具有相同之材料,或具有不同的材料。例如,與鉸鏈本體(例如,鉸鏈葉片)相比,鉸鏈軸線可具有更硬之材料。鉸鏈軸線及/或葉片可包含金屬(例如,包含元素金屬或金屬合金)。緊固件可包括轉向節及/或軸線(例如,栓銷)。葉片可由固持鉸鏈軸線的一組轉向節延伸。例如,緊固件可包含二組轉向節及/或二栓銷。轉向節可為緊固件之葉片的一部分(例如,葉片之一體式部分,由相同的材料片所製成)。鉸鏈之任何部分可包含複合材料(例如,包含碳纖維)。鉸鏈可包含陶瓷材料。鉸鏈可為由例如金屬(例如,銅及/或鋁)之類的導熱材料所製成。金屬可包含元素金屬或金屬合金。鉸鏈軸線(例如,心銷)可為耐用之材料。耐用的材料可包含不銹鋼、鈦、平面鋼、鐵,英高鎳、赫史特合金、沃斯帕洛伊合金、耐蝕合金、因科洛依合金、MP98T、TMS合金、或CMSX單晶合金。耐用材料可包含超合金(例如,高性能合金)。鉸鏈(例如,其任何部件,例如其軸線(例如,心銷)之類者)可包含耐用材料(例如,超合金)。鉸鏈的轉向節可具有中空之圓柱形孔腔(例如,具有圓形橫截面)。孔腔可形成鉸鏈的接頭,鉸鏈軸線經過此接頭設定。任一葉片之轉向節可與通過轉向節的軸線(例如,心銷)交替並互鎖。轉向節可形成封閉之圓柱形孔腔。轉向節可形成開放式孔腔。圖37顯示具有轉向節(例如3781)的鉸鏈葉片3721之範例,此轉向節形成建構來容納鉸鏈軸線3720的開放式孔腔。轉向節之開放式孔腔便於其葉片(例如3721)之附接及/或由軸線拆開)。於具有開放式孔腔的轉向節範例中,轉向節可藉由以下方式由心銷分開:(i)在垂直於心銷之方向中將轉向節移動遠離心銷(例如,且在與轉向節孔腔開口(例如3782)相反的方向中,其沿著心銷軸線延伸),及/或(ii)藉由沿著心銷軸線移動心銷而將其抽出。圖36顯示具有封閉之圓柱形孔腔的轉向節3682之範例,其軸線(例如,心銷)3620橫穿經過此孔腔。於封閉式轉向節範例中,心銷可為能夠(i)沿著其軸線(例如3683)移動及(ii)在圓形運動中繞著其軸線移動。於封閉式轉向節的情況中,藉由沿著其軸線(例如3683)移動心銷來抽出此心銷,可使轉向節與心銷拆開。In some embodiments, the fastener structure is configured to couple the display structure to the support structure. The display structure may or may not be equipped with touch screen capabilities. The supporting structure may be a fixing device. For example, the support structure may be the frame part of a window (e.g., a tintable window). This structure can be any structure disclosed herein (for example, a wall, an arch, a door frame, or any other structural frame). In some embodiments, the fastener includes a hinge that is configured to allow (for example, the coupled display structure) to rotate about its axis. The fastener can include a movable joint (e.g., a hinge). The fastener may allow at least a part of it to swing around the axis. The fastener may include a mechanical bearing that connects two solid objects. At least one solid object can swing around an axis (for example, a pin, a core pin, or a rod, for example, a cylindrical rod). The swing motion may be a limited rotation angle between two solid parts (for example, hinge blades). This angle can be up to about 270 degrees (°), 180°, 90°, 60°, 45°, or 30°. This angle can facilitate access to any circuitry and/or (e.g., electrical) connections coupled to the fastener. This angle may facilitate attachment and/or detachment of the display structure and fasteners. This angle can facilitate attaching and/or detaching the fastener to the support structure. Fasteners may include barrel hinges, butt hinges, core hinges, hidden hinges (such as cup hinges or European hinges), continuous hinges (such as long hinges), flag hinges, H-shaped hinges, HL hinges, Pivot hinges (for example, double-acting hinges), automatic closing hinges, spring hinges, or living hinges (for example, no steering knuckles or bolts). This revolver may be a hinged blade (for example, anything attached to the hinged blade). The hinge axis may be the same material as the fastener body (for example, hinge blade), or a different material. For example, the hinge axis may have a harder material than the hinge body (eg, hinge blade). The hinge axis and/or the blade may include metal (e.g., elemental metal or metal alloy). The fastener may include a knuckle and/or axis (e.g., bolt). The blades can be extended by a set of knuckles that hold the hinge axis. For example, the fastener may include two sets of steering knuckles and/or two bolts. The knuckle may be a part of the blade of the fastener (for example, a one-piece part of the blade, made of the same sheet of material). Any part of the hinge may comprise composite material (for example, comprise carbon fiber). The hinge may comprise ceramic material. The hinge may be made of a thermally conductive material such as metal (for example, copper and/or aluminum). The metal may include elemental metals or metal alloys. The hinge axis (for example, the core pin) can be a durable material. Durable materials may include stainless steel, titanium, flat steel, iron, Inconel, Hester alloy, Waspalloy, corrosion resistant alloy, Inkoloy, MP98T, TMS alloy, or CMSX single crystal alloy. Durable materials may include superalloys (e.g., high-performance alloys). The hinge (e.g., any of its components, such as its axis (e.g., heart pin) or the like) may comprise durable materials (e.g., super alloys). The knuckle of the hinge may have a hollow cylindrical cavity (for example, with a circular cross section). The cavity can form a hinge joint, and the hinge axis is set through this joint. The knuckle of any blade can alternate and interlock with the axis passing through the knuckle (for example, the core pin). The steering knuckle can form a closed cylindrical cavity. The steering knuckle can form an open cavity. FIG. 37 shows an example of a hinge blade 3721 with a steering knuckle (eg, 3781) that forms an open cavity constructed to accommodate the hinge axis 3720. The open cavity of the steering knuckle facilitates the attachment of its blades (for example, 3721) and/or detachment from the axis). In the example of a steering knuckle with an open cavity, the steering knuckle can be separated by the core pin by: (i) moving the steering knuckle away from the core pin in a direction perpendicular to the core pin (for example, and in contact with the steering knuckle) In the opposite direction of the cavity opening (e.g. 3782), it extends along the core pin axis), and/or (ii) the core pin is extracted by moving it along the core pin axis. Figure 36 shows an example of a steering knuckle 3682 with a closed cylindrical cavity with an axis (eg, a core pin) 3620 traversing the cavity. In the case of a closed knuckle, the core pin may be able to (i) move along its axis (for example, 3683) and (ii) move around its axis in a circular motion. In the case of a closed knuckle, by moving the core pin along its axis (for example, 3683) to extract the core pin, the steering knuckle can be detached from the core pin.

在一些實施例中,鉸鏈葉片面之平面係(例如,實質上)平面式。於一些實施例中,鉸鏈葉片面的平面沒有曲率(例如,凹入、凸出、或波紋狀)。圖40顯示具有平坦式鉸鏈葉片面表面4021a之鉸鏈葉片4021的立體圖範例。圖41顯示具有平坦式鉸鏈葉片面表面4122a之鉸鏈葉片4122的範例(顯示局部視圖)。In some embodiments, the plane of the hinge blade surface is (eg, substantially) plane. In some embodiments, the plane of the hinge blade surface has no curvature (for example, concave, convex, or corrugated). FIG. 40 shows an example of a perspective view of a hinge blade 4021 having a flat hinge blade surface 4021a. FIG. 41 shows an example of a hinge blade 4122 with a flat hinge blade surface 4122a (a partial view is shown).

在一些實施例中,緊固件建構成容納諸多部件。緊固件(例如,包含鉸鏈)可建構成容納一個以上之電路板。例如,緊固件可建構成容納電路板,此電路板包含用於其建構成連接至顯示器的增幅器及/或驅動器板件。例如,緊固件可建構成容納觸控螢幕功能性之電路板(例如,感測器及發射器面板)。緊固件可建構成允許輕易的安裝、移除及/或維護(例如,如本文所揭示者)。輕易可意指低勞動成本、低勞工等級(例如,低勞動資格)、及/或短勞動時間。鉸鏈葉片之至少一者可包含開口,可經過此開口觀看及/或進出電路系統(例如,PCB)的至少一部分。鉸鏈葉片之至少一者可建構成便於觀看、進出及/或操縱至少一連接器。例如,可經過開口觀看、進出、及/或操縱電路系統中(或耦接至電路系統)的至少一些連接器。例如,可經過開口觀看及/或進出電路系統與顯示器構造之間的至少一些連接器。此開口可便於移除耦接至連接器之電纜。此開口可便於電纜的附接及拆卸,例如用於(例如,電纜線路、電路系統、及/或顯示器構造之)維護、替換、及/或移除。緊固件可卡扣及/或擰緊至此結構。電路板可卡扣進入緊固件、附接至緊固件(例如,使用黏著劑)、或卡扣至緊固件。有時候,顯示器構造可需要在與其耦接的支撐結構(例如,及/或可著色玻璃)之任何部分的替換之前進行替換。緊固件可具有或可不具有磁性部件。緊固件可耦接至支撐結構。緊固件可或可不附接至窗戶。緊固件可或可不用螺栓鎖入窗戶(例如,使用窗戶中的通孔)。於一些實施例中,緊固件未直接耦接至窗戶(例如,使用窗戶中之任何通孔及/或使用黏著劑)。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造未直接耦接至窗戶(例如,使用窗戶中的任何通孔及/或使用黏著劑)。In some embodiments, the fastener is constructed to accommodate many components. Fasteners (e.g., including hinges) can be constructed to accommodate more than one circuit board. For example, the fastener may be constructed to accommodate a circuit board that includes an amplifier and/or driver board for its construction to connect to the display. For example, the fasteners can be constructed to accommodate the functionality of the touch screen circuit board (e.g., sensor and transmitter panels). The fasteners can be constructed to allow easy installation, removal, and/or maintenance (e.g., as disclosed herein). Easily can mean low labor costs, low labor levels (for example, low labor qualifications), and/or short labor hours. At least one of the hinge blades may include an opening through which at least a part of the circuit system (eg, PCB) can be viewed and/or accessed. At least one of the hinge blades can be constructed to facilitate viewing, access, and/or manipulation of at least one connector. For example, at least some connectors in the circuit system (or coupled to the circuit system) can be viewed, accessed, and/or manipulated through the opening. For example, at least some of the connectors between the circuit system and the display structure can be viewed and/or accessed through the opening. This opening can facilitate the removal of the cable coupled to the connector. This opening can facilitate the attachment and detachment of the cable, for example, for maintenance, replacement, and/or removal (for example, the cable line, the circuit system, and/or the display structure). Fasteners can be snapped and/or screwed to this structure. The circuit board can snap into the fastener, attach to the fastener (for example, using an adhesive), or snap to the fastener. Sometimes, the display structure may need to be replaced before any part of the supporting structure (e.g., and/or tintable glass) to which it is coupled is replaced. The fastener may or may not have magnetic components. The fastener can be coupled to the support structure. The fastener may or may not be attached to the window. The fastener may or may not be locked into the window without bolts (for example, using through holes in the window). In some embodiments, the fastener is not directly coupled to the window (for example, using any through holes in the window and/or using an adhesive). In some embodiments, the display structure is not directly coupled to the window (eg, using any through holes in the window and/or using an adhesive).

圖35顯示耦接至顯示器構造3501之緊固件3502的示範視圖,此顯示器構造3501藉由容納於例如3503之類的保護框架中之感測器-發射器面板所界定邊界,以便於觸控螢幕能力。緊固件3502具有開口3504,可經過此開口3504觀看電路板3530的一部分。電路板可併入與顯示發射器(例如,LEDs)耦接之增幅器及/或驅動器板件。電路板3530包含六個連接器3509。連接器可便於將資料(包括媒體及/或控制相關資料)及/或來自電源及/或E-Box(合成電路板(例如,時序控制器)的電力)傳輸至顯示器構造。緊固件可包含耦接至鉸鏈葉片3521及3522之鉸鏈軸線3520。第一鉸鏈葉片3521包含建構成附接至結構(例如,框架部分)的托架。第二鉸鏈葉片3522包含用於電路系統及/或連接器之開口3504。任何鉸鏈葉片可為由單一件材料(例如,由單一平板)所製成,或可為由附接在一起以形成單一件的諸多部分所製成。附接方式可包含壓合、焊接、互鎖、或擰緊。FIG. 35 shows an exemplary view of a fastener 3502 coupled to a display structure 3501, which is bounded by a sensor-emitter panel housed in a protective frame such as 3503 to facilitate touch screen ability. The fastener 3502 has an opening 3504 through which a part of the circuit board 3530 can be viewed. The circuit board may incorporate amplifiers and/or driver boards coupled to display transmitters (eg, LEDs). The circuit board 3530 contains six connectors 3509. The connector can facilitate the transmission of data (including media and/or control-related data) and/or power from the power source and/or E-Box (composite circuit board (eg, timing controller)) to the display structure. The fastener may include a hinge axis 3520 coupled to the hinge blades 3521 and 3522. The first hinge blade 3521 includes a bracket that is configured to attach to a structure (e.g., frame portion). The second hinge blade 3522 includes an opening 3504 for the circuit system and/or connector. Any hinge blade may be made of a single piece of material (e.g., a single flat plate), or may be made of multiple parts attached together to form a single piece. The attachment method may include pressing, welding, interlocking, or tightening.

於一些實施例中,緊固件建構成沿著顯示器構造之一側面延伸。緊固件可包含延伸至顯示器構造的側向長度之至少一部分的單一單元。此單一單元可為單一材料(例如,單一平板)。此單一單元可具有或可不具有一個以上之開口。此單元(例如,鉸鏈葉片)的延伸部分可為顯示器構造側面之長度的至少約30%、40%、50%、60%、70%、80%、90%、95%、或99%。在一些實施例中,緊固件(例如,至少一鉸鏈葉片)之至少一部分延伸至顯示器構造的側面之全長。於一些實施例中,緊固件延伸(例如,略微)超過顯示器構造的側面之全長。在一些實施例中,緊固件容納顯示器構造的側面。圖35顯示緊固件3502之範例,此緊固件3502具有至少延伸至顯示器構造3501的全長之一部分(例如,鉸鏈葉片)3522,此鉸鏈葉片3522具有便於進出電路系統3530的至少一部分(例如,其連接器3509)之開口3504、以及便於空氣流動及/或熱交換的複數開口,此鉸鏈葉片係由單一部分(例如,單一平板)所形成。In some embodiments, the fastener structure extends along one side of the display structure. The fastener may comprise a single unit that extends to at least a portion of the lateral length of the display construction. This single unit can be a single material (for example, a single plate). This single unit may or may not have more than one opening. The extension of the unit (eg, hinge blade) can be at least about 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or 99% of the length of the side of the display structure. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the fastener (eg, at least one hinge blade) extends the full length of the side of the display structure. In some embodiments, the fastener extends (e.g., slightly) beyond the full length of the sides of the display structure. In some embodiments, the fasteners accommodate the sides of the display construction. FIG. 35 shows an example of a fastener 3502. The fastener 3502 has a portion (e.g., hinge blade) 3522 that extends at least to a full length of the display structure 3501. The hinge blade 3522 has at least a portion that facilitates access to the circuit system 3530 (e.g., its connection The opening 3504 of the device 3509) and a plurality of openings that facilitate air flow and/or heat exchange, the hinge blade is formed by a single part (for example, a single flat plate).

在一些實施例中,緊固件可建構成便於熱交換。緊固件可建構成容納本文所揭示之任何熱交換裝置及/或技術。例如,緊固件可建構成容納用於主動氣體(例如,空氣)傳導的一個以上之風扇。緊固件可建構成容納至少1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10或20個風扇。緊固件可建構成容納前述數目之風扇的任何一個之間的風扇數目(例如,由1至20個、由1至10個、或由10至20個)。風扇之數目可為偶數。風扇的數目可為(例如,均勻地)分佈在開口之兩側上。至電路系統的開口可沿著緊固件之長度定中心。用於氣流(例如,及風扇的放置)之開口可沿著緊固件設置並進一步遠離此開口。每二個風扇可沿著緊固件長度(例如,葉片長度)的中間部分對稱地對齊。圖35顯示具有葉片之緊固件3502的範例,此葉片具有沿著其長度定中心之開口3504,此葉片具有便於氣體交換及容納風扇(例如3524)的複數開口3505a及3505b(總共八個開口)。複數開口可為通風孔。開口可沿著緊固件之長度中心對稱地配置,且沿著緊固件葉片延伸遠離開口。每一開口群組3505a及3505b中的開口係沿著緊固件(例如,鉸鏈葉片)部分均勻地分佈(例如,均勻地隔開),且相對於繞著緊固件長度之中心對稱地配置成二群組。緊固件葉片3522係耦接至建構成固持電路板3597的拐角3529。電路板可耦接至設置在保護框架蓋件3503中之感測器及發射器面板。框架蓋件保護至少一部分透明材料(例如,3598),其建構成允許觸控螢幕功能性的發射輻射(例如,紅外線輻射)通過其傳播。In some embodiments, the fasteners can be constructed to facilitate heat exchange. The fasteners can be constructed to accommodate any heat exchange device and/or technology disclosed herein. For example, the fasteners can be constructed to house more than one fan for active gas (e.g., air) conduction. The fasteners can be constructed to accommodate at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or 20 fans. The fasteners can be constructed to accommodate the number of fans between any of the aforementioned numbers of fans (for example, from 1 to 20, from 1 to 10, or from 10 to 20). The number of fans can be even. The number of fans may be (for example, evenly distributed) on both sides of the opening. The opening to the circuit system can be centered along the length of the fastener. The opening for air flow (for example, and the placement of the fan) can be arranged along the fastener and further away from the opening. Every two fans may be symmetrically aligned along the middle portion of the fastener length (e.g., blade length). Figure 35 shows an example of a fastener 3502 with a blade, the blade has an opening 3504 centered along its length, the blade has a plurality of openings 3505a and 3505b (a total of eight openings) that facilitate gas exchange and accommodate fans (such as 3524) . The plurality of openings may be ventilation holes. The opening may be symmetrically arranged along the length center of the fastener, and extend away from the opening along the blade of the fastener. The openings in each opening group 3505a and 3505b are evenly distributed (for example, evenly spaced) along the fastener (for example, hinge blade), and are arranged in two symmetrically with respect to the center of the length of the fastener. Group. The fastener blade 3522 is coupled to the corner 3529 that is configured to hold the circuit board 3597. The circuit board can be coupled to the sensor and transmitter panels provided in the protective frame cover 3503. The frame cover protects at least a part of the transparent material (for example, 3598), and is configured to allow the functionally emitted radiation (for example, infrared radiation) of the touch screen to propagate therethrough.

於一些實施例中,顯示器構造緊固件包含複數電路板。電路板可包括增幅器及/或驅動器板件,及/或便於觸控螢幕功能性之至少一電路系統。例如,可有便於觸控螢幕功能性的二電路板。複數電路板之至少一者可附接至緊固件。圖35顯示藉由連接件(例如,L形托架3529)耦接至鉸鏈葉片3522的觸控螢幕電路系統3597之範例。附加電路系統3599(例如,便於觸控螢幕功能性)(例如3599)可或可不耦接至緊固件(例如,鉸鏈葉片3522)。In some embodiments, the display construction fastener includes a plurality of circuit boards. The circuit board may include an amplifier and/or a driver board, and/or at least one circuit system that facilitates the functionality of the touch screen. For example, there may be two circuit boards that facilitate the functionality of the touch screen. At least one of the plurality of circuit boards may be attached to the fastener. FIG. 35 shows an example of a touch screen circuit system 3597 coupled to a hinge blade 3522 by a connector (for example, an L-shaped bracket 3529). Additional circuitry 3599 (e.g., to facilitate touch screen functionality) (e.g., 3599) may or may not be coupled to a fastener (e.g., hinge blade 3522).

在一些範例中,緊固件便於在顯示器構造的一側面上之冷卻及/或空氣流動、及於顯示器構造的相反側面上之觸控螢幕功能性。圖35顯示耦接至緊固件3502的觸控螢幕3501之範例,使得氣流3536被引導至顯示器構造3501的將為進一步遠離觀看者之背面,且觸控螢幕功能性(例如,包括透明材料3598)設置在顯示器構造3501的較接近觀看者(例如,及觀看者可為了觸控螢幕功能性而進出)之相反側上。觀看者係示意性地顯示為小雕像3596,以指明顯示器構造3501的觀看者側面(例如,其比例可為例如相對顯示器構造不成比例的)。In some examples, the fasteners facilitate cooling and/or air flow on one side of the display structure, and touch screen functionality on the opposite side of the display structure. 35 shows an example of a touch screen 3501 coupled to a fastener 3502, so that the airflow 3536 is guided to the back of the display structure 3501 to be further away from the back of the viewer, and the touch screen is functional (for example, includes a transparent material 3598) It is arranged on the opposite side of the display structure 3501 that is closer to the viewer (for example, and the viewer can enter and exit for touch screen functionality). The viewer is shown schematically as a figurine 3596 to indicate the viewer side of the display configuration 3501 (for example, the scale may be disproportionate to the display configuration, for example).

於一些實施例中,緊固件可建構成便於熱交換。緊固件可建構成便於由外部大氣朝顯示器構造之主動熱傳導(例如,氣體推動)。緊固件可建構成便於由顯示器構造朝外部大氣的主動熱傳導(例如,氣體抽吸)。例如,緊固件可建構成容納一個以上之風扇,此等風扇建構成將來自環繞緊固件的周遭大氣之氣體(例如,空氣)引導朝指定路徑。此路徑可藉由引導結構來指定。此引導結構可為至少一平面式及/或彎曲部分。圖35顯示具有平面式部分3531與3532、及彎曲部分3533的氣體引導結構3523之範例。氣體引導結構可為由一塊材料(例如,一平板)、或複數附接(例如,壓合、焊接、互鎖、及/或緊固)部分所形成。此氣體引導部分可建構成沿著路徑3526引導氣體。圖35顯示緊固件及相關部件的諸多視圖。氣體可為例如經過氣體引導路徑(例如,藉由氣體引導結構及/或緊固件所形成)從外部環境(例如,外殼之大氣)引導朝顯示器構造。氣體引導結構可為緊固件的一部分或耦接至緊固件。氣體引導結構可為耦接(例如,緊固)至緊固件之第一葉片或作為其一部分。氣體引導結構可為不是另一(例如,第二)葉片的一部分(或耦接至此部分)。氣體引導結構可為耦接(例如,緊固)至緊固件之第一葉片或作為其一部分,此部分建構成附接至顯示器構造。氣體引導結構可為不是另一(例如,第二)葉片的一部分(或未耦接至此部分),此部分建構成附接至支撐結構(例如,固定裝置,例如框架部分或壁面之類)。支撐結構可為外殼的一部分(例如,外殼之固定裝置)。風扇可包含致動器。可藉由控制器(例如,本文所揭示的任何控制器)來控制。風扇可為局部控制器(例如,在緊固件及/或E-box之控制器中)。風扇可為遠端控制(例如,藉由BMS及/或藉由較高層級的控制器,例如樓層控制器或主控制器之類)。風扇可為建構成控制感測器及/或發射器(例如,裝置集體)的控制器來控制。In some embodiments, the fasteners can be constructed to facilitate heat exchange. The fasteners can be constructed to facilitate active heat transfer (e.g., gas push) from the outside atmosphere to the display structure. The fasteners may be constructed to facilitate active heat conduction (e.g., gas suction) from the display structure to the outside atmosphere. For example, the fastener may be configured to accommodate more than one fan, and these fan structures may direct gas (e.g., air) from the surrounding atmosphere surrounding the fastener toward a designated path. This path can be specified by the guide structure. The guiding structure can be at least one flat and/or curved part. FIG. 35 shows an example of a gas guiding structure 3523 having planar portions 3531 and 3532 and a curved portion 3533. The gas guiding structure may be formed by a piece of material (for example, a flat plate), or a plurality of attached parts (for example, pressing, welding, interlocking, and/or fastening). This gas guiding part can be constructed to guide the gas along the path 3526. Figure 35 shows many views of the fastener and related components. The gas may be guided to the display structure from the external environment (for example, the atmosphere of the housing) through a gas guiding path (for example, formed by a gas guiding structure and/or a fastener), for example. The gas guiding structure may be part of the fastener or coupled to the fastener. The gas guiding structure may be or be a part of the first blade coupled (eg, fastened) to the fastener. The gas guiding structure may not be part of (or coupled to this part) another (eg, second) blade. The gas guiding structure may be coupled (e.g., fastened) to the first blade of the fastener or as a part thereof, which part is configured to be attached to the display structure. The gas guiding structure may not be a part (or not coupled to this part) of another (for example, second) blade, and this part is configured to be attached to a supporting structure (for example, a fixing device, such as a frame part or a wall surface, etc.). The supporting structure may be a part of the housing (for example, a fixing device of the housing). The fan may include an actuator. It can be controlled by a controller (for example, any controller disclosed herein). The fan may be a local controller (for example, in the controller of the fastener and/or E-box). The fan can be remotely controlled (for example, by a BMS and/or by a higher-level controller, such as a floor controller or a main controller). The fan may be controlled by a controller configured to control a sensor and/or a transmitter (for example, a device collective).

圖36顯示耦接至緊固件之一部分的顯示器構造之立體圖範例。圖36顯示具有二轉向節群組3685a及3685b的鉸鏈葉片3622之範例。每一轉向節群組具有經過該處插入的鉸鏈(例如3620)。每一轉向節群組係形成鉸鏈之轉向節組件的一部分。轉向節群組3685a及3685b形成鉸鏈葉片3622之一體式部分,此鉸鏈葉片具有繞著鉸鏈葉片3622的長度之中心配置於二對稱群組3605a及3605b中的複數開口。鉸鏈葉片3622具有繞著鉸鏈長度之長度定中心的外出部分3604。鉸鏈葉片3622係由單一件(例如,單一平板、切片、條片、或板片)所形成。鉸鏈葉片3622沿著顯示器構造3601之側面的全長延伸。顯示器構造3601沒有圍繞其所有側面之框架。開口(例如,3605c)建構成允許氣體(例如,空氣)由顯示器構造3601的一側面(例如,沿著路徑3626)通過。鉸鏈葉片3622亦包含突出特徵(例如,凸部)3699。數字3601a及3622a中之結尾「a」表示各自項目的一部分,而顯示沒有結尾「a」(例如3601a係顯示器構造3601之一部分)。Figure 36 shows an example of a perspective view of a display structure coupled to a part of the fastener. Figure 36 shows an example of a hinge blade 3622 with two knuckle groups 3685a and 3685b. Each knuckle group has a hinge (for example, 3620) inserted therethrough. Each knuckle group is a part of the knuckle assembly of the hinge. The knuckle groups 3685a and 3685b form an integral part of the hinge blade 3622. The hinge blade has a plurality of openings arranged in the two symmetry groups 3605a and 3605b around the center of the length of the hinge blade 3622. The hinge blade 3622 has an outgoing portion 3604 centered around the length of the hinge length. The hinge blade 3622 is formed by a single piece (for example, a single flat plate, slice, strip, or plate). The hinge blade 3622 extends along the full length of the side surface of the display structure 3601. The display structure 3601 does not have a frame around all its sides. The opening (e.g., 3605c) is configured to allow gas (e.g., air) to pass through one side of the display structure 3601 (e.g., along the path 3626). The hinge blade 3622 also includes protruding features (eg, protrusions) 3699. The ending "a" in the numbers 3601a and 3622a represents a part of each item, and the display does not have the ending "a" (for example, 3601a is a part of the display structure 3601).

圖37顯示藉由感測器-發射器面板、例如3703所定框的顯示器構造3701之立體圖範例。顯示器構造係耦接至具有二鉸鏈葉片3721及3722的緊固件3702。鉸鏈葉片3721建構成耦接至支撐結構。鉸鏈葉片3721具有二組開放式轉向節3783a及3783b,其建構成藉由分別與封閉孔腔轉向節3785a及3785b整合在一起而附接至鉸鏈葉片3722或由鉸鏈葉片3722拆開,每一轉向節固持鉸鏈心銷。鉸鏈葉片3721形成為托架形狀。鉸鏈葉片3722包含沿著其長度定中心之開口3704(例如,刻出部分或出口),此開口延伸至鉸鏈葉片寬度的一部分。此開口建構成便於進出至任何附接之電路系統(例如,增幅器及/或驅動器板件)及/或連接器的一部分,此連接器將附接至鉸鏈葉片3722及/或耦接至顯示器構造(例如並與之通訊),且耦接至E-box及電源。鉸鏈葉片3722具有繞著葉片鉸鏈3722的長度配置成二群組之複數開口(例如,3705)。每群組中的開口係均勻地隔開。開口允許氣體(例如,空氣)之交換。鉸鏈葉片3722耦接至氣體引導結構(例如,氣體導引件)3723。氣體導引件建構成將任何進來的氣體(例如,空氣)引導經過開口(例如,3705)至顯示器構造穿通孔腔3750之一側,使得氣體將例如在虛線箭頭3751中所描繪的方向中(或於相反方向中)流動。部分3732覆蓋(並形成)孔腔3750,此部分3732、3733及3731係氣體導引部分3723之部分。數字3701a、3702a、3703a、3721a、3722a、3723a及3733a中的結尾「a」表示各自項目的一部分,而顯示沒有結尾「a」(例如3701a係顯示器構造3701之一部分)。FIG. 37 shows an example of a three-dimensional view of a display structure 3701 framed by a sensor-transmitter panel, such as 3703. The display structure is coupled to a fastener 3702 with two hinged blades 3721 and 3722. The hinge blade 3721 is configured to be coupled to the support structure. The hinge blade 3721 has two sets of open knuckles 3783a and 3783b, which are constructed by being integrated with the closed cavity knuckles 3785a and 3785b to be attached to the hinge blade 3722 or detached by the hinge blade 3722, each steering The section holds the hinge core pin. The hinge blade 3721 is formed in a bracket shape. The hinge blade 3722 includes an opening 3704 (eg, an engraved portion or exit) centered along its length, the opening extending to a portion of the width of the hinge blade. This opening is constructed to facilitate access to any attached circuit system (for example, amplifier and/or driver board) and/or part of the connector, which will be attached to the hinge blade 3722 and/or coupled to the display Structure (for example and communicate with it), and coupled to E-box and power supply. The hinge blade 3722 has a plurality of openings (for example, 3705) arranged in two groups around the length of the blade hinge 3722. The openings in each group are evenly spaced. The opening allows the exchange of gas (e.g., air). The hinge blade 3722 is coupled to a gas guide structure (for example, a gas guide) 3723. The gas guide is configured to guide any incoming gas (e.g., air) through the opening (e.g., 3705) to one side of the display structure through-hole 3750, so that the gas will, for example, be in the direction depicted by the dashed arrow 3751 ( Or in the opposite direction) flow. The portion 3732 covers (and forms) the cavity 3750, and the portions 3732, 3733, and 3731 are parts of the gas guiding portion 3723. The ending "a" in the numbers 3701a, 3702a, 3703a, 3721a, 3722a, 3723a, and 3733a indicates a part of each item, and the display does not have an ending "a" (for example, 3701a is a part of the display structure 3701).

在一些實施例中,緊固件建構成便於熱交換。熱交換可為主動式。可藉由一個以上的風扇、氣體(例如,空氣)引導部件、及/或氣體通道來促進熱交換。在緊固件中形成之用於氣體流動的路徑可設計成容納空氣之流動,而例如,如與周遭壓力相比,不會在緊固件中形成過多或減小的壓力。允許氣體於緊固件中流動經過之面積可為大於使氣體在風扇中流動經過的面積。例如,風扇開口(例如3805)之總水平橫截面積可為小於氣體導引件(例如3823)與板件(例如3855)之間的總水平位橫截面積,氣體導引件與板件一起形成將氣體(例如3851)引導朝顯示器構造(例如3801)之外部的氣體通道。In some embodiments, the fasteners are constructed to facilitate heat exchange. The heat exchange can be active. More than one fan, gas (for example, air) guiding component, and/or gas channel can be used to promote heat exchange. The path for the gas flow formed in the fastener can be designed to accommodate the flow of air, and for example, as compared with the surrounding pressure, no excessive or reduced pressure is formed in the fastener. The area allowed for gas to flow through the fastener may be larger than the area for gas to flow through in the fan. For example, the total horizontal cross-sectional area of the fan opening (such as 3805) may be smaller than the total horizontal cross-sectional area between the gas guide (such as 3823) and the plate (such as 3855), and the gas guide and the plate are together A gas channel is formed to guide the gas (for example, 3851) to the outside of the display structure (for example, 3801).

圖38顯示耦接至緊固件3822(例如,鉸鏈葉片)之一部分的顯示器構造3801之立體圖範例,緊固件具有延伸至其寬度的一部分之開口(例如,退縮、刻出、或出口)3804,此開口沿著其長度定中心。開口3804建構成允許進出至電路系統3830及/或其連接器的一部分。鉸鏈葉片3822具有二組轉向節3884a及3884b、及複數便於使氣體(例如,空氣)流經該處之開口(例如3805)。鉸鏈葉片3822耦接至氣體導引件3823,氣體導引件3823建構成導引流經(例如,進來或流出)開口(例如3805)的氣體。氣體導引件耦接至具有突起部之板件3855。突起部係沿著板件的長度均勻地分佈。此板件係與氣體導引件3823耦接以形成氣體通道(例如,在每二突起部之間)。突起部建構成防止氣體導引件及/或板件彎曲(例如,塌陷)。突起部建構成確保氣體通道隨著時間之推移保留可操作及/或完整整無損的。氣引導引件3823及板件3855於藉由虛線箭頭(例如3851)所描繪之方向中導引氣體。氣體導引件3832(例如,其係附接至鉸鏈葉片3822或為鉸鏈葉片3822的一部分)建構成與包含托架之鉸鏈葉片3821嚙合。顯示器構造3801係藉由便於觸控螢幕能力的感測器-發射器面板(例如3803)所定框。緊固件之托架部分可具有至少一尖端(例如3821)或至少一無尖端部分(例如3525)。例如,當緊固件的鉸鏈處於封閉位置中時,托架之至少一端部可為設置成接近氣體導引件。托架的至少一端部可接觸或可不接觸氣體導引件。緊固件可建構成例如當緊固件處於封閉位置中時,在緊固件的托架部分與氣體導引件之間允許氣體通過(例如,及間隙)。圖35顯示氣體導引件3523與緊固件之葉片3921的非尖銳托架端部3525之間的間隙之範例。圖38顯示緊固件的葉片3821之尖銳托架端部3825與其互補部分氣體導引件3823(其係彎曲部分3533的一部分)之間的間隙之範例。托架的至少一端部可與托架之側面形成直角或非直角。托架的至少一端部可具有與其緊臨之氣體導引部分互補的角度及/或曲率,例如,當緊固件處於封閉位置時(例如,在3802之範例中顯示)。鉸鏈葉片3822建構成安裝電路系統3871(例如,便於觸控螢幕功能性),此安裝係藉由使用呈L形托架3870的形狀之安裝結構來實施。安裝結構可為鉸鏈葉片3822的一體式部分,或可為分開之部分,其係卡扣、互鎖、焊接、膠合、螺栓鎖緊、或以另一方式附接至鉸鏈葉片3822。數字3801a、3803a、3821a、3822a、3832a、3821a、3823a、3840a及3855a中的結尾「a」表示各自項目之一部分,而顯示沒有結尾「a」(例如3801a係顯示器構造3801的一部分)。項目3890係連接件(例如4090)。氣體導引件可藉由本文所揭示的任何附接(例如,耦接)方法(例如,卡扣、焊接、膠合、螺栓鎖緊、互鎖或擰緊)而耦接(例如,附接)至緊固件。在緊固件之封閉位置處,第一葉片及第二葉片(及任何附接至其上的物件)維持彼此分開(例如,間隙)(例如,彼此不接觸)。間隔(例如,間隙)可為至多約0.2毫米(mm)、0.3mm、0.4mm、0.5mm、0.8mm、1mm、3mm或5mm。間隔(例如,間隙)可為於任何前述值之間(例如,由約0.2mm至約5mm、由約0.2mm至約0.5mm、由約0.3mm至約1mm、或由約0.8mm至約5 mm)。間隙可為在第一鉸鏈葉片之托架部分(例如3525)的尖端與其互補部分之間,此互補部分係第二鉸鏈葉片的一部分(例如,附接至其上或作為其一體式部分),例如至托架尖端部分(例如3525)之間隙導引件(例如3523)互補部分(例如3533)。數字3501a、3510a及3522a中的結尾「a」表示各自項目之一部分,而顯示沒有結尾「a」(例如3501a係顯示器構造3501的一部分)。項目3505c代表風扇3505b之一部分。緊固件及相關聯的部件係於3570中以側視圖表示。38 shows an example of a perspective view of a display structure 3801 coupled to a portion of a fastener 3822 (e.g., hinge blade), the fastener having an opening (e.g., retracted, engraved, or exit) 3804 that extends to a portion of its width. The opening is centered along its length. The opening 3804 is constructed to allow access to the circuit system 3830 and/or a part of its connector. The hinge blade 3822 has two sets of steering knuckles 3884a and 3884b, and a plurality of openings (for example, 3805) that facilitate the flow of gas (for example, air) therethrough. The hinge blade 3822 is coupled to the gas guide 3823, and the gas guide 3823 is configured to guide the gas flowing through (for example, in or out of) the opening (for example, 3805). The gas guide is coupled to a plate 3855 having a protrusion. The protrusions are evenly distributed along the length of the plate. The plate is coupled with the gas guide 3823 to form a gas channel (for example, between every two protrusions). The protrusion is configured to prevent the gas guide and/or the plate from bending (for example, collapsing). The protruding structure ensures that the gas passage remains operable and/or intact over time. The gas guide 3823 and the plate 3855 guide the gas in the direction depicted by the dashed arrow (for example, 3851). The gas guide 3832 (for example, it is attached to the hinge blade 3822 or is part of the hinge blade 3822) is configured to engage with the hinge blade 3821 including the bracket. The display structure 3801 is framed by a sensor-transmitter panel (such as 3803) that facilitates the ability to touch the screen. The bracket part of the fastener may have at least one tip (for example, 3821) or at least one pointless part (for example, 3525). For example, when the hinge of the fastener is in the closed position, at least one end of the bracket may be arranged close to the gas guide. At least one end of the bracket may or may not contact the gas guide. The fastener may be configured to allow gas to pass (eg, and a gap) between the bracket portion of the fastener and the gas guide when the fastener is in the closed position, for example. 35 shows an example of the gap between the gas guide 3523 and the non-sharp bracket end 3525 of the blade 3921 of the fastener. FIG. 38 shows an example of the gap between the sharp bracket end 3825 of the blade 3821 of the fastener and its complementary portion of the gas guide 3823 (which is a part of the curved portion 3533). At least one end of the bracket can form a right angle or a non-right angle with the side surface of the bracket. At least one end of the bracket may have an angle and/or curvature complementary to the gas guiding portion adjacent thereto, for example, when the fastener is in a closed position (for example, as shown in the example of 3802). The hinge blade 3822 constitutes a mounting circuit system 3871 (for example, to facilitate touch screen functionality), and this mounting is implemented by using a mounting structure in the shape of an L-shaped bracket 3870. The mounting structure may be an integral part of the hinge blade 3822, or may be a separate part that is snapped, interlocked, welded, glued, bolted, or otherwise attached to the hinge blade 3822. The ending "a" in the numbers 3801a, 3803a, 3821a, 3822a, 3832a, 3821a, 3823a, 3840a, and 3855a represents a part of each item, and the display does not have the ending "a" (for example, 3801a is a part of the display structure 3801). Item 3890 is a connector (for example, 4090). The gas guide can be coupled (e.g., attached) by any attachment (e.g., coupling) method disclosed herein (e.g., snapping, welding, gluing, bolt locking, interlocking, or tightening) to fastener. At the closed position of the fastener, the first blade and the second blade (and any objects attached to it) are maintained separated from each other (for example, a gap) (for example, not in contact with each other). The spacing (eg, gap) can be up to about 0.2 millimeters (mm), 0.3 mm, 0.4 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.8 mm, 1 mm, 3 mm, or 5 mm. The interval (e.g., gap) can be between any of the foregoing values (e.g., from about 0.2 mm to about 5 mm, from about 0.2 mm to about 0.5 mm, from about 0.3 mm to about 1 mm, or from about 0.8 mm to about 5 mm). mm). The gap may be between the tip of the bracket part (for example 3525) of the first hinge blade and its complementary part, which is a part of the second hinge blade (for example, attached to it or as an integral part thereof), For example, the complementary part (for example, 3533) of the gap guide (for example, 3523) to the tip part of the bracket (for example, 3525). The ending "a" in the numbers 3501a, 3510a, and 3522a represents a part of each item, and the display does not have the ending "a" (for example, 3501a is a part of the display structure 3501). Item 3505c represents part of fan 3505b. The fasteners and associated components are shown in side view in 3570.

在一些實施例中,緊固件係藉由帽蓋(例如,美容帽蓋)遮蔽而使觀看者看不到。帽蓋可用作緊固件之保護蓋或蓋件。帽蓋可遮蔽安裝於其中的支撐結構(例如固定裝置)中之緊固件。例如,帽蓋可模仿框架(例如,窗框)的一部分、或壁面之一部分。帽蓋可在其周遭(例如於支撐結構中)進行偽裝。帽蓋可例如使用本文所揭示的任何附接方式附接至支撐結構,例如,用螺栓鎖緊、用螺釘擰緊、卡扣、或黏著(例如,使用黏著劑)。支撐結構可建構成便於此附接(例如,藉由併入至帽蓋將附接之互補結構)。In some embodiments, the fastener is covered by a cap (e.g., a cosmetic cap) so that the viewer cannot see it. The cap can be used as a protective cover or cover for fasteners. The cap can conceal the fasteners in the supporting structure (such as a fixing device) installed therein. For example, the cap can mimic a part of a frame (e.g., a window frame), or a part of a wall surface. The cap can be camouflaged around it (for example, in the support structure). The cap can be attached to the support structure, for example, using any of the attachment methods disclosed herein, for example, bolted, screwed, snapped, or adhered (for example, using an adhesive). The support structure can be constructed to facilitate this attachment (e.g., a complementary structure that will be attached by incorporation into the cap).

在一些實施例中,氣體導引件建構成沿著顯示器構造的側面導引氣體。氣體沿著其導引之顯示器結構的側面可為最接近支撐結構(例如,壁面、可著色玻璃、及/或框架)。氣體沿著其導引之顯示器構造的側面可更遠離觀看者。氣體沿著其導引氣體之顯示器構造的側面可為與具有觸控螢幕能力之顯示器構造的側面相反。氣體沿著其導引之顯示器構造的側面可為與發射器沿著其發射輻射之側面相反,而此輻射作為觸控螢幕功能性的一部分。圖38顯示具有引導至顯示器構造3801之一側面上的氣流之顯示器構造3801的範例,而藉由例如3841之虛線箭頭所說明,顯示器構造的此側面係與藉由觀看者所觀看及/或進出之側面相反,而藉由小雕像3899示意性地說明此觀看者(例如,其標度可為例如與顯示器構造不成比例)。In some embodiments, the gas guide is configured to guide the gas along the sides of the display structure. The side of the display structure along which the gas is guided can be the closest to the support structure (e.g., wall, tinted glass, and/or frame). The side of the display structure along which the gas is guided can be farther away from the viewer. The side of the display structure along which the gas guides the gas can be opposite to the side of the display structure with touch screen capabilities. The side of the display structure along which the gas is guided can be opposite to the side along which the emitter emits radiation, and this radiation is part of the functionality of the touch screen. FIG. 38 shows an example of a display structure 3801 with air flow directed to one side of the display structure 3801, and as illustrated by the dashed arrow, such as 3841, this side of the display structure is related to the viewing and/or access by the viewer The side is opposite, and the viewer is schematically illustrated by the figurine 3899 (for example, the scale may be disproportionate to the display configuration, for example).

於一些實施例中,氣體導引件可藉由突出特徵(例如,凸部)來與鉸鏈葉片分開。突出特徵可由氣體導引件或由鉸鏈葉片突出。突出特徵可為氣體導引件或鉸鏈葉片的一體式部分。突出特徵可為附接至氣體導引件或鉸鏈葉片之分開件(例如,使用本文所揭示的任何附接方法)。圖38顯示由鉸鏈葉片3822突出之突出特徵3840(例如,凸部)的範例。突出特徵可為緊固件之一個以上的部分提供結構支撐。In some embodiments, the gas guide can be separated from the hinge blade by a protruding feature (for example, a protrusion). The protruding feature can be protruded by a gas guide or by a hinge blade. The protruding feature may be an integral part of the gas guide or hinge blade. The protruding feature may be a separate piece attached to the gas guide or hinge blade (for example, using any of the attachment methods disclosed herein). FIG. 38 shows an example of a protruding feature 3840 (e.g., a protrusion) protruding from the hinge blade 3822. The protruding feature can provide structural support for more than one part of the fastener.

在一些實施例中,主動熱交換之開始可藉由控制器所控制。控制器可利用回饋控制方案。回饋控制方案可利用溫度資料。溫度資料可由至少一溫度感測器得出。溫度資料可有關於顯示器構造之一個以上的位置處之溫度。緊固件可建構成容納及/或連接到至少一溫度感測器(例如,熱電偶或IR感測器)。至少一溫度感測器可建構成感測顯示器構造的溫度。可設置此至少一溫度感測器,使得其將接觸此顯示器構造之遠離觀看者、最接近此支撐結構、及/或最接近其所耦接的窗戶之側面(例如,邊緣)。此至少一感測器可設置在緊固件的框架(例如,感測器及發射器保護框架)及/或任何部分(例如,部件)中。當溫度抵達第一閾值時(例如,如本文所揭示者),控制方案可引導主動熱交換系統(例如,風扇及/或冷卻器)之啟動。當溫度抵達第二閾值時(例如,如本文所揭示者),控制方案可引導顯示器構造的切斷操作。當溫度抵達第三閾值時(例如,如本文所揭示者),控制方案可引導主動熱交換系統(例如,風扇及/或冷卻器)之停用。於一些實施例中,第二閾值係高於第一閾值(例如,具有較高的溫度值)。在一些實施例中,第三閾值係低於第一閾值(例如,具有較低之溫度值)。有時候,主動熱交換始終處於「on」模式,且如果溫度超過閾值(例如,本文中所劃定的第二閾值),則將其停用。(例如,任何高溫)閾值可為具有至少約40°C、43°C、45°C、47°C、49°C、50°C、53°C、55°C或57°C之值的溫度。最低閾值可為具有至多約25°C、30°C、35°C、40℃或45℃之值的溫度。高溫閾值可為發光實體極可能(例如永久地)損壞(例如燒壞)之溫度。In some embodiments, the start of active heat exchange can be controlled by the controller. The controller can utilize feedback control schemes. The feedback control scheme can use temperature data. The temperature data can be obtained by at least one temperature sensor. The temperature data may be related to the temperature at more than one location of the display structure. The fastener may be configured to receive and/or connect to at least one temperature sensor (for example, a thermocouple or an IR sensor). At least one temperature sensor can be configured to sense the temperature of the display structure. The at least one temperature sensor can be arranged so that it will contact the side (eg, edge) of the display structure away from the viewer, closest to the support structure, and/or closest to the window to which it is coupled. The at least one sensor can be provided in the frame (for example, the sensor and transmitter protection frame) and/or any part (for example, the component) of the fastener. When the temperature reaches the first threshold (e.g., as disclosed herein), the control scheme can direct the activation of the active heat exchange system (e.g., fan and/or cooler). When the temperature reaches the second threshold (e.g., as disclosed herein), the control scheme can direct the cut-off operation of the display configuration. When the temperature reaches the third threshold (e.g., as disclosed herein), the control scheme may direct the deactivation of the active heat exchange system (e.g., fan and/or cooler). In some embodiments, the second threshold is higher than the first threshold (for example, has a higher temperature value). In some embodiments, the third threshold is lower than the first threshold (for example, has a lower temperature value). Sometimes, active heat exchange is always in the "on" mode, and if the temperature exceeds a threshold (for example, the second threshold defined in this article), it is disabled. (For example, any high temperature) The threshold may be a value of at least about 40°C, 43°C, 45°C, 47°C, 49°C, 50°C, 53°C, 55°C, or 57°C temperature. The lowest threshold may be a temperature having a value of at most about 25°C, 30°C, 35°C, 40°C, or 45°C. The high temperature threshold may be a temperature at which the light-emitting entity is likely to be (e.g., permanently) damaged (e.g., burned out).

圖39顯示具有觸控螢幕能力的顯示器構造3901之諸多部分的立體圖範例,其耦接至緊固件3902。緊固件具有鉸鏈,此鉸鏈具有第一鉸鏈葉片3921及第二鉸鏈葉片3922,這些葉片建構成繞著軸線擺動。項目3980顯示藉由感測器-發射器面板及其殼體之一部分界定邊界的顯示器構造之一部分。緊固件包括氣體導引件3923、複數便於氣體經過該處排出及/或進入之孔洞、及第一電路系統3930。鉸鏈葉片3922具有凹部3904。此凹部可建構成便於進出至第二電路系統及/或連接器(在圖39中未示出),其建構成耦接至顯示器構造及E-box(例如於其中的時序控制器)及/或電源。第一電路系統3930可設置在(或以另一方式耦接至)鉸鏈葉片3922之側面上。第一電路系統可建構成便於觸控螢幕功能性的操作,其包括界定顯示器構造、例如3923之邊界的感測器及發射器面板。感測器及發射器面板包含電路系統3923,感測器及發射器(例如3922)耦接至此電路系統3923,反射表面(例如反射鏡)3925、包括3924及3927之保護框架,且透明材料3920建構成允許來自發射器的輻射經過該處行進(並可選地保護電路免受周圍環境、例如免受濕氣之影響)。框架部分3924建構成在感測器及發射器組件的一部分上方(例如,反射表面3925上方)支撐顯示器構造3901。保護框架(及於其中之部件)沿著顯示器構造3901的側面延伸。每二個垂直之保護框架在顯示器構造3901的邊緣於連接拐角3990處會合。此連接拐角包含本體3991及此本體之蓋件3995。本體可為單件面板。此蓋件(例如,拐角蓋件)係三面角蓋件3995。三面角蓋件具有三個延伸部分,它們一起形成此三面角。三個延伸部分的其中二個設置在一平面上,且第三個延伸部分設置成垂直於此平面。第三個延伸部包含二個波浪形結構。三面角蓋件3995建構成在其會合邊緣3990處密封二個普通保護框架之連接器。連接拐角的本體建構成容置感測器-發射器電路系統之電路板3998a及3998b。3901a係顯示器構造3901的一部分。電路板係於拐角處彼此連接(未示出)。二電路板之其中一者係連接至觸控螢幕電路板3930。本體建構成容置內部連接器3094,其具有二彎曲邊緣、及形成類似於眼睛或杏仁的橫截面之二尖狀邊緣。內部連接器3994包含建構成容納螺釘的殼體。一體式連接器可為單件面板3991之一部分。FIG. 39 shows an example of a perspective view of various parts of a display structure 3901 with touch screen capability, which is coupled to a fastener 3902. The fastener has a hinge, and the hinge has a first hinge blade 3921 and a second hinge blade 3922, and these blades are configured to swing around an axis. Item 3980 shows a part of a display structure that is bounded by a sensor-transmitter panel and a part of its housing. The fastener includes a gas guide 3923, a plurality of holes that facilitate gas to be discharged and/or entered therethrough, and a first circuit system 3930. The hinge blade 3922 has a recess 3904. This recess can be constructed to facilitate access to the second circuit system and/or connector (not shown in FIG. 39), which is constructed to be coupled to the display structure and the E-box (such as the timing controller therein) and/ Or power supply. The first circuit system 3930 can be disposed on (or coupled to) the side surface of the hinge blade 3922. The first circuit system can be constructed to facilitate the operation of the touch screen functionality, which includes a sensor and transmitter panel that defines the boundary of the display structure, such as 3923. The sensor and transmitter panel includes a circuit system 3923, the sensor and transmitter (such as 3922) are coupled to the circuit system 3923, a reflective surface (such as a mirror) 3925, a protective frame including 3924 and 3927, and a transparent material 3920 The structure allows the radiation from the transmitter to travel therethrough (and optionally protects the circuit from the surrounding environment, such as moisture). The frame portion 3924 is configured to support the display structure 3901 above a portion of the sensor and transmitter assembly (eg, above the reflective surface 3925). The protective frame (and the components therein) extends along the side of the display structure 3901. Every two vertical protection frames meet at the connecting corner 3990 at the edge of the display structure 3901. The connecting corner includes a main body 3991 and a cover 3995 of the main body. The body can be a single-piece panel. This cover (for example, a corner cover) is a three-sided corner cover 3995. The trihedral cover has three extensions, which together form the trihedral angle. Two of the three extension parts are arranged on a plane, and the third extension part is arranged perpendicular to the plane. The third extension includes two wave-shaped structures. The three-sided corner cover 3995 is constructed to seal the connector of two ordinary protective frames at its meeting edge 3990. The body connected to the corners constitutes circuit boards 3998a and 3998b that house the sensor-transmitter circuit system. 3901a is part of the display structure 3901. The circuit boards are connected to each other at the corners (not shown). One of the two circuit boards is connected to the touch screen circuit board 3930. The main body is constructed to accommodate the internal connector 3094, which has two curved edges and two pointed edges that form a cross-section similar to an eye or an almond. The internal connector 3994 includes a housing constructed to accommodate screws. The one-piece connector can be part of a single-piece panel 3991.

在一些實施例中,顯示器構造的框架建構成(i)支撐顯示器構造,且(ii)將顯示器構造與感測器及發射器組件分開,及(iii)保護感測器及發射器組件不受周遭環境之影響。顯示器構造建構成坐落於水平及/或直立地在感測器及發射器組件內的孔腔中。顯示器構造至少部分地藉由框架(例如3924)及/或藉由黏著劑來與固持感測器及發射器組件之孔腔分開。圖39顯示藉由定框部分3924及使顯示器構造與透明材料3920接觸的黏著劑(例如,雙面膠帶)所固持之顯示器構造3901的範例。包含3924及3927之框架形成用於感測器及發射器組件(例如3922及3925)的內部孔腔、及容置顯示器構造之外部孔腔(例如3901)。感測器-發射器組件的透明材料3920(至少部分地,例如,用黏著劑材料)覆蓋此內部孔腔而不受外部影響(例如,濕氣及/或碎屑)。3920a係透明材料3920之一部分。將顯示器構造3901設置在其上的位置X係直立及水平地位於框架h之高度及框架w的寬度內。黏著劑材料可為非常接合(VHB)之黏著劑材料(例如3M的VHB雙面膠帶)。In some embodiments, the frame structure of the display structure is configured to (i) support the display structure, and (ii) separate the display structure from the sensor and transmitter assembly, and (iii) protect the sensor and transmitter assembly from The influence of the surrounding environment. The display structure is constructed to sit horizontally and/or upright in a cavity within the sensor and transmitter assembly. The display structure is at least partially separated from the cavity holding the sensor and transmitter assembly by a frame (eg, 3924) and/or by an adhesive. FIG. 39 shows an example of the display structure 3901 held by the framed portion 3924 and the adhesive (for example, double-sided tape) that brings the display structure into contact with the transparent material 3920. The frame containing 3924 and 3927 forms the inner cavity for the sensor and transmitter components (eg, 3922 and 3925) and the outer cavity (eg, 3901) for accommodating the display structure. The transparent material 3920 of the sensor-transmitter assembly (at least partially, for example, with an adhesive material) covers this internal cavity without external influence (for example, moisture and/or debris). 3920a is a part of the transparent material 3920. The position X on which the display structure 3901 is arranged is vertically and horizontally located within the height of the frame h and the width of the frame w. The adhesive material can be a very bonding (VHB) adhesive material (for example, 3M's VHB double-sided tape).

在一些實施例中,二正交感測器及發射器面板係藉由拐角組裝件固持在一起。拐角組裝件可包含導引特徵,此導引特徵建構成導引感測器及發射器之二正交電路系統,且例如於公差內使它們相對於彼此(例如直立地)對齊。拐角件可具有階梯狀導引件或波浪狀導引件。圖39顯示包含本體3991及拐角蓋件3995的拐角組件3940之範例,此拐角組件具有二導引件3996a及3996b、每一導引件導引感測器及發射器電路系統。此導引件(例如,自行導引特徵)可建構成將電路板固持在適當位置中(例如,在公差內)。此公差可允許電路板之直立及/或水平位移至多約0.5毫米(例如,mm)、0.4mm、0.3mm、0.2mm或0.1mm。In some embodiments, the two orthogonal sensors and the transmitter panel are held together by corner assemblies. The corner assembly may include a guiding feature that constructs a two orthogonal circuit system that guides the sensor and the transmitter and aligns them relative to each other (e.g., upright) within tolerances, for example. The corner piece may have a step guide or a wave guide. FIG. 39 shows an example of a corner assembly 3940 including a main body 3991 and a corner cover 3995. The corner assembly has two guides 3996a and 3996b, and each guide guides a sensor and a transmitter circuit system. This guide (e.g., a self-guided feature) can be configured to hold the circuit board in place (e.g., within tolerance). This tolerance may allow the vertical and/or horizontal displacement of the circuit board to be up to about 0.5 mm (for example, mm), 0.4 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.2 mm, or 0.1 mm.

於一些實施例中,使用至少一連接件將顯示器構造的框架耦接至緊固件。此連接件可包含三面角。此連接件可具有面朝三個正交方向之三個平面。此連接件可建構成將緊固件與感測器-發射器面板的保護框架連接。此連接件可建構成包圍此緊固件之一部分(例如,其邊緣)的三個正交側面。圖40顯示一顯示器構造及相關部件的諸多部分之立體圖範例。圖40顯示具有三個正交側面4090a、4090b及4090c的整個連接件4090之範例(4090d係4090a的局部視圖)。連接件4090建構成連接至氣體引導部分4032(以其局部視圖顯示),此氣體引導部分4032將氣體引導經過第一開口4005、第二開口4050、及至顯示器構造4001之後方側面(顯示為此顯示器構造的一部分),例如,沿著虛線箭頭4051。連接件4090建構成密封藉由支撐部分4070所固持之電路系統,並耦接(例如,連接)至支撐部分,及在其4090a側面耦接至感測器-發射極組件4003的保護框架之側面(顯示局部視圖)。緊固件包含至少一鉸鏈,其具有轉向節及心銷(例如4082)、包含建構成安裝於支撐結構(例如固定裝置)上的托架之第一鉸鏈葉片4021(顯示局部視圖)、及第二鉸鏈葉片4022(顯示局部視圖)。具有至少一氣體開口(例如4005)的第二鉸鏈葉片包含升高結構4040,此升高結構4040當鉸鏈處於其封閉位置時減少氣體在鉸鏈的葉片之間的逸出。緊固件4002建構成容置至少一電路板,例如4030(顯示為整個電路板)。電路板4030(例如,包含驅動器及/或增壓板件)建構成連接至顯示器構造4001,並經由電纜線路4031提供資料及/或電力。電路板4030亦建構成連接E-box(例如,包含時序控制器)及/或經由(例如,六條)未顯示於圖40中之其他電纜連接至電源。其他電纜可由與圖40中所顯示面相反的電路板4030之面延伸。In some embodiments, at least one connector is used to couple the frame of the display structure to the fastener. This connector can include three-sided corners. The connecting piece can have three planes facing three orthogonal directions. This connector can be constructed to connect the fastener to the protective frame of the sensor-transmitter panel. The connector can be constructed to form three orthogonal sides surrounding a part of the fastener (for example, its edge). FIG. 40 shows an example of a three-dimensional view of various parts of a display structure and related components. FIG. 40 shows an example of the entire connecting member 4090 having three orthogonal sides 4090a, 4090b, and 4090c (4090d is a partial view of 4090a). The connector 4090 is configured to be connected to the gas guiding portion 4032 (shown in its partial view), and this gas guiding portion 4032 guides the gas through the first opening 4005, the second opening 4050, and to the rear side of the display structure 4001 (shown as this display Part of the structure), for example, along the dashed arrow 4051. The connector 4090 is constructed to seal the circuit system held by the supporting portion 4070, and is coupled (for example, connected) to the supporting portion, and is coupled to the side of the protective frame of the sensor-emitter assembly 4003 at its side 4090a (Show partial view). The fastener includes at least one hinge, which has a steering knuckle and a core pin (for example, 4082), a first hinge blade 4021 (showing a partial view) that constitutes a bracket mounted on a support structure (for example, a fixing device), and a second Hinge blade 4022 (showing partial view). The second hinge blade with at least one gas opening (for example, 4005) includes a raised structure 4040 that reduces the escape of gas between the hinge blades when the hinge is in its closed position. The fastener 4002 is configured to accommodate at least one circuit board, such as 4030 (shown as the entire circuit board). The circuit board 4030 (for example, including a driver and/or a booster board) is configured to be connected to the display structure 4001, and provide data and/or power through a cable line 4031. The circuit board 4030 is also configured to connect to an E-box (for example, including a timing controller) and/or to connect to a power source via (for example, six) other cables not shown in FIG. 40. Other cables may extend from the side of the circuit board 4030 opposite to the side shown in FIG. 40.

在一些實施例中,緊固件建構成引導氣體的流動。氣體之流動可沿著緊固件中的指定開口及/或藉由緊固件所形成之開口引導。例如於其操作及/或封閉位置,緊固件可減小氣體在除了指定開口以外的方向中流動之可能性。緊固件的操作位置可為便於顯示器構造用於其預期目的(例如,投射媒體)之操作的位置。緊固件可包含具有二葉片之鉸鏈(例如,藉由轉向節及心銷配置所對齊)。至少一葉片可包含升高邊緣,以例如當緊固件處於封閉及/或操作時減少來自該方向中的氣體。至少一葉片可包含墊圈,以例如當緊固件封閉及/或操作時減少來自該方向中之氣體。圖41顯示耦接至緊固件4122的一部分之顯示器構造4101的立體圖及俯視圖範例,此緊固件部分具有建構成便於氣體流經該處之複數孔洞4105b及4105a。鉸鏈葉片4122包含轉向節4182。鉸鏈葉片包含升高部分4160,其減少經過升高部分的氣體之流動,此氣體的流動係在緊固件的內部(例如,當封閉及/或操作時)與周遭環境之間。此升高部分可包含墊圈;或沒有墊圈。此鉸鏈葉片4122包含凹部4104,此凹部4104延伸至其寬度的一部分並以其長度為中心。4104a係4104之一部分。項目4122a及4122b係4122的諸多部分。可沿著開口4104之4122邊緣放置墊圈,如於虛線4162中所描繪。鉸鏈葉片4122包含突出特徵(例如,凸部)4162。此突出特徵可為鉸鏈的一個以上之部件提供結構支撐。突出特徵可為緊固件(例如,鉸鏈葉片)的一體式部分。突出特徵可為例如使用本文所揭示之任何附接方法附接至緊固件(例如,鉸鏈葉片)的分開零件。突出特徵可建構成防止緊固件部分(例如,鉸鏈葉片)之彎曲(例如,塌陷)。墊圈可為由聚合物及/或樹脂所形成。聚合物及/或樹脂可包含基於碳或矽的材料。例如,此聚合物可為聚氨酯聚合物。墊圈可包含泡沫狀材料。墊圈可包含氣袋,或可為沒有(例如,可偵測之)氣袋。墊圈可包含可撓的材料(例如,橡膠或乳膠)。墊圈可包含對可見光不透明或透明之材料。In some embodiments, the fastener is configured to direct the flow of gas. The flow of gas can be guided along designated openings in the fasteners and/or by openings formed by the fasteners. For example, in its operating and/or closed position, the fastener can reduce the possibility of gas flowing in directions other than the designated opening. The operating position of the fastener may be a position that facilitates the operation of the display configuration for its intended purpose (e.g., projecting media). The fastener may include a hinge with two blades (e.g., aligned by a knuckle and core pin configuration). At least one blade may include a raised edge to reduce gas from that direction when the fastener is closed and/or operated, for example. At least one blade may include a gasket to reduce gas from that direction when the fastener is closed and/or operated, for example. Figure 41 shows an example of a three-dimensional view and a top view of a display structure 4101 coupled to a part of a fastener 4122 that has a plurality of holes 4105b and 4105a configured to facilitate gas flow therethrough. The hinge blade 4122 includes a knuckle 4182. The hinge blade includes a raised portion 4160 that reduces the flow of gas passing through the raised portion, which flow is between the interior of the fastener (for example, when closed and/or operating) and the surrounding environment. This raised part may contain gaskets; or no gaskets. The hinge blade 4122 includes a recess 4104 that extends to a part of its width and is centered on its length. 4104a is part of 4104. Items 4122a and 4122b are parts of 4122. A gasket can be placed along the edge 4122 of the opening 4104, as depicted in the dashed line 4162. The hinge blade 4122 includes protruding features (eg, protrusions) 4162. This protruding feature can provide structural support for more than one part of the hinge. The protruding feature may be an integral part of the fastener (e.g., hinge blade). The protruding feature may be, for example, a separate part attached to a fastener (e.g., hinge blade) using any of the attachment methods disclosed herein. The protruding feature can be constructed to prevent bending (e.g., collapse) of the fastener portion (e.g., hinge blade). The gasket may be formed of polymer and/or resin. The polymer and/or resin may include carbon or silicon based materials. For example, this polymer may be a polyurethane polymer. The gasket may include a foam-like material. The gasket may include an air bag, or it may have no (e.g., detectable) air bag. The gasket may comprise a flexible material (for example, rubber or latex). The gasket may include a material that is opaque or transparent to visible light.

於一些實施例中,電路系統接觸及/或附接至氣體導引件。例如,此電路系統可為設置及/或附接至氣體導引件,例如,在氣體導引件上方。上方可為在與重心相反的方向中(例如,與指向重心之重力向量4200的方向相反)。電路系統可建構成便於經過氣體通道之氣體流動。圖42以立體圖顯示此顯示器構造及相關聯的緊固件組件的諸多部分。圖42顯示電路板4230(例如,包含驅動器及/或增壓板件)之範例,此電路板4230建構成連接至顯示器構造(顯示為部分4201)並經由電纜線路4231提供資料及/或電力。電路板4230(顯示局部視圖)亦建構成經由(例如,六條)未在圖42中顯示的其他電纜連接E-box(例如,包含時序控制器)及/或連接至電源。其他電纜可由電路板4230之與圖42中所顯示的面相反之面延伸。圖42顯示將電路板4230整合進入緊固件的範例,此緊固件包含第一部分4222(局部顯示)及藉由鉸鏈4285所固持之第二部分4221(顯示局部視圖)。鉸鏈葉片4222係耦接至氣體導引件4223,此氣體導引件4223建構成導引流經(例如,進來或流出)開口(於圖42中未示出)的氣體。氣體導引件係耦接至具有十個突起部之板件4255(顯示局部視圖)。突起部可沿著板件的長度均勻地隔開。板件係與氣體導引件4223耦接以形成氣體通道(例如,在每二個突起部之間)。突起部建構成防止氣體導引件及/或板件彎曲(例如,塌陷)。突起部建構成確保氣體通道隨著時間的推移保留可操作及/或完整無損。氣體導引件4223及板件4255於藉由虛線箭頭(例如4251)所描繪之方向中導引氣體。鉸鏈葉片4222建構成與包含托架的鉸鏈葉片4221嚙合。顯示器構造4201(顯示局部視圖)係藉由便於觸控螢幕能力之感測器-發射器面板(例如4203,顯示局部視圖)定框。4299顯示緊固件、顯示器構造、及相關聯部件的部分視圖。至少一氣體通道可為與風扇對齊。氣體通道可建構成便於氣體之流動,此氣體的流動係至少為藉由風扇(其例如與氣體通道對齊)所產生之氣體的流動。氣體通道可建構成例如在風扇之操作期間防止緊固件中的壓力與周遭壓力不同。周遭壓力可為約1大氣壓。與周遭壓力不同之壓力包含在壓力之上或之下。In some embodiments, the circuit system contacts and/or is attached to the gas guide. For example, the circuit system may be provided and/or attached to the gas guide, for example, above the gas guide. The upper side may be in a direction opposite to the center of gravity (for example, opposite to the direction of the gravity vector 4200 pointing to the center of gravity). The circuit system can be constructed to facilitate the flow of gas through the gas channel. Figure 42 shows a perspective view of various parts of the display structure and associated fastener components. FIG. 42 shows an example of a circuit board 4230 (for example, including a driver and/or a booster board). The circuit board 4230 is configured to connect to the display structure (shown as part 4201) and provide data and/or power via a cable 4231. The circuit board 4230 (showing a partial view) is also configured to connect to the E-box (for example, including a timing controller) and/or connect to a power source via (for example, six) other cables not shown in FIG. 42. Other cables can extend from the opposite side of the circuit board 4230 to the side shown in FIG. 42. FIG. 42 shows an example of integrating the circuit board 4230 into a fastener. The fastener includes a first part 4222 (partially shown) and a second part 4221 held by a hinge 4285 (partially shown). The hinge blade 4222 is coupled to the gas guide 4223, and the gas guide 4223 is configured to guide the gas flowing through (for example, entering or exiting) an opening (not shown in FIG. 42). The gas guide is coupled to a plate 4255 with ten protrusions (a partial view is shown). The protrusions can be evenly spaced along the length of the plate. The plate is coupled with the gas guide 4223 to form a gas channel (for example, between every two protrusions). The protrusion is configured to prevent the gas guide and/or the plate from bending (for example, collapsing). The protruding structure ensures that the gas passage remains operable and/or intact over time. The gas guide 4223 and the plate 4255 guide the gas in the direction depicted by the dashed arrow (for example, 4251). The hinge blade 4222 is configured to engage with the hinge blade 4221 including the bracket. The display structure 4201 (display partial view) is framed by a sensor-transmitter panel (for example, 4203, display partial view) that facilitates the ability of the touch screen. 4299 shows a partial view of the fastener, display structure, and associated components. At least one gas channel may be aligned with the fan. The gas channel can be constructed to facilitate the flow of gas, and the gas flow is at least the flow of gas generated by a fan (which is aligned with the gas channel, for example). The gas passage can be constructed to prevent the pressure in the fastener from being different from the surrounding pressure, for example, during operation of the fan. The ambient pressure can be about 1 atmosphere. Pressure that is different from the pressure around you is contained above or below the pressure.

於一些實施例中,緊固件的二部分(例如,第一及第二鉸鏈葉片)建構成彼此可逆地嚙合及脫開。例如,一鉸鏈葉片可包含具有固持心銷之封閉孔腔的轉向節,且另一葉可包含具有開放式孔腔之互補轉向節,且沒有心銷。二組互補的轉向節可嚙合。此嚙合可包含卡扣(例如,滑入及卡扣)。此嚙合可壓下彈簧。可藉由彈簧之壓縮及/或藉由感測器(例如,壓力感測器)來偵測此嚙合。一旦互補的轉向節組嚙合,可將它們附加以防止脫開。此附加可為藉由利用螺釘及/或栓銷來實施。可在二組互補之轉向節的嚙合時自動地啟動附加(例如,使用感測器及/或彈簧)。此附加可為手動的。附加二鉸鏈葉片(例如,藉由附加轉向節)能為可逆的(例如,自動及/或手動的)。轉向節可於其表面上包含凹口(例如,缺口或切口)。螺釘及/或栓銷可在例如附加(例如鎖固)轉向節及心銷機構時與凹口嚙合。附加轉向節及心銷可阻止鉸鏈打開。鉸鏈之至少一者可包含固定(例如,附加)機構。固定能為(例如,自動及/或手動)可逆的(例如變得未固定)。未固定之鉸鏈可打開及封閉。已固定的鉸鏈可保留於一位置(例如,封閉位置)中。鉸鏈之自動固定可為藉由控制器(例如,控制系統的控制器,或藉由操作地耦接至鉸鏈之分開的控制器)所控制。In some embodiments, the two parts of the fastener (for example, the first and second hinge blades) are configured to reversibly engage and disengage each other. For example, one hinge blade may include a steering knuckle with a closed cavity holding a core pin, and another blade may include a complementary steering knuckle with an open cavity and no center pin. Two sets of complementary steering knuckles can be engaged. This engagement can include snaps (e.g., slide-in and snaps). This engagement can depress the spring. This engagement can be detected by the compression of the spring and/or by a sensor (for example, a pressure sensor). Once the complementary sets of knuckles are engaged, they can be attached to prevent disengagement. This attachment can be implemented by using screws and/or bolts. The attachment can be automatically activated when the two complementary sets of knuckles are engaged (for example, using sensors and/or springs). This attachment can be manual. The additional two-hinged blades (e.g., by adding a knuckle) can be reversible (e.g., automatic and/or manual). The steering knuckle may include notches (e.g., notches or cuts) on its surface. The screws and/or bolts may be engaged with the notches when, for example, a steering knuckle and heart pin mechanism is attached (e.g., locked). Additional steering knuckles and heart pins can prevent the hinge from opening. At least one of the hinges may include a fixing (e.g., additional) mechanism. The fixation can be (e.g., automatic and/or manual) reversible (e.g., become unfixed). Unfixed hinges can be opened and closed. The fixed hinge can remain in a position (for example, a closed position). The automatic fixing of the hinge may be controlled by a controller (for example, a controller of a control system, or by a separate controller operatively coupled to the hinge).

圖43顯示具有二組開放式孔腔轉向節4385a及4385b之鉸鏈葉片4321的範例。心銷4320a係顯示為與轉向節組4385a嚙合,其心銷模擬互補鉸鏈葉片(例如4022顯示鉸鏈葉片之一部分)的封閉式孔腔轉向節及心銷組件(例如4082)之互補組。螺釘4389係與轉向節4385a嚙合。圖43顯示代表卡簧的突起部4388。螺釘4389可為在方向4387中與轉向節接嚙合或脫開。心銷4320b(顯示局部視圖)可藉由在方向4386中運動而與轉向節4385c(顯示局部視圖)嚙合或脫開。4300顯示鉸鏈葉片4321、轉向節組4851a、及4389螺釘之部分視圖。緊固件部分4321於4370中顯示為立體圖。Figure 43 shows an example of a hinge blade 4321 with two sets of open cavity knuckles 4385a and 4385b. The core pin 4320a is shown to be engaged with the steering knuckle set 4385a, and its core pin simulates the complementary set of the closed cavity steering knuckle of a complementary hinge blade (for example, 4022 shows a part of the hinge blade) and the core pin assembly (for example, 4082). The screw 4389 is engaged with the steering knuckle 4385a. Figure 43 shows the protrusion 4388 representing the circlip. The screw 4389 may be engaged with or disengaged from the steering knuckle in the direction 4387. The core pin 4320b (showing a partial view) can be engaged with or disengaged from the steering knuckle 4385c (showing a partial view) by moving in the direction 4386. 4300 shows a partial view of hinge blade 4321, steering knuckle set 4851a, and 4389 screws. The fastener portion 4321 is shown in 4370 as a perspective view.

在一些實施例中,使用者經由觸控螢幕來控制一組顯示器,就好像此組顯示器係單一顯示器(例如,影像的螢幕分割)一樣。可經由軟體(例如,非暫態電腦可讀媒體)來實現顯示器組之中的顯示影像之螢幕分割。此軟體可讀取(例如,經由網路及/或USB)來自每一觸控顯示器的輸入,並得知每一顯示器坐落於此組(亦稱為群組)中之位置,可計算使用者觸控此組的位置。例如,假設此組具有笛卡爾坐標系,在此0, 0坐落於左下角(如藉由顯示器之觀看者所觀看),而100%, 100%坐落在右上角(如藉由顯示器的觀看者所觀看),對於2x2之顯示器組,顯示器組的左下角為0, 0,且顯示器組之右上角為100%, 100%。對於2x2顯示器組的此範例,任何顯示器上之觸控變換都表示為:X=(0.5*(左側顯示器的其中一者之X)或(0.5+(0.5*(右側顯示器的其中一者之X)));Y=(0.5*(下顯示器的其中一者之Y)或(0.5+(0.5*(上顯示器的其中一者之Y))));於此X係相對顯示器觀看者在水平方向中,且Y係相對顯示器觀看者於直立方向中。可對坐標系的轉換進行調整,以解決觸控顯示器之間的螢幕間隙。四個顯示器之每一者可包括其自身之二組感測器及發射器面板(例如,在每一顯示器的邊緣附近),以偵測用於觸控螢幕功能性之使用者觸控。每一顯示器可僅使四個感測器及發射器面板的其中二者附接,此等面板可環繞顯示器組之外邊緣附接。In some embodiments, the user controls a group of displays via the touch screen as if the group of displays were a single display (for example, the screen split of the image). The screen division of the displayed image in the display group can be realized through software (for example, a non-transitory computer-readable medium). This software can read (for example, via the network and/or USB) input from each touch display, and know where each display is located in this group (also called a group), and can calculate the user Touch the position of this group. For example, suppose this group has a Cartesian coordinate system, where 0, 0 is located in the lower left corner (as viewed by the viewer of the display), and 100%, 100% is located in the upper right corner (as viewed by the viewer of the display) Viewed), for a 2x2 display group, the lower left corner of the display group is 0, 0, and the upper right corner of the display group is 100%, 100%. For this example of a 2x2 display group, the touch change on any display is expressed as: X=(0.5*(X of one of the left displays) or (0.5+(0.5*(X of one of the right displays) ))); Y=(0.5*(Y of one of the lower displays) or (0.5+(0.5*(Y of one of the upper displays)))); where X is horizontal relative to the monitor viewer The Y is in the vertical direction relative to the monitor viewer. The conversion of the coordinate system can be adjusted to solve the screen gap between the touch displays. Each of the four displays can include its own two sets of senses Sensors and transmitter panels (for example, near the edge of each display) to detect user touch for touch screen functionality. Each display can only use four sensors and transmitter panels Two of them are attached, and these panels can be attached around the outer edge of the display group.

圖30A顯示形成顯示器組3003的四個顯示器3002a、3002b、3002c及3002d之範例。顯示器3002a-d的每一者顯示相同之影像。圖30A顯示形成顯示器組3023的四個顯示器3022a、3022b、3022c及3022d之範例。顯示器3022a-d的每一者一起顯示例如在3002c中所顯示之影像。如果使用者將想要單擊在顯示器組3003中所顯示的表面上,使用者將能夠藉由單擊顯示器組3003之任何位置3008a-d來如此做。如果使用者將想要單擊在顯示器組3023中所顯示的表面上,使用者將能夠藉由單擊在顯示器組3023之位置3029上而不是於例如位置3028上(其係類似於位置3008c)來如此做。可經由軟體來實現顯示器組3023之中的影像之螢幕分割。此軟體可讀取(例如,來自觸控螢幕或游標的)輸入,並得知此影像如何分配在顯示器之中,而計算使用者指向的位置。例如,假設此組具有笛卡爾坐標系,在此0, 0坐落於左下角(如藉由顯示器之觀看者所觀看),且100%, 100%坐落在右上角(如藉由顯示器的觀看者所觀看),對於2x2之顯示器組,顯示器3002c的左下角為0, 0,且顯示器3002b之右上角為100%, 100%。對於2x2顯示器組的此範例,任何顯示器上之觸控變換都表示為:X=(0.5*(顯示器3002a或3002c的X)或(0.5+(0.5*(顯示器3002b或3002d之X)));且Y=(0.5*(顯示器3002c或3002d的Y)或(0.5+(0.5*(顯示器3002a或3002b之Y))));於此X係相對顯示器觀看者在水平方向中,且Y係相對顯示器觀看者於直立方向中。可對坐標系的轉換進行調整,以解決觸控顯示器之間的螢幕間隙3005。圖30A顯示二緊鄰顯示器之間的間隙3005及3025之範例,此等間隙可用聚合物及/或樹脂充填。FIG. 30A shows an example of four displays 3002a, 3002b, 3002c, and 3002d forming a display group 3003. Each of the displays 3002a-d displays the same image. FIG. 30A shows an example of four displays 3022a, 3022b, 3022c, and 3022d forming a display group 3023. Each of the displays 3022a-d together displays the image displayed in, for example, 3002c. If the user will want to click on the surface displayed in the display group 3003, the user will be able to do so by clicking any position 3008a-d of the display group 3003. If the user will want to click on the surface displayed in the display group 3023, the user will be able to click on the position 3029 of the display group 3023 instead of, for example, position 3028 (which is similar to position 3008c) Come to do so. The screen division of the images in the display group 3023 can be realized through software. This software can read the input (for example, from the touch screen or cursor) and know how the image is distributed in the display, and calculate the position the user is pointing at. For example, suppose this group has a Cartesian coordinate system, where 0, 0 is located in the lower left corner (as viewed by the viewer of the display), and 100%, 100% is located in the upper right corner (as viewed by the viewer of the display) Viewed), for a 2x2 display group, the lower left corner of the display 3002c is 0, 0, and the upper right corner of the display 3002b is 100%, 100%. For this example of the 2x2 display group, the touch change on any display is expressed as: X=(0.5*(X of display 3002a or 3002c) or (0.5+(0.5*(X of display 3002b or 3002d)))); And Y=(0.5*(Y of display 3002c or 3002d) or (0.5+(0.5*(Y of display 3002a or 3002b)))); where X is in the horizontal direction relative to the monitor viewer, and Y is relative The display viewer is in the upright direction. The conversion of the coordinate system can be adjusted to solve the screen gap 3005 between the touch displays. Figure 30A shows an example of the gaps 3005 and 3025 between two adjacent displays. These gaps can be aggregated Material and/or resin filling.

圖30B顯示顯示器組3011中的四個顯示器3010a、3010b、3010c及3010d之範例(藉由圖30B中所示的左側四個顯示器所顯示),其中影像橫越四個顯示器3010a-3010d顯示,就像它們是單一顯示器一樣(藉由圖30B中所示的右側四個顯示器所顯示)。每一顯示器可具有其自身之身分識別(例如,顯示為數字1、2、3及4)。Figure 30B shows an example of the four displays 3010a, 3010b, 3010c, and 3010d in the display group 3011 (displayed by the four displays on the left shown in Figure 30B), where the images are displayed across the four displays 3010a-3010d, just As if they were a single display (shown by the four displays on the right shown in Figure 30B). Each display can have its own identity (for example, displayed as numbers 1, 2, 3, and 4).

圖31A顯示在2x2顯示器構造組3103中的四個顯示器構造3101a、3101b、3101c及3101d之範例。四個顯示器3101a-3101d的每一者包括其自身之兩組感測器及發射器面板3104(顯示於每一顯示器的邊緣附近),以偵測用於觸控螢幕功能性之使用者接觸。FIG. 31A shows an example of four display structures 3101a, 3101b, 3101c, and 3101d in the 2x2 display structure group 3103. Each of the four displays 3101a-3101d includes its own two sets of sensors and transmitter panels 3104 (displayed near the edge of each display) to detect user contact for touch screen functionality.

圖31B顯示在2x2顯示器構造組3106中的四個顯示器構造3105a、3105b、3105c及3105d之範例,其捲入此顯示器構造組。此組顯示器構造3106共同地具有附接於框架3108中的二垂直之感測器及發射器面板,此等面板附接在顯示器組3106的外邊緣附近。因此,每一顯示器構造3105a-d具有於其上設置感測器發射器面板部分之二側面(例如,外部矩陣側面)、及沒有感測器與發射器面板的二側面(例如,內部矩陣側面)。FIG. 31B shows an example of four display structures 3105a, 3105b, 3105c, and 3105d in the 2x2 display structure group 3106, which are involved in this display structure group. This group of display structures 3106 collectively have two vertical sensor and emitter panels attached to the frame 3108, and these panels are attached near the outer edge of the display group 3106. Therefore, each display structure 3105a-d has two sides (for example, the outer matrix side) on which the sensor emitter panel portion is disposed, and two sides without the sensor and transmitter panel (for example, the inner matrix side ).

儘管已顯示並在本文敘述本發明之較佳實施例,但是對於熟諳本領域技術者將顯而易見的是,此等實施例僅以範例之方式提供。不意欲藉由說明書內所提供的特定範例來限制本發明。儘管已參考前述說明書敘述本發明,但是本文中之實施例的敘述及說明並不意指以限制性意義來解釋。在未脫離本發明之情況下,熟諳本領域技術者現在將想到許多變動、改變、及替代。再者,應理解本發明的所有態樣不限於本文所闡述之具體描述、組構、或相對比例,其取決於諸多條件及變數。應理解在實踐本發明時可採用本文所述的發明之實施例的諸多替代方案。因此可預期的是,本發明亦將涵蓋任何此等替代、修改、變動、或同等項。其係意欲由以下請求項界定本發明之範圍,且由此涵蓋這些請求項及其同等項的範圍內之方法及結構。Although the preferred embodiments of the present invention have been shown and described herein, it will be obvious to those skilled in the art that these embodiments are provided by way of examples only. It is not intended to limit the present invention by the specific examples provided in the specification. Although the present invention has been described with reference to the foregoing specification, the description and description of the embodiments herein are not intended to be interpreted in a restrictive sense. Without departing from the present invention, those skilled in the art will now think of many changes, changes, and alternatives. Furthermore, it should be understood that all aspects of the present invention are not limited to the specific description, configuration, or relative proportions set forth herein, which depend on many conditions and variables. It should be understood that many alternatives to the embodiments of the invention described herein can be employed in practicing the invention. Therefore, it is expected that the present invention will also cover any such alternatives, modifications, changes, or equivalent items. It is intended to define the scope of the present invention by the following claims, and thus cover methods and structures within the scope of these claims and their equivalents.

1:顯示器構造 2:顯示器構造 3:顯示器構造 101:顯示器構造 102:窗戶 103:窗框 104:緊固件結構 105a:第一鉸鏈 105b:第二鉸鏈 111:箭頭 120:立面 121:窗戶 122:窗戶 123:窗戶 125:箭頭 126:箭頭 127:箭頭 130:橫梁 131:豎框 200:顯示器構造組件 201:玻璃片 202:第二黏合層 203:顯示矩陣 204:第一黏合層 205:玻璃片 211:接線 212:電路系統 213:緊固件 300:組件 302:L形托架 303:鉸鏈 311:顯示矩陣 312:第一玻璃片 313:第二玻璃片 400:鉸鏈 401:第一葉片 402:第二葉片 411:孔洞 420:接頭 500:顯示器構造 501:第一蓋件部分 502:電路系統 503:可撓的絕緣體 504:第二蓋件部分 505:導熱墊片 506:可撓電連接器 507:電路板 510:電路系統板 513:電纜 516:可撓的連接器 520:組件 530:緊固件 531:部件 532:電路系統 533:墊圈 534:蓋件 535:可撓之佈線 536:顯示器構造 600:組件 601:顯示器構造 602:緊固件 603:佈線 604:鉤子 610:窗框 612:組件 620:組件 630:連接器 632:電路系統 633:佈線 634:鉸鏈葉片 635:鉸鏈葉片部分 636:鉸鏈葉片 637:螺釘 661:螺釘 662:緊固件 663:玻璃 664:顯示矩陣 665:玻璃 666:鉤子 667:佈線 701:L形托架 702:電路系統 703:電纜 704:泡沫墊圈 705:螺釘 706:膠帶 707:第一玻璃片 708:黏著劑 709:顯示矩陣 710:第二玻璃片 711:觀看窗 712:緩衝物 713:黏著劑 714:蓋件 720:打開位置 750:接頭 751:窗戶 752:第一鉸鏈葉片 753:第二鉸鏈葉片 754:顯示器構造 755:窗框 757:電路系統 758:導體 780:接頭 781:窗戶 782:鉸鏈葉片 783:第二鉸鏈葉片 784:顯示器構造 785:蓋件 790:虛線箭頭 791:閉合位置 802:微同軸電纜 803:多針銷連接器 804:玻璃片 805:玻璃片 806:黏著劑層 807:顯示矩陣 808:黏著劑層 809:密封件 810:施加器 811:箭頭 812:箭頭 813:箭頭 830:直立橫截面 850:顯示器構造 902:玻璃片 903:蓋件 904:L形托架 905:窗框 906:導線 907:玻璃片 908:顯示矩陣 951:框架部分 952:鉸鏈/鎖 953:緊固件 954:顯示器構造 955:第一玻璃片 956:第二玻璃片 957:封閉環境 958:電致變色構造 959:電源單元及/或控制器 960:通訊路徑 961:整合式玻璃單元 1010:顯示器構造 1012:框架部分 1013:觸控螢幕感測器陣列 1015:主鉸鏈 1016:電路系統 1017:部分 1018:主鉸鏈 1019:框架部分 1020:框架部分 1021:部分 1050:顯示器構造 1052:觸控螢幕感測器陣列 1056:緊固件 1110:組件 1112:顯示器構造 1120:組件 1121:箭頭 1130:組件 1131:緊固件 1210:緊固件 1211:顯示器構造 1218:緊固件 1220:平面 1221:顯示器構造 1228:緊固件 1300:電致變色構造 1302:基板 1304:透明導電層 1306:電致變色層 1308:離子導電層 1310:對向電極層 1314:透明導電層 1316:電壓源 1320:電致變色疊層 1400:隔熱玻璃單元 1404:第一玻璃片 1406:第二玻璃片 1408:內部容積 1500:控制系統架構 1501:圍起來之地方 1504:局部控制器 1506:樓層控制器 1508:主控制器 1510:外部來源 1520:資料庫 1524:建築物管理系統 1600:電腦系統 1601:電腦網路 1602:記憶體 1603:通訊介面 1604:電子儲存單元 1605:週邊裝置 1606:處理單元 1700:電源組件 1701:HDMI輸入 1702:DP1輸入 1703:RS485輸入 1704:AC開關及AC輸入 1705:RS485輸出 1706:DP輸出 1710:控制器及電源組件 1711:主電源線 1712:窗戶控制器 1713:顯示器構造框架 1714:顯示器構造 1715:整合玻璃單元 1716:電路系統 1717:鉸鏈 1718:定框蓋 1719:窗框 1720:蓋件 2001:局部控制器 2002:顯示器構造 2003:可著色窗 2004:控制網路 2005:顯示介面 2006:電氣箱 2007:使用者內容伺服器 2011:連接 2100:向量 2101:硬表面 2102:框架 2103a:豎框 2103b:豎框 2104a:橫梁 2104b:橫梁 2105a:顯示器構造 2105b:顯示器構造 2106a:電氣箱 2106b:電氣箱 2108a:顯示連接器 2108b:顯示連接器 2109a:佈線 2109b:佈線 2110a:電源電纜 2110b:電源電纜 2111:電力供應源 2112a:媒體佈線 2112b:媒體佈線 2115:資料源 2120:向量 2121:硬表面 2122:框架 2123a:豎框 2123b:豎框 2124a:橫梁 2124b:橫梁 2125a:顯示器構造 2125b:顯示器構造 2125c:顯示器構造 2125d:顯示器構造 2126a:電氣箱 2126b:電氣箱 2126c:電氣箱 2126d:電氣箱 2128a:顯示連接器 2128b:顯示連接器 2128c:顯示連接器 2128d:顯示連接器 2129a:佈線 2129b:佈線 2129c:佈線 2129d:佈線 2130a:電源電纜 2130b:電源電纜 2130c:電源電纜 2130d:電源電纜 2131:電力供應源 2132a:媒體佈線 2132b:媒體佈線 2132c:媒體佈線 2132d:媒體佈線 2135:資料源 2220:向量 2221a:硬表面 2221b:硬表面 2222a:框架 2222b:框架 2223:豎框 2224:橫梁 2225a:顯示器構造 2225b:顯示器構造 2225c:顯示器構造 2225d:顯示器構造 2226a:電氣箱 2226b:電氣箱 2226c:電氣箱 2226d:電氣箱 2228a:顯示連接器 2228b:顯示連接器 2228c:顯示連接器 2228d:顯示連接器 2229a:佈線 2229b:佈線 2229c:佈線 2229d:佈線 2230:向量 2231a:硬表面 2231b:硬表面 2232a:框架 2232b:框架 2233:豎框 2234:橫梁 2235a:顯示器構造 2235b:顯示器構造 2236a:電氣箱 2236b:電氣箱 2238a:顯示連接器 2238b:顯示連接器 2239a:佈線 2239b:佈線 2320:向量 2321a:硬表面 2321b:硬表面 2321c:硬表面 2322a:框架 2322b:框架 2322c:框架 2323:豎框 2324:橫梁 2325a:顯示器構造 2325b:顯示器構造 2325c:顯示器構造 2325d:顯示器構造 2325e:顯示器構造 2325f:顯示器構造 2325g:顯示器構造 2325h:顯示器構造 2326a:電氣箱 2326b:電氣箱 2326c:電氣箱 2326d:電氣箱 2328a:顯示連接器 2328b:顯示連接器 2328c:顯示連接器 2328d:顯示連接器 2329a:佈線 2329b:佈線 2329c:佈線 2329d:佈線 2329e:佈線 2329f:佈線 2329g:佈線 2329h:佈線 2330:控制器 2370:鉸鍊 2380:表面 2420:向量 2421a:硬表面 2421b:硬表面 2421c:硬表面 2422a:框架 2422b:框架 2422c:框架 2423:豎框 2424:橫梁 2425a:顯示器構造 2425b:顯示器構造 2425c:顯示器構造 2425d:顯示器構造 2425e:顯示器構造 2425f:顯示器構造 2425g:顯示器構造 2425h:顯示器構造 2426a:電氣箱 2426b:電氣箱 2426c:電氣箱 2426d:電氣箱 2429a:佈線 2429b:佈線 2429c:佈線 2429d:佈線 2429e:佈線 2429f:佈線 2429g:佈線 2429h:佈線 2430:控制器 2520:向量 2521a:硬表面 2521b:硬表面 2521c:硬表面 2522a:框架 2522b:框架 2522c:框架 2523:豎框 2524:橫梁 2525a:顯示器構造 2525b:顯示器構造 2525c:顯示器構造 2525d:顯示器構造 2525e:顯示器構造 2525f:顯示器構造 2525g:顯示器構造 2525h:顯示器構造 2526a:電氣箱 2526b:電氣箱 2526c:電氣箱 2526d:電氣箱 2529a:佈線 2529b:佈線 2529c:佈線 2529d:佈線 2529e:佈線 2529f:佈線 2529g:佈線 2529h:佈線 2530:控制器 2602:電氣箱 2603:蓋件托架 2604:安裝托架 2605:轉換器電路板 2606:端子 2607:資料輸入連接器 2608:電氣箱連接器 2610:控制器板 2611:連接器 2612a:電纜線路 2612b:電纜線路 2612c:電纜線路 2612d:電纜線路 2612e:電纜線路 2612f:電纜線路 2620:狹縫 2702:電氣箱 2703:蓋件托架 2704:安裝托架 2705:電路板 2706:端子 2707:資料輸入連接器 2708:電氣箱連接器 2710:控制器板 2711:連接器 2712:電纜線路 2715:電源電纜 2716:電纜 2730:長度 2731:寬度 2732:厚度 2801:顯示器構造 2802:緊固件 2803:感測器及發射器面板 2805:風扇 2810:電源 2811:電氣箱 2821:第一葉片 2822:第二葉片 2823:氣體導引件 2830:電路板 2831:連接器 2902:顯示器構造 2903a:顯示器 2903b:顯示器 2903c:顯示器 2903d:顯示器 2904:前玻璃 2905:後玻璃面板 2906:窗框 2907:豎框 2908:橫梁 2910:定框帽蓋 2915:間隙 2918:感測器-發射器面板 2919:定框帽蓋 2920:側面 3002a:顯示器 3002b:顯示器 3002c:顯示器 3002d:顯示器 3003:顯示器組 3005:螢幕間隙 3008a:位置 3008b:位置 3008c:位置 3008d:位置 3010a:顯示器 3010b:顯示器 3010c:顯示器 3010d:顯示器 3011:顯示器組 3022a:顯示器 3022b:顯示器 3022c:顯示器 3022d:顯示器 3023:顯示器組 3025:間隙 3028:位置 3029:位置 3101a:顯示器構造 3101b:顯示器構造 3101c:顯示器構造 3101d:顯示器構造 3103:顯示器構造組 3104:感測器-發射器面板 3105a:顯示器構造 3105b:顯示器構造 3105c:顯示器構造 3105d:顯示器構造 3106:顯示器構造組 3108:框架 3202:電氣箱 3203:蓋件托架 3204:安裝托架 3205:電路板 3206:端子 3207:資料輸入連接器 3208:電氣箱連接器 3210:電路板 3211a:連接器 3211b:連接器 3211c:連接器 3211d:連接器 3211e:連接器 3211f:連接器 3212:電纜線路 3302:電氣箱 3303:蓋件托架 3304:安裝托架 3305:電路板 3306:端子 3307:資料輸入連接器 3308:電氣箱連接器 3311:連接器 3312:電纜線路 3330:長度 3331:寬度 3332:厚度 3405:電路板 3406:端子 3407:資料輸入連接器 3408:電氣箱連接器 3501:顯示器構造 3501a:顯示器構造 3502:緊固件 3503:保護框架 3504:開口 3505a:開口 3505b:開口 3505c:部分 3509:連接器 3520:鉸鏈軸線 3521:鉸鏈葉片 3522:鉸鏈葉片 3522a:鉸鏈葉片 3523:氣體引導結構 3524:風扇 3525:托架端部 3526:路徑 3529:角落 3530:電路系統 3531:平面式部分 3532:平面式部分 3533:彎曲部分 3536:氣流 3596:小雕像 3597:電路板 3598:透明材料 3599:電路系統 3601:顯示器構造 3601a:顯示器構造 3604:外出部分 3605a:對稱群組 3605b:對稱群組 3605c:開口 3620:軸線 3622:鉸鏈葉片 3622a:鉸鏈葉片 3626:路徑 3682:轉向節 3683:軸線 3685a:轉向節群組 3685b:轉向節群組 3699:突出特徵 3701:顯示器構造 3701a:顯示器構造 3702:緊固件 3702a:緊固件 3703:感測器-發射器面板 3703a:感測器-發射器面板 3704:開口 3705:開口 3720:鉸鏈軸線 3721:鉸鏈葉片 3721a:鉸鏈葉片 3722:鉸鏈葉片 3722a:鉸鏈葉片 3723:氣體引導結構 3723a:氣體引導結構 3731:部分 3732:部分 3733:部分 3733a:部分 3750:顯示器構造穿通孔腔 3751:虛線箭頭 3781:轉向節 3782:轉向節孔腔開口 3783a:轉向節 3783b:轉向節 3785a:轉向節 3785b:轉向節 3801:顯示器構造 3801a:顯示器構造 3802:封閉位置 3803:感測器-發射器面板 3803a:感測器-發射器面板 3804:開口 3805:風扇開口 3821:鉸鏈葉片 3821a:鉸鏈葉片 3822:緊固件 3822a:緊固件 3823:氣體導引件 3823a:氣體導引件 3825:托架端部 3830:電路系統 3832:氣體導引件 3832a:氣體導引件 3840:突出特徵 3841:虛線箭頭 3851:氣體 3855:板件 3855a:板件 3870:L形托架 3871:電路系統 3884a:轉向節 3884b:轉向節 3899:小雕像 3901:顯示器構造 3901a:顯示器構造 3902:緊固件 3903:顯示器構造 3904:凹部 3920:透明材料 3920a:透明材料 3921:第一鉸鏈葉片 3922:第二鉸鏈葉片 3923:氣體導引件 3924:保護框架 3925:反射表面 3927:保護框架 3930:第一電路系統 3940:拐角組件 3980:項目 3990:連接角落 3991:本體 3994:內部連接器 3995:蓋件 3996a:導引件 3996b:導引件 3998a:電路板 3998b:電路板 4001:顯示器構造 4002:緊固件 4003:感測器-發射極組件 4005:第一開口 4021:鉸鏈葉片 4021a:鏈葉片面表面 4022:第二鉸鏈葉片 4030:電路板 4031:電纜線路 4032:氣體引導部分 4040:升高結構 4050:第二開口 4051:虛線箭頭 4070:支撐部分 4082:心銷 4090:連接件 4090a:正交側面 4090b:正交側面 4090c:正交側面 4090d:正交側面 4101:顯示器構造 4104:凹部 4104a:凹部 4105a:孔洞 4105b:孔洞 4122:鉸鏈葉片 4122a:鏈葉片面表面 4122b:鏈葉片面表面 4160:升高部分 4162:突出特徵 4182:轉向節 4200:重力向量 4201:顯示器構造 4203:感測器-發射器面板 4221:第二部分 4222:第一部分 4223:氣體導引件 4230:電路板 4231:電纜線路 4251:虛線箭頭 4255:板件 4285:鉸鏈 4299:緊固件 4300:鉸鏈葉片 4320a:心銷 4321:鉸鏈葉片 4385a:孔腔轉向節 4385b:孔腔轉向節 4385c:轉向節 4386:方向 4387:方向 4388:突起部 4389:螺釘 4851a:轉向節組 17017:蓋件1: Display structure 2: Display structure 3: Display structure 101: display structure 102: windows 103: window frame 104: Fastener structure 105a: first hinge 105b: second hinge 111: Arrow 120: Facade 121: windows 122: windows 123: windows 125: Arrow 126: Arrow 127: Arrow 130: beam 131: Mullion 200: Display construction components 201: glass sheet 202: second adhesive layer 203: display matrix 204: The first adhesive layer 205: glass sheet 211: Wiring 212: Circuit System 213: Fastener 300: Components 302: L-shaped bracket 303: Hinge 311: display matrix 312: The first glass sheet 313: The second glass sheet 400: Hinge 401: first blade 402: second blade 411: Hole 420: Connector 500: display structure 501: The first cover part 502: Circuit System 503: Flexible insulator 504: The second cover part 505: thermal pad 506: Flexible electrical connector 507: circuit board 510: Circuit System Board 513: Cable 516: Flexible connector 520: Components 530: Fastener 531: Parts 532: Circuit System 533: Washer 534: cover 535: Flexible Wiring 536: display structure 600: Components 601: display structure 602: Fastener 603: Wiring 604: hook 610: window frame 612: component 620: component 630: Connector 632: Circuit System 633: Wiring 634: hinge blade 635: Hinge blade part 636: Hinge Blade 637: screw 661: screw 662: Fastener 663: glass 664: display matrix 665: glass 666: hook 667: Wiring 701: L-shaped bracket 702: Circuit System 703: Cable 704: Foam gasket 705: screw 706: Tape 707: first glass sheet 708: Adhesive 709: display matrix 710: second glass sheet 711: Watch Window 712: buffer 713: Adhesive 714: cover 720: open position 750: Connector 751: window 752: The first hinge blade 753: second hinge blade 754: display structure 755: window frame 757: Circuit System 758: Conductor 780: Connector 781: windows 782: hinge blade 783: second hinge blade 784: display structure 785: cover 790: dotted arrow 791: closed position 802: Micro coaxial cable 803: multi-pin connector 804: glass sheet 805: glass sheet 806: Adhesive layer 807: display matrix 808: Adhesive layer 809: Seal 810: Applicator 811: Arrow 812: Arrow 813: Arrow 830: Upright cross section 850: display structure 902: glass sheet 903: cover 904: L-shaped bracket 905: window frame 906: Wire 907: glass sheet 908: display matrix 951: frame part 952: Hinge/Lock 953: Fastener 954: display structure 955: first glass sheet 956: second glass sheet 957: closed environment 958: Electrochromic structure 959: power supply unit and/or controller 960: Communication path 961: Integrated glass unit 1010: display structure 1012: frame part 1013: Touch screen sensor array 1015: main hinge 1016: circuit system 1017: part 1018: main hinge 1019: frame part 1020: Frame part 1021: part 1050: display structure 1052: Touch screen sensor array 1056: Fastener 1110: components 1112: display structure 1120: components 1121: Arrow 1130: components 1131: Fastener 1210: Fastener 1211: display structure 1218: Fastener 1220: plane 1221: display structure 1228: Fastener 1300: Electrochromic structure 1302: substrate 1304: Transparent conductive layer 1306: Electrochromic layer 1308: Ion conductive layer 1310: Counter electrode layer 1314: Transparent conductive layer 1316: voltage source 1320: Electrochromic stack 1400: insulated glass unit 1404: The first glass sheet 1406: Second glass sheet 1408: Internal volume 1500: Control System Architecture 1501: Enclosed Place 1504: local controller 1506: Floor Controller 1508: main controller 1510: external source 1520: database 1524: Building Management System 1600: computer system 1601: computer network 1602: memory 1603: communication interface 1604: electronic storage unit 1605: Peripheral devices 1606: processing unit 1700: power supply components 1701: HDMI input 1702: DP1 input 1703: RS485 input 1704: AC switch and AC input 1705: RS485 output 1706: DP output 1710: Controller and power supply components 1711: main power cord 1712: Window Controller 1713: Display structure frame 1714: display structure 1715: Integrated glass unit 1716: circuit system 1717: Hinge 1718: fixed frame cover 1719: window frame 1720: cover 2001: local controller 2002: Display structure 2003: tintable window 2004: control the network 2005: display interface 2006: electrical box 2007: User Content Server 2011: Connect 2100: Vector 2101: Hard surface 2102: Frame 2103a: Mullion 2103b: Mullion 2104a: beam 2104b: beam 2105a: Display structure 2105b: Display structure 2106a: electrical box 2106b: electrical box 2108a: Display connector 2108b: Display connector 2109a: Wiring 2109b: Wiring 2110a: power cable 2110b: power cable 2111: power supply source 2112a: media wiring 2112b: Media wiring 2115: data source 2120: Vector 2121: Hard surface 2122: Frame 2123a: Mullion 2123b: Mullion 2124a: beam 2124b: beam 2125a: Display structure 2125b: Display structure 2125c: display structure 2125d: display structure 2126a: electrical box 2126b: electrical box 2126c: electrical box 2126d: electrical box 2128a: Display connector 2128b: display connector 2128c: display connector 2128d: display connector 2129a: Wiring 2129b: Wiring 2129c: Wiring 2129d: Wiring 2130a: power cable 2130b: Power cable 2130c: power cable 2130d: Power cable 2131: Power Supply Source 2132a: Media cabling 2132b: Media wiring 2132c: media wiring 2132d: media wiring 2135: data source 2220: Vector 2221a: Hard surface 2221b: Hard surface 2222a: Frame 2222b: frame 2223: Mullion 2224: beam 2225a: Display structure 2225b: Display structure 2225c: display structure 2225d: display structure 2226a: electrical box 2226b: electrical box 2226c: electrical box 2226d: electrical box 2228a: Display connector 2228b: Display connector 2228c: Display connector 2228d: Display connector 2229a: Wiring 2229b: Wiring 2229c: Wiring 2229d: Wiring 2230: Vector 2231a: hard surface 2231b: Hard surface 2232a: Frame 2232b: frame 2233: Mullion 2234: beam 2235a: display structure 2235b: Display structure 2236a: electrical box 2236b: electrical box 2238a: Display connector 2238b: Display connector 2239a: Wiring 2239b: Wiring 2320: Vector 2321a: Hard surface 2321b: Hard surface 2321c: hard surface 2322a: Frame 2322b: frame 2322c: frame 2323: Mullion 2324: beam 2325a: Display structure 2325b: Display structure 2325c: display structure 2325d: display structure 2325e: display structure 2325f: display structure 2325g: display structure 2325h: Display structure 2326a: electrical box 2326b: electrical box 2326c: electrical box 2326d: electrical box 2328a: Display connector 2328b: Display connector 2328c: display connector 2328d: display connector 2329a: Wiring 2329b: Wiring 2329c: Wiring 2329d: Wiring 2329e: Wiring 2329f: Wiring 2329g: Wiring 2329h: Wiring 2330: Controller 2370: Hinge 2380: Surface 2420: Vector 2421a: Hard surface 2421b: Hard surface 2421c: hard surface 2422a: Frame 2422b: Frame 2422c: frame 2423: Mullion 2424: beam 2425a: Display structure 2425b: Display structure 2425c: display structure 2425d: display structure 2425e: display structure 2425f: display structure 2425g: display structure 2425h: Display structure 2426a: electrical box 2426b: electrical box 2426c: electrical box 2426d: electrical box 2429a: Wiring 2429b: Wiring 2429c: Wiring 2429d: Wiring 2429e: Wiring 2429f: Wiring 2429g: Wiring 2429h: Wiring 2430: Controller 2520: Vector 2521a: Hard surface 2521b: Hard surface 2521c: hard surface 2522a: Frame 2522b: frame 2522c: frame 2523: Mullion 2524: beam 2525a: Display structure 2525b: Display structure 2525c: display structure 2525d: display structure 2525e: display structure 2525f: display structure 2525g: display structure 2525h: Display structure 2526a: electrical box 2526b: electrical box 2526c: electrical box 2526d: electrical box 2529a: Wiring 2529b: Wiring 2529c: Wiring 2529d: Wiring 2529e: Wiring 2529f: Wiring 2529g: Wiring 2529h: Wiring 2530: Controller 2602: electrical box 2603: Cover bracket 2604: mounting bracket 2605: converter circuit board 2606: Terminal 2607: Data Input Connector 2608: electrical box connector 2610: Controller board 2611: Connector 2612a: cable line 2612b: cable line 2612c: cable line 2612d: cable line 2612e: cable line 2612f: cable line 2620: slit 2702: electrical box 2703: Cover bracket 2704: mounting bracket 2705: circuit board 2706: Terminal 2707: data input connector 2708: electrical box connector 2710: Controller board 2711: Connector 2712: cable line 2715: Power cable 2716: Cable 2730: length 2731: width 2732: thickness 2801: display structure 2802: Fasteners 2803: Sensor and transmitter panel 2805: Fan 2810: power supply 2811: electrical box 2821: The first blade 2822: The second blade 2823: Gas guide 2830: circuit board 2831: Connector 2902: display structure 2903a: display 2903b: display 2903c: display 2903d: display 2904: front glass 2905: Rear glass panel 2906: window frame 2907: Mullion 2908: beam 2910: fixed frame cap 2915: gap 2918: Sensor-Transmitter Panel 2919: fixed frame cap 2920: side 3002a: display 3002b: display 3002c: display 3002d: display 3003: display group 3005: Screen gap 3008a: location 3008b: location 3008c: location 3008d: location 3010a: display 3010b: display 3010c: display 3010d: display 3011: Display group 3022a: Display 3022b: Display 3022c: Display 3022d: display 3023: display group 3025: gap 3028: location 3029: location 3101a: Display structure 3101b: Display structure 3101c: Display structure 3101d: Display structure 3103: Display structure group 3104: Sensor-Transmitter Panel 3105a: Display structure 3105b: Display structure 3105c: Display structure 3105d: display structure 3106: Display structure group 3108: Frame 3202: electrical box 3203: Cover bracket 3204: mounting bracket 3205: circuit board 3206: Terminal 3207: data input connector 3208: electrical box connector 3210: circuit board 3211a: Connector 3211b: Connector 3211c: Connector 3211d: Connector 3211e: Connector 3211f: connector 3212: cable line 3302: electrical box 3303: Cover bracket 3304: mounting bracket 3305: circuit board 3306: Terminal 3307: data input connector 3308: electrical box connector 3311: Connector 3312: cable line 3330: length 3331: width 3332: thickness 3405: circuit board 3406: Terminal 3407: Data Input Connector 3408: electrical box connector 3501: display structure 3501a: Display structure 3502: Fastener 3503: protection frame 3504: opening 3505a: opening 3505b: opening 3505c: Partial 3509: Connector 3520: hinge axis 3521: Hinge blade 3522: hinge blade 3522a: hinged blade 3523: gas guiding structure 3524: Fan 3525: Bracket end 3526: path 3529: corner 3530: Circuit System 3531: flat part 3532: flat part 3533: curved part 3536: Airflow 3596: Statuette 3597: circuit board 3598: transparent material 3599: Circuit System 3601: display structure 3601a: Display structure 3604: out part 3605a: Symmetrical group 3605b: Symmetrical group 3605c: opening 3620: axis 3622: Hinge blade 3622a: hinged blade 3626: path 3682: Knuckle 3683: Axis 3685a: Knuckle group 3685b: Knuckle group 3699: Outstanding Features 3701: display structure 3701a: Display structure 3702: Fastener 3702a: Fastener 3703: Sensor-Transmitter Panel 3703a: sensor-transmitter panel 3704: opening 3705: opening 3720: hinge axis 3721: Hinge blade 3721a: hinged blade 3722: Hinge blade 3722a: hinged blade 3723: Gas Guide Structure 3723a: gas guiding structure 3731: part 3732: part 3733: part 3733a: Partial 3750: Display structure through-hole cavity 3751: dotted arrow 3781: Knuckle 3782: Knuckle cavity opening 3783a: steering knuckle 3783b: steering knuckle 3785a: steering knuckle 3785b: Knuckle 3801: display structure 3801a: Display structure 3802: Closed position 3803: Sensor-Transmitter Panel 3803a: sensor-transmitter panel 3804: opening 3805: Fan opening 3821: hinge blade 3821a: Hinge blade 3822: Fasteners 3822a: Fastener 3823: Gas guide 3823a: Gas guide 3825: Bracket end 3830: Circuit System 3832: Gas guide 3832a: Gas guide 3840: Outstanding features 3841: dotted arrow 3851: Gas 3855: plate 3855a: plate 3870: L-shaped bracket 3871: Circuit System 3884a: steering knuckle 3884b: steering knuckle 3899: Statuette 3901: Display structure 3901a: Display structure 3902: Fasteners 3903: Display structure 3904: recess 3920: transparent material 3920a: transparent material 3921: The first hinge blade 3922: second hinge blade 3923: Gas guide 3924: Protection Frame 3925: reflective surface 3927: Protection Frame 3930: First Circuit System 3940: corner assembly 3980: project 3990: Connecting the corner 3991: body 3994: internal connector 3995: cover 3996a: guide 3996b: guide 3998a: circuit board 3998b: circuit board 4001: Display structure 4002: Fastener 4003: Sensor-emitter assembly 4005: first opening 4021: Hinge blade 4021a: chain blade surface surface 4022: second hinge blade 4030: circuit board 4031: cable line 4032: gas guiding part 4040: Raised structure 4050: second opening 4051: dotted arrow 4070: support part 4082: Heart Pin 4090: connecting piece 4090a: Orthogonal side 4090b: Orthogonal side 4090c: Orthogonal side 4090d: Orthogonal side 4101: Display structure 4104: recess 4104a: recess 4105a: Hole 4105b: Hole 4122: Hinge blade 4122a: Chain blade surface surface 4122b: Chain blade surface surface 4160: Raised part 4162: Outstanding Features 4182: Knuckle 4200: Gravity vector 4201: Display structure 4203: Sensor-Transmitter Panel 4221: Part Two 4222: Part One 4223: Gas guide 4230: circuit board 4231: cable line 4251: dotted arrow 4255: plate 4285: Hinge 4299: Fastener 4300: hinged blade 4320a: Heart pin 4321: hinge blade 4385a: Bore knuckle 4385b: Bore knuckle 4385c: steering knuckle 4386: direction 4387: direction 4388: protrusion 4389: Screw 4851a: Knuckle group 17017: cover

本發明之新穎特徵在所附請求項中特別提出。通過參考下面的詳細敘述將獲得本發明之特徵及優點的較佳理解,此詳細敘述闡述利用本發明之原理的說明性實施例、及附圖或圖面(本文亦為「圖(Fig.)」及「圖(Figs.)」),其中:The novel features of the present invention are specifically set forth in the appended claims. A better understanding of the features and advantages of the present invention will be obtained by referring to the following detailed description. This detailed description describes illustrative embodiments that utilize the principles of the present invention, as well as the accompanying drawings or drawings (herein also referred to as "FIG. (Fig.) "And "图 (Figs.)"), where:

[圖1A-1B]顯示諸多窗戶及顯示器構造;[Figure 1A-1B] Shows many windows and display structures;

[圖2]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造組件;[Figure 2] Schematically shows a display construction component;

[圖3]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造組件;[Figure 3] Schematically shows a display construction component;

[圖4]示意性地顯示鉸鏈;[Fig. 4] The hinge is shown schematically;

[圖5]示意性地顯示諸多緊固件及顯示器構造組件;[Figure 5] Schematically show many fasteners and display construction components;

[圖6]示意性地顯示諸多緊固件、顯示器構造組件、及佈線;[Figure 6] Schematically show many fasteners, display construction components, and wiring;

[圖7]示意性地顯示諸多緊固件及顯示器構造組件;[Figure 7] Schematically show many fasteners and display construction components;

[圖8]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造組件及施加器之諸多視圖;[Figure 8] Schematically show a number of views of a display construction component and applicator;

[圖9]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造組件的諸多視圖;[Figure 9] Schematically showing a number of views of a display construction assembly;

[圖10]示意性地顯示諸多緊固件選項及顯示器構造組件;[Figure 10] Schematically show many fastener options and display construction components;

[圖11]示意性地顯示在顯示器構造組件形成中之諸多操作;[Figure 11] Schematically show many operations in the formation of the display construction component;

[圖12]示意性地顯示諸多緊固件及顯示器構造組件;[Figure 12] Schematically show many fasteners and display construction components;

[圖13]示意性地顯示電致變色機構中的諸多層;[Figure 13] Schematically shows many layers in the electrochromic mechanism;

[圖14A-B]示意性地顯示整合玻璃單元之諸多視圖;[Figure 14A-B] Schematically show many views of the integrated glass unit;

[圖15]示意性地顯示控制分層方案及建築物;[Figure 15] Schematically show the control layering scheme and buildings;

[圖16]示意性地顯示處理系統;[FIG. 16] The processing system is schematically shown;

[圖17]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造組件及控制器與電源組件;[Figure 17] Schematically shows a display structure component and a controller and power supply component;

[圖18]係流程圖,顯示用於顯示器構造的操作方法之範例;[Figure 18] is a flowchart showing an example of the operation method used for display construction;

[圖19]係流程圖,顯示用於顯示器構造的操作方法之範例;[Figure 19] is a flowchart showing an example of the operation method used for display construction;

[圖20]示意性地顯示用於顯示器構造的控制方案;[Fig. 20] Schematically showing a control scheme for display construction;

[圖21A-B]示意性地顯示諸多窗戶及顯示器構造;[Figure 21A-B] Schematically show many windows and display structures;

[圖22A-B]示意性地顯示諸多窗戶及顯示器構造;[Figure 22A-B] Schematically show many windows and display structures;

[圖23]示意性地顯示諸多窗戶及顯示器構造;[Figure 23] Schematically show many windows and display structures;

[圖24]示意性地顯示諸多窗戶及顯示器構造;[Figure 24] Schematically show many windows and display structures;

[圖25]示意性地顯示諸多窗戶及顯示器構造;[Figure 25] Schematically show many windows and display structures;

[圖26]示意性地顯示包含電路系統之盒子的拆解圖(例如,分解圖);[Figure 26] Schematically show a disassembly diagram (for example, an exploded view) of the box containing the circuit system;

[圖27A-B]示意性地顯示包含電路系統之盒子的諸多視圖;[Figure 27A-B] Schematically show many views of the box containing the circuit system;

[圖28]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造及相關聯部件;[FIG. 28] A display structure and associated components are schematically shown;

[圖29A-D]示意性地顯示諸多顯示器構造;[FIG. 29A-D] Schematically show many display configurations;

[圖30A-B]示意性地顯示諸多顯示器構造;[FIG. 30A-B] Schematically show many display configurations;

[圖31A-B]示意性地顯示諸多顯示器構造;[FIG. 31A-B] Schematically show many display configurations;

[圖32]示意性地顯示包含電路系統之盒子的拆解圖(例如,分解圖);[Figure 32] Schematically show a disassembly diagram (for example, an exploded diagram) of the box containing the circuit system;

[圖33A-D]示意性地顯示包含電路系統之盒子的諸多視圖;[Figure 33A-D] Schematically show many views of the box containing the circuit system;

[圖34A-E]示意性地顯示包含電路系統之盒子的諸多視圖;[Figure 34A-E] Schematically show many views of the box containing the circuit system;

[圖35]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造及相關聯部件(例如,其部分)之諸多視圖;[FIG. 35] Schematically show many views of a display structure and associated components (e.g., parts thereof);

[圖36]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造及相關聯部件(例如,其部分)之諸多視圖;[FIG. 36] Schematically showing many views of a display structure and associated components (e.g., parts thereof);

[圖37]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造及相關聯部件(例如,其部分)之諸多視圖;[FIG. 37] Schematically showing many views of a display structure and associated components (e.g., parts thereof);

[圖38]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造及相關聯部件(例如,其部分)之諸多視圖;[FIG. 38] Schematically show many views of a display structure and associated components (e.g., parts thereof);

[圖39]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造及相關聯部件(例如,其部分)之諸多視圖;[FIG. 39] Schematically show many views of a display structure and associated components (e.g., parts thereof);

[圖40]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造的各部分及相關聯部件(例如,其部分)之諸多視圖;[FIG. 40] Schematically showing various views of various parts of a display structure and associated components (for example, parts thereof);

[圖41]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造及相關聯部件(例如,其部分)之諸多視圖;[FIG. 41] Schematically show many views of a display structure and associated components (e.g., parts thereof);

[圖42]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造的部分及相關聯部件之諸多視圖;及[FIG. 42] Schematically showing various views of parts of a display structure and associated components; and

[圖43]示意性地顯示緊固件的各部分及相關聯部件之諸多視圖。[Figure 43] Schematically show various views of various parts of the fastener and associated parts.

其中的圖面及部件可能未按比例繪製。本文敘述之圖面的諸多部件可能未按比例繪製。The drawings and parts may not be drawn to scale. Many parts of the drawings described in this article may not be drawn to scale.

120:立面 120: Facade

121:窗戶 121: windows

122:窗戶 122: windows

123:窗戶 123: windows

125:箭頭 125: Arrow

130:橫梁 130: beam

131:豎框 131: Mullion

Claims (177)

一種用於媒體觀看之系統,包含: 可著色窗,具有至少一褪色狀態及著色狀態; 顯示器構造,建構成顯示及/或操縱電子媒體,該顯示器構造係設置鄰接該可著色窗並與該可著色窗對齊,使得至少當該可著色窗處於該褪色狀態中時,使用者可經過(i)該顯示器構造及(ii)該可著色窗觀看,該顯示器構造係至少部分透明的;及 顯示器電路系統,直接用導線連接至該顯示器構造。A system for media viewing, including: The tintable window has at least one faded state and colored state; The display structure is configured to display and/or manipulate electronic media. The display structure is arranged adjacent to and aligned with the colorable window, so that at least when the colorable window is in the faded state, the user can pass through ( i) the display structure and (ii) the tinted window viewing, the display structure is at least partially transparent; and The display circuit system is directly connected to the display structure with wires. 如請求項1之系統,其中該顯示器構造係交流地耦接至傳輸該電子媒體的網路。Such as the system of claim 1, wherein the display structure is AC coupled to a network that transmits the electronic media. 如請求項2之系統,其中該網路係交流地耦接至建築物管理系統。Such as the system of claim 2, wherein the network is AC coupled to the building management system. 如請求項1之系統,其中該顯示器電路系統建構成在其操作期間及/或在其安裝之後可至少部分地進出。Such as the system of claim 1, wherein the display circuit system is constructed to be at least partially accessible during its operation and/or after its installation. 如請求項1之系統,更包含鉸鏈,其建構成便於對該顯示器電路系統操作及/或在安裝該顯示器構造之後進行可逆的進出或限制。For example, the system of claim 1 further includes a hinge, which is constructed to facilitate the operation of the display circuit system and/or reversible access or restriction after the display structure is installed. 如請求項1之系統,其中該顯示器構造係交流地耦接至一個以上的控制器,該控制器藉由該顯示器構造來控制該電子媒體之顯示。Such as the system of claim 1, wherein the display structure is AC coupled to more than one controller, and the controller controls the display of the electronic medium through the display structure. 如請求項1之系統,其中該顯示器構造係交流地耦接至第一控制器,且其中該可著色窗係交流地耦接至第二控制器。Such as the system of claim 1, wherein the display structure is AC coupled to the first controller, and wherein the tintable window is AC coupled to the second controller. 如請求項7之系統,其中該第一控制器及該第二控制器係相同的控制器。Such as the system of claim 7, wherein the first controller and the second controller are the same controller. 如請求項7之系統,其中該第一控制器及該第二控制器係交流地耦接的不同控制器。Such as the system of claim 7, wherein the first controller and the second controller are different controllers that are AC coupled. 如請求項9之系統,其中該第一控制器及該第二控制器係交流地耦接至第三控制器。Such as the system of claim 9, wherein the first controller and the second controller are AC coupled to a third controller. 如請求項1之系統,其中該顯示器構造係交流地耦接至設置於容納該可著色窗的窗框中之第一控制器。Such as the system of claim 1, wherein the display structure is AC coupled to a first controller provided in a window frame containing the tintable window. 如請求項1之系統,其中該顯示器構造係電耦接至設置在與該可著色窗相鄰的建築物固定裝置中之電源。The system of claim 1, wherein the display structure is electrically coupled to a power source provided in a building fixture adjacent to the tintable window. 如請求項12之系統,其中該建築物固定裝置係容納該可著色窗的牆壁、天花板、地板或窗框。Such as the system of claim 12, wherein the building fixture is a wall, ceiling, floor or window frame that accommodates the tintable window. 如請求項1之系統,其中該顯示器構造係電耦接至設置於離該顯示器構造的最短距離處之電源,該最短距離係至少約十五(15)英尺。The system of claim 1, wherein the display structure is electrically coupled to a power source disposed at the shortest distance from the display structure, the shortest distance being at least about fifteen (15) feet. 如請求項1之系統,其中該顯示器構造係交流地耦接至控制該顯示器構造的控制器,該控制器係設置成離該顯示器構造之最短距離處,該最短距離係至少約五(5)英尺。The system of claim 1, wherein the display structure is AC coupled to a controller that controls the display structure, and the controller is arranged at the shortest distance from the display structure, and the shortest distance is at least about five (5) foot. 如請求項1之系統,其中該可著色窗包含電致變色玻璃構造。The system of claim 1, wherein the tintable window comprises an electrochromic glass structure. 如請求項1之系統,其中該顯示器構造包含第一玻璃片、第二玻璃片、及設置在該第一玻璃片與該第二玻璃片之間的顯示矩陣。The system of claim 1, wherein the display structure includes a first glass sheet, a second glass sheet, and a display matrix arranged between the first glass sheet and the second glass sheet. 如請求項17之系統,其中該顯示矩陣包含發光二極體(LED)陣列。Such as the system of claim 17, wherein the display matrix includes a light emitting diode (LED) array. 如請求項18之系統,其中該顯示矩陣包含透明的有機發光二極體(TOLED)陣列。Such as the system of claim 18, wherein the display matrix includes a transparent organic light emitting diode (TOLED) array. 如請求項18之系統,其中該顯示矩陣在其基本長度標尺上具有至少約2000像素。The system of claim 18, wherein the display matrix has at least about 2000 pixels on its basic length scale. 如請求項20之系統,其中該顯示矩陣的基本長度標尺係該顯示矩陣之高度或寬度。Such as the system of claim 20, wherein the basic length scale of the display matrix is the height or width of the display matrix. 如請求項18之系統,其中該顯示矩陣係高解析度或超高解析度的顯示矩陣。Such as the system of claim 18, wherein the display matrix is a high-resolution or ultra-high-resolution display matrix. 如請求項17之系統,其中該顯示器構造係藉由緊固件耦接至該可著色窗。The system of claim 17, wherein the display structure is coupled to the tintable window by a fastener. 如請求項23之系統,其中該緊固件包含鉸鏈、托架、或板條。Such as the system of claim 23, wherein the fastener includes a hinge, a bracket, or a slat. 如請求項24之系統,其中該鉸鏈係(i)連接至該托架,該托架連接至該顯示器構造,及(ii)連接至該板條,該板條連接至固定裝置,該鉸鏈便於該顯示器構造相對於該固定裝置繞著鉸鏈接頭的迴轉。Such as the system of claim 24, wherein the hinge is (i) connected to the bracket, the bracket is connected to the display structure, and (ii) is connected to the slat, the slat is connected to the fixing device, the hinge facilitates The display structure rotates around the hinge joint relative to the fixing device. 如請求項25之系統,其中該鉸鏈(i)可逆地連接至該托架,該托架不可逆地連接至該顯示器構造,及(ii)可逆地連接至該板條,該板條可逆地連接至固定裝置,該鉸鏈便於該顯示器構造相對於該固定裝置繞著鉸鏈接頭的迴轉。Such as the system of claim 25, wherein the hinge (i) is reversibly connected to the bracket, the bracket is irreversibly connected to the display structure, and (ii) is reversibly connected to the slat, the slat is reversibly connected To the fixing device, the hinge facilitates the rotation of the display structure relative to the fixing device about the hinge joint. 如請求項24之系統,其中該板條包含能可逆地打開及關閉的迴轉部分。Such as the system of claim 24, wherein the slat includes a reversible part that can be reversibly opened and closed. 如請求項27之系統,其中該電路系統及/或佈線被該板條所覆蓋,以致於觀看者看不到,該電路系統及/或佈線可藉由打開該迴轉部分而至少部分地暴露。For example, the system of claim 27, in which the circuit system and/or wiring is covered by the slats so as not to be seen by the viewer, the circuit system and/or wiring can be at least partially exposed by opening the turning part. 如請求項1之系統,其中當該可著色窗處於其最暗的著色狀態中且該顯示器構造投射該媒體時,使用者未能看穿(i)該顯示器構造及(ii)該可著色窗。Such as the system of claim 1, wherein when the tintable window is in its darkest tinted state and the display structure projects the medium, the user cannot see through (i) the display structure and (ii) the tintable window. 如請求項1之系統,其中該可著色窗建構成用於對齊藉由該顯示器構造所顯示的媒體來進行著色調整。The system of claim 1, wherein the colorable window structure is used to align the media displayed by the display structure for color adjustment. 如請求項30之系統,其中可著色窗建構成用於手動及/或自動著色調整。Such as the system of claim 30, in which the shadeable window is constructed for manual and/or automatic shade adjustment. 如請求項30之系統,其中該可著色窗建構成用於在該顯示器構造投射該媒體時進行著色調整。Such as the system of claim 30, wherein the colorable window structure is used for color adjustment when the display structure projects the media. 如請求項32之系統,其中該媒體具有至少於該著色調整期間為靜態的被動內容。Such as the system of claim 32, wherein the medium has passive content that is static at least during the coloring adjustment period. 如請求項33之系統,其中該媒體具有至少在該著色調整期間改變的主動內容。Such as the system of claim 33, wherein the medium has active content that changes at least during the coloring adjustment. 如請求項1或30之系統,其中該可著色窗建構成用於藉由考慮太陽的位置、一天中之時間、日期、設置該顯示器構造的外殼之地理位置、天氣條件、光透過該可著色窗的透射率、及/或一個以上之感測器的讀數來進行著色調整。Such as the system of claim 1 or 30, wherein the colorable window structure is used for considering the position of the sun, the time of day, the date, the geographic location of the housing where the display structure is set, the weather conditions, and the light passing through the colorable window structure The transmittance of the window and/or the readings of more than one sensor can be used for color adjustment. 如請求項35之系統,其中該一個以上的感測器之至少一者設置在該可著色窗所設置的建築物之外部。Such as the system of claim 35, wherein at least one of the one or more sensors is arranged outside the building where the tintable window is arranged. 如請求項35之系統,其中該天氣條件包含任何雲層覆蓋率。Such as the system of claim 35, wherein the weather condition includes any cloud cover. 如請求項35之系統,其中光透過該可著色窗的透射率係相對於照射在該可著色窗上之外部光線。Such as the system of claim 35, wherein the transmittance of light through the tintable window is relative to the external light shining on the tintable window. 如請求項38之系統,其中光透過該可著色窗的透射率取決於該可著色窗之材料性質。Such as the system of claim 38, wherein the transmittance of light through the tintable window depends on the material properties of the tintable window. 如請求項1之系統,其中至少一觸控螢幕係設置為鄰近該至少一顯示器構造,該至少一觸控螢幕設置為使得該至少一觸控螢幕與該至少一顯示器構造的觀看表面之至少一部分重疊。Such as the system of claim 1, wherein at least one touch screen is arranged adjacent to the at least one display structure, and the at least one touch screen is arranged such that the at least one touch screen and at least a part of the viewing surface of the at least one display structure overlapping. 如請求項40之系統,其中至少一控制器建構成操作地耦接至該至少一觸控螢幕,且其中該至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於使用者與該至少一觸控螢幕的觸覺互動來調整該至少一顯示器構造上所顯示之媒體。Such as the system of claim 40, wherein at least one controller configuration is operatively coupled to the at least one touch screen, and wherein the at least one controller configuration is based at least in part on the tactile sense of the user and the at least one touch screen Interactively adjust the media displayed on the at least one display structure. 如請求項40之系統,其中該至少一顯示器構造建構成顯示螢幕影像的一部分之複數顯示器構造,且其中至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於使用者與該至少一觸控螢幕的觸覺互動來調整該複數構造上所顯示之媒體。Such as the system of claim 40, wherein the at least one display structure constitutes a plurality of display structures that display a part of the screen image, and wherein the at least one controller structure is based at least in part on the tactile interaction between the user and the at least one touch screen Adjust the media displayed on the plural structure. 如請求項42之系統,其中該至少一觸控螢幕係複數觸控螢幕,並建構成使得該使用者可使用該複數觸控螢幕,就好像其係跨越該複數觸控螢幕的單一觸控螢幕一樣。Such as the system of claim 42, wherein the at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens, and is constructed so that the user can use the plurality of touch screens as if it were a single touch screen spanning the plurality of touch screens Same. 如請求項42之系統,其中該至少一觸控螢幕係包括第一觸控螢幕的複數觸控螢幕,該第一觸控螢幕之第一側面緊鄰第二觸控螢幕的第二側面。Such as the system of claim 42, wherein the at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens including a first touch screen, and the first side of the first touch screen is adjacent to the second side of the second touch screen. 如請求項44之系統,其中該緊鄰係指沒有另一個中間觸控螢幕。Such as the system of claim 44, where the immediate proximity refers to the absence of another intermediate touch screen. 如請求項44之系統,其中該第一側面經過黏合劑接觸該第二側面。Such as the system of claim 44, wherein the first side contacts the second side through an adhesive. 如請求項44之系統,其中該第一側面沒有第一面板,且其中該第二側面沒有第二面板。Such as the system of claim 44, wherein the first side does not have a first panel, and wherein the second side does not have a second panel. 如請求項44之系統,其中該第一側面係藉由第一面板所接界,且其中該第二側面係藉由第二面板所接界。Such as the system of claim 44, wherein the first side is bounded by a first panel, and wherein the second side is bounded by a second panel. 如請求項47或48之系統,其中該第一面板包含感測器及發射器,且其中該第二面板包含感測器及發射器。Such as the system of claim 47 or 48, wherein the first panel includes a sensor and a transmitter, and wherein the second panel includes a sensor and a transmitter. 如請求項40之系統,其中該至少一觸控螢幕建構成操作地嚙合至少二感測器及發射器面板,該至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成(a)彼此平行或實質上彼此平行,且(b)彼此隔開一定距離,該至少一觸控螢幕的至少一部分係在該距離中設置。Such as the system of claim 40, wherein the at least one touch screen is configured to operatively engage at least two sensors and transmitter panels, and the at least two sensors and transmitter panels are arranged (a) parallel to each other or substantially to each other Parallel, and (b) are separated from each other by a certain distance, and at least a part of the at least one touch screen is arranged in the distance. 如請求項40之系統,其中該至少一觸控螢幕建構成操作地嚙合至少二感測器及發射器面板,該至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成(a)彼此平行或實質上彼此平行,且(b)彼此隔開一定距離,其中設置的距離為超過該至少一觸控螢幕的一觸控螢幕。Such as the system of claim 40, wherein the at least one touch screen is configured to operatively engage at least two sensors and transmitter panels, and the at least two sensors and transmitter panels are arranged (a) parallel to each other or substantially to each other Parallel, and (b) separated from each other by a certain distance, wherein the set distance is a touch screen that exceeds the at least one touch screen. 一種用於媒體觀看之系統,包含: 可著色窗,具有至少一褪色狀態及著色狀態; 顯示器構造,建構成顯示及/或操縱電子媒體,該顯示器構造係設置鄰接該可著色窗並與該可著色窗對齊,使得至少當該可著色窗處於該褪色狀態中時,使用者可經過(i)該顯示器構造及(ii)該可著色窗觀看,該顯示器構造係至少部分透明的;及 緊固件,建構成耦接至該顯示器構造。A system for media viewing, including: The tintable window has at least one faded state and colored state; The display structure is configured to display and/or manipulate electronic media. The display structure is arranged adjacent to and aligned with the colorable window, so that at least when the colorable window is in the faded state, the user can pass through ( i) the display structure and (ii) the tinted window for viewing, the display structure is at least partially transparent; and The fastener is configured to be coupled to the display structure. 如請求項52之系統,其中該緊固件(I)建構成便於進出該顯示器電路系統的至少一部分,(II)建構成跨越該顯示器構造之側面長度的至少百分之三十(30%),(III)建構成便於熱交換,及/或(IV)包含複數鉸鏈。For example, the system of claim 52, wherein the fastener (I) constitutes at least a part of the circuit system for easy access to the display, and (II) the structure spans at least thirty percent (30%) of the side length of the display structure, (III) is constructed to facilitate heat exchange, and/or (IV) contains plural hinges. 如請求項53之系統,其中該緊固件包含鉸鏈,該鉸鏈建構成便於對該顯示器電路系統進行可逆的進出及限制。For example, the system of claim 53, wherein the fastener includes a hinge, and the hinge is constructed to facilitate reversible access and restriction of the display circuit system. 如請求項52之系統,其中該顯示器構造包含:(i)一對基板,及(ii)顯示矩陣,層疊在該對基板之間。Such as the system of claim 52, wherein the display structure includes: (i) a pair of substrates, and (ii) a display matrix laminated between the pair of substrates. 如請求項55之系統,其中該顯示矩陣於其基本長度標尺上具有至少約2000像素。Such as the system of claim 55, wherein the display matrix has at least about 2000 pixels on its basic length scale. 如請求項52之系統,其中該顯示器構造係至少百分之三十(30%)透明的。Such as the system of claim 52, wherein the display structure is at least thirty percent (30%) transparent. 如請求項52之系統,其中該可著色窗係電致變色窗。Such as the system of claim 52, wherein the tintable window is an electrochromic window. 如請求項52之系統,其中該緊固件包含至少一鉸鏈,且其中該顯示器構造係藉由該至少一鉸鏈固定至該可著色窗。The system of claim 52, wherein the fastener includes at least one hinge, and wherein the display structure is fixed to the tintable window by the at least one hinge. 如請求項59之系統,其中該鉸鏈建構成便於維護該顯示器構造。Such as the system of claim 59, wherein the hinge structure is convenient to maintain the display structure. 如請求項52之系統,其中交流地耦接至該顯示器構造的驅動器板被至少一鉸鏈葉片所隱藏,以致於該觀看者看不到。Such as the system of claim 52, wherein the driver board AC coupled to the display structure is hidden by at least one hinge blade so that the viewer cannot see it. 如請求項52之系統,其中該系統包括控制板及電源。Such as the system of claim 52, wherein the system includes a control board and a power supply. 如請求項62之系統,其中該顯示器構造與該電源之間的最短距離係至少十五英尺(15')。Such as the system of claim 62, wherein the shortest distance between the display structure and the power source is at least fifteen feet (15'). 如請求項63之系統,其中該控制板與該電源之間的最短距離係至少五英尺(5')。Such as the system of claim 63, wherein the shortest distance between the control board and the power supply is at least five feet (5'). 如請求項52之系統,其中該顯示器構造係藉由同軸電纜耦接至一個以上的控制器及/或網路。Such as the system of claim 52, wherein the display structure is coupled to more than one controller and/or network via a coaxial cable. 如請求項65之系統,其中該同軸電纜包含微型同軸電纜。Such as the system of claim 65, wherein the coaxial cable includes a miniature coaxial cable. 如請求項52之系統,其中該顯示矩陣的基本長度標尺係該顯示矩陣之高度或寬度。Such as the system of claim 52, wherein the basic length scale of the display matrix is the height or width of the display matrix. 如請求項52之系統,其中該顯示矩陣係高解析度或超高解析度的顯示矩陣。Such as the system of claim 52, wherein the display matrix is a high-resolution or ultra-high-resolution display matrix. 如請求項52之系統,其中該可著色窗建構成用於對齊藉由該顯示器構造所顯示的媒體來進行著色調整。Such as the system of claim 52, wherein the colorable window structure is configured to align the media displayed by the display structure for color adjustment. 如請求項69之系統,其中著色窗建構成用於手動及/或自動著色調整。Such as the system of claim 69, in which the shaded window is constructed for manual and/or automatic shade adjustment. 如請求項69之系統,其中該可著色窗建構成用於在該顯示器構造投射該媒體時進行著色調整。Such as the system of claim 69, wherein the colorable window structure is used for coloring adjustment when the display structure projects the media. 如請求項71之系統,其中該媒體具有至少於該著色調整期間為靜態的被動內容。Such as the system of claim 71, wherein the medium has passive content that is static at least during the coloring adjustment period. 如請求項71之系統,其中該媒體具有至少在該著色調整期間改變的主動內容。Such as the system of claim 71, wherein the medium has active content that changes at least during the coloring adjustment period. 如請求項52或69之系統,其中該可著色窗建構成用於藉由考慮太陽的位置、一天中之時間、日期、設置該顯示器構造的外殼之地理位置、天氣條件、光透過該可著色窗的透射率、及/或一個以上之感測器的讀數來進行著色調整。Such as the system of claim 52 or 69, wherein the colorable window structure is used to consider the position of the sun, the time of day, the date, the geographic location of the housing where the display structure is set, the weather conditions, and the light passing through the colorable window structure The transmittance of the window and/or the readings of more than one sensor can be used for color adjustment. 如請求項52之系統,其中至少一觸控螢幕係設置為鄰近該至少一顯示器構造,該至少一觸控螢幕設置為使得該至少一觸控螢幕與該至少一顯示器構造的觀看表面之至少一部分重疊。For example, the system of claim 52, wherein at least one touch screen is arranged adjacent to the at least one display structure, and the at least one touch screen is arranged such that at least a part of the viewing surface of the at least one touch screen and the at least one display structure overlapping. 如請求項75之系統,其中至少一控制器建構成操作地耦接至該至少一觸控螢幕,且其中該至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於使用者與該至少一觸控螢幕的觸覺互動來調整該至少一顯示器構造上所顯示之媒體。Such as the system of claim 75, wherein at least one controller configuration is operatively coupled to the at least one touch screen, and wherein the at least one controller configuration is based at least in part on the tactile sense of the user and the at least one touch screen Interactively adjust the media displayed on the at least one display structure. 如請求項75之系統,其中該至少一顯示器構造係複數顯示器構造,其中該複數顯示器構造的每一者建構成顯示螢幕影像之一部分,且其中至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於使用者與該至少一觸控螢幕的觸覺互動來調整該複數構造上所顯示之媒體。Such as the system of claim 75, wherein the at least one display structure is a plurality of display structures, wherein each of the plurality of display structures constitutes a part of the display screen image, and wherein the at least one controller structure is based at least in part on the user and The tactile interaction of the at least one touch screen adjusts the media displayed on the plurality of structures. 如請求項77之系統,其中該至少一觸控螢幕係複數觸控螢幕,並建構成使得該使用者可使用該複數觸控螢幕,就好像其係跨越該複數觸控螢幕的單一觸控螢幕一樣。Such as the system of claim 77, wherein the at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens, and is constructed so that the user can use the plurality of touch screens as if it were a single touch screen spanning the plurality of touch screens Same. 如請求項77之系統,其中該至少一觸控螢幕係包括第一觸控螢幕的複數觸控螢幕,該第一觸控螢幕之第一側面緊鄰第二觸控螢幕的第二側面。Such as the system of claim 77, wherein the at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens including a first touch screen, and the first side of the first touch screen is adjacent to the second side of the second touch screen. 如請求項79之系統,其中該緊鄰係指沒有另一個中間觸控螢幕。Such as the system of claim 79, where the immediate proximity refers to the absence of another intermediate touch screen. 如請求項79之系統,其中該第一側面經過黏合劑接觸該第二側面。Such as the system of claim 79, wherein the first side contacts the second side through an adhesive. 如請求項79之系統,其中該第一側面沒有第一面板,及/或其中該第二側面沒有第二面板。Such as the system of claim 79, wherein the first side does not have a first panel, and/or wherein the second side does not have a second panel. 如請求項79之系統,其中該第一側面係藉由第一面板所接界,及/或其中該第二側面係藉由第二面板所接界。Such as the system of claim 79, wherein the first side is bounded by a first panel, and/or wherein the second side is bounded by a second panel. 如請求項82或83之系統,其中該第一面板包含感測器及發射器,及/或其中該第二面板包含感測器及發射器。Such as the system of claim 82 or 83, wherein the first panel includes a sensor and a transmitter, and/or wherein the second panel includes a sensor and a transmitter. 如請求項75之系統,其中該至少一觸控螢幕建構成操作地嚙合至少二感測器及發射器面板,該至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成(a)彼此平行或實質上彼此平行,且(b)彼此隔開一定距離,該至少一觸控螢幕的至少一部分係在該距離中設置。Such as the system of claim 75, wherein the at least one touch screen is configured to operatively engage at least two sensors and transmitter panels, and the at least two sensors and transmitter panels are arranged (a) parallel to each other or substantially to each other Parallel, and (b) are separated from each other by a certain distance, and at least a part of the at least one touch screen is arranged in the distance. 如請求項75之系統,其中該至少一觸控螢幕建構成操作地嚙合至少二感測器及發射器面板,該至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成(a)彼此平行或實質上彼此平行,且(b)彼此隔開一定距離,該至少一觸控螢幕的一觸控螢幕係超過該距離設置。Such as the system of claim 75, wherein the at least one touch screen is configured to operatively engage at least two sensors and transmitter panels, and the at least two sensors and transmitter panels are arranged (a) parallel to each other or substantially to each other Parallel, and (b) are separated from each other by a certain distance, and a touch screen of the at least one touch screen is set beyond the distance. 如請求項85或86之系統,其中該至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成使得第一面板中的發射器所發射之輻射可藉由第二面板的感測器所感測,該第二面板平行於或實質上平行於該第一面板設置,其中該第一面板及該第二面板包括在該至少二感測器及發射器面板中。Such as the system of claim 85 or 86, wherein the at least two sensors and the emitter panel are arranged such that the radiation emitted by the emitter in the first panel can be sensed by the sensor of the second panel, and the second panel The panel is arranged parallel or substantially parallel to the first panel, wherein the first panel and the second panel are included in the at least two sensor and transmitter panels. 一種用於控制媒體觀看之設備,該設備包含至少一控制器,該控制器包含控制電路系統,該至少一控制器建構成: (a)操作地耦接至建構成顯示及/或操縱電子媒體的顯示器構造,該顯示器構造設置成鄰接可著色窗並與可著色窗對齊,使得至少當該可著色窗處於褪色狀態中時,使用者可經過(i)該顯示器構造及(ii)該可著色窗觀看,該顯示器構造係至少部分透明的,該可著色窗具有至少一褪色狀態及一著色狀態,該顯示器構造係(A)耦接至顯示器電路系統,該顯示器電路系統佈線至該顯示器構造,及/或(B)耦接至緊固件,該緊固件建構成耦接至該顯示器構造;及 (b)控制或直接控制該顯示器構造。A device for controlling media viewing, the device includes at least one controller, the controller includes a control circuit system, and the at least one controller is constructed as: (a) operatively coupled to a display structure configured to display and/or manipulate electronic media, the display structure being arranged adjacent to and aligned with the tintable window such that at least when the tintable window is in a faded state, The user can view through (i) the display structure and (ii) the tinted window, the display structure is at least partially transparent, the tintable window has at least one faded state and a colored state, and the display structure is (A) Coupled to a display circuit system, the display circuit system is wired to the display structure, and/or (B) is coupled to a fastener, the fastener structure is coupled to the display structure; and (b) Control or directly control the display structure. 如請求項88之設備,其中該顯示器電路系統建構成用於在其操作期間及/或於其安裝之後可至少部分地進出。Such as the device of claim 88, wherein the display circuit system is configured to be at least partially accessible during its operation and/or after its installation. 如請求項88之設備,其中該緊固件建構成(I)便於進出該顯示器電路系統的至少一部分,(II)跨越該顯示器構造之側面長度的至少百分之三十(30%),(III)便於熱交換,及/或(IV)包含複數鉸鏈。Such as the device of claim 88, wherein the fastener structure (I) facilitates access to at least a portion of the display circuit system, (II) spans at least thirty percent (30%) of the side length of the display structure, (III ) Facilitate heat exchange, and/or (IV) includes a plurality of hinges. 如請求項88之設備,其中該顯示器電路系統包含該控制電路系統的至少一部分。The device of claim 88, wherein the display circuit system includes at least a part of the control circuit system. 如請求項88之設備,其中該顯示器構造耦接至鉸鏈,該鉸鏈建構成便於對該顯示器電路系統進行可逆的進出及限制。Such as the device of claim 88, wherein the display structure is coupled to a hinge, and the hinge structure facilitates reversible access and restriction of the display circuit system. 如請求項88之設備,其中該至少一控制器係階層式控制系統的一部分。Such as the device of claim 88, wherein the at least one controller is a part of a hierarchical control system. 如請求項88之設備,其中該至少一控制器建構成診斷或直接診斷該顯示器構造。Such as the device of claim 88, wherein the at least one controller is configured to diagnose or directly diagnose the display structure. 如請求項88之設備,其中該至少一控制器建構成補償或直接補償該顯示器構造的操作。Such as the device of claim 88, wherein the at least one controller is configured to compensate or directly compensate for the operation of the display structure. 如請求項88之設備,其中該至少一控制器建構成藉由使用診斷程序來(i)診斷或直接診斷該顯示器構造以產生診斷,及(ii)補償或直接補償該顯示器構造的操作。Such as the device of claim 88, wherein the at least one controller is configured to (i) diagnose or directly diagnose the display structure to generate a diagnosis by using a diagnostic program, and (ii) compensate or directly compensate for the operation of the display structure. 如請求項88之設備,其中該至少一控制器建構成調整或直接調整該顯示器構造,以補償與該顯示器構造的預期操作之偏差。Such as the device of claim 88, wherein the at least one controller is configured to adjust or directly adjust the display structure to compensate for deviations from the expected operation of the display structure. 如請求項88之設備,其中該至少一控制器建構成監控、或直接監控過濾器的條件,該過濾器建構成過濾大氣。For example, the device of claim 88, wherein the at least one controller is configured to monitor or directly monitor the condition of the filter, and the filter is configured to filter the atmosphere. 如請求項98之設備,其中該至少一控制器建構成為監控、或直接監控該過濾器的壽命。Such as the device of claim 98, wherein the at least one controller is configured to monitor or directly monitor the life of the filter. 如請求項98之設備,其中該條件包含該過濾器的有效性。Such as the device of claim 98, where the condition includes the validity of the filter. 如請求項98之設備,其中該條件包含該過濾器的擁塞狀態、經過該過濾器之大氣的流速、累積之操作時間、及/或耐久性。Such as the device of claim 98, wherein the condition includes the congestion state of the filter, the flow velocity of the atmosphere passing through the filter, the accumulated operating time, and/or the durability. 如請求項98之設備,其中該過濾器包含高效粒子空氣(HEPA)過濾器。Such as the device of claim 98, wherein the filter includes a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter. 如請求項98之設備,其中該過濾器建構成過濾至多毫米、微米或奈米級的粒子。Such as the device of claim 98, wherein the filter is configured to filter particles up to millimeter, micrometer, or nanometer level. 如請求項98之設備,其中該過濾器建構成過濾病原體及/或微粒物質。Such as the device of claim 98, wherein the filter is configured to filter pathogens and/or particulate matter. 如請求項98之設備,其中該過濾器建構成過濾有生命及/或無生命物質。Such as the device of claim 98, wherein the filter is constructed to filter animate and/or inanimate substances. 如請求項98之設備,其中該過濾器包括在通風系統中。Such as the device of claim 98, wherein the filter is included in the ventilation system. 如請求項98之設備,其中該過濾器係設置於通向外殼的通風口中、或在該外殼中之通風口中,該顯示器構造係設置於該外殼中。Such as the device of claim 98, wherein the filter is provided in a vent opening to the housing or in a vent in the housing, and the display structure is provided in the housing. 如請求項98之設備,其中該過濾器係設置在外殼的外部,該顯示器構造係設置於該外殼中。For example, the device of claim 98, wherein the filter is arranged outside the housing, and the display structure is arranged in the housing. 如請求項98之設備,其中該過濾器係設置在固定裝置中。Such as the equipment of claim 98, wherein the filter is set in the fixing device. 如請求項109之設備,其中該固定裝置係牆壁或窗框。Such as the equipment of claim 109, wherein the fixing device is a wall or a window frame. 如請求項88之設備,其中該至少一控制器建構成監控、或直接監控該顯示器構造的溫度。Such as the device of claim 88, wherein the at least one controller is configured to monitor or directly monitor the temperature of the display structure. 如請求項88之設備,其中該至少一控制器建構成至少部分地藉由監控、或直接監控該顯示器構造的溫度來診斷或直接診斷該顯示器構造。Such as the device of claim 88, wherein the at least one controller is configured to diagnose or directly diagnose the display structure at least in part by monitoring or directly monitoring the temperature of the display structure. 如請求項112之設備,其中至少一控制器建構成使用該顯示器構造的溫度來補償或直接補償該顯示器構造之操作。Such as the device of claim 112, wherein at least one controller is configured to use the temperature of the display structure to compensate or directly compensate for the operation of the display structure. 如請求項88之設備,其中該至少一控制器建構成監控或直接監控該顯示器構造的一個以上之像素的狀態。Such as the device of claim 88, wherein the at least one controller is configured to monitor or directly monitor the state of more than one pixel of the display structure. 如請求項88之設備,其中該至少一控制器建構成至少部分地藉由監控、或直接監控該顯示器構造的一個以上之像素的狀態來診斷、或直接診斷該顯示器構造。Such as the device of claim 88, wherein the at least one controller is configured to diagnose or directly diagnose the display structure at least in part by monitoring or directly monitoring the state of more than one pixel of the display structure. 如請求項88之設備,其中該至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於該顯示器構造的一個以上之像素的狀態來調整或直接調整該顯示器構造之操作。Such as the device of claim 88, wherein the at least one controller is configured to adjust or directly adjust the operation of the display structure based at least in part on the state of more than one pixel of the display structure. 如請求項88之設備,其中至少一控制器建構成監控、或直接監控至少一風扇的操作,該至少一風扇建構成對齊該顯示器構造一起操作。For example, in the device of claim 88, at least one controller is configured to monitor or directly monitor the operation of at least one fan, and the at least one fan is configured to align with the display structure to operate together. 如請求項88之設備,其中至少一控制器建構成至少部分地藉由監控、或直接監控至少一風扇的操作來診斷、或直接診斷該顯示器構造,該至少一風扇建構成對齊該顯示器構造一起操作。For example, the device of claim 88, wherein at least one controller is configured to diagnose or directly diagnose the display structure at least in part by monitoring or directly monitoring the operation of at least one fan, and the at least one fan structure is aligned with the display structure operate. 如請求項117之設備,其中該至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於該至少一風扇的操作來調整、或直接調整該顯示器構造之操作。Such as the device of claim 117, wherein the at least one controller structure adjusts at least partly based on the operation of the at least one fan, or directly adjusts the operation of the display structure. 如請求項88之設備,其中該至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於該顯示器構造的至少一像素之使用來調整、或直接調整該顯示器構造。Such as the device of claim 88, wherein the at least one controller structure adjusts or directly adjusts the display structure based at least in part on the use of at least one pixel of the display structure. 如請求項88之設備,其中該至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於該顯示器構造的溫度來調整、或直接調整該顯示器構造。Such as the device of claim 88, wherein the at least one controller configuration adjusts or directly adjusts the display configuration based at least in part on the temperature of the display configuration. 如請求項119之設備,其中該至少一控制器建構成操作地耦接至包含壓力感測器、氣體流量感測器、溫度感測器、或電磁感測器的至少一感測器,且其中該至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於該至少一感測器之操作來調整、或直接調整該顯示器構造的操作。The device of claim 119, wherein the at least one controller is configured to be operatively coupled to at least one sensor including a pressure sensor, a gas flow sensor, a temperature sensor, or an electromagnetic sensor, and The at least one controller is configured to adjust or directly adjust the operation of the display structure based at least in part on the operation of the at least one sensor. 如請求項119之設備,其中該至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於供給至該顯示器構造的電流、電壓、及/或電力來調整、或直接調整該顯示器構造之操作,以達成意欲之目的。Such as the device of claim 119, wherein the at least one controller structure adjusts or directly adjusts the operation of the display structure based at least in part on the current, voltage, and/or power supplied to the display structure to achieve the intended purpose . 如請求項123之設備,其中該至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於供給至該顯示器構造的至少一像素之電流、電壓、及/或電力來調整、或直接調整該顯示器構造的操作,以達成意欲之目的。Such as the device of claim 123, wherein the at least one controller structure adjusts or directly adjusts the operation of the display structure based at least in part on the current, voltage, and/or power supplied to at least one pixel of the display structure, to Achieve the intended purpose. 如請求項88之設備,其中該至少一控制器建構成在預定時間間隔之後循環或直接循環該顯示器構造,其中該顯示器構造的循環包含隨著時間之推移來修改所顯示的媒體,以便減少該顯示器構造之一個以上的像素之退化。Such as the device of claim 88, wherein the at least one controller is configured to cycle or directly cycle the display structure after a predetermined time interval, wherein the cycle of the display structure includes modifying the displayed media over time so as to reduce the Degradation of more than one pixel in the display structure. 如請求項125之設備,其中該一個以上的像素包含發光二極體。Such as the device of claim 125, wherein the one or more pixels include light-emitting diodes. 如請求項126之設備,其中該發光二極體係有機發光二極體。Such as the device of claim 126, wherein the light-emitting diode system is an organic light-emitting diode. 如請求項126之設備,其中該發光二極體係至少部分透明的。The device of claim 126, wherein the light-emitting diode system is at least partially transparent. 如請求項125之設備,其中該預定時間間隔至少部分地基於在先前的預定時間間隔期間之該顯示器構造的觀看類型來調整。The device of claim 125, wherein the predetermined time interval is adjusted based at least in part on the viewing type of the display configuration during the previous predetermined time interval. 如請求項88之設備,其中該至少一控制器建構成操作地耦接至鄰近該顯示器構造所設置的至少一觸控螢幕,且其中該至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於使用者與該至少一觸控螢幕之觸覺互動來調整該顯示器構造上所顯示的媒體。Such as the device of claim 88, wherein the at least one controller structure is operatively coupled to at least one touch screen disposed adjacent to the display structure, and wherein the at least one controller structure is based at least in part on the user and the The tactile interaction of at least one touch screen adjusts the media displayed on the display structure. 如請求項130之設備,其中該至少一顯示器構造係建構成顯示螢幕影像的一部分之複數顯示器構造,且其中至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於使用者與該至少一觸控螢幕的觸覺互動來調整該複數構造上所顯示之媒體。Such as the device of claim 130, wherein the at least one display structure constitutes a plurality of display structures constituting a part of the display screen image, and wherein the at least one controller structure is based at least in part on the tactile interaction between the user and the at least one touch screen To adjust the media displayed on the complex structure. 如請求項131之設備,其中該至少一觸控螢幕係複數觸控螢幕,且該至少一控制器建構成使得該使用者可使用該複數觸控螢幕,就好像其係跨越該複數觸控螢幕的單一觸控螢幕一樣。Such as the device of claim 131, wherein the at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens, and the at least one controller is constructed so that the user can use the plurality of touch screens as if it spans the plurality of touch screens The same as the single touch screen. 如請求項131之設備,其中該至少一觸控螢幕係包括第一觸控螢幕的複數觸控螢幕,該第一觸控螢幕之第一側面緊鄰第二觸控螢幕的第二側面。Such as the device of claim 131, wherein the at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens including a first touch screen, and the first side of the first touch screen is adjacent to the second side of the second touch screen. 如請求項133之設備,其中該緊鄰係指沒有另一個中間觸控螢幕。Such as the device of claim 133, where the immediate vicinity means that there is no other middle touch screen. 如請求項133之設備,其中該第一側面經過黏合劑接觸該第二側面。Such as the device of claim 133, wherein the first side surface contacts the second side surface through an adhesive. 如請求項133之設備,其中該第一側面沒有第一面板,及/或其中該第二側面沒有第二面板。For example, the device of claim 133, wherein the first side does not have a first panel, and/or wherein the second side does not have a second panel. 如請求項133之設備,其中該第一側面係藉由第一面板所接界,及/或其中該第二側面係藉由第二面板所接界。Such as the device of claim 133, wherein the first side is bounded by a first panel, and/or wherein the second side is bounded by a second panel. 如請求項136或137之設備,其中該第一面板包含感測器及發射器,及/或其中該第二面板包含感測器及發射器。Such as the device of claim 136 or 137, wherein the first panel includes a sensor and a transmitter, and/or wherein the second panel includes a sensor and a transmitter. 如請求項130之設備,其中該至少一觸控螢幕建構成操作地嚙合至少二感測器及發射器面板,該至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成(a)彼此平行或實質上彼此平行,且(b)彼此隔開一定距離,該至少一觸控螢幕的至少一部分係在該距離中設置。Such as the device of claim 130, wherein the at least one touch screen is configured to operatively engage at least two sensors and transmitter panels, and the at least two sensors and transmitter panels are arranged (a) parallel to each other or substantially to each other Parallel, and (b) are separated from each other by a certain distance, and at least a part of the at least one touch screen is arranged in the distance. 如請求項130之設備,其中該至少一觸控螢幕建構成操作地嚙合至少二感測器及發射器面板,該至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成(a)彼此平行或實質上彼此平行,且(b)彼此隔開一定距離,其中設置的距離為超過該至少一觸控螢幕的一觸控螢幕。Such as the device of claim 130, wherein the at least one touch screen is configured to operatively engage at least two sensors and transmitter panels, and the at least two sensors and transmitter panels are arranged (a) parallel to each other or substantially to each other Parallel, and (b) separated from each other by a certain distance, wherein the set distance is a touch screen that exceeds the at least one touch screen. 如請求項139或140之設備,其中該至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成使得第一面板中的發射器所發射之輻射可藉由第二面板的感測器所感測,該第二面板平行於或實質上平行於該第一面板設置,其中該第一面板及該第二面板包括在該至少二感測器及發射器面板中。Such as the device of claim 139 or 140, wherein the at least two sensors and the emitter panel are arranged so that the radiation emitted by the emitter in the first panel can be sensed by the sensor of the second panel, and the second panel The panel is arranged parallel or substantially parallel to the first panel, wherein the first panel and the second panel are included in the at least two sensor and transmitter panels. 一種用於控制媒體觀看之非暫態電腦程式產品,該非暫態電腦程式產品含有寫在其上的指令,當藉由一個以上之處理器執施行該等指令時,該等指令造成該一個以上的處理器執行操作,該等操作包含如請求項88至141中任一項之設備的任何操作。A non-transitory computer program product used to control media viewing. The non-transitory computer program product contains instructions written on it. When the instructions are executed by more than one processor, the instructions cause the more than one The processor executes operations, and these operations include any operation of the device such as any one of request items 88 to 141. 一種用於控制媒體觀看之方法,包含: 在顯示器構造上顯示及/或操縱電子媒體,該顯示器構造設置鄰接可著色窗並與該可著色窗對齊,使得至少當該可著色窗處於褪色狀態中時,使用者可經過(i)該顯示器構造及(ii)該可著色窗觀看,該顯示器構造係至少部分透明的,該著色窗具有至少一褪色狀態和一著色狀態;及 使用(A)建構成與該顯示器構造交流之顯示器電路系統,及/或(B)建構成耦接至該顯示器構造的緊固件。A method for controlling media viewing, including: Display and/or manipulate electronic media on a display structure that is arranged adjacent to and aligned with the tintable window so that at least when the tintable window is in a faded state, the user can pass through (i) the display Structure and (ii) the tinted window for viewing, the display structure is at least partially transparent, and the tinted window has at least a faded state and a tinted state; and Use (A) to construct a display circuit system that communicates with the display structure, and/or (B) to construct a fastener coupled to the display structure. 如請求項143之方法,其中該顯示器電路系統建構成在其操作期間及/或於其安裝之後可至少部分地進出。Such as the method of claim 143, wherein the display circuit system is constructed to be at least partially accessible during its operation and/or after its installation. 如請求項143之方法,其中該緊固件建構成(I)便於進出該顯示器電路系統的至少一部分,(II)跨越該顯示器構造之側面長度的至少百分之三十(30%),及/或(III)熱交換,及/或(IV)包含複數鉸鏈。The method of claim 143, wherein the fastener structure (I) facilitates access to at least a portion of the display circuit system, (II) spans at least thirty percent (30%) of the side length of the display structure, and/ Or (III) heat exchange, and/or (IV) include plural hinges. 如請求項143之方法,其中該顯示器電路系統係藉由使用該緊固件的至少一鉸鏈而可逆地進出或限制。Such as the method of claim 143, wherein the display circuit system is reversibly accessible or restricted by using at least one hinge of the fastener. 如請求項143之方法,更包含診斷該顯示器構造以形成診斷結果。For example, the method of claim 143 further includes diagnosing the display structure to form a diagnosis result. 如請求項144之方法,其中診斷該顯示器構造係藉由階層式控制系統的至少一控制器所施行。The method of claim 144, wherein the diagnosis of the display structure is performed by at least one controller of the hierarchical control system. 如請求項143之方法,更包含使用該診斷結果來補償該顯示器構造的一個以上之操作。For example, the method of claim 143 further includes using the diagnosis result to compensate for more than one operation of the display structure. 如請求項143之方法,更包含至少部分地基於使用者與鄰近該顯示器構造設置的至少一觸控螢幕之觸覺互動來調整該顯示器構造上所顯示的媒體。The method of claim 143 further includes adjusting the media displayed on the display structure based at least in part on the tactile interaction between the user and at least one touch screen disposed adjacent to the display structure. 如請求項150之方法,其中該顯示器構造係顯示一部分螢幕影像的複數顯示器構造,更包含至少部分地基於使用者與該至少一觸控螢幕之觸覺互動來調整該複數顯示器構造上所顯示的媒體。The method of claim 150, wherein the display structure is a plurality of display structures that display a part of the screen image, and further includes adjusting the media displayed on the plurality of display structures based at least in part on the tactile interaction between the user and the at least one touch screen . 如請求項151之方法,其中該至少一觸控螢幕係複數觸控螢幕,更包含該使用者使用該複數觸控螢幕,就好像該複數觸控螢幕係跨越該複數觸控螢幕的單一觸控螢幕一樣。Such as the method of request item 151, wherein the at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens, and further includes that the user uses the plurality of touch screens as if the plurality of touch screens are a single touch across the plurality of touch screens The screen is the same. 一種用於控制媒體觀看之非暫態電腦程式產品,該非暫態電腦程式產品含有寫在其上的指令,當藉由一個以上之處理器執施行該等指令時,該等指令造成該一個以上的處理器執施行操作,該等操作包含如請求項143至152中任一項之方法的任何操作。A non-transitory computer program product used to control media viewing. The non-transitory computer program product contains instructions written on it. When the instructions are executed by more than one processor, the instructions cause the more than one The processor executes operations, and these operations include any operations such as the method in any one of the request items 143 to 152. 一種維護媒體顯示之方法,包含: (a)在包含光照射部件的顯示器構造上顯示電子媒體; (b)使用至少一感測器來感測藉由該顯示器構造之光投射部件所顯示的媒體,以生成感測器資料; (c)使用感測器資料以藉由比較所顯示之媒體與請求顯示的媒體來評估該等光照射部件之至少一者的狀態;及 (d)使用控制系統來(i)調整該等光照射部件之至少一者的照射,以照射待顯示之媒體的所需照射準位,及/或(ii)當該等光照射部件之至少一者的狀態係低於閾值時,預測該顯示器構造之維護,其中該控制系統係操作地耦接至該顯示器構造及該至少一感測器。A method of maintaining media display, including: (a) Display electronic media on a display structure containing light-irradiating components; (b) Use at least one sensor to sense the media displayed by the light projection part of the display structure to generate sensor data; (c) Using sensor data to evaluate the status of at least one of the light-irradiating components by comparing the displayed media with the requested media; and (d) Use a control system to (i) adjust the irradiation of at least one of the light irradiating parts to irradiate the required irradiation level of the medium to be displayed, and/or (ii) when at least one of the light irradiating parts When the state of one is lower than a threshold, the maintenance of the display structure is predicted, wherein the control system is operatively coupled to the display structure and the at least one sensor. 如請求項154之方法,其中維護該顯示器構造包含替換該顯示器構造。Such as the method of claim 154, wherein maintaining the display structure includes replacing the display structure. 如請求項154之方法,其中該控制包含控制器的階層結構。Such as the method of claim 154, wherein the control includes the hierarchical structure of the controller. 如請求項154之方法,更包含使用該控制系統來控制其中設置該顯示器構造的外殼。The method of claim 154 further includes using the control system to control the housing in which the display structure is set. 如請求項154之方法,更包含使用該控制系統來控制其中設置該顯示器構造的外殼之大氣。The method of claim 154 further includes using the control system to control the atmosphere of the housing in which the display structure is set. 如請求項154之方法,更包含使用建築物管理系統來控制其中設置該顯示器構造的建築物,該控制系統耦接至及/或控制該建築物管理系統。For example, the method of claim 154 further includes using a building management system to control a building in which the display structure is provided, and the control system is coupled to and/or controls the building management system. 如請求項154之方法,更包含使用該控制系統來控制該等光照射部件的至少一者之循環照射。Such as the method of claim 154, further comprising using the control system to control the cyclic irradiation of at least one of the light irradiation components. 如請求項154之方法,更包含使用該控制系統來控制該等光照射部件的至少一者之循環照射。Such as the method of claim 154, further comprising using the control system to control the cyclic irradiation of at least one of the light irradiation components. 如請求項154之方法,更包含使用該控制系統來使用、或直接使用學習模組,以預測該等光照射部件的至少一者之維護。For example, the method of claim 154 further includes using the control system or directly using the learning module to predict the maintenance of at least one of the light-irradiated components. 如請求項154之方法,其中該控制系統交流地耦接至網路,該網路建構成將資料及/或電力提供至該顯示器構造。Such as the method of claim 154, wherein the control system is AC coupled to a network, and the network structure provides data and/or power to the display structure. 一種用於維護媒體顯示器之非暫態電腦程式產品,該非暫態電腦程式產品含有寫在其上的指令,當藉由一個以上之處理器執施行該等指令時,該等指令造成該一個以上的處理器執施行操作,該等操作包含如請求項154至163中任一項之方法的任何操作。A non-transitory computer program product used to maintain a media display. The non-transitory computer program product contains instructions written on it. When the instructions are executed by more than one processor, the instructions cause the more than one The processor executes operations, and these operations include any operations such as the method in any one of the request items 154 to 163. 一種用於維護媒體顯示器之設備,該設備包含至少一控制器,該控制器包含電路系統,該至少一控制器建構成: (a)操作地耦接至顯示器構造及至少一感測器; (b)引導該顯示器構造以顯示電子媒體,該顯示器構造包含光照射部件; (c)引導該至少一感測器來感測藉由該顯示器構造的光投射部件所顯示之媒體,以產生感測器資料; (d)藉由比較所顯示的媒體與待顯示所要求之媒體,使用、或直接使用該感測器資料以評估該等光照射部件的至少一者之狀態;及 (e)引導該等光照射部件的至少一者以調整照射,使得該等光照射部件之至少一者將照射待顯示的媒體之所要求照射準位,及/或 (f)當該等光照射部件的至少一者之狀態低於閾值時,預測、或直接預測該顯示器構造的維護。A device for maintaining a media display, the device includes at least one controller, the controller includes a circuit system, and the at least one controller is constructed as follows: (a) operatively coupled to the display structure and at least one sensor; (b) Guiding the display structure to display electronic media, the display structure including light irradiating parts; (c) guiding the at least one sensor to sense the media displayed by the light projection part constructed by the display to generate sensor data; (d) By comparing the displayed medium with the required medium to be displayed, using or directly using the sensor data to evaluate the state of at least one of the light-irradiating components; and (e) Guide at least one of the light irradiating parts to adjust the irradiation so that at least one of the light irradiating parts will irradiate the required irradiation level of the medium to be displayed, and/or (f) When the state of at least one of the light irradiating components is lower than a threshold value, predict or directly predict the maintenance of the display structure. 如請求項165之設備,其中該顯示器構造的維護包含該顯示器構造之替換。Such as the equipment of claim 165, wherein the maintenance of the display structure includes the replacement of the display structure. 如請求項165之裝置,其中該控制機構包含控制器的階層結構。Such as the device of claim 165, wherein the control mechanism includes a hierarchical structure of the controller. 如請求項165之設備,其中至少一控制器建構成控制其中設置該顯示器構造的外殼。For example, in the device of claim 165, at least one of the controllers is configured to control the housing in which the display structure is provided. 如請求項165之設備,其中至少一控制器建構成控制其中設置該顯示器構造的外殼之大氣。Such as the device of claim 165, wherein at least one controller is configured to control the atmosphere of the housing in which the display structure is set. 如請求項165之設備,其中至少一控制器建構成控制其中設置該顯示器構造的建築物之建築物管理系統。For example, the device of claim 165, wherein at least one of the controllers constitutes a building management system that controls the building in which the display structure is set. 如請求項165之設備,其中至少一控制器建構成控制該等光照射部件的至少一者之循環照射。Such as the device of claim 165, wherein at least one controller is configured to control the cyclic irradiation of at least one of the light irradiation components. 如請求項165之設備,其中至少一控制器建構成控制該等光照射部件的至少一者之循環照射。Such as the device of claim 165, wherein at least one controller is configured to control the cyclic irradiation of at least one of the light irradiation components. 如請求項165之設備,其中至少一控制器建構成使用、或直接利用學習模組來預測該等光照射部件的至少一者之維護。For example, in the equipment of claim 165, at least one of the controllers is configured to use or directly use the learning module to predict the maintenance of at least one of the light irradiation components. 如請求項173之設備,其中該學習模組包含神經網路。Such as the device of claim 173, wherein the learning module includes a neural network. 如請求項173之設備,其中該學習模組包含一個以上的深度學習演算法。For example, the device of claim 173, wherein the learning module includes more than one deep learning algorithm. 如請求項165之設備,其中至少一控制器交流地耦接至網路,該網路建構成將資料及/或電力提供至該顯示器構造。For example, in the device of claim 165, at least one of the controllers is AC coupled to the network, and the network structure provides data and/or power to the display structure. 一種用於維護媒體顯示器之非暫態電腦程式產品,該非暫態電腦程式產品含有寫在其上的指令,當藉由一個以上之處理器執施行該等指令時,該等指令造成該一個以上的處理器執施行操作,該等操作包含如請求項165至176中任一項之至少一控制器的任何操作。A non-transitory computer program product used to maintain a media display. The non-transitory computer program product contains instructions written on it. When the instructions are executed by more than one processor, the instructions cause the more than one The processor executes operations, and the operations include any operation of at least one controller of any one of request items 165 to 176.
TW109144085A 2019-12-20 2020-12-14 Tandem vision window and media display TW202142939A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201962952207P 2019-12-20 2019-12-20
US62/952,207 2019-12-20
US202062975706P 2020-02-12 2020-02-12
US62/975,706 2020-02-12
US202063085254P 2020-09-30 2020-09-30
US63/085,254 2020-09-30
PCT/US2020/053641 WO2021067505A1 (en) 2019-10-05 2020-09-30 Tandem vision window and media display
WOPCT/US20/53641 2020-09-30
US16/950,774 US20210132458A1 (en) 2017-04-26 2020-11-17 Displays for tintable windows
US16/950,774 2020-11-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202142939A true TW202142939A (en) 2021-11-16

Family

ID=80783321

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW109144085A TW202142939A (en) 2019-12-20 2020-12-14 Tandem vision window and media display

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202142939A (en)

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102606525B1 (en) Tandem visible windows and media displays
US11747696B2 (en) Tandem vision window and media display
US11231633B2 (en) Displays for tintable windows
US20230103284A9 (en) Immersive collaboration of remote participants via media displays
US20210383804A1 (en) Immersive collaboration of remote participants via media displays
US11892738B2 (en) Tandem vision window and media display
US11747698B2 (en) Tandem vision window and media display
US11493819B2 (en) Displays for tintable windows
TW202225797A (en) Display construct and framing for media projection
US20240085754A1 (en) Display construct for media projection and wireless charging
TW202142939A (en) Tandem vision window and media display
EP4038449B1 (en) Tandem vision window and media display
US20230324952A1 (en) Display construct and framing for media projection
US20230350260A1 (en) Configuration associated with media display of a facility
TW202246865A (en) Immersive collaboration of remote participants via media displays